tMoA

~ The only Home on the Web You'll ever need ~

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Wed Oct 24, 2018 1:21 am

    Carol wrote:
    In February 1960 the US detected an unknown object in polar orbit, a feat that neither they or the USSR had been able to accomplish. As if that wasn't enough, it apparently was several sizes larger than anything either country would have been able to get off the ground.

    HAM operators began to receive strange coded messages. One person in particular said he managed to decode one of the transmissions, and it corresponded to a star chart. A star chart which would have been plotted from earth 13,000 years ago, and focused on the Epsilon Bostes star system.

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rGKtlB9cYV0

    Black Knight Passing Jupiter
    Monday, Mar. 07, 1960
    Time Magazine


    Three weeks ago, headlines announced that the U.S. had detected a mysterious "dark" satellite wheeling overhead on a regular orbit. There was nervous speculation that it might be a surveillance satellite launched by the Russians, and it brought the uneasy sensation that the U.S. did not know what was going on over its own head. But last week the Department of Defense proudly announced that the satellite had been identified. It was a space derelict, the remains of an Air Force Discoverer satellite that had gone astray. The dark satellite was the first object to demonstrate the effectiveness of the U.S.'s new watch on space. And the three-week time lag in identification was proof that the system still lacks full coordination and that some bugs still have to be ironed out.

    First Sighting. The most important component of the space watch went into operation about six months ago with the construction of "Dark Fence," a kind of radar trip wire stretching across the width of the U.S. Designed by the Naval Research Laboratory to keep track of satellites whose radios are silent, it is a notable improvement on other radars, which have difficulty finding a small satellite unless they know where to look. Big, 50-kw. transmitters were established at Gila River, near Phoenix, Ariz, and Jordan Lake, Ala., spraying radio waves upward in the shape of open fans. Some 250 miles on either side, receiving stations pick up signals that bounce off any object passing through the fans. By a kind of triangulation, the operators can make rough estimates of the object's speed, distance and course.

    On Jan. 31 Dark Fence detected two passes of what seemed to be an unknown space object. After detecting several passes during the following days, Captain W. E. Berg, commanding officer of Dark Fence, decided that something was circling overhead on a roughly polar orbit. He raced to the Pentagon and in person reported the menacing stranger to Chief of Naval Operations Arleigh Burke. Within minutes the news was communicated to President Eisenhower and marked top secret.

    In the confusion, there was a delay before anyone took the step necessary to positively identify the strange satellite: informing the Air Force's newly established surveillance center in Bedford, Mass. It is the surveillance center's job to take all observations on satellites from all friendly observing centers, both optical and electronic, feed them into computers to produce figures that will identify each satellite, describe its orbit and predict its behavior. Says one top official, explaining the cold facts of the space age: "The only way of knowing that a new satellite has appeared is by keeping track of the old ones."

    It took two weeks for Dark Fence's scientists to check back through their taped observations, and to discover that the mysterious satellite had first showed up on Aug. 15. The Air Force surveillance center also checked its records to provide a list of everything else that was circling in the sky, and its computers worked out a detailed description of the new object's behavior. The evidence from both Air Force and Navy pointed to Discoverer V, fired from Vandenberg Air Force Base, Calif, on Aug. 13.

    SOURCE: Time Magazine

    The Black Knight Satellite
    by John Emerson


    The black knight satellite. I'm not really sure what to make of this story. I've only seen the most sporadic mention of this thing on the occasional website. But man, as a long time fan of Philip K. Dick, the first time I heard about it my eyes sure went wide. Regardless of the truth of the situation, it's one hell of a tale.

    The most cited report of the satellite comes from Disneyland of the Gods, by John Keel. He reports that in February 1960 the US detected an unknown object in polar orbit, a feat that neither they or the USSR had been able to accomplish. As if that wasn't enough, it apparently was several sizes larger than anything either country would have been able to get off the ground.

    And then, the oddness began. HAM operators began to receive strange coded messages. One person in particular said he managed to decode one of the transmissions, and it corresponded to a star chart. A star chart which would have been plotted from earth 13,000 years ago, and focused on the Epsilon Bostes star system.

    On September 3, 1960, seven months after the satellite was first detected by radar, a tracking camera at Grumman Aircraft Corporation's Long Island factory took a photograph of it. People on the ground had been occasionally seeing it for about two weeks at that point. Viewers would make it out as a red glowing object moving in an east-to-west orbit. Most satellites of the time, according to what little material I've been able to find on the black knight satellite, moved from west-to-east. It's speed was also about three times normal. A committee was formed to examine it, but nothing more was ever made public.

    Three years later, Gordon Cooper was launched into space for a 22 orbit mission. On his final orbit, he reported seeing a glowing green shape ahead of his capsule, and heading in his direction. It's said that the Muchea tracking station, in Australia, which Cooper reported this too was also able to pick it up on radar traveling in an east-to-west orbit. This event was reported by NBC, but reporters were forbidden to ask Cooper about the event on his landing. The official explanation is that an electrical malfunction in the capsule had caused high levels of carbon dioxide, which induced hallucinations.

    Creepy, cool, story to be sure. There's two things in particular which are of particular note to Philip K. Dick. The most obvious is the idea of a satellite orbiting the earth and sending coded communications to it. One of the theories Dick had for his experiences was that they had been triggered, or enhanced, by an extremely ancient and alien satellite. The initial 2-3-74 experience also began with a very similar color to the first sighting of the black knight, a reddish pinkish light beamed directly at him.

    Phil also mentioned in his exegesis that he considered ten of his novels to be of particular importance, with the novel valis as the cipher to unlock their meaning. These ten books, the "meta novel", are Eye in the Sky, Time Out of Joint, The Man in the High Castle, The Game Players of Titan, Martian Time Slip, The Three Stigmata of Palmer Eldritch, UBIK, A Maze of Death and of course VALIS. I think it's fair to include Radio Free Albemuth in there as well, which was written after his meta novel statement, and which is in many ways a retelling of VALIS. What's interesting here is that he wrote the first, Eye in the Sky, so soon before the black knight sighting. About three or four years before it was detected by radar. Well, if in fact it was ever there to be detected.

    Relevant quotes from valis:

    "The satellite," Fat said. "VALIS. Vast Active Living Intel-ligence System. It fires information down to them?"

    "It does more than that," Kevin said. "Under certain circumstances it controls them. It can override them when it wants to."

    "And they're trying to shoot it down?" I said. "With that missile?"

    Kevin said, "The early Christians-the real ones-can make you do anything they want you to do. And see-or not see -anything. That's what I get out of the picture."

    "But they're dead," I said. "The picture was set in the present."

    "They're dead," Kevin said, "if you believe time is real. Didn't you see the time dysfunctions?"

    Relevant quotes from Radio Free Albemuth:

    Since my contact came in most strangely between 3:00 and 4:00 A.M., I realized that probably a booster satellite, of alien origin, orbited Earth, a slave communications satellite that had been sent here thousands of years ago.

    'What are you doing sitting out on the patio?' Rachel asked me.

    'Listening,' I said.

    'To what?'

    To the voices of the stars,' I said, although more accurately I meant the voices from the stars. But it was as if the stars themselves spoke, as I sat there in the chilly dark, alone except for my cat, who was out there out of custom anyhow; each night Pinky sat on the railing of the patio, communing as I was but over a longer period of time, over his entire adult life. Seeing him now I understood that he was picking up information in the night, from the night, from the pattern of blinks that came by starlight. He was hooked up with the universe as he sat here now, like myself, gazing upward silently.

    The new personality in me had not awakened from a sleep of two millennia; it had, more accurately speaking, been printed out by the alien satellite, impressed on me afresh from outside. It was an addition, not a substitution in place of me but a kind of package identity based on the total knowledge of the satellite. It was to raise me to the highest level possible in my ability to cope. The satellite, itself linked to higher life forms, was concerned with my capacity to live; it or they, the totality of them, had seen me faltering under the oppression, and their response was reflexive. It amounted to a rational attempt to give aid to whoever was in touch with them, who was capable of assimilating their printout. I had been selected for that reason alone. Their concern was universal. They would have assisted anyone they could reach.

    The tragedy lay in their inability to reach the people of our planet.

    One odd point that Moyashka had noted which he could not account for was the fact that the radio signals came only when the source was above Earth's dark or night side; during the day the signals ceased. Moyashka conjectured that the so-called Heaviside layer might be involved.

    The signals, although short in duration, seemed 'highly information rich' because of their sophistication and complexity. Curiously, the frequency changed periodically, a phenomenon found in transmissions seeking to avoid jamming, Moyashka stated. Further, his team had discovered, entirely by accident, that animals in their Pul-kovo laboratory underwent slight but regular physical changes during the time of signal transmission. Their blood volume altered and their blood pressure readings increased. Provisionally, Moyashka conjectured that radiation accompanying the radio signals might account for it.

    [Ed. Note here the, perhaps slight, similarity in the name of the fictional scientist who discovered the satellite, Moyashka, and the Australian Muchea tracking station which picked up Cooper's sighting.]

    If the Russians did photograph the ETI satellite, the invader, they would find it old and pitted. I had been there thousands of years.

    The satellite had passed from our world and, with it, the healing rays, like those of an invisible sun, felt by creatures but unseen and unacknowledged. The sun with healing in its wings.

    Even if the stations in this local region or sector are all overshadowed and don't light up any longer, it is a sight to remember. With this the satellite presented us with its final insight into the nature of things: synapses in a living brain. And the name we give to its functioning, its awareness of itself and its many parts - ' She smiled at me. 'It's why you saw the figure of Aphrodite. That's what holds all the trillions of stations into harmony.'

    'Yes,' I said, 'it was harmonized, and over such distances. There was no coercion, only agreement.'

    And the coordination of all the transmitting and receiving stations, I thought, we call Valis: Vast Active Living Intelligence System. Our friend who cannot die, who lies on this side of the grave and on the other. His love, I thought, is greater than empires. And unending.

    SOURCE: Phildickian Gnosticism

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tikulin-rendezvous-with-rama_1
    I was soon to talk to 'RA' when this thread was started in 2010 (the year we made contact)!! It should've received a HUGE Amount of Attention!! I feel REALLY Bad, but I also feel REALLY Guilty for not spending enough quality-time researching the 100's or 1000's of excellent-threads on this fine website!! Anyway, here's a video from the first post of this thread, plus a bit more!! Perhaps I shouldn't have talked to 'RA', and I attempted to be fair and neutral, but I think I might've opened 'Pandora's Box'. The Horror. Perhaps 'RA' and 'OXY' have a history on the 'Black Knight'!! 'RA' told me "We Have a History" and "You're the Same as Me" and "You and I Fought Side-By-Side" and "You're One of Two Human Friends" and "Do You Want Another War??"!! What's the Meaning of This??
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 O-2001-A-SPACE-ODYSSEY-facebook




    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Stickney_mro

    This thread is running out of room. The End Is Near. I'm not sure what to do at this point. My hope is that some of you will at least study my latest threads, and tell me what you think. I've been requesting this sort of thing for nearly ten-years, with very-little interest or response. I completely understand that my threads are NOT scholarly and defendable. However, the goal was probably to have the best and brightest study my tripe, concluding that it's total-bullshit, but that in the process of arriving at that conclusion, discovering the truth, the whole-truth, and nothing but the truth, as an extrapolation and/or interpolation of my threads, in sort of a 'Eureka-Phenomenon'. The Bible is a Historical-Necessity and a Contemporary-Disappointment, yet I continue to believe that Sacred-Scripture MUST Be Thoroughly and Honestly Studied in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner. I've provided numerous clues, but I haven't led anyone down the Primrose-Path to Perdition.

    Anyway, on Monday, October 22, I noticed that my watch was indicating a completely-wrong time, with the date being October 25. The time read around 8:30, but I don't know if it was AM or PM. It probably meant nothing, but my threads are a bit of an open-journal where I make a Completely-Ignorant Fool out of myself. Was this indicative of a nasty-event?? I have no idea. On the other hand, 'RA' told me "I'm sorry we couldn't work together. Too much water has gone under the bridge" three-days prior to Fukushima. Three days in both cases. Just Saying. I don't yell "FIRE!!" in crowded-theaters, and I don't cry "WOLF!!" I have an eschatological world-view in my threads, but this is mostly for research-purposes. I'm not a Prophet or a Son of a Prophet (that I know of) and I'm NOT Out to Make a Fast-Buck with Prophecy Books and Videos!! I sometimes wonder if Revelation will be inflicted upon us by US??!! I don't think we appreciate how badly we've been had (for thousands of years). I don't think we appreciate how badly we will be had in the coming couple of decades. I keep hearing about Market and Dollar Crashes, but what if a Market and Dollar Crash Occurs Simultaneously?? Think through variations on this general-theme.

    orthodoxymoron wrote:
    UFO2
    Enlightened
    Brook
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 L2_v331108_958_480_1130-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Future-a-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words-credit-drawly-10503740
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Amp-quot-a-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words-amp-quot_o_2086915
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 A-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words-rvc-j-www-5186630
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 If-a-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words-in-business-so-is-a-number-quote-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 A-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 168-a-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 A-picture-is-worth-thousand-words
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 192449
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 A-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-word
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 1000words
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 A-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words-quote-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 A-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words-800x419
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 A_picture_is_worth_1000_words_by_refrigeratorbingo-d465awb
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Alanis-in-Dogma-alanis-morissette-10826544-853-480
    Ashera wrote:


    A picture says more than a thousand words,
    and sometimes film sequences need very loud music as overtext…


    orthodoxymoron wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Thule-e
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 43c30a62e460087a2bc5339dfc008938
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 8749919983b8f52565e72256e0cefa9d
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril08_04
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril02_14
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril+Sigrun
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril08_01
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tumblr_lum0g3lnda1r0sdtbo1_500
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril-society
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Diealldeutschegesellsch
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Hqdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Hqdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril07_03
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril08_17
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril%20symbol2

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril+emblem
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 1messages

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 825c23ec1cba457fc44a2357fec8a5e8
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 NaziSecretSpaceProgram
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Zierscheiben-e1379450663606
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril08_25
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 7909e9bb039fdcdcb5c0bed6f9a80569
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril-Society-600x380
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 640occult2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vrildamen
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril.head
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 C0ac0e6619cf0e3ff791439891253455--third-occult
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 UFOVrilastaroth_ufo_vril_dakini_valkyrie_succubus_zps566b7dc0
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril-society01
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Maria%2BOrsic%2B-%2BVRIL%2B-%2BUFO%2Bspace%2Btravel
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vril%2Bsociety%2Bgesselschaft%2Bmaria%2Borsic%2Boracle%2Bviewzone%2Bcom
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Goetia_girls_vril_witch_priestess_sigrun
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Gudrun3
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Orsicfly-1200x675-1

    This thread is supposed to consist of 'Interesting Images' but I wonder what the relationship is (if any) between 1. The Black Knight Satellite. 2. HAL 9000. 3. David Bowman. 4. Amen Ra. 5. Marduk Ra. 6. Frank Poole. 7. Gizeh Intelligence. 8. Nazi International. 9. The Secret Government. 10. The Secret Space Program. 11. International Banking. 12. The Vatican. 13. Washington DC. 14. The Military-Industrial Complex. 15. WTF?? 16. Who Knows Who?? 17. Who Knows What?? When I was in third-grade, a student of interest called me 'King of the Girls' (even though I've seemed to repulse the 'girls' throughout my life). The first time I met 'RA' (officially) he was accompanied by a 'VRIL' looking young-woman (but I never saw her again). 'RA' said he was 'More Powerful Than the Queen' but he didn't specify which queen. 'RA' said I should "Study the Nazis." What if an Archon-Controlled Supercomputer-Network controls a 'VRIL' Covert-Matriarchy who control a 'Mean Old Men' Overt-Patriarchy who control 'We the Peons'?? If so, what if it MUST be this way (regardless of how reprehensible it might seem)?? Consider an integration of the 'V' Series (both of them), 'Star Wars' (all movies), 'Stargate SG-1', 'Babylon 5', 'Battlestar Galactica', 'Earth: Final Conflict' and 'Iron Sky' (just for starters). That's All I'm Going to Say. 'Silence is Golden' and 'A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words'.
    Ashera wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tumblr_inline_otyqovlVgP1qarw15_500

    Operation V - Qualitative Superiority - Plan-Z-Z-Plan

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 DijXftgXsAEs1ca

    Admiral Wilhelm Canaris, Chief of the Deutsche Abwehr - canaris.dk
    Not hanged as generally spread, but strangulated to death with a piano string,
    his favorite music instrument
    Ashera wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tumblr_inline_orlkynWr6S1qarw15_500
    FILED UNDER:
    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ekm6lvg3Bdg

    I am the last superheroine...

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tumblr_inline_orloe2YRzh1qarw15_500
    Republic of Hayao



    (P.S.: Jinn, Böck, and Ra. Factually Jeannie Genien, Luden...
    It is not a matriarchy. The WWZ theme... RA IL is not Böck)


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Wed Oct 24, 2018 2:04 am; edited 1 time in total
    Ashera
    Ashera

    Posts : 984
    Join date : 2011-03-16
    Location : Alienne Atreides

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  Ashera on Wed Oct 24, 2018 1:58 am

    10/22 is a most relevant date. This day in the year 362AD the Apollo temple of Antiochia "exploded" in a mysterious fire. The temple itself was not located within the city walls but outside, near the wall. The city itself was dedicated to Ashera, in her special local form of Atargatis.

    The location of the Apollo temple reflects nicely the attitude of the citizens, mostly Jews and Heathens, towards the LORDist Christianity in the making, and also the situation of Paul, Barnabas, and Matthew, who came to Antiochia as missionaries once - Matthew rather as chronist, physician, and scribe.

    Two times Paul begged to may enter the city gate, who the people nicked as Hermes, Barnabas as Zeus. The first time they stoned Paul, and he probably would not have survived without the help of Matthew. The second time they let him in, accepting his survival as mediocre wonder.

    But in 362AD had happened what the seeresses and augures expected: Jesus (Apollo, whose temple was used for the Christian mission) started to merge with the father (Zeus, St. Peter).

    Antiochia belonged to the Roman District of Corycus, the City of Corycus itself had a special status once as Arian centre, later Byzantinian, and then conquered by Islam. One of the first orders the new Islamic rulers issued was a prohibition of the ecstatic self-castrations by death penalty in the tradition of Paul (Hermes-Aphrodite) close to the Atargatis-temple that had costed many lives already.

    A strange fact is that the first trial against me at the Bremen District Court, based on false witness, was staged 10/22 2014. It was the only day over a long period that the Weser river flooded the promenade. I was so angry. I am Stormborn.

    The Dominion of Corcyrus

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 B0gOkr_CMAAqIcZ
    @BuyBookstore
    Kajira of Gor: Gorean Saga, Book 19

    Meanwhile I seriously doubt that Sheila ever was in the city itself, I used to know Susan from the time when I was Kajira

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Fantasy_castle_by_n7u2e-d7bc8h8
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Wed Oct 24, 2018 5:03 am

    Ashera wrote:10/22 is a most relevant date. This day in the year 362AD the Apollo temple of Antiochia "exploded" in a mysterious fire. The temple itself was not located within the city walls but outside, near the wall. The city itself was dedicated to Ashera, in her special local form of Atargatis.

    The location of the Apollo temple reflects nicely the attitude of the citizens, mostly Jews and Heathens, towards the LORDist Christianity in the making, and also the situation of Paul, Barnabas, and Matthew, who came to Antiochia as missionaries once - Matthew rather as chronist, physician, and scribe.

    Two times Paul begged to may enter the city gate, who the people nicked as Hermes, Barnabas as Zeus. The first time they stoned Paul, and he probably would not have survived without the help of Matthew. The second time they let him in, accepting his survival as mediocre wonder.

    But in 362AD had happened what the seeresses and augures expected: Jesus (Apollo, whose temple was used for the Christian mission) started to merge with the father (Zeus, St. Peter).

    Antiochia belonged to the Roman District of Corycus, the City of Corycus itself had a special status once as Arian centre, later Byzantinian, and then conquered by Islam. One of the first orders the new Islamic rulers issued was a prohibition of the ecstatic self-castrations by death penalty in the tradition of Paul (Hermes-Aphrodite) close to the Atargatis-temple that had costed many lives already.

    A strange fact is that the first trial against me at the Bremen District Court, based on false witness, was staged 10/22 2014. It was the only day over a long period that the Weser river flooded the promenade. I was so angry. I am Stormborn.

    Meanwhile I seriously doubt that Sheila ever was in the city itself, I used to know Susan from the time when I was Kajira.
    Thank-you Ashera. Forgive me if I don't always directly-respond to your posts. I consider all posts, yet I often don't know how to properly-respond, and I sometimes think of something quite-unrelated while considering a particular-post. My goal was to provide a Conceptual-Research Online-Laboratory in the manner of a literary 'Jackson Pollock'. Ancient-History and the Unprovable-Otherworldly are often a perplexity to me because of not-remembering being-there (or simply not having 'been-there and done-that'). I'm wary of becoming a Possessed-Supercomputer Bio-Robot, so I'll probably remain 'Out of the Loop' for all-eternity. The Horror. Perhaps I'll reconsider at a later-date.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Apocalypse_now_58477-1400x1050
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Apocalypse-now-41
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Annex%20-%20Brando,%20Marlon%20(Apocalypse%20Now)_14
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 5134701468_f1c0c30864_b
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Ngo-Dinh-Diem-Protest
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Apocalypse%2BNow%2B1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Apocalypse-now-14-g
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Apocalypse-now-1-by-jock

    It should be duly-noted that I only post on this small-website (with probably a dozen regular-posters) and I haven't written any books (so-far) or ranted and raved in public-places (although I sometimes rant and rave in my bugged and possessed home just to spook the spooks). I include the nasty political-stuff just to provide a contemporary-context for my even-nastier historical-stuff. A proper analysis of This Present Quest might not occur until long-after I'm long-gone. I honestly do NOT have a handle on what I'm posting (including the Bible and EGW material). I'm merely providing a study-guide for those MUCH smarter and saner than I am. The White-Reptilians Deep-Beneath the Gobi-Desert know what I'm talking about. The Horror.
    Carol wrote:

    https://youtu.be/S057FfEu34o
    CIA Indictments Coming
     
    TeaParty.org) – Former CIA agent Kevin Shipp has been a voice in the wilderness for some time, but if his latest interview is any indication, he may be in very good company soon enough:

    He says the dirty agents working for the deep state that have been trying to undermine the integrity of our great nation since long before Trump appeared on the scene may soon very well be brought to justice.

    https://www.teaparty.org/former-cia-agents-bombshell-proof-indictments-coming-deep-state-agents-321991/

    “Indictments are coming because of Donald Trump coming into the White House from the outside,” says Shipp. “Trump cannot be bribed.”

    Watch the full interview here: https://youtu.be/S057FfEu34o
    Carol wrote:September 6, 2018

    Russia Prepares After Trump Forces Warn Of Military Rule And Executions In Response To “Sleeper Cell” Awakening In White House


    In what can only be described as a “when will this madness end” new Security Council (SC) report circulating in the Kremlin today, President Putin has agreed to immediately place himself  under the protection of the Ministery of Defense (MoD) during the largest-ever in the history of modern Russia war exercise Vostok-2018 due to begin on 11 September—and is due to fears related to the growing crisis erupting in America that has seen a “Deep State” aligned “sleeper cell” awakening in President Trump’s White House threatening to topple the existing US government—and that Trump-loyalist US Senator Lindsey Graham rapidly responded to during a hearing, where socialist-communist agitators were discovered being paid from “bags of cash”, when he shockingly began confirming with US Supreme Court nominee Judge Bret Kavanaugh that the US is now in a state of war under the full jurisdiction of military tribunals whose authority authorizes them to execute those found being enemies of the state.  [Note: Some words and/or phrases appearing in quotes in this report are English language approximations of Russian words/phrases having no exact counterpart.]



    Radical socialist-communist agitator (above) photographed being paid from “bag of cash” for disrupting US Senate hearing for US Federal Judge Brett Kavanaugh on 5 September 2018

    According to this report, the Security Council was convened in emergency session yesterday after being notified by the Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) that the mysterious suspected to be US military intelligence deep cover organization QAnon had suddenly gone offline shortly after they revealed that the number of “sealed indictments” issued by Trump’s Department of Justice  against “Deep State” operatives had gone over 51,000—with the last warning message QAnon posted stating:

    Fellow Patriots:

    What you are about to learn should not only scare you, but intensify your resolve to take back control [Freedom].

    The information that will become public will further demonstrate the criminal & corrupt [pure evil] abuse of power that the Hussein [Obama-Clinton] administration undertook in joint efforts w/ domestic and foreign dignitaries.

    The snowball has begun rolling - there is no stopping it now. D5.


    Stay the course and trust the plan.

    Protective measures are in place.

    Remain BRAVE.

    We knew this day would come.
    Q



    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cash2


    Occurring nearly simultaneously with QAnon going offline, this report continues, a long planned assault by President Trump against his “Deep State” enemies, who are attempting to overthrow him in a coup, began to unfold, too—that included Trump’s Justice Department announcing their intention to go to war against America’s tech giants censoring free speech, and their preparing to seize 15 million North Carolina voting records in an ongoing voter fraud investigation—it being announced that President Trump was preparing to declassify, by the end of this week, the FISA warrants used to spy against his campaign—and, most stunningly, it being revealed that Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, who signed one of the illegal FISA warrants against Trump, is now under criminal investigation.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cash3


    After failing to stop the election of President Trump, and their then failing to stop him from taking office through Electoral Collage manipulation, this report details, the only three options left to the “Deep State” to throw Trump from power were: 1.) Impeachment; 2.) Assassination; 3.) the 25th Amendment.

    In their knowing, however, that President Trump has protected himself from either being impeached or assassinated, this report says, the “Deep State”, and their US mainstream propaganda media allies, have waged a non-stop campaign of character-assassination against him designed to portray him as being mentally unstable, out of control, and a danger to the nation—and whose goal in doing so is to unleash against Trump the 25th Amendment to the United States Constitution—that allows a US president to be temporarily removed from power if agreed upon by the majority of his Cabinet, but only if the Vice President agrees to it, too.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cash4

    Powerful Democratic Party US Congresswoman Jackie Speier calls for President Trump overthrow


    In support of overthrowing President Trump by the 25th Amendment, this report explains, the “Deep State” and its aligned mainstream propaganda media puppets have vilely thrust upon the American people this past year three character assassination books alleging Trump is mentally unstable—“Fire and Fury: Inside the Trump White House”, “Unhinged: An Insider's Account of the Trump White House”, and the soon to be released “Fear: Trump In The White House”.

    Not being told to the masses of the American people about these anti-Trump character assassination screeds, though, this report notes, is that “Fire and Fury” author Michael Wolff is long known disgrace and lie teller—“Unhinged” author Omarosa is, also, known as an “evil liar”—and, most dangerously, “Fear” author Bob Woodward, who is a long time, and greatly feared, “Deep State” operative who was a US Navy intelligence officer in the President Richard Nixon White House receiving orders from his commanding officer Rear Admiral Robert O. Welander—who would later be implicated in creating a well-documented military spy ring in the Nixon White House—and who sent Woodward to the Washington Post to begin the public destruction of Nixon through media character assassination.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cash5


    With the commonality of these Wolff-Omarosa-Woodward character assassination screeds against President Trump being their relying only on “anonymous sources” whose characterizations of Trump officials have all been vehemently denied by those named (the most firm of which are made against Woodward by Generals Mattis and Kelly, and Trump attorney Dowd), this report continues, the “Deep State”, nevertheless, have just launched their latest attack via an “anonymous source”, claiming to be a senior Trump official, in a New York Times op-ed article titled “I Am Part of the Resistance Inside the Trump Administration”.

    In this “Deep State” character assassination screed against President Trump just published by the New York Times, this report details, its “anonymous source” concedes that Trump's accomplishments are big, levels no substantive complaints, suggests there is a government conspiracy to thwart the president, and, most dangerously, claims that Trump’s Cabinet has discussed invoking the 25th Amendment—and whose reverberations are shaking Washington to its very core with the White House declaring that “the sleeper cells have awoken”, and, as just one example, has Pulitzer Prize winning investigative journalist Glenn Greenwald declaring that this “coward” is part of an “unelected cabal” determined to destroy Trump at all costs.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cash6


    Being left virtually unnoticed in America while this latest “Deep State” propaganda media induced Trump firestorm consumes Washington, this report says, are the actions of President Trump confident and close advisor US Senator Lindsey Graham—who unequivocally eviscerated this New York Times character assassination screed by his declaring “this person says that there was an effort to invoke the 25th Amendment, and that’s BS. I know everybody in this administration”—but whose words that followed is what has caused the Security Council to go into full emergency mode—and that were:

    Mr. President if you are watching here tonight, if I were you, I would ignore the article.

    I would ignore the book and tell the American people what I’ve done and what I’m going to do.

    You’ve got an incredible story for less than two years of being president and I think the best is yet to come.

    Just stay on track.

    You will not be affected by this book or this article.

    What you will be affected is by are the choices you make.



    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cash7


    To the “choices” Senator Graham is advising President Trump “to stay on track” about, this report grimly explains, is the most monumental and potentially catastrophic decision any US president may be forced to make—the imposition of total martial law.

    Knowing that President Trump is being pushed by his “Deep State” enemies and the US mainstream propaganda media into the inevitability of his having to declare martial law in order to restore peace and stability to America, this report further details, Senator Graham took the extraordinary action yesterday, immediately after this New York Times hit piece was published, when he suddenly, without either context or conclusion, posed a series of questions to US Supreme Court nominee Judge Kavanaugh—whose most fearful substance of was:

    Did Judge Kavanaugh know that the United States is now in a “State of War” as authorized since 18 September 2001 under the provision of the Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF)?

    Did Judge Kavanaugh know that the United States has both a Federal and National government?

    Did Judge Kavanaugh know that aside from Federal and National criminal laws, the United States now operates under “The Law Of Armed Conflict” (also known as “Law Of War”)?

    Did Judge Kavanaugh know the significance of the US Supreme Court decision “Johnson v. Eisentrager” that says the US Constitution does not confer a right of personal security or an immunity from military trial and punishment upon an alien enemy engaged in the hostile service of a government at war with the United States?

    Did Judge Kavanaugh know the significance of the US Supreme Court decision “Hamdi v. Rumsfeld” that recognized the power of the US government to detain enemy combatants, including US citizens?

    Did Judge Kavanaugh know the significance of the US Supreme Court decision “Ex parte Quirin” that allowed a US military tribunal to try and execute Nazi German saboteurs captured and tried on American soil?  



    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cash8


    With a somber faced Judge Kavanaugh answering in the affirmative to all of the questions posed to him, this report explains, Senator Graham sent a chilling and unmistakable message to the “Deep State” warning them that the United States was in a “State of War” whose enemies are subject to trial by military tribunals governed by “The Law Of Armed Conflict” whose ultimate penalty is execution—all of which is under the total and absolute power of President Trump.

    To the exact laws subject to US military tribunals the “Deep State” and their mainstream propaganda media allies can be tried under, this report says, are all contained in 18 U.S. Code Chapter 115 - TREASON, SEDITION, AND SUBVERSIVE ACTIVITIES—the most serious of which is 18 U.S. Code § 2381–Treason that says “whoever, owing allegiance to the United States, levies war against them or adheres to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort within the United States or elsewhere, is guilty of treason and shall suffer death”—and the lesser 18 U.S. Code § 2384-Seditious Conspiracy that says “If two or more persons in any State or Territory, or in any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, conspire to overthrow, put down, or to destroy by force the Government of the United States, or to levy war against them, or to oppose by force the authority thereof, or by force to prevent, hinder, or delay the execution of any law of the United States, or by force to seize, take, or possess any property of the United States contrary to the authority thereof, they shall each be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than twenty years, or both.”

    To anyone in the United States presently, or in the recent past, advocating for the overthrow of a legitimately and constitutionally elected president by means of making and/or spreading false charges claiming that they are unable to uphold the duties of their office, this report concludes, they are, at least, guilty of “conspiring to overthrow” the Government of the United States—and whose final determiner of their fate now rests in the hands of President Trump—and even whose most virulent leftist enemies have been forced to admit has no fear and “Makes Nixon Look Like a Cream Puff”, and their further noting that even though Trump might be in the greatest peril of his presidency, there’s one thing he has going for him: “He likes testing his survival skills”.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cash9


    September 6, 2018 ©️ EU and US all rights reserved.  Permission to use this report in its entirety is granted under the condition it is linked back to its original source at WhatDoesItMean.Com. Freebase content licensed under CC-BY and GFDL.  http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index2649.htm
    Carol wrote:

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=crn7MIHhYpc
    X22 Report: It's All Connected, Prepare For Everything & Anything - Episode 1657a

    Report date: 09.06.2018

    Jobless claims drop to 49 year low, everyone has a job or the number are manipulated to the extreme, yup manipulated. ADP reports show slow growth. US factory orders slow.  Wells Fargo is trouble again for changing customer information. The bear market is approaching and the rich are moving to New Zealand. The economy is connected to everything, if bad news comes out it will effect the economy and might even collapse it, be prepared because the news is coming.



    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=prXX9vcaxkY
    X22Report: We Knew This Day Would Come, Conspiracy No More,
    Protective Measures Are In Place - Episode 1657b

    Report date: 09.06.2018

    Booker threaten he was going to release emails showing Kavanaugh is racist, it was a complete dud, it shows the opposite. JW reports that Strzok drafted the email for Comey. UK pushes the false flag with pics of two individuals who they say are Russian agents. NK sets a timeline for denuclearization, Trump and Kim Jong Un trade letters and NK has faith in Trump. Trump prepares the country for the declassification of the 20 page FISA warrant. Tweets out about draining the swamp. The deep state tries to fight back by creating the resistance, this is from an anonymous source and they are trying to push the agenda that the people in the administration are against Trump and his policies. Q drops more breadcrumbs, the plan is in motion, conspiracy no more, protective measures in place. This most likely will be the first phase and there will be more coming. The people of America are going to get hit with the truth and many will not be able to handle what is going to be revealed.



    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7RaLtz4YqMM
    Greg Hunter - Weekly News Wrap-Up 9.7.18


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RNxFnd43HWU
    #DustinNemos #Qanon #Nemov8
    Q: Alex Jones is Controlled Opposition, Big Tech Censorship
    to Push Patriots TO Him & AWAY from Q
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Extrait_apocalypse-now_2



    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Wed Oct 24, 2018 6:15 am; edited 2 times in total
    Ashera
    Ashera

    Posts : 984
    Join date : 2011-03-16
    Location : Alienne Atreides

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  Ashera on Wed Oct 24, 2018 5:52 am

    The mistake is the "socialized and socializing LORDism". Its initial spark was the murder of Gaius Julius Caesar and the taking of the "throne" (that was not a such in fact then) by Octavian, the adopted son of Caesar, who then chose the name Augustus as emperor: "I am the Son of God!"

    He did not only see himself in competition to his step-brother Caesarion already, whom he probably crucified in Axum, to forge his way to power, but later also to Jesus...

    Many of the "Augustus aspects" were later projected onto Jesus and attributed to him. And here the misery starts...

    A good example is the French Absolutism. The revolution factually was against a not-sustantial bubble that then, to top the crap, finally was even brotherly democratized! The metaphysical "basis" of the post-modern media democracy! The power of opinions!

    As you should know, Philipp K. Dick already assumed that Kaiser Augustus still rules the Potemkin Villages from behind the superficial screen...

    The only way out would be S.P.Q.R. Martial law to execute it?

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Wed Oct 24, 2018 11:01 am

    Ashera wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133
    (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - 5040 Views

    The End of the Twins Cycle - 10486 Views

    Chtullu for the Americas?

    The Dominion of Corcyrus


    Ashera, what's sad about the numbers for my USSS thread is that most of the 'views' are probably just me, editing and viewing my own thread. I wore-out my welcome with everyone (online and in real-life) many-years ago (and possibly many lifetimes ago). Perhaps that problem will be solved when I leave this world (possibly for the last time).
    Ashera wrote:The mistake is the "socialized and socializing LORDism". Its initial spark was the murder of Gaius Julius Caesar and the taking of the "throne" (that was not a such in fact then) by Octavian, the adopted son of Caesar, who then chose the name Augustus as emperor: "I am the Son of God!"

    He did not only see himself in competition to his step-brother Caesarion already, whom he probably crucified in Axum, to forge his way to power, but later also to Jesus...

    Many of the "Augustus aspects" were later projected onto Jesus and attributed to him. And here the misery starts...

    A good example is the French Absolutism. The revolution factually was against a not-sustantial bubble that then, to top the crap, finally was even brotherly democratized! The metaphysical "basis" of the post-modern media democracy! The power of opinions!

    As you should know, Philipp K. Dick already assumed that Kaiser Augustus still rules the Potemkin Villages from behind the superficial screen...

    The only way out would be S.P.Q.R. Martial law to execute it?
    Please remember that this thread is a mental and spiritual gymnasium which is intended to make all of us think -- and that it does not necessarily reflect my true views. What about mostly studying materials which are at least five years old, but less than five hundred years old, so as to be able to gain a proper perspective, yet still be able to verify sources, and know something about authorship? Wouldn't this help to avoid sensationalism, and also avoid having to deal with fragments, obscure ancient languages, or the deciphering of hieroglyphics? AD 1518 to AD 2013? Just a thought. Here is my original 'United States of the Solar System' thread (from the old and closed to posting) Project Avalon. It presently has nearly 110,000 views (increasing daily). How does this original-thread from 2010 compare with this present-thread?? http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=15878&highlight=amen  Please remember that I have attempted to remove ALL of my online proposals from ALL tables, simply because I don't know what's REALLY going on. Garbage In, Garbage Out?? What Would Kerry Cassidy Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? That's All I'm Going to Say.

    I like to read the Bible, but how do I really know that what I'm reading is accurate, or that it is what the original authors actually wrote? I continue to be interested in idealistic theology, but I have become somewhat pessimistic regarding using the Bible as a modern infallible standard. Anyway, the info-war will be ongoing and problematic. I'm going to see what sort of mileage I can get out of Responsibility and the U.S. Constitution, at least as being a frame of reference or a base camp. I don't wish to be harsh and narrow, but I do wish to avoid becoming lost at sea, or to avoid beating upon the rocks of who knows what absurdities? There is so much information to wade through. How should we properly sort everything out?

    If you don't stand for something, you tend to fall for anything. If one does not believe in God, the problem is that they will then be much more likely to believe in just about anything. I like thinking about a Vatican-Based Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System, regardless of where it should be headquartered, or who should preside over it. At this point, it is a mental and spiritual exercise for me. It's an ultimate neo-reformation, if you will. Admittedly, the problems connected with implementation and application would be huge. It might not work, but thinking about it might help us to determine what would work. I'm finding it to be a helpful starting point.

    Look at the pluralistic mass of information I have collected in connection with these few words!!! Once again, take this thread as a whole, when considering the possibility of a United States of the Solar System, based solidly on a foundation of Responsibility. Sorry for the repetition, but theme and variation is a useful tool, in music and politics!! It sounds as though my threads are about to go up in smoke because of copyright and forum issues. I smell a rat, but what do I know? I continue to believe that I don't have things figured-out at all. I'm just making this up as I go completely insane. Is this an alien with a bong filled with orgone water??!!! What fate Omoroca? How does this dude blow his nose? What would Sherry Shriner say??? I'm going to listen to six hours straight of Sherry Shriner to try to get my pius-zombie head together...

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Oood

    One more time, and perhaps one last time, I truly wish for things to work out well for all concerned, but I do not subscribe to 'anything goes' or to 'peace at any price'. I'm just not a 'fire and brimstone' kind of guy, like Loki. I think a lot of beings need to be incarcerated and reeducated, but with dignity and respect. I obviously don't know the true state of affairs, and when I learn what's really been going on, I might have a very different attitude. I continue to feel that I am watched and attacked on a supernatural-level 24/7. I'm paranoid, because they really are out to get me. I can visualize what I think has been going on, but I can't articulate it very well, and if I could, I probably wouldn't live very long. If this forum gets shut-down or severely restricted, I doubt that I'll join another forum. This has been an adventure, but I had hoped that it would be a shared adventure.

    I'll probably read more books, watch more documentaries, spend more time in nature, clean and repair my house, straighten-up my finances, write and perform some popular music, and possibly write some science-fiction. In a future-life, I'd like to participate in solar system governance, but I don't think it's going to happen in this life. This has pretty much been a wasted life, in my view. Better luck next time. Right? Thank-you Carol, Mercuriel, All Forum Members, and Secret Admirers for everything you have said and done. Thank-you Queen of Heaven and God of This World for not striking me dead as I have attempted to figure this mess out. But who knows, you might've tried! Perhaps you even succeeded in some of my past lives! I think I might've met you, or a couple of your representatives, over the past few years, but I'm not really sure at this point. If you want to take this tempest in a teapot to the next level, you know where I live, work, and walk. Some of your minions have probably even watched me in the bathroom. Too much information, right?

    Also, beware of those who talk fast and vibrate quickly, and who are clean, neat, smooth, give you what you want, tell you what you want to hear, and have all the answers. I once spoke with an attorney, who told me that if Jesus showed-up, the churches wouldn't know what to do with him. I think they might crucify the real Jesus (figuratively or literally) and try to create a Christ in their own image, and after their likeness, for presentation to the world, which the real Jesus would have nothing to do with. Take a very close look at who has followed the actual Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus, historically and presently. You might be surprised at what you find, or don't find. I think there might be a lot of weeping, wailing, and gnashing of teeth in the final reckoning, and that the genuine return of Jesus might be a great disappointment to the majority of the human race. What would William Miller say? I will continue to argue against eternal capital punishment, but I don't know the true and complete story.

    Seeing everything in it's panoramic horror, might make me think very differently. I've never been more conflicted about this subject than I am right now. Looking beneath the surface of politics and religion is not for the timid or the faint of heart. This subject has made me question myself, more than anyone or anything else. I'm going to be a lot quieter and more thoughtful in the coming months and years. There are thoughts about the subject of this thread which I don't dare print. I almost don't dare think them. My reflection on life, the universe, and everything is scaring the hell out of me, or is it that I am angering the powers of darkness, and they're trying to shoot me down? I think I'm mostly shooting myself down. I'm looking for resolution, but I'm mostly finding questions and conflict. I frankly don't know which way to jump.

    What do you think about restoring most ancient ruins, and other notable structures? What about finishing unfinished grand architectural building projects? What about building grand architectural designs which were never built? Wouldn't this save a lot of time and money? Wouldn't the finished products be grand and monumental? Might this include structures throughout the solar system? Modern construction methods and innovations could be incorporated into the historical designs. Would people be prejudiced by the political, religious, and philosophical associations connected with the buildings? This might be a very difficult hurdle to overcome. I guess I'm a sucker for the grand and glorious, but often this sort of thing has been connected with questionable philosophies and fund-raising methods. Could this endeavor be conducted on a very high road? There would be a lot of Babylonian, Egyptian, Grecian, and Roman themes, wouldn't there? But wouldn't this complement a lot of the existing grand and glorious architectural wonders of the world?

    Elsewhere in this thread, I suggested the installation of an 1875 design Cavaille-Coll pipe-organ in St. Peter's. I'm a sucker for pipe-organs too, even though they are often not well matched with the buildings they are located in. There are a lot of Bentley Organs in Volkswagen Churches! You organists know what I'm talking about! Don't read too much into this paragraph. I lean heavily toward natural everything, and I think the best building is no building, as long as the weather cooperates! But I do admire human creativity, which sometimes manifests in the form of beautiful and grand buildings. I'd really like the solar system to be a New Garden of Eden, which only retains, say 50% of the existing buildings. I'd like to see a lot of the new construction occur underground. Probably most of this hypothetical underground construction would be quite shallow, and people would be able to easily come to the surface. I just want this world and solar system to be picture-perfect! Does anyone have a problem with that???

    You might find this interesting. http://www.themistsofavalon.net/t2779-eric-jon-phelps Of course, as always, I can't verify most of the controversial material I subject myself to, so I just mumble on this little site. Consider the Knights Templar, the Teutonic Knights, the Jesuits, the Freemasons, the Bavarian Illuminati, Gizeh Intelligence, the Nazis, the Alphabet Agencies, the New World Order, and the Secret Government as having a lot in common. Again, no evidence, no proof, just hunches and speculation. Old World Order vs New World Order? Or, are they two sides of the same coin? Bad@$$ vs Bad@$$? If the hated New World Order is defeated, do we then get stuck with the Old World Order? Are both of our options really bad? Sometimes I really wonder if we might be in more trouble than we can possibly imagine. Would a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System be a workable alternative to the madness we are in, or would the same old bastards just keep right on ruling from the shadows? I'm trying to toughen myself up by watching old episodes of 'Nikita'. I'm really a kumbaya kinda guy, but do we live in a kumbaya kinda universe? Sometimes I really wonder.

    I continue to experience a profound and devastating crisis of faith, but I also continue to believe that biblical and theological studies are foundational for bigger and better things. Don't just write-off the Bible and Religion, and avoid the whole subject. As unpleasant as it might be, I think we need to properly deal with this. It's really hard to master calculus, without learning algebra and trigonometry. I've been trying to keep one foot in the Old Age and the other foot in the New Age, and I'm doing the splits. I also think that we need the organization and community which the church offers. Unfortunately, many churches are wracked with painful power struggles and doctrinal controversies, not to mention fighting about money. But please don't stop studying religion and theology, just because you don't go to church, or don't believe in God. I tear down and build up, simultaneously. One doesn't make a lot of friends that way, and it's a nasty job, but someone has to do it. I'm still conceptually working with the Teachings of Jesus, the U.S. Constitution, the Latin Mass, and Sacred Classical Music, but I'm not making a lot of progress, and I have received virtually no feedback from anyone. Could the Catholics, Orthodox, Anglicans, Episcopalians, Lutherans, Buddhists, Jews, and Muslims accept such a combination? Would the Protestants still protest, or did most of them stop protesting a long time ago? I wonder.

    The Latin Mass is the most difficult part of the equation for me, but if I interpret the Mass with the Teachings of Jesus, it sort of works, for me at least. I'm trying to look for commonalities and historical continuity, with a lot less baggage. I like to travel light. But I remain in turmoil about all of the above. I don't think there is any easy way out of this mess. No one's really going to be happy, no matter what we do. It's sort of like 'choose your poison'. We're very hard to please, aren't we? I'm trying to be a New Age Protestant Catholic by engaging in heresy within the sacred walls of Roman Catholicism, if you know what I mean. They'd fire me in five minutes! Here is a beautiful Latin Mass Wedding. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8_F3XUAqDFk&feature=related Sometimes I think I should move to Paris, and attend various Parisian Roman Catholic Churches, and go to every single organ and choral concert. Then I might find a group of renegade Jesuits to hang-out with, and conspire against the Pope (in a nice way, of course!), in sort of a Neo-Hellfire Club! What would Benjamin Franklin say??? What would Francis Dashwood say??? What would the Pope say??? I don't hate the Pope, but I think the Papacy is too easily controlled from the shadows, and too easily corrupted. But would a more democratic and transparent hierarchical governmental structure destroy the Roman Catholic Church? How does one save the church, without destroying it, and a lot of faithful church members, as the church confronts modernity? What a pain!

    My computer is running slower than constipation, and I think I know why. I once attended a couple of lectures by Charles Thomas Casey. I think he was a grandson of Edgar Casey. It was quite interesting, but I don't remember the details, and I'm not sure why I didn't pursue the work of Edgar Casey. I come from a somewhat suspicious and paranoid religious tradition, which might explain some of my reluctance to jump right in to something supernatural and spooky. I was attending a Whole Life Expo, and I was a bit overwhelmed by everything. I was also singing in four televised church services at the time, two on Saturday (Sabbath) and two on Sunday, so I was a bit over-churched, to say the least! How does one properly combine order, organization, and discipline with freedom and creativity? How does one properly avoid confusion and anarchy? There are probably seven billion different opinions regarding politics and religion, and how they should relate to each other, so do we need a super father or mother figure to bring order out of chaos?

    If we keep a certain few items constant, in a minimalist-traditionalist approach, can we then safely engage in a responsible and harmonious pluralism? If the center doesn't hold, we're pretty much screwed, aren't we? Would a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System be a center which would hold? My answer is that it would depend on what people infused this concept with. It could work, or it could fail. What are the psychological, ethical, political, and religious implications and ramifications of a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System? Would such a concept compete with the Roman Catholic Church and maybe China or Russia, or could there be a grand and glorious integration? I really don't know. Again, it would depend on what people brought to the table. I really don't favor a particular race, religion, or country. I really don't. I'm trying to be a watcher from a distance, and do that which is in EVERYONE'S BEST INTEREST. But does that sort of approach make EVERYONE UNHAPPY???

    There are some aspects of the Nazi phenomenon, which might have it's roots in Gizeh Intelligence (or equivalent), which have-been, and are, quite attractive, but with legion and devastating final-solutions. Fame, Fortune, Power, Pleasure, and Technology are big draws for a lot of people. But reprehensible means lead to unthinkable ends. Just keep researching a wide variety of subjects. A couple of interesting books which combine politics and religion in a historical setting are 'Hitler's Pope' by John Cornwell, and 'The Keys of This Blood' by Malachi Martin. I'm thinking about going back to church, not because they teach the truth, but because of community. 'The Rise of the Fourth Reich' by Jim Marrs, is an excellent book regarding the persistence of the Nazi phenomenon. I think we need to study the history of the 20th century very carefully, or the human race might not make it to the 22nd century. I will continue to be honest, rather than sanitizing my true feelings with love and light. Intensity and honesty seems to be viewed as being a vice rather than a virtue.

    I know how to do placid and peaceful. Been there and done that. I just watched a documentary on Heinrich Himmler, and I'm presently agonizing over the Nazi phenomenon. Why didn't the Germans simply promote excellence, and leave everyone alone? Why go to war at all? Why didn't they simply try to win the hearts and minds of the rest of the world, without fighting with them? The Nazi Party seemed to be an authoritarian humanist religion. If one can grapple with the horrors of history, and remain placid and happy, then something is seriously wrong with them. I hope some good guys and gals with Cray Supercomputers are saving the best internet content, and engaging in expert analysis 24/7. I think this infowar is just warming up, and that we haven't seen anything yet. I'd love for things to be resolved and placid, but at this point, I'm bracing for the worst, and for a long and drawn-out conflict, which might involve the entire solar system. But I'm pleading with everyone, weak and strong, to keep the infowar completely non-violent.

    I realize that there are huge issues to discuss and argue about, but hurting and killing should be kept completely off the table. Justice should be delivered in a legal context, and without capital, cruel, or unusual punishment. I don't wish to just sweep everything under the galactic rug, hold hands (or whatever), and sing kumbaya, but I get the feeling that there have been way too many star wars, over billions of years. I want this to be over, but I'm certainly not holding my breath. Well, I might be going down for the 30th time, but I'm going to try to stay down this time, in my Shallow Underground Civilian Base, and just read books and watch documentaries. I might even enter a Vibrational Rehab Center to try to vibrate fast enough to make a difference. I have no idea what I'm supposed to be thinking and doing. I got the distinct impression today, that someone does not like what I'm thinking and doing, but I'm not sure if that is a good thing or a bad thing.

    Everything seems like a big, sick, most dangerous game. I just wish to turn Purgatory into Paradise. Is this unreasonable or irresponsible? I'm sensing no love from anyone, good or bad. So, once again, are we stuck with either the Old World Order or the New World Order? Is there another better option? What the hell is really going on? Damned if I know, but this thrashing madness of mine is over, for now anyway. This thread is born of insecurity, rather than arrogance. It is merely a tool. It is a means to an end, rather than being the answer to life, the universe, and everything. Namaste. Mea Culpa. Kyrie Eleison. Good-Night. God Bless You. And God Bless the United States (slight pause) of the Solar System. Geronimo! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NAzD2Y-opJo&feature=related


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tumblr_l8ao8rxqic1qd5yo4o1_500
    Orthodoxymoron v Marduk??!!

    I was finally going to stop, but here I go again. I like the idea of a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System, with a University of Solar System Studies and Governance being an integral part of this Brave New Solar System. There might be a hundred campuses located throughout the solar system. I think the best aspects of all political and religious systems could be incorporated into a United States of the Solar System. The idea is to end up with 10,000 of the best and the brightest highly educated and trained representatives, who are not corrupted in any way, shape, or form. I don't know enough about the various beings and factions in the world, solar system, galaxy, and universe to make proper determinations and judgments about them at this time. I simply wish for the corrupt and evil bullshit to cease and desist in this solar system, with all deliberate speed. Do not twist and misuse my words and intentions. I desire only the best for this solar system. Perhaps I should narrow my study to 'The Federalist Papers', 'The Anti-Federalist Papers', The United States Constitution and Bill of Rights, in the context of Nature and Sacred Classical Music. Studying this subject while listening to appropriate music makes all the difference in the world.

    I am not in bed with any particular race, country, or religion. I might be confused or deceived, but my intentions are to do that which is in everyone's best interest. I remain open to all beings and all points of view, but I am quite suspicious and paranoid at this point. I am attempting neutrality, to the best of my ability.
    I have tried to keep things light, throughout this thread, but I am very serious about cleaning up the mess in this solar system. Formality and informality both have their proper spheres, and I will attempt to be sensitive regarding what is appropriate and inappropriate in various contexts. Would all of the above need to be theocratically approved, established, and administered? I tend to think so, but I don't know enough about the true state of affairs, regarding God, Satan, Angels, Demons, the Human, and the Divine. I continue to fly-blind, with not nearly enough reliable information. A brutal gang of facts, or a brutal gang of dracs, could change everything. I still don't have an enemies list, but I continue to work on one, as I continue to try to understand. Namaste.

    Is competition an integral part of freedom? Are deception, cruelty, and moral ambiguity integral parts of competition? Can pure love compete in the reptilian eat human solar system we live in? I'm leaning toward responsibility and response-ability as being a modus operandi where the good guys and gals can actually win, instead of huddling in a corner, singing kumbaya, while the bad guys and gals rule the solar system. I really do want the good guys and gals to win, but a lot of what masquerades as love and goodness is really naivety and stupidity, and I have engaged in plenty of this myself, which is why I know so much about it. Has high-technology made us safer and happier people? Has it really made things better? Was the Industrial Revolution a good idea? Are all of the Weapons of Mass Destruction making the solar system a really great place? I'm not anti high-tech or anti factory, but probably 90% of this complex mess should be eliminated. Is the world an environmentally better place than it was a century ago? Have we made this world much more beautiful and peaceful, or have we turned it into a toilet and a slaughterhouse? Answer these questions honestly, instead of just struggling to get more and more and more.

    I wish to turn this solar system into a paradise for everyone, not just for some select faction, religion, or race. I support a responsible pluralism. Obviously, defining and applying this would be something to behold. Once again, please study this thread as a whole, rather than just reading a couple of posts, and then issuing a verdict. This thread is a mental and spiritual exercise, and a means to an end, rather than being the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth. This thread is intended to make you face yourself, and think. One more thing. Please understand that I have engaged in a certain amount of role-playing and imagined-importance in this thread. Little people with inferiority complexes, sometimes imagine themselves in important roles and situations. It's sort of fun, and it can be instructional, but it really is dreamland, and there are massive doses of dreamland in this thread. But I have attempted to approximate what I think the hidden realities might really be. Once again, I would love to play some sort of a role in a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System, but this would have to be in one of my future lives. I'm sort of a basket-case in this life, but in a good way. I mean well, but Raven was right, I am a completely ignorant fool, and I know it. We all have our crosses to bear.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Highway_car_exhaust
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Coastal_pollution
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Pollution
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Gpw-20050304-unitedstatesdepartmentofenergy-xx-33-thermonuclear-hydrogen-bomb-operation-castle-romeo-event-bikini-atoll-marshall-islands-19540327-large

    Take a very close look at the Knights Templar and the Teutonic Knights. Where and when did they REALLY originate? What have they been doing for the past 500 years, in particular? What are they doing presently? Are there two or three factions, or are they monolithic? What if they really go back into ancient Sirius, Atlantis, Babylon, Egypt, Greece, and Rome? What if they are at the center of the Bloody Drama on this Prison Planet in Rebellion? Are they the Secret Government? I haven't really gotten into this, but I see and smell a helluva lot of smoke, and the smoke is just pouring out of my ears. Consider the Praying and Fighting aspects of the Knights. What might be the World War II parallels? Do we basically need to reform all factions and aspects of the Knights Templar and Teutonic Knights, or whatever names they presently use? Read between the lines here. I don't want to speculate too freely in this area. I think this might be playing with hotter fire than I'm prepared to handle. One more time. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6z7O7UZxipM

    Has anyone considered or attempted Expository Preaching based upon 'The Teachings of Jesus', 'The Federalist Papers', and 'The Anti-Federalist Papers', in the interest of 'Responsible Freedom', in the Context of the Cathedral? What if there were a French Romantic Organ Prelude (foreplay), followed by a Processional with French Romantic Choral Music, followed by a French Romantic Choral Anthem, followed by Expository Preaching Based Upon 'The Teachings of Jesus', 'The Federalist Papers' and the 'Anti-Federalist Papers', followed by a French Romantic Choral Work, followed by a Recessional with French Romantic Choral Music, followed by a Climactic French Romantic Organ Postlude, with Bells and Fireworks Outside???? Why won't anyone talk to me about any of this? I'm not just talking to the regular posters. I'm talking to everyone who monitors this site and thread. You probably know a helluva lot more about what's really going on than I do, and you could very easily carry on an intelligent conversation with me. Why is there a conversational brick wall?

    I'm dumber and smarter than you think. I could explain, but it's complicated. I'm just starting to figure it out, and I'm probably making a lot of mistakes, but they are just stumbling baby steps on the road to utopia. Check this out. You can watch services from Notre Dame in Paris. I've spoken of Latin Masses, but I really just like listening to services in languages other than English, so I can read, write, or just think, while listening to them. Don't crucify me regarding my comments on Latin Masses. I would still like to know the full story behind the origins of the Latin Mass and the Novus Ordo Mass. I'm not Catholic, so go easy on me, as I try to understand a lot of things which most people couldn't care less about. http://www.ktotv.com/videos-chretiennes/emissions/messe-a-notre-dame/messe-a-notre-dame-messe-du-dimanche-soir/00060005 I love the music!!! Je T'aime Notre Dame de Paris!!!


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Notre-Dame-de-Paris_Notre-Dame-night-view_2939

    Imagine being in a room with 100 of the best and brightest individuals in the solar system - discussing solar system governance issues. What might that be like? Is this the way it should be? But how would one ensure that you really had the 100 best and brightest individuals? How would one keep this group from becoming cold, hard, cynical, and corrupt? So many things start out looking so very promising, and then they go to hell in a hurry. Would an Idealized Queen of Heaven really be the best final authority? Imagine dealing with an Uber-Competent Queen of Heaven in a Temple Palace on the Moon. What might that be like? If they were really, really good - that would be an exhilarating experience, especially if they were really, really sexy!! But what if they made Bloody Mary look like Mother Teresa? How about Kali or Hathor on a bad day?? Think about it. The human race should be treated with dignity and respect, and be given appropriate levels of responsibility, but does there need to be a theocratic authority of last resort? If people are treated like children, they're going to act like children. But, on the other hand, if they are allowed to run wild, they might exterminate themselves rather quickly. Where is the happy medium or proper balance point in all of this governance madness?

    I really just want things to operate properly, and for wars, starvation, gross-injustice, etc. to be completely eliminated. The drama should be kept to an absolute minimum. There are probably hundreds of viable models of solar system governance, which would work just fine, but a Theocratically Implemented, Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System is the one I'm going to run with, until I find something better, and I am open to being shown something better. But it better be really good! This thread is not born of arrogance and superiority, but rather of insecurity and inferiority. I'm really just trying to make sense out of things, so as to try to help make things better for everyone. I like a mixture of the royal model, the servant model, formality, informality, democracy, and theocracy. Even if there has been historical and contemporary governmental malfeasance, a new team might not be much better. I really am trying to understand that which has been hidden from the goyim and commoners. I hate having to keep guessing about all of this, but when I really find out the truth, I might hate myself regarding my historical reincarnational role in the troubles which have plagued this solar system. Ignorance is bliss, right?

    I deal in possibilities and probabilities, and I also mostly connect dots to information which has been revealed by others. But I do this very passively, and only on this little forum. I think most of those who read what I write, know a lot more than I do, even though they rarely comment. I have no credentials, so my credibility is zero. Even if I'm mostly right, the impact is probably close to zero. It's not like I've been given the grand-tour by a group of Dracs and Tall, Long-Nosed Greys, and then told not to tell anyone. I really don't know, but I worry constantly, and I suspect deception and foul-play on a grand scale. And no, it's not worth it, but I do it anyway. It might be of some benefit to someone, somehow, somewhere, somewhen. This is sort of like 'Mr. Smith Goes to Phobos'. This is honestly an attempt to reconstruct a badly shattered faith, but it obviously is not working. They promised me a rose-garden. They lied. I'm not complaining about the primrose path. It's what's at the end of the path that troubles me. The light at the end of the tunnel might be an oncoming magneto-leviton train travelling at mach 2.

    They never promised me a rose-garden in Avalon or the Mists of Avalon, and I don't expect one here, or on Phobos, for that matter. But the truth of our predicament seems to have been carefully hidden by both the good guys and the bad guys. They all have their reasons. But it seems to me that the time has come for the truth to be tactfully revealed to everyone, regardless of whether satisfactory solutions can be achieved, or not. My continued speculation might prepare myself and others for whatever horrors await us, just around the corner. I'm trying to keep all of this in the realm of science-fiction, and mostly for a morbid sort of entertainment. If someone becomes upset by this, they can be consoled that I'm just a stupid crackpot conspiracy theorist, rather than a credentialed whistleblower. If the Mists of Avalon gets taken down, perhaps we can start the Fog of Phobos...


    I've been trying to keep one foot in the Old Age and the other foot in the New Age, and I'm doing the splits. The antediluvian world was supposedly surrounded by some sort of a mist, which did not exist post-deluge. Is there any evidence of such a mist, and what it might've consisted of? The chem-trails (laced with radioactive materials?), Fukushima (deliberately inflicted?), and weather modification (courtesy of HAARP?) might be designed to produce conditions conducive to certain life-forms. Is this possible? Some speak of the 'veil being lifted'. What are they referring to? Are we going to be dealing with zombies, giants, and plf's? How might orgone affect humans and other than humans, physically and on a soul-level? I'm feeling a tremendous sense of dread. Perhaps I should make my shallow underground civilian base a bit deeper. Can you dig it? In the biblical record, Adam lived to the ripe, old age of 939 earth years, but in a very short time period, people were lucky to make it to 100. What the hell happened? That can't possibly be blamed on 'The Fall' can it? Then, 'God' was sorry that 'he' created 'man', and committed genocide, nearly wiping-out the entire human race. In Babylon, 'God' seemed to forbid a One World Government and the Unification of Humanity. I am not a slave to the biblical scrolls, but I do think they contain important clues.

    Has anyone read any Ralph Ellis books, such as 'Jesus: Last of the Pharaohs'? How about any of Gerald Massey's books, such as 'The Historical Jesus and the Mythical Christ'? Both authors focus upon the intersection of Biblical Studies and Egyptology. Does anyone have any thoughts regarding Biblical Egyptology? What about Michael / Horus / Mithras / Jesus / ??? as being a reincarnating archangel, or even a reptilian queen on a soul-level? Perhaps a forbidden genetic hybridization program resulted in an undesirable and threatening product of conception, namely the human race. I am interested in idealistic government and religion, and even the constructive combining of the two, but I'm not seeing much of a solid historical foundation for this sort of thing. Is the human race predestined to defeat, by divine design? Am I getting warm (due to increased levels of radioactivity?), or am I just cracking-up? Sometimes I feel like a potted-plant. What would Brendan Sullivan say?

    Anyway, has anyone read or re-read 'Megatrends' or 'Future Shock' lately, to see how things have played-out in relation to the forecasts and projections? Should I be reading Daniel and the Revelation in the Holy Bible, for the real-deal about the future? Should I try to change the future, or is it pretty-much already determined? Have the gods and goddesses made up their minds what they're going to do with us, or to us? Or, has the Creator God of the Universe decided what to do with the gods and goddesses - and with us? Is the ball in our court, or not? I guess I'm seeking a productive partnership of the Human and the Divine, whatever that really means. Where does the BS stop, and the truth begin? Which Heins 57 varieties of religion and philosophy do we embrace? How shall we then live? Should we just eat, drink, and be merry, as we prepare to die?

    Please listen to the 1989 MUFON Bill Cooper video (UFO's and Secret-Government), over and over again. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2a3IXw1nGCw Please determine how much of it is true. I think a lot of it is true, but my interpretation is somewhat different than the conclusions which Bill arrives at. This material is enough to drive a man to irritability and drunkeness. I've never had a drink in my life, but I'm tempted to become an alcoholic, and join the Friends of Bill Cooper! Sorry Bill. I have no respect, even for my friends! Would Mt. Weather be a good United States of the Solar System Headquarters? How about Camp David? What about the Crater Copernicus? If nothing else works out, there's always Phobos! Should I rent a Ferrari, and do my version of 'On the Beach'? What would Jon Shirley say? What would Shirley Maclaine say? Wait. Don't tell me. Once again, I want to make it clear that I don't hate anyone, but I am annoyed by nearly everyone. I'm really just trying to understand, and to then respond responsibly. I'm very hesitant to throw stones, because I might live in a glass house. Hell, I spent years in a glass cathedral. I really just want to resolve this mess, and move on to bigger and better things, with all deliberate speed. I'm going to spend years attempting to sleep in the bed I've made in this thread. I intend to remain virtually invisible and low key, but who knows what the future will bring, if we even have a future.

    The following is just a current theory of mine. I speculate a lot. I somehow think that in antiquity, Michael/Jesus was instrumental in the intelligent design and genetic engineering of male and female human beings, and that this was considered to be the original and unpardonable sin in a reptilian universe. Then, this rebellion was put-down by the Old World Order. At some point Michael/Jesus tried to take back the solar system with a New World Order, which was quickly put-down. At some point, a Counterfeit New World Order came into existence, and battled with the Old World Order. I think Michael/Jesus has largely been disempowered for a very long time. I'm hoping that a New Solar System will replace both the Old World Order and the New World Order. I have tried to approximate what I think the New Solar System might be like, by hypothetically creating a Theocratically-Implemented, Responsibility-Based, United States of the Solar System. The crucifixion might've originally occurred in ancient Atlantis, Babylon, or Egypt, simply as a punishment, with Jesus as a Sinner in the Hands of an Angry God. Then, the story was later modified into the version we are taught in the churches.

    The crucifixion is essentially a human-sacrifice, and the eucharist is essentially cannibalism, especially when the doctrine of transubstantiation is taken literally and seriously. The substitutionary atonement promises that we can be considered as being good, even if we continue to be bad. I agree with Bernard Shaw, that the substitutionary atonement is unethical. I think we simply must be good, which means we must be responsible, and make the problems of others, our problems. We really are our brother's and sister's keepers. A human sacrifice and cannibalism (symbolic or literal) will not get us off the hook with a legitimate deity. But we might be dealing with regressive and vengeful deities, who use God's name in vain, to punish and enslave us. Read 'The God's of Eden' by William Bramley, 'The Great Controversy' by Ellen White, and 'Rule by Secrecy' by Jim Marrs, as evidence for this hypothesis. Crucifixes do not honor Jesus Christ. They are hideous, and most of them should be removed. Obviously, stained-gl@ss windows, and such, should be left alone, as works of art, and integral parts of existing buildings.

    Anyway, the Teachings of Jesus emphasize being ethical and righteous. The writings of Paul promote the substitutionary atonement, and many consider Paul to be a heretic against the message of Christ. Paul did not follow the Great Commission in Matthew 28. He started an essentially new religion, which was not based upon the Teachings of Jesus. As far as I can tell, no church in 2,000 years has followed the Teachings of Jesus as it's doctrinal statement, and rule of faith and practice. I'd love to be proven wrong, but no one seems to wish to talk to me, regardless of whether they agree with me, or not. No one really seems to give a damn. I have also seen the little white amoeba-like lights between me and the computer screen today. I know someone hates me, but at least they are interested in what I'm doing. I think this thing is really nasty and bitter, and I don't think I know 5% of what has really gone on for thousands and even millions of years. I have no animosity presently, but if I knew the full story, I might start applying the war-paint and beating the drums of war! Unfortunately, we're not dealing with sticks and stones anymore. We're dealing with planet-busting WMD's.

    So, I will continue to attempt to be a neutral pacifist, rather than a war monger. The regressives would probably kick my @$$ anyway!!!! There has been minimal dialogue on this thread, and then, in the past couple of months, conversation has dried-up completely. I have some ideas. I'm challenging the status-quo, and while I intend no harm, the implications and ramifications of my challenge might be very far-reaching. Again, I continue to fly blind. I'm just trying to do the right thing, despite feeling like poop most of the time. But this doesn't seem to be welcome and appreciated. I guess I'm attempting a jail-break, but it's really a nice and peaceful jail-break. This all seems so futile. I really just want things to make sense, and for this solar system to be run properly. Herein probably lies the problem. I am criticizing the prison planet administration, and I am trying to convert a harsh and punishing prison into a peaceful paradise. This might be attempting an impossibility. I just don't know the true nature of our predicament. I doubt that the management is incompetent, but I do think it is corrupt and cruel. But what the hell do I know?

    What's going on with China and Korea? I feel very apprehensive. I have heard some troubling things, which I can't verify, and which I'd rather not talk about. To all concerned, be very careful, and don't believe everything the Secret Government (or equivalent) tells you. I continue to think there is a hidden power which incites and causes us to war with each other. We need to stop falling for this bullshit. Again, I am not partial toward any race, religion, or country. I'm White, American, Christian, and Male, but I'm doing my best to be a composite of everyone and everything, if you know what I mean. A Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System might not be particularly American, if you know what I mean. My continued discussion of the Roman Catholic Church doesn't mean that I'm in bed with the Pope. There is a positive and a negative side to everyone and everything, and I wish to accentuate the positive, eliminate the negative, and get rid of the dracs! Just kidding! I'd still like to hang-out with the Dracs on Phobos! Someone told me that they like me, but I'm not sure why, or if that was a sarcastic comment.

    I simply wish to give everyone a fair shake, but obviously I don't know what's really been going on throughout the solar system for thousands of years. Full disclosure might change everything. I will attempt to adapt appropriately and ethically to changing circumstances and situations. What would Joseph Fletcher say? I know what he told me privately, but it was rather negative, and wouldn't apply to this post! BTW, is Titan the new Prison Planet? If so, is it really big enough? Just wondering. If they cause any trouble, airlock 'em!!! I'm half-joking and half-serious! Probably keeping them in a Deep Underground Faraday-Shielded Maximum-Security Prison would be the best idea. For now. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ANqYvooR4Rs&feature=fvsr Should eating people be a capital offense? Are people really being eaten? Alex Collier says yes. Sherry Shriner says yes. I haven't said much about this, because it is so horrific and sensational, and because I don't know.

    I have chosen to focus on solar system governance as a method of dealing with whatever horrors exist in this solar system, which might include non-humans eating humans, or even humans eating humans. We don't seem to be bothered by humans eating non-humans, do we? Well, actually it does bother me, because I'm a vegetarian. Nothing would surprise me, at this point. I am becoming more jaded and cynical than you can imagine. I really doubt that participation in solar system governance would bring happiness and fulfillment. One might become a cold and heartless bastard, which is why I like the idea of a rational and organized rotation of power, with plenty of oversight, checks, and balances. But what do I know? Probably very little. I'm going to spend a lot of time listening to Alex Jones. I'm not recommending this to others, but it's something I need to do. I need some of what Alex has, but not too much! I like Ron Paul and Alex Jones, regardless of any hidden agendas. Also, consider studying 1. Science. 2. Theology. 3. Science Fiction. 4. New Age. 5. Conspiracy Theories. I'm not sure why I wrote that, but I think each of us needs to find a proper balance of several subjects. I like the words 'multidisciplinary' and 'pluralistic'.

    Are there good Dracs, Greys, Hybrids, Nazis, Masons, Magicians, Jesuits, and Alphabet Agents? I think so. Imagine working with all of them on the Darkside of the Moon!!! It might be cool if there were a site for whistle-blowers, where they would just post to each other, and others would simply read, and not comment. A Jesuit and Alphabet Agent Site would be sort of cool, where they would reveal bits and pieces of previously classified information, in a manner which would avoid confusion and sensationalism. I hate having to speculate about everything. I'd like to just go into a room full of Jesuits and Alphabet Agents, and have them give me an education for a couple of weeks. I'd probably want to kill myself when I found out the truth, but at least I'd know the truth. A thousand-page, eyes-only document would be the next best thing. But really, ignorance is probably bliss, and completely ignorant fools like me shouldn't be told too much! We might spook the herd!

    I remain very troubled regarding the low-level of communication refinement, throughout the world. We might not be ready for disclosure or ascension. My quest has revealed how little I know, and how much I need to learn about everything, really. I intend to read a lot of books and watch a lot of documentaries, and say a lot less. I've probably said too much already, and there is probably a very good reason why very little substantial conversation results, but I'm not sure what that reason is. I'm really sorry that we couldn't discuss solar system governance. I really do have to talk to myself. You wouldn't believe the conversations and arguments I get into with my higher-self!! That prude always hides behind a puritanical skirt. I think something monumental and historical has occurred over the past 18 months, but I'm not sure what it is, exactly. I have some ideas, which I'd rather not talk about. I continue to desire that things work out well for all concerned, but without knowing what's really going on, it's very difficult to say anything with any certainty. I just feel very beat-up, very sad, and very scared.

    If you can remain calm in this situation, you haven't been paying attention. I think things could go in any direction, and I have no idea regarding my fate, and the fate of the human race. I think things have been very bad, for a very long time, and I have no idea whether things can be properly resolved, or not. Things have gotten so bad, that I really don't wish to continue, but I obviously will. Everything is a struggle. Life should be lived, rather than endured. Just consider how precarious our situation really is. Seven Billion Inmates on a Prison Planet in Rebellion, Filled with Weapons of Mass Destruction, Hurtling Through Space, Under the Scornful Gaze of the Gods and Goddesses. Either this world is nicer than I thought it was, or I am receiving some sort of protection, because I am posting things which would've gotten people removed a few years ago. Perhaps it's just that so much forbidden information is being released and discussed presently. I get the feeling that I am being supernaturally attacked, but that I am being physically protected. I know that is counter-intuitive, but I feel as though I am left to fight my own spiritual battles, but that physically, it's claws-off. But who knows? I try to be in an attitude of prayer 24/7, but I rarely engage in traditional prayer, where specific things are asked for. I'm not recommending this approach, but it's just my modus operandi presently. Think About It. Namaste and Godspeed.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 P1080667
    I've watched both of these cars race! 12 cylinder engines sound sweet!!

    Researching Teutonic Zionism, Teutonic Knights, Knights Templer, et al is getting into an area of study which frankly scares the hell out of me. When I got into the subject of Amen Ra, on Avalon 1, I felt the same way. By the way, the 'Amen Ra' thread on Avalon 1 presently has nearly 165,000 views, with nearly all of these views occurring after the shut-down. http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18223 Could the two subjects be related? I'm beginning to think so. Here is a link to some related links. http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2008/07jul/RICR-080720-SUB.html Incidently, I'm thinking that Eric Jon Phelps is an excellent resource for this topic. He mostly deals with the Jesuit and Catholic aspects, but perhaps they are important pieces of the puzzle. I still do not wish to be angry at anyone, and I still wonder what my reincarnational role might've been in all of the historical madness. I've been completely out of the loop throughout this incarnation, with the exception of my recent internet expedition into madness. I will continue to blurt things out, in a tactful and tentative manner, on this little site. I hope this helps more than it hurts, but I am open to a redirection of my attention, with the appropriate use of reason, rather than meanness. I want to help to clean things up, but I want to do it the right way. There is a right and a wrong way to do the right thing, you know. Think about religious-ritual human-sacrifice and military human-sacrifice. Are the two related? Is there a religious and a military branch of a secret government, which specializes in blood, death, and sacrifice? And what about blood-money banksters? What about the City-States?

    Like I said, this subject is getting too scary and creepy for me. I was just going to stop posting, while I wait for Armageddon. How far out on a limb should I venture, if I am to follow my own advice concerning responsibility? I'm going to stop whimpering and rambling, and just listen to Eric Jon Phelps, Leo Zagami, Alex Jones, Bill Cooper, Jordan Maxwell, and Sherry Shriner. That should calm me down, and help me get my head together. I certainly do NOT want bad things to happen -- yet my internet activities have made me quite paranoid. Some real-life conversations have made me even more paranoid. It seems as if things are ripe for something bad to happen -- to cover-up a lot of things -- maintain control of Purgatory Incorporated -- and for a few people (and other than people?) to make a lot of money. I understand that life might have to be somewhat harsh for most of us for quite some time -- but please do NOT deliberately inflict pain, suffering, death, and destruction upon humanity. If certain individuals deserve the worst -- deal with them on a case by case basis -- and leave the rest of us alone. If all of us deserve the worst -- then I don't know what to say, other than "Adhere to a REASONABLE System of Rewards and Punishments". One more thing. I am NOT Anti-Alien. I AM Anti-Bullshit. World Without End. Amen -- or Whoever.


    Real or Fake??
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 X5uzgd
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base10
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base9
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base3
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base5
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base7
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base8
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base11
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base12
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base13
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base14
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base15
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base16
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base17
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base18
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base20
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base21
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base22
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base23
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base25
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 The-orion-conspiracy




    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base26
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Base24
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Mountweatherpd001


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 12:52 am; edited 1 time in total
    Ashera
    Ashera

    Posts : 984
    Join date : 2011-03-16
    Location : Alienne Atreides

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  Ashera on Wed Oct 24, 2018 2:38 pm

    I do not part the metaphysical approach at all, and I would not enjoy it to repeat old disputes here, that I also with Tony had. Facebook 5D and stuff is not my matter at all. I prefer to retreat to my own thread again (http://mistsofavalon.forumotion.com/t3566p300-the-end-of-the-twins-cycle#139854) before the reciprocal head clubbing starts all over.

    This I just tweeted:

    People want to get lauded for their original super-ego XXXX, this is not academic, not even gymnasial, @weserkurier

    Multiplication > Digitalization > Metaphysicality > Substancelessness @weserkurier

    Eyed awry democracy is a giant devaluation machine @weserkurier. finally it always leads to fascist forms no matter if socialism as makeshift or not. Science is elitist and intellectual, there is nothing to discuss. What happens if middle mass ocercomes this is known


    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 1:05 am

    mudra wrote:The latest news from Brook aren't good my friends.

    Your prayers and words of support are much needed

    Update: Brook is at Catawba Regional Hospice. She was transferred around 6:30 tonight. She is finally resting comfortably. She has been through a war these last 2.5 weeks with every interruption under the sun. She has endured so much pain and suffering. Long story. I spoke with one of her doctors today and was told that her organs are shutting down and we might have a few days with her. So for her best interest at the moment, there will be no visitors for tonight. She can hardly talk and it was hard for me to even understand her. Another issue that disturbs me, that Brook doesn't need is the very people that she loves so much are being attacked by one selfish couple with a service to self agenda. What a disgrace to dishonor this woman in the way that you have. YOU HAVE NO RIGHT WHATSOEVER AND I AM GOING TO HOLD YOU ACCOUNTABLE FOR YOUR SELFISH ACTIONS. You come off as innocent and yet you're both monsters. What a disgrace! Something had to be said and if you push it, you will be revealed publically. John must be spinning in his grave.

    I also want to thank everyone who has supported Brook. We have many friends from all over the world and you are not forgotten.

    Namaste'
    Andy, aka Lionhawk


    Crying or Very sad
    Love Always
    mudra
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I'm very sad and sorry to hear this bad-news. No one should have to go through that crap. Especially Brook. I'm a bit confused regarding the alternative-remedies which seemed to be working, but now all seems lost all too quickly. I remain perplexed by the relatively meager contributions, especially considering the literary contributions Brook made to several websites for many years. There hasn't been a lot of discussion of Brook's Egyptology on this website. I've reposted some of the material Brook posted on my 'Amen Ra' thread on the old Project Avalon site, but the response here has been non-existent. I've speculated about the 'Oracle' possibilities, and perhaps I shouldn't have. I'm overly curious and insecure regarding the 'Matrix' and the 'Oracle'. I hadn't heard anything from Lionhawk in several-years, and his short message was welcome and informative. May God, Jesus, Holy-Spirit, Archangels, et al, help Brook in any possible way. I used to pray a lot, but I'm afraid I got disillusioned regarding begging God for this and that, so I mostly stopped, assuming God already knew what was needed and deserved. Namaste and Godspeed.
    Ashera wrote:I do not part the metaphysical approach at all, and I would not enjoy it to repeat old disputes here, that I also with Tony had. Facebook 5D and stuff is not my matter at all. I prefer to retreat to my own thread again http://mistsofavalon.forumotion.com/t3566p300-the-end-of-the-twins-cycle#139854 before the reciprocal head clubbing starts all over.

    This I just tweeted:

    People want to get lauded for their original super-ego XXXX, this is not academic, not even gymnasial, @weserkurier

    Multiplication > Digitalization > Metaphysicality > Substancelessness @weserkurier

    Eyed awry democracy is a giant devaluation machine @weserkurier. finally it always leads to fascist forms no matter if socialism as makeshift or not. Science is elitist and intellectual, there is nothing to discuss. What happens if middle mass ocercomes this is known.
    Thank-you Ashera. Your participation on this thread was most-welcome. I'll keep an eye on your thread, but I might not often comment on it. A couple of months ago, a forum-member who no-longer posts here, told me they didn't need my help on their thread, but retracted the rebuke when I removed my most-recent 'help'. I find no real friendship in the SDA church. They've gone their way, and I've gone my way. I recently viewed a 2011 'It Is Written' broadcast, wherein the speaker spoke of "The Great Architect" which sounded Mighty-Masonic to me, but then Ellen White has been accused of being a 'Masonic-Witch' so I don't know which way to jump regarding SDA's and EGW. I guess I'll keep wondering about a 'Conflict of the Ages Series' Vala Mal Doran version of Ellen Gould White (if anyone knows what I mean). My online-participation on a couple of websites have been a complete-failure and ultimate-frustration. Why Bother?? Now I Don't Really Care. Do U??

    Did I recently speak with the modern-incarnation of an Ancient-Lilith?? What if 'Lilith' is 'RA' and the 'God of This World' and the 'Queen of Heaven'?? Beware of the 'Name Change Game'. I continue to have my various-theories, but I mostly don't want to talk about them. The 'Secret-Stuff' is sort of cool, but I hate pain, suffering, horror, horrific-experimentation, human-sacrifices, child-trafficking, etc. At some point (probably in another-life) it might be cool to have some sort of 'Absolute-Access' with 'Absolutely-Zero Authority' as an 'Ankle-Biting Pain in Uranus'. "I want to talk to the Pope right now!!" Just Kidding.

    Years ago, I stumbled-upon an interesting Matrix of Contrasting-Contexts, namely Loma Linda, Garden Grove, and Bodhi Tree!! That sweet-spot might not exist anymore, and that's all I'm going to say about THAT!! I Hate My Life -- and I'm NOT the Only One!! After being chronically-hated and chronically-fatigued for years, I don't care if I'm hated anymore. I think I need to start-over. There was a period of discovery a few years ago, which was somewhat refreshing, but the whole enterprise is wearing on my soul presently. It's similar to scratching an itch until it bleeds. One must know when to stop. I have some really boring books to read (including a doctoral-dissertation titled 'Responsibility for Evil in the Theodicy of IV Ezra' by Alden Lloyd Thompson) and I'll probably continue making one post a day, but don't expect anything new or earthshattering.  I really don't like the space I'm in presently. Here are some videos which I posted a few years ago, yet which seem relevant to what I've been posting recently. As always, I don't endorse the videos I post. I know that I don't know.





    blue roller wrote:You envy me ? Why ?

    If you want the inside line you have to go inside . Why do you keep debasing yourself ? Is it because you think that by doing so God will love you ? That's programmed thinking Orthy , that's submission to a "god" who does not care about you. That's laying your son on the altar to appease a jealous god who hates you.

    You cannot mix new wine with Old . You don't put new wine in old skins. Let that Old testament crap go . Its Mind poison.

    I always get accused of being angry by those who don't want to see the simple truth . They want it complex like their 'god'.

    THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN IS WITHIN YOU.

    I always get accused of hating and anger by those who feel threatened. Love does not stand idly by and watch suffering. It tries to help. But often that helped is rejected because the oppressed are addicted to pain and self hate .

    When are you going to give yourself the gift of love and let go of all that self recrimination ?

    The hills are alive with the sound of music and you are obsessing about evil . Get away from the madness and let the Queens give you some much needed comfort. Who is the most powerful player on the Chess board ? That's because the Queen IS the chessboard.

    How many seek comfort in the Church and find only arid  stone walls echoing to the sound of empty chatter ,judgement and hate ? Natures temple is far more kind and forgiving than the Crystal cathedral of VANITY.

    Self pity and self love cannot coexist . Old wine turned bitter does not sit easy in the stomach or the mind . It burdens it .

    The well spring of eternal life is just waiting for you to pick up the phone and call home . But you keep making excuses Orthy . Stop masturbating to that chapter and verse gobbledygook and make that call. You have a perfect vessel but until you hoist sail your rotting in port.

    You don't play scrabble by looking in a Dictionary .You take the letters and form words and connections . THEN you are making progress .

    Don't do a Pris and bail out when the going gets interesting . Follow through .You have all the pieces you need to figure this out.

    I am not going to waste any more time here when the Owner deletes my thread without a decent excuse so make it count Orthy. Stop playing with your self and help yourself.

    The message is simple ,the message is love . But if you cant accept that then you are going round in circles of hate . Look around you . What do you really want ?

    Carol wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Images?q=tbn:ANd9GcQjrOrlxuzRcyJF2fGxX_Zh55qqVQTGn9Bocoij5uU6p4aztj_P
    blue roller wrote:A mature response deserves a mature reply . But Infantile ridicule always backfires on the perp . So Orthy there is not much more to say other than this. My humble opinion based not on reading and preaching but Experience.

    Its your life to live. Live it . Don't wait for approval here to feel validated . You wont get it . All you will get is obsequious chatter ,faint praise and empty platitude. Its like Church without the offsetting pleasure of decent music.

    The Old Testament is like corporate marketing ,it is corporate marketing. Big on promises ,short on delivery.

    Testament from the word Testes , the male regenerative organs. Weighed, measured and found wanting.

    Who cares who begat who in genesis ? What does it matter ?

    Some guy tells a group they are chosen and offers them the promised land IF they obey him . Uhuh. Sounds like tyranny to me. Sounds like the empty promises of every two bit fair ground hustler, car dealer ,realtor or politician.

    Dr Who yes , good stuff . Lots of good stuff in Sci fi .Stick with it Orthy. Dont weigh it down with fear.

    Who are you ? Who ,who,who,who .I really wanna know..........

    William Bramley's book Gods of Eden , is a good book. Yes, I have read it and corresponded with him. Dont get bogged down in all the negative stuff though . Be the difference you want to see .Dont wait for it to be brought to you on a silver platter . Gotta lift that pack on to your back and make the pilgrimage yourself.

    Most Humans who are successfully contacted by their ET brothers and sisters do so after they have set themselves free by Living ,traveling and being themselves. They make themselves ready and open and it happens so naturally then. They dont have anything to sell or loyalty to demand . They are to busy exploring the universe and having a blast to waste time with that small town mentality. When people are happy and free they naturally want to share that with anyone they see in pain. There is nothing to take ,just a chance to give freely without any thought of return. Feels good to do that.

    Sure there are arseholes out there too but you only hang out with them if you want to be one of them . Do what makes you happy if you don't like being unhappy.

    Many don't know it but we love to make contact on the road . We do it all the time. Because that's when people are open to adventure and new experiences. Not bent over a bible in the Men's room trying to squeeze logic out of lousy mass marketing. No we dont beam people up. We come as we are and talk , make a connection just like anyone else would. Share a beer and lunch .Walk awhile and chat. All that midnight abduction crap is just fear mongering by those who know that fear is the only way they can keep you enslaved.

    Im not trying to shoot you down or demean you at all. I am saying simply this.You deserve to be happy . But you need to make the choices that will allow it to happen.

    I get banned and censored because I am telling people HOW to get free. Why ?
    Thank-you blue roller. I envy you because of your insider-insights and brash approach to difficult subjects. I guess I'm sort of trying to deal with the Historical-Religion Puzzle and Madness. I'm not really trying to achieve peace and happiness at this point. This is a Research-Project. This is really a War. Being in the presence of really-smart and highly-educated theologians is quite a humbling experience -- even if most of what they say can be proven false. Just negotiating the intricacies of various subjects is something to behold. It's one thing to say "Religion is Bullshit" -- and quite another thing to articulately discuss the "Religious-Bullshit" for hours on end. Certain aspects of my religious-background in the context of science-fiction and conspiracy-theories is MOST Interesting -- and I think the Jesuits and Agents who monitor this site know exactly what I'm talking about. I put myself down because I am highly-hamstrung and highly-miserable. I really believe I am supernaturally-targeted because of what I post -- and possibly because of who I might be on a soul-basis. What I'm currently posting reads VERY Differently than just reading Genesis through Malachi in the KJV. There's something highly-right and highly-wrong about Ellen White and "Her" Writings -- and I intend to get as close to the bottom of this as I can. It's already ruined my life -- so I might as well keep going.

    I've determined that Dr. Robert H. Schuller's best book is probably one of his first books -- Move Ahead with Possibility Thinking. I've determined that the three most significant Ellen White books are probably Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- and The Desire of Ages. Combining these four books is MOST Interesting -- for me anyway -- but probably not for anyone else. If we are all Ancient-Warriors on a soul-basis, the Old-Testament might offer significant clues as to why we are what we are today. We might all have a hell of a lot of Karmic-Debt and Soul-Baggage -- with perhaps millions or billions of years lived in Other-Than-Human Bodies (or No Bodies at all). I think my United States of the Solar System: A.D. 2133. Threads are incredibly-interesting and highly-dangerous (if anyone bothered to actually study them). Anyway, I don't expect anyone to understand what the hell I'm talking about -- and I don't really care, at this point. I'm just placing this stuff on the record -- and I suspect that everything is being noted and recorded Far Beyond This Solar System. I think I might be utterly destroying myself in ways I can't even begin to imagine -- but perhaps it's high-time that I go down HARD. Things might be better for all-concerned if I do. I've simply felt compelled to take a contrarian-approach regarding This Present Madness. What Would Frank Peretti Say??

    Was Enki really Lilith?? Was Enki really Michael?? Was Enki really Richard Hillary?? Who is Enki presently?? The Name-Change-Game and the Blame-Game really aggravates me. I continue to think that the layers of deception and manipulation are unimaginable and reprehensible. Even if the Bible ultimately turns-out to be Utter-BS, I still think it might offer Significant-Clues. I continue to think that Job through Malachi (or 1 Chronicles to Malachi) should be thoroughly-studied -- and that this study might ultimately bring All Religion to It's Knees.  

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp36.html For nearly forty years the children of Israel are lost to view in the obscurity of the desert. "The space," says Moses, "in which we came from Kadesh-barnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, was thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host, as the Lord sware unto them. For indeed the hand of the Lord was against them, to destroy them from among the host, until they were consumed." Deuteronomy 2:14, 15.

    During these years the people were constantly reminded that they were under the divine rebuke. In the rebellion at Kadesh they had rejected God, and God had for the time rejected them. Since they had proved unfaithful to His covenant, they were not to receive the sign of the covenant, the rite of circumcision. Their desire to return to the land of slavery had shown them to be unworthy of freedom, and the ordinance of the Passover, instituted to commemorate the deliverance from bondage, was not to be observed.

    Yet the continuance of the tabernacle service testified that God had not utterly forsaken His people. And His providence still supplied their wants. "The Lord thy God hath blessed thee in all the works of thy hand," said Moses, in rehearsing the history of their wanderings. "He knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness; these forty years the Lord thy God hath been with thee; thou hast lacked nothing." And the Levites' hymn, recorded by Nehemiah, vividly pictures God's care for Israel, even during these years of rejection and banishment: "Thou in Thy manifold mercies forsookest them not in the wilderness: the pillar of the cloud departed not from them by day, to lead them in the way; neither the pillar of fire by night, to show them light, and the way wherein they should go. Thou gavest also Thy good Spirit to instruct them, and withheldest not Thy manna from their mouth, and gavest them water for their thirst. Yea, forty years didst Thou sustain them in the wilderness; . . . their clothes waxed not old, and their feet swelled not." Nehemiah 9:19-21.

    The wilderness wandering was not only ordained as a judgment upon the rebels and murmurers, but it was to serve as a discipline for the rising generation, preparatory to their entrance into the Promised Land. Moses declared to them, "As a man chasteneth his son, so the Lord thy God chasteneth thee," "to humble thee, and to prove thee, to know what was in thine heart, whether thou wouldest keep His commandments, or no. And He . . . suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know; that He might make thee know that man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord doth man live." Deuteronomy 8:5, 2, 3.

    "He found him in a desert land, and in the waste howling wilderness; He led him about, He instructed him, He kept him as the apple of His eyes." "In all their affliction He was afflicted, and the Angel of His presence saved them; in His love and in His pity He redeemed them; and He bare them, and carried them all the days of old." Deuteronomy 32:10; Isaiah 63:9.

    Yet the only records of their wilderness life are instances of rebellion against the Lord. The revolt of Korah had resulted in the destruction of fourteen thousand of Israel. And there were isolated cases that showed the same spirit of contempt for the divine authority.

    On one occasion the son of an Israelitish woman and of an Egyptian, one of the mixed multitude that had come up with Israel from Egypt, left his own part of the camp, and entering that of the Israelites, claimed the right to pitch his tent there. This the divine law forbade him to do, the descendants of an Egyptian being excluded from the congregation until the third generation. A dispute arose between him and an Israelite, and the matter being referred to the judges was decided against the offender.

    Enraged at this decision, he cursed the judge, and in the heat of passion blasphemed the name of God. He was immediately brought before Moses. The command had been given, "He that curseth his father, or his mother, shall surely be put to death" (Exodus 21:17); but no provision had been made to meet this case. So terrible was the crime that there was felt to be a necessity for special direction from God. The man was placed in ward until the will of the Lord could be ascertained. God Himself pronounced the sentence; by the divine direction the blasphemer was conducted outside the camp and stoned to death. Those who had been witness to the sin placed their hands upon his head, thus solemnly testifying to the truth of the charge against him. Then they threw the first stones, and the people who stood by afterward joined in executing the sentence.

    This was followed by the announcement of a law to meet similar offenses: "Thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel, saying, Whosoever curseth his God shall bear his sin. And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, he shall surely be put to death, and all the congregation shall certainly stone him: as well the stranger, as he that is born in the land, when he blasphemeth the name of the Lord, shall be put to death." Leviticus 24:15, 16.

    There are those who will question God's love and His justice in visiting so severe punishment for words spoken in the heat of passion. But both love and justice require it to be shown that utterances prompted by malice against God are a great sin. The retribution visited upon the first offender would be a warning to others, that God's name is to be held in reverence. But had this man's sin been permitted to pass unpunished, others would have been demoralized; and as the result many lives must eventually have been sacrificed.

    The mixed multitude that came up with the Israelites from Egypt were a source of continual temptation and trouble. They professed to have renounced idolatry and to worship the true God; but their early education and training had molded their habits and character, and they were more or less corrupted with idolatry and with irreverence for God. They were oftenest the ones to stir up strife and were the first to complain, and they leavened the camp with their idolatrous practices and their murmurings against God.

    Soon after the return into the wilderness, an instance of Sabbath violation occurred, under circumstances that rendered it a case of peculiar guilt. The Lord's announcement that He would disinherit Israel had roused a spirit of rebellion. One of the people, angry at being excluded from Canaan, and determined to show his defiance of God's law, ventured upon the open transgression of the fourth commandment by going out to gather sticks upon the Sabbath. During the sojourn in the wilderness the kindling of fires upon the seventh day had been strictly prohibited. The prohibition was not to extend to the land of Canaan, where the severity of the climate would often render fires a necessity; but in the wilderness, fire was not needed for warmth. The act of this man was a willful and deliberate violation of the fourth commandment--a sin, not of thoughtlessness or ignorance, but of presumption.

    He was taken in the act and brought before Moses. It had already been declared that Sabbathbreaking should be punished with death, but it had not yet been revealed how the penalty was to be inflicted. The case was brought by Moses before the Lord, and the direction was given, "The man shall be surely put to death: all the congregation shall stone him with stones without the camp." Numbers 15:35. The sins of blasphemy and willful Sabbathbreaking received the same punishment, being equally an expression of contempt for the authority of God.

    In our day there are many who reject the creation Sabbath as a Jewish institution and urge that if it is to be kept, the penalty of death must be inflicted for its violation; but we see that blasphemy received the same punishment as did Sabbathbreaking. Shall we therefore conclude that the third commandment also is to be set aside as applicable only to the Jews? Yet the argument drawn from the death penalty applies to the third, the fifth, and indeed to nearly all the ten precepts, equally with the fourth. Though God may not now punish the transgression of His law with temporal penalties, yet His word declares that the wages of sin is death; and in the final execution of the judgment it will be found that death is the portion of those who violate His sacred precepts.

    During the entire forty years in the wilderness, the people were every week reminded of the sacred obligation of the Sabbath, by the miracle of the manna. Yet even this did not lead them to obedience. Though they did not venture upon so open and bold transgression as had received such signal punishment, yet there was great laxness in the observance of the fourth commandment. God declares through His prophet, "My Sabbaths they greatly polluted." Ezekiel 20:13-24. And this is enumerated among the reasons for the exclusion of the first generation from the Promised Land. Yet their children did not learn the lesson. Such was their neglect of the Sabbath during the forty years' wandering, that though God did not prevent them from entering Canaan, He declared that they should be scattered among the heathen after the settlement in the Land of Promise.

    From Kadesh the children of Israel had turned back into the wilderness; and the period of their desert sojourn being ended, they came, "even the whole congregation, into the desert of Zin in the first month: and the people abode in Kadesh." Numbers 20:1.

    Here Miriam died and was buried. From that scene of rejoicing on the shores of the Red Sea, when Israel went forth with song and dance to celebrate Jehovah's triumph, to the wilderness grave which ended a lifelong wandering--such had been the fate of millions who with high hopes had come forth from Egypt. Sin had dashed from their lips the cup of blessing. Would the next generation learn the lesson?

    "For all this they sinned still, and believed not for His wondrous works. . . . When He slew them, then they sought Him: and they returned and inquired early after God. And they remembered that God was their Rock, and the high God their Redeemer." Psalm 78:32-35. Yet they did not turn to God with a sincere purpose. Though when afflicted by their enemies they sought help from Him who alone could deliver, yet "their heart was not right with Him, neither were they steadfast in His covenant. But He, being full of compassion, forgave their iniquity, and destroyed them not: yea, many a time turned He His anger away. . . . For He remembered that they were but flesh; a wind that passeth away, and cometh not again." Verses 37-39.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp37.html From the smitten rock in Horeb first flowed the living stream that refreshed Israel in the desert. During all their wanderings, wherever the need existed, they were supplied with water by a miracle of God's mercy. The water did not, however, continue to flow from Horeb. Wherever in their journeyings they wanted water, there from the clefts of the rock it gushed out beside their encampment.

    It was Christ, by the power of His word, that caused the refreshing stream to flow for Israel. "They drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ." 1 Corinthians 10:4. He was the source of all temporal as well as spiritual blessings. Christ, the true Rock, was with them in all their wanderings. "They thirsted not when He led them through the deserts: He caused the waters to flow out of the rock for them; He clave the rock also, and the waters gushed out." "They ran in the dry places like a river." Isaiah 48:21; Psalm 105:41.

    The smitten rock was a figure of Christ, and through this symbol the most precious spiritual truths are taught. As the life-giving waters flowed from the smitten rock, so from Christ, "smitten of God," "wounded for our transgressions," "bruised for our iniquities" (Isaiah 53:4, 5), the stream of salvation flows for a lost race. As the rock had been once smitten, so Christ was to be "once offered to bear the sins of many." Hebrews 9:28. Our Saviour was not to be sacrificed a second time; and it is only necessary for those who seek the blessings of His grace to ask in the name of Jesus, pouring forth the heart's desire in penitential prayer. Such prayer will bring before the Lord of hosts the wounds of Jesus, and then will flow forth afresh the life-giving blood, symbolized by the flowing of the living water for Israel.

    The flowing of the water from the rock in the desert was celebrated by the Israelites, after their establishment in Canaan, with demonstrations of great rejoicing. In the time of Christ this celebration had become a most impressive ceremony. It took place on the occasion of the Feast of Tabernacles, when the people from all the land were assembled at Jerusalem. On each of the seven days of the feast the priests went out with music and the choir of Levites to draw water in a golden vessel from the spring of Siloam. They were followed by multitudes of the worshipers, as many as could get near the stream drinking of it, while the jubilant strains arose, "With joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of salvation." Isaiah 12:3. Then the water drawn by the priests was borne to the temple amid the sounding of trumpets and the solemn chant, "Our feet shall stand within thy gates, O Jerusalem." Psalm 122:2. The water was poured out upon the altar of burnt offering, while songs of praise rang out, the multitudes joining in triumphant chorus with musical instruments and deep-toned trumpets.

    The Saviour made use of this symbolic service to direct the minds of the people to the blessings that He had come to bring them. "In the last day, that great day of the feast," His voice was heard in tones that rang through the temple courts, "If any man thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink. He that believeth on Me, as the Scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water." "This," said John, "spake He of the Spirit, which they that believe on Him should receive." John 7:37-39. The refreshing water, welling up in a parched and barren land, causing the desert place to blossom, and flowing out to give life to the perishing, is an emblem of the divine grace which Christ alone can bestow, and which is as the living water, purifying, refreshing, and invigorating the soul. He in whom Christ is abiding has within him a never-failing fountain of grace and strength. Jesus cheers the life and brightens the path of all who truly seek Him. His love, received into the heart, will spring up in good works unto eternal life. And not only does it bless the soul in which it springs, but the living stream will flow out in words and deeds of righteousness, to refresh the thirsting around him.

    The same figure Christ had employed in His conversation with the woman of Samaria at Jacob's well: "Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life." John 4:14. Christ combines the two types. He is the rock, He is the living water.

    The same beautiful and expressive figures are carried throughout the Bible. Centuries before the advent of Christ, Moses pointed to Him as the rock of Israel's salvation (Deuteronomy 32:15); the psalmist sang of Him as "my Redeemer," "the rock of my strength," "the rock that is higher than I," "a rock of habitation," "rock of my heart," "rock of my refuge." In David's song His grace is pictured also as the cool, "still waters," amid green pastures, beside which the heavenly Shepherd leads His flock. Again, "Thou shalt make them," he says, "drink of the river of Thy pleasures. For with Thee is the fountain of life." Psalms 19:14; 62:7; 61:2; 71:3. (margin); 73:26 (margin); 94:22; 23:2; 36:8, 9. And the wise man declares, "The wellspring of wisdom [is] as a flowing brook." Proverbs 18:4. To Jeremiah, Christ is "the fountain of living waters;" to Zechariah, "a fountain opened . . . for sin and for uncleanness." Jeremiah 2:13; Zechariah 13:1.

    Isaiah describes Him as the "rock of ages," and "the shadow of a great rock in a weary land." Isaiah 26:4. (margin); 32:2. And he records the precious promise, bringing vividly to mind the living stream that flowed for Israel: "When the poor and needy seek water, and there is none, and their tongue faileth for thirst, I the Lord will hear them, I the God of Israel will not forsake them." "I will pour water upon him that is thirsty, and floods upon the dry ground;" "in the wilderness shall waters break out, and streams in the desert." The invitation is given, "Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters." Isaiah 41:17; 44:3; 35:6; 55:1. And in the closing pages of the Sacred Word this invitation is echoed. The river of the water of life, "clear as crystal," proceeds from the throne of God and the Lamb; and the gracious call is ringing down through the ages, "Whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." Revelation 22:17.

    Just before the Hebrew host reached Kadesh, the living stream ceased that for so many years had gushed out beside their encampment. It was the Lord's purpose again to test His people. He would prove whether they would trust His providence or imitate the unbelief of their fathers.

    They were now in sight of the hills of Canaan. A few days' march would bring them to the borders of the Promised Land. They were but a little distance from Edom, which belonged to the descendants of Esau, and through which lay the appointed route to Canaan. The direction had been given to Moses, "Turn you northward. And command thou the people, saying, Ye are to pass through the coast of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you. . . . Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that ye may eat; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink." Deuteronomy 2:3-6. These directions should have been sufficient to explain why their supply of water had been cut off; they were about to pass through a well-watered, fertile country, in a direct course to the land of Canaan. God had promised them an unmolested passage through Edom, and an opportunity to purchase food, and also water sufficient to supply the host. The cessation of the miraculous flow of water should therefore have been a cause of rejoicing, a token that the wilderness wandering was ended. Had they not been blinded by their unbelief, they would have understood this. But that which should have been an evidence of the fulfillment of God's promise was made the occasion of doubt and murmuring. The people seemed to have given up all hope that God would bring them into possession of Canaan, and they clamored for the blessings of the wilderness.

    Before God permitted them to enter Canaan, they must show that they believed His promise. The water ceased before they had reached Edom. Here was an opportunity for them, for a little time, to walk by faith instead of sight. But the first trial developed the same turbulent, unthankful spirit that had been manifested by their fathers. No sooner was the cry for water heard in the encampment than they forgot the hand that had for so many years supplied their wants, and instead of turning to God for help, they murmured against Him, in their desperation exclaiming, "Would God that we had died when our brethren died before the Lord!" (Numbers 20:1-13); that is, they wished they had been of the number who were destroyed in the rebellion of Korah.

    Their cries were directed against Moses and Aaron: "Why have ye brought up the congregation of the Lord into this wilderness, that we and our cattle should die there? And wherefore have ye made us to come up out of Egypt, to bring us in unto this evil place? it is no place of seed, or of figs, or of vines, or of pomegranates; neither is there any water to drink."

    The leaders went to the door of the tabernacle and fell upon their faces. Again "the glory of the Lord appeared," and Moses was directed, "Take the rod, and gather thou the assembly together, thou and Aaron thy brother, and speak ye unto the rock before their eyes; and it shall give forth his water, and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the rock."

    The two brothers went on before the multitude, Moses with the rod of God in his hand. They were now aged men. Long had they borne with the rebellion and obstinacy of Israel; but now, at last, even the patience of Moses gave way. "Hear now, ye rebels," he cried; "must we fetch you water out of this rock?" and instead of speaking to the rock, as God had commanded him, he smote it twice with the rod.

    The water gushed forth in abundance to satisfy the host. But a great wrong had been done. Moses had spoken from irritated feeling; his words were an expression of human passion rather than of holy indignation because God had been dishonored. "Hear now, ye rebels," he said. This accusation was true, but even truth is not to be spoken in passion or impatience. When God had bidden Moses to charge upon Israel their rebellion, the words had been painful to him, and hard for them to bear, yet God had sustained him in delivering the message. But when he took it upon himself to accuse them, he grieved the Spirit of God and wrought only harm to the people. His lack of patience and self-control was evident. Thus the people were given occasion to question whether his past course had been under the direction of God, and to excuse their own sins. Moses, as well as they, had offended God. His course, they said, had from the first been open to criticism and censure. They had now found the pretext which they desired for rejecting all the reproofs that God had sent them through His servant.

    Moses manifested distrust of God. "Shall we bring water?" he questioned, as if the Lord would not do what He promised. "Ye believed Me not," the Lord declared to the two brothers, "to sanctify Me in the eyes of the children of Israel." At the time when the water failed, their own faith in the fulfillment of God's promise had been shaken by the murmuring and rebellion of the people. The first generation had been condemned to perish in the wilderness because of their unbelief, yet the same spirit appeared in their children. Would these also fail of receiving the promise? Wearied and disheartened, Moses and Aaron had made no effort to stem the current of popular feeling. Had they themselves manifested unwavering faith in God, they might have set the matter before the people in such a light as would have enabled them to bear this test. By prompt, decisive exercise of the authority vested in them as magistrates, they might have quelled the murmuring. It was their duty to put forth every effort in their power to bring about a better state of things before asking God to do the work for them. Had the murmuring at Kadesh been promptly checked, what a train of evil might have been prevented!

    By his rash act Moses took away the force of the lesson that God purposed to teach. The rock, being a symbol of Christ, had been once smitten, as Christ was to be once offered. The second time it was needful only to speak to the rock, as we have only to ask for blessings in the name of Jesus. By the second smiting of the rock the significance of this beautiful figure of Christ was destroyed.

    More than this, Moses and Aaron had assumed power that belongs only to God. The necessity for divine interposition made the occasion one of great solemnity, and the leaders of Israel should have improved it to impress the people with reverence for God and to strengthen their faith in His power and goodness. When they angrily cried, "Must  we  fetch you water out of this rock?" they put themselves in God's place, as though the power lay with themselves, men possessing human frailties and passions. Wearied with the continual murmuring and rebellion of the people, Moses had lost sight of his Almighty Helper, and without the divine strength he had been left to mar his record by an exhibition of human weakness. The man who might have stood pure, firm, and unselfish to the close of his work had been overcome at last. God had been dishonored before the congregation of Israel, when He should have been magnified and exalted.

    God did not on this occasion pronounce judgments upon those whose wicked course had so provoked Moses and Aaron. All the reproof fell upon the leaders. Those who stood as God's representatives had not honored Him. Moses and Aaron had felt themselves aggrieved, losing sight of the fact that the murmuring of the people was not against them but against God. It was by looking to themselves, appealing to their own sympathies, that they unconsciously fell into sin, and failed to set before the people their great guilt before God.

    Bitter and deeply humiliating was the judgment immediately pronounced. "The Lord spake unto Moses and Aaron, Because ye believed Me not, to sanctify Me in the eyes of the children of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them." With rebellious Israel they must die before the crossing of the Jordan. Had Moses and Aaron been cherishing self-esteem or indulging a passionate spirit in the face of divine warning and reproof, their guilt would have been far greater. But they were not chargeable with willful or deliberate sin; they had been overcome by a sudden temptation, and their contrition was immediate and heartfelt. The Lord accepted their repentance, though because of the harm their sin might do among the people, He could not remit its punishment.

    Moses did not conceal his sentence, but told the people that since he had failed to ascribe glory to God, he could not lead them into the Promised Land. He bade them mark the severe punishment visited upon him, and then consider how God must regard their murmurings in charging upon a mere man the judgments which they had by their sins brought upon themselves. He told them how he had pleaded with God for a remission of the sentence, and had been refused. "The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes," he said, "and would not hear me." Deuteronomy 3:26.

    On every occasion of difficulty or trial the Israelites had been ready to charge Moses with having led them from Egypt, as though God had had no agency in the matter. Throughout their journeyings, as they had complained of the difficulties in the way, and murmured against their leaders, Moses had told them, "Your murmurings are against God. It is not I, but God, who has wrought in your deliverance." But his hasty words before the rock, "shall  we  bring water?" were a virtual admission of their charge, and would thus confirm them in their unbelief and justify their murmurings. The Lord would remove this impression forever from their minds, by forbidding Moses to enter the Promised Land. Here was unmistakable evidence that their leader was not Moses, but the mighty Angel of whom the Lord had said, "Behold, I send an Angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring thee into the place which I have prepared. Beware of Him, and obey His voice: . . . for My name is in Him." Exodus 23:20, 21.

    "The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes," said Moses. The eyes of all Israel were upon Moses, and his sin cast a reflection upon God, who had chosen him as the leader of His people. The transgression was known to the whole congregation; and had it been passed by lightly, the impression would have been given that unbelief and impatience under great provocation might be excused in those in responsible positions. But when it was declared that because of that one sin Moses and Aaron were not to enter Canaan, the people knew that God is no respecter of persons, and that He will surely punish the transgressor.

    The history of Israel was to be placed on record for the instruction and warning of coming generations. Men of all future time must see the God of heaven as an impartial ruler, in no case justifying sin. But few realize the exceeding sinfulness of sin. Men flatter themselves that God is too good to punish the transgressor. But in the light of Bible history it is evident that God's goodness and His love engage Him to deal with sin as an evil fatal to the peace and happiness of the universe.

    Not even the integrity and faithfulness of Moses could avert the retribution of his fault. God had forgiven the people greater transgressions, but He could not deal with sin in the leaders as in those who were led. He had honored Moses above every other man upon the earth. He had revealed to him His glory, and through him He had communicated His statutes to Israel. The fact that Moses had enjoyed so great light and knowledge made his sin more grievous. Past faithfulness will not atone for one wrong act. The greater the light and privileges granted to man, the greater is his responsibility, the more aggravated his failure, and the heavier his punishment.

    Moses was not guilty of a great crime, as men would view the matter; his sin was one of common occurrence. The psalmist says that "he spake unadvisedly with his lips." Psalm 106:33. To human judgment this may seem a light thing; but if God dealt so severely with this sin in His most faithful and honored servant, He will not excuse it in others. The spirit of self-exaltation, the disposition to censure our brethren, is displeasing to God. Those who indulge in these evils cast doubt upon the work of God, and give the skeptical an excuse for their unbelief. The more important one's position, and the greater his influence, the greater is the necessity that he should cultivate patience and humility.

    If the children of God, especially those who stand in positions of responsibility, can be led to take to themselves the glory that is due to God, Satan exults. He has gained a victory. It was thus that he fell. Thus he is most successful in tempting others to ruin. It is to place us on our guard against his devices that God has given in His word so many lessons teaching the danger of self-exaltation. There is not an impulse of our nature, not a faculty of the mind or an inclination of the heart, but needs to be, moment by moment, under the control of the Spirit of God. There is not a blessing which God bestows upon man, nor a trial which He permits to befall him, but Satan both can and will seize upon it to tempt, to harass and destroy the soul, if we give him the least advantage. Therefore however great one's spiritual light, however much he may enjoy of the divine favor and blessing, he should ever walk humbly before the Lord, pleading in faith that God will direct every thought and control every impulse.

    All who profess godliness are under the most sacred obligation to guard the spirit, and to exercise self-control under the greatest provocation. The burdens placed upon Moses were very great; few men will ever be so severely tried as he was; yet this was not allowed to excuse his sin. God has made ample provision for His people; and if they rely upon His strength, they will never become the sport of circumstances. The strongest temptation cannot excuse sin. However great the pressure brought to bear upon the soul, transgression is our own act. It is not in the power of earth or hell to compel anyone to do evil. Satan attacks us at our weak points, but we need not be overcome. However severe or unexpected the assault, God has provided help for us, and in His strength we may conquer.

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 7:47 am


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Operating+manual+bf
    Carol wrote:
    The road to Rome leads through Mecca and Jerusalem
    By Benjamin Fulford - 7/24/17

    The rogue states of Saudi Arabia and Israel are under massive attack from a Russian, Chinese, Pentagon and Iranian alliance and will have no choice but to surrender. It is only a question now of when, not if. When these rogue regimes surrender, their leadership is going to be forced to expose who gives them their orders and they will point to Rome and the black sun worshippers at the P2 freemason lodge. These are the self-appointed social engineers behind most of the world’s troubles. Once they are exposed, it will be game over and a world revolution leading to world peace will take place.

    The P2 Freemason leaders who are behind such acts of terror as 911 and Fukushima are sick with worry these days because they can see a dragnet closing in on them from all sides. This writer’s verified claims about their involvement in these horrors, for example, are now going viral.
    http://themindunleashed.com/2017/07/former-mainstream-media-journalist-blows-whistle-911-fukushima.html

    The lawsuits against Saudi Arabia by the families of the victims of 911 are one key source of worry. That is because the lawsuits will inevitably lead to the secret Western controllers of Saudi Arabia. In the UK, for example, the Labour Party, that is poised to seize power, has joined the 911 victim’s families in demanding that the UK government release its secret report on Saudi Arabian funding of terror groups. The government of Prime Minister Theresa May says they cannot make this information public “for national security reasons.”
    https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/politics/saudi-arabia-terrorism-report-theresa-may-labour-suppress-a7849271.html

    What they really mean is that exposing Saudi Arabia’s involvement would expose the involvement of people like former Prime Minister Tony Blair in 911. Since Blair went to former Pope Maledict (Pope Benedict XVI) for protection after he lost power, you can be sure the trail from Blair leads to Rome.

    Then we have Iranian Foreign Minister Mohammad Zarif being quoted in English language media as saying that 94% of world terrorism can be traced to Saudi Arabia. http://ahtribune.com/world/north-africa-south-west-asia/1798-zarif-saudi-94.html

    Once again, if you look behind Saudi Arabia and its pseudo-Muslim Satan worshipping ruling family, you will find the P2 and their black sun.

    Now, the US military has allowed the Iranians and Russians to deploy along the border between Syria and Israel as well as along the Saudi Arabian border, causing the Israelis to freak out. http://www.haaretz.com/middle-east-news/syria/1.802675

    The US military is now concentrating its military in the Middle East on annihilating Daesh, which is an Israeli and Saudi Arabian front. So the US military is de facto in an alliance with Iran and Russia against Israel and Saudi Arabia.

    Now Turkey has made public the locations of US bases in Syria even as its buys Russian s-400 missile defenses. Pentagon sources say this leak was deliberately made to show a US, Russian military alliance in the Middle East. This is happening as Germany withdraws its troops from Turkish airbases and stops selling arms to Turkey. Remember, Turkey has the largest army in the NATO alliance after the US. Turkey’s strongman Recep Erdogan has been flipping and flopping back and forth between Russia and NATO depending on who seems stronger. Remember it was not that long ago that Erdogan asked for NATO help after his armed forces shot down a Russian fighter jet. Now he seems to be working with Russia and the US military against NATO.

    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-07-19/pentagon-furious-after-turkey-leaks-us-base-locations-syria
    http://www.businessinsider.com/turkey-agreed-to-buy-russias-s-400-missle-system-concerns-about-nato-2017-7

    We also see the Serbians asking for Russian missile defense systems to “defend against NATO aggression.” https://sputniknews.com/military/201707211055753931-russia-serbia-s-300-nato/

    Remember also how US President Donald Trump was calling Germany “very bad” and became the first US president in NATO’s history to not mention the article 5 mutual defense clause in the NATO treaty. Pentagon sources have long told this writer about how much they enjoy sinking submarines sold to Israel by the Germans. Now they say the Germans are being blocked from a plan to sell 3 more submarines to Israel. Also, the Germans lost out to the French company DCNS on a contract to sell 12 submarines to the Australians, Pentagon sources say.

    So now we see Germany, Israel and Saudi Arabia all in the cross-hairs together. What do these countries have in common? They are controlled by Khazarian mafia bloodline families, including the old Roman families who control the P2 Freemason lodge.

    Remember also how at the last G20 meeting Pope Francis was, together with German Prime Minister Angela Merkel, leading the chorus for the Paris accords, while Trump opposed it. The Paris Accords are really an attempt by the bloodline families to appear as gentle sheeple herders in order to stay in power and create a world government controlled by them. So, opposition to the Paris accords by Trump is really gnostic illuminati opposition to continued bloodline rule. The gnostic illuminati claim they have fought against bloodline rule for thousands of years and take credit for the French, US and Russian revolutions. Their leaders say they are now pushing for a world revolution against bloodline rule.

    Thus, what we are seeing reflected in recent news is a continuation of a civil war in the West with countries still controlled by Khazarian bloodline families (Saudi Arabia, Germany, Israel) being attacked by those no longer under their control (the US, Russia, Iran etc.). France is also being pulled out of its alliance with Germany which is why the Daesh supporting top French general Pierre de Villiers was fired, Pentagon sources say. Clearly the tide is turning against the bloodline controlled countries.

    Inside the US, the neocon Khazarian servants had a huge loss as Trump was forced to renew a deal with Iran despite his previous posturing against that country. The purge of bloodline servants also continues with warmongering Senator and Daesh (ISIS) founder John McCain getting malignant brain cancer. He joins George Soros, David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski, the Clintons and many others in the garbage can of history.

    The bloodlines are fighting back against this ongoing purge with their “Russia did it” campaign. Thus, last week Susan Rice, former President Barack Obama’s security adviser, was giving secret testimony to the Senate Intelligence Committee on “Russian interference” in the US election. “Russian interference,” is a Khazarian bloodline family code name for the gnostic Illuminati. Now their pet politicians in Congress (who are supported by less than 10% of the US population) are trying to place a new set of sanctions against Russia that are tantamount to a declaration of war. Of course the US military will ignore these bribed actors but what they really should be doing is rounding them up and putting them in jail. And jail is what they deserve.

    If you want to know just how corrupt the Western power structure is, I highly recommend you listen to this 37 minute interview with Tony Gambino, former top boss of the Gambino crime family. https://youtu.be/5tWv_yoandM



    The bloodline families think they are doing God’s work by forcing Islam and Christianity to mix and merge so that they can unify monotheism, according to various P2 officials I have interviewed. They also want to create Eurabia, ruled from Jerusalem, as a step on their road to creating a fascist world government.

    Their plan is now unravelling in Asia as well as in Europe. In Japan, the Tokyo Electric Power Company has sent yet another robot into the Fukushima reactors only to have them once again find nothing. That is because the official story of a reactor melt-down is a lie. The reactors were blown up by atomic bombs placed there by the Israeli company Magna BSP. This is going to be public knowledge soon because the CIA and the Pentagon have decided to expose Fukushima for the P2 directed mass murder attack that it was, according to CIA sources in Asia.

    Asian secret society bosses say they agree with the Pentagon on this and will go to war if necessary early next year to remove the Khazarian influence from Japan and the Korean peninsula. The Japanese underworld are also planning a revolution against the slave regime of Prime Minister Shinzo Abe this autumn, several right wing sources say.
    Should I completely stop my embarrassing internet-fiasco?? Have I more than made my point?? Notice the last video of the last post, with Kerry Cassidy being interviewed. That's a switch, isn't it?? I've always heard Kerry interviewing others, and not the other way around. What if Kerry is Sherry?? What if there is somehow a Kerry and/or Sherry connection with the Mists?? Is there an Australian connection?? What Would Desmond Ford and Robert Brinsmead Say?? I wish I could completely stop my quest, but how can I do that?? Do I need to be placed in solitary-confinement for a couple of months (in a secret-government mental-institution)?? I'm sort of joking, and sort of serious. How do I find out what my true genetic, soul, medical, and legal situations REALLY are?? Do I need an Insider-Attorney?? Do I need to just Shut-Up and Go-Away??

    Regarding my SDA, Bible, and Ellen White stuff, perhaps Prophets and Kings combined with Volume 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary is as close to a definitive and concise approach as I can come up with. This is essentially a Whole-Bible approach, focused upon the second-half of the Old-Testament. For practical-purposes, consider this to be 'My Book'. I could never write with such articulate academic and devotional excellence, so I point you toward others for 'My Book'. I've tried to understand my disappointment with life and religion, in the context of my upbringing and programming, and I've concluded that even my Final-Answer is a Band-Aid on a Compound-Fracture. Give this approach Due-Diligence, but don't expect it to make you happy, or provide you with all the answers.

    Consider NOT watching TV, NOT watching Movies, NOT using the Internet, and JUST Reading Books and Newspapers!! This works the brain in a very different manner (for better or worse, I know not). It seems as if we are being Intellectually and Spiritually BULLIED!! I've even felt bullied, listening to Alex Jones, or arguing with Miss Pris!! I recently spoke with an individual who supported Eugene McCarthy (back in the good old days) and told me that people had died in the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. He said those days were much nastier than the present Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton drama (as difficult as that is to imagine)!! Once again, I'm treating This Present Madness as Science-Fiction, and this will continue indefinitely.


    I think I tried to "fight the good fight" and "solve the world's problems" BUT I honestly wish I had "played the game" and "made a name" for myself. I tried too hard to think too deeply -- and I ended-up defeating myself. I've tried to understand all sides -- and I've ended-up feeling rebellious and reprobate (even though that wasn't my intention). Is honesty the best policy?? It seems as if one gets into massive-trouble when they take both sides in a theological-debate!! For example -- when attempting to imagine what changes might need to be made in order for Roman Catholicism to be palatable for a Protestant -- one angers both Catholics and Protestants. The Catholics don't want outsiders telling them what to do with their faith. The Protestants can't imagine becoming Reformed-Catholics!!

    I continue to think that 99% of the public would NOT understand and appreciate my United States of the Solar System threads. Going-Public would be like Going to Hell. I don't even want to think about what has been nefariously-planned for and against me. This incarnation is a game I can't win. I was born to lose. Such is the fate of a Completely Ignorant Scapegoat!! Fool-Rule is SO Under-Appreciated!! I feel evil and dirty for posting my "consider all-sides" Holy-War (for all to see and criticize). Silence is Golden. Appearances are Everything. I'll probably continue to post on this thread -- just to make my work a bit more presentable -- but I'm Really Dead Inside. I think I died around the onset of puberty -- or was it from the Foundation of the World??

    What if both Gabriel and Michael are considered to be "Light-Bringers"?? What if we are dealing with two very real "Anna's" -- who are very different from each-other?? What if there is no "Lucifer" who morphed into "Satan"?? I'm NOT saying there's no evil. All I'm saying is that I don't think we know very much about what's REALLY going-on in the world, solar-system, galaxy, and universe -- and that includes me. I know that I don't know. I honestly don't know what the reality is concerning Queens, Goddesses, or www.amazon.god -- but considering this aspect of administrative possibilities should NOT be neglected. And really, 95% of my internet posting involves nothing more than 'possibilities'.

    I probably picked-up some of that approach from Dr. Robert H. Schuller (with his Positive and Possibility Thinking). Even decades ago, I suspected that Bob knew a lot about the hidden solar system stuff. I was receptive to the general approach of Robert H. Schuller and the Crystal Cathedral -- even though I knew that something was very wrong just beneath the surface. Several people who I have been somewhat close to -- seemed to be dead-set against Dr. Schuller -- and I'm not sure exactly why -- but I think I might have some reasonable theories. I frankly wished to combine the best of what I experienced in Garden Grove and Loma Linda -- but I never got very far in this project -- other than what I have placed within my various and sundry internet activities. I would be interested to see the seamless integration of Loma Linda Adventism, American Roman Catholicism, and the Fred Swann Era of the Robert Schuller Crystal Cathedral -- in the context of St. Paul's Cathedral in the City of London!! I'm a bit different -- aren't I?? What Would Ida Say?? http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St_Paul%27s_Cathedral Sometimes I think I'd like to just do Live-Steam, Vintage Auto-Racing, Amateur-Astronomy, and Sacred Classical Music Concert-Going -- while drinking big cups of 'Shut the f$#@ Up' -- if you know what I mean...

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 St_pauls_cathedral_sma250808_3
    magamud wrote:Mausoleum
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mausoleum

    A mausoleum[1] is an external free-standing building constructed as a monument enclosing the interment space or burial chamber of a deceased person or persons. A monument without the interment is a cenotaph. A mausoleum may be considered a type of tomb or the tomb may be considered to be within the mausoleum. A Christian mausoleum sometimes includes a chapel.
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Taj_Mahal_in_March_2004

    Thank-you magamud. That video was sort of cool and sort of terrifying. What if it is representative of a reality which exists somewhere in the universe?? What if it reflects a reality which exists within this solar system -- at least in the preparation stages?? If things are REALLY bad throughout the universe -- how are things to be improved?? What if the creation (genetic-engineering?) of the human being was a desperate attempt to save the universe?? What if it was known that the human race would ultimately fail -- but that this effort would buy the universe some time?? When a motorcycle rider is facing a serious crash -- they often 'lay the bike down' -- substituting a less serious crash for a certainly fatal accident. What if this solar system and the human race are a System Lord's version of 'laying the bike down'??!! When I think about God -- I am really more interested in the conditions which might exist throughout the universe than I am interested in the mind, character, and personality of God. We might have NO proper context or frame of reference with which to 'judge' God in a fair and righteous manner.

    My 'Desire of Ages' theological idealism might be a step in the right direction -- yet it might not ultimately provide a Convincing Solution to the problems which might exist throughout the universe. What if YOU were the Draconian-Reptilian Captain of a Queen-Ship the size of Jupiter??? What if YOU were in the middle of a HUGE BAD@$$ STAR WAR which might make 'Star Wars' look like a Sunday-School Picnic??!! The problems of humanity might seem very minor and inconsequential in comparison. A United States of the Solar System might have to 'fit' into the Universe-Wide State of Affairs. How this solar system is governed might have more to do with what is in the best interests of the universe than that which might be in the best interests of Earth-Humanity. Here is some more Sherry Shriner to brighten-up your day. www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2013/01/22/monday-night-with-sherry-shriner

    I've looked at the various wars, assassinations, 'natural-disasters', 'terrorist-activities', etc. -- especially over the past few years -- and it sickened me so much that I just had to move on. My current political and theological science-fiction adventures have been my strange way of 'dealing with it'. I don't say or write a lot of what I really think about all of this madness. I find all of it to be very interesting -- but very destructive -- physically, mentally, and spiritually -- which is why I'm not in a great-big hurry to 'wake people up'. Perhaps a small core of humanity needs to 'wake-up' in their own time and way -- while the rest of humanity remains mostly oblivious to the madness happening all around them. If everyone woke-up on the wrong side of the bed at the same time -- that might be the end of us all. BTW -- I lean toward the Bill Cooper theory about JFK -- that the driver fired the 'kill-shot' -- but who knows what really happened?? I'm trying to revisit 9/11 by reading the '9/11 Commission Report'. We shouldn't just scoff at 'official versions'. They might contain clues -- hidden just beneath the surface. Think about it.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 HO_Mausoleum_EntranceIn_KyotoJapan

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Kumsusan_Memorial_Palace%2C_Pyongyang

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Paris_Pantheon_Outside

    Cenotaph
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cenotaph

    A cenotaph is an "empty tomb" or a monument erected in honour of a person or group of people whose remains are elsewhere.
    The word derives from the Greek: ?e??t?f??? = kenotaphion (kenos, one meaning being "empty", and taphos, "tomb").

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 National_war_memorial%2C_july_2011
    I love 'Sacred Structures' of all kinds. I am NOT Uber Alles regarding Christianity and Christian Sacred Structures. However, I think that Judeo-Christianity must NOT be ignored or neglected. I continue to seek some sort of common ground for all of humanity -- politically and theologically. I also see a need for a 'Righteous Secularism'. We don't all have to be church-goers. I was just reading from the Gospels -- and I noticed (not for the first time) that Jesus taught in the Temple EVERY DAY -- Not Just on the Sabbath. I have suggested that religious services should be offered EVERY DAY -- and that no particular day be considered exclusively HOLY. Incidentally, how might one observe the Sabbath on the Asteroid Ida?? Think About It. I have NO idea regarding my ancient and reincarnational role relative to the Sabbath and Sabbath-Observance -- but I am attempting to be pragmatic in modernity. Is This a Sin??

    I continue to think that we somehow need Religious-Ritual -- but I am extremely uncomfortable with Ritual Human-Sacrifice and Cannibalism -- Symbolic or Otherwise. I even feel a bit uncomfortable with the Eucharistic-Liturgy as a Remembrance. The Traditional Latin Mass is exceedingly beautiful and moving -- but it is an Unbloody-Sacrifice -- not a remembrance or a reenactment. I consider myself to be a Christian -- yet I have become VERY WARY of the Dark-Side of Judeo-Christianity. I continue to wonder what the True Galactic Situation is -- especially theologically and politically. It almost seems as if our religions have shielded us from an unbearable reality -- historically and presently. Perhaps the Bible is sort of a '9/11 Commission Report' version of the Real Story -- wherein the people are told as much as they can be from official sources -- without destroying civilization as we know it. What if the 'Stargate SG-1' story-line regarding the 'System Lords' is somewhat close to the truth?? I have NO idea -- but I sense that something is VERY wrong -- politically and theologically -- historically and presently. True Peace and Happiness Might Elude Us for All Eternity...

    Might I suggest taking a Scanning Electron-Microscope Look at Ethics, Law, Law-Enforcement, and the Military -- including their interrelationships. Might I further suggest doing this from a historical-perspective -- as well as from a fundamental clean-sheet of paper approach -- especially regarding Solar System Governance vis a vis the Rest of the Universe. Do 'System Lords' obey written laws -- or do they make up the laws as they go?? "Man Shall Not Live by Bread Alone -- but by Every Word That Procedeth Out of the Mouth of God". Is God bound by the Ten-Commandments?? Is God 'Above the Law'. Is What God Says and Does the Benchmark of the Universe?? Is the Story of Jesus representative of a challenge to the 'System Lords' or to a particular 'System Lord' -- regardless of whether the story is mostly factual or mostly fictional?? I think that all of us might be facing a VERY rough political and theological ride in the coming months and years -- regardless of our present political and theological views. I tend to think that ALL of us are about to get our fingers burned -- right up to our arm-pits...

    Imagine Three Queens dressed like 'Ra' in 'Stargate' meeting in a 'Solomon's Temple' (complete with the Ark of the Covenant) beneath a Pyramid in Ancient Egypt -- debating politics, religion, and the fate of humanity. Imagine one queen being for humanity and freedom -- one queen against humanity and freedom -- and one undecided queen. Imagine these queens in human, reptilian, and reptilian-human hybrid forms. Imagine them participating in a Eucharistic-Liturgy with real flesh and blood being consumed. Imagine these three queens as being Michael, Gabriel, and Lucifer. Imagine these three queens as being Isis, Horus, and Set. Imagine these three queens as being Isis, Horus, and Ra. Imgine these three queens as being in conflict with one or more 'System Lords'. Is this day-dream and/or night-mare really THAT far-fetched?? Reality might be stranger than any 'Stargate SG-1' episode. BTW -- how many replicas of Solomon's Temple exist throughout the world?? How many people strictly observe the ways of Ancient Egypt and/or Ancient Israel?? How many people strictly observe the Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus??

    What sort of religion might one end up with if they strictly observed the teachings found in the Psalms, Proverbs, and in Matthew through Jude -- which would exclude most of the Biblical Murder and Mayhem?? Can we really escape from a Violent God and Universe?? Should we Make Our Peace with a Violent God and Universe?? Should we train everyone to be a Bad@$$ Warrior -- instead of teaching them to love neighbor as self?? Is the universe filled with War-Lords in conflict with each other?? Are Peace, Love, and Harmony really concepts whose time has NOT come??

    Would a United States of the Solar System have to be Militaristic and Egyptian-Roman in nature -- even with Responsible-Freedom?? Would one or more 'System Lords' have to facilitate a U.S.S.S.?? If a 'regime-change' occurs -- should all parties remain 'in-house' rather than some being 'out in the cold' in 'outer-darkness' and/or the 'bottomless-pit'?? What approach would facilitate a lasting peace in this sector of the galaxy?? What would it take for a Hypothetical Draconian-Reptilian Universe to tolerate Earth-Humanity and Responsible-Freedom?? These questions might not be as ridiculous as they sound. The politics and religion of the universe might be stranger than we CAN think. We should NEVER think that we have this madness figured-out and under-control. Would a Hypothetical Solar System Administrator need to have 'Dual-Citizenship' in a Reptilian-Universe and an Earth-Human Solar System?? Would a Solar System Administrator have to deal with the Reptilians in a Reptilian-Body -- and with the Humans in a Human-Body?? I have NO idea about ANY of this. I honestly don't. But I think that some of us should model the most unlikely possibilities -- under the watchful eyes of those in the know -- if you know what I mean...

    I have spoken of the possibility of a 10,000 representative United States of the Solar System -- with various meeting-place conceptualizations. Well, in light of what I've said in this post, take a look at THIS!! http://thelede.blogs.nytimes.com/2010/07/22/rebuilding-solomons-temple-in-sao-paulo/

    This week, as Jews around the world observed the fasting day of Tisha B’av, commemorating the destruction of the First and Second Jewish Temples in ancient Jerusalem, a Brazilian megachurch received planning permission to build a 10,000-seat replica of Solomon’s Temple in the city of São Paulo.

    As Tom Phillips of The Guardian noted, a Brazilian newspaper, Estado de São Paulo, reported that the church will cost an estimated $200 million and should be completed in four years.

    According to a post on the blog of Bishop Edir Macedo, the founder of Brazil’s evangelical Universal Church of the Kingdom of God, which is building the replica, the structure will be 180 feet high, making it nearly twice as tall as the Christ the Redeemer statue that towers over Rio de Janeiro. Mr. Macedo also said that stones of the same type used by Solomon had been ordered from Jerusalem to be used in a complex which will also house 36 Bible schools, television and radio studios and a 1,000-space parking lot.

    In 1998, Alan Riding reported for The Times that the Brazilian police investigated charges that the Universal Church “pretends to cure people by expelling the Devil from their bodies, using grotesque and humiliating gestures reminiscent of the barbaric sects of the Middle Ages.”

    The Bishop’s blog also reported that a leader of the city’s Jews has called the temple project “very interesting” and suggested that the project might help fight anti-Semitism by educating Brazilians about Israel. The blog also said this about the prospects for a similar project in Jerusalem : “For Jews, there is still hope that the Third Temple is constructed so that the Messiah will reign with them. But for that to happen, they will have to expect some natural disaster or governmental changes.”


    What if something such as this were built UNDERNEATH Jerusalem -- with the cornerstone being at the very TOP of the structure?? Would this avoid World War III and/or the Battle of Armageddon?? I am not really up to speed as to why rebuilding the Temple in Jerusalem is so important. I'm not saying that it's not important. I simply don't know the inside-story -- not in this incarnation anyway. What if this 10,000 seat replica were built on the Earth-Side of the Moon??!! This ancient stuff seems somewhat dangerous and creepy -- and who knows how nasty the ancient factional fighting really was??!! Is the God of Judeo-Christianity really Amen Ra?? Is Judeo-Christianity really a Rebel-Egyptian Faction of a Galactic-Empire??

    How much trouble might we really be in?? There might be a VERY compelling reason why seemingly EVERYTHING is covered-up and white-washed -- including assassinations and terrorist-events. I think I see what's going on -- but I don't wish to be any more direct than I've already been in this post (and others). The carnage and absurdity is really getting me down. World Without End. Amen. https://www.youtube.com/user/aroodawakening?v=IWCEmKGQF_U&feature=pyv&ad=9371726979&kw=jerusalem 'The Holy City' is one of my all-time favorites. My mom used to sing it in a most excellent manner.



    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Yaacovapelbaumsolomontemple2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Yaacovapelbaumsolomonstemple1

    magamud wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 376850340_e7b2b73df3_b

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Dsc_1276_hdr-edit-edit
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 8:02 am

    Regarding eschatology -- consider studying the End of the World -- and the Wrath of God -- in the context of the following three Ellen White books (read in-order -- straight-through -- over and over):

    1. Patriarchs and Prophets.

    2. Prophets and Kings.

    3. Desire of Ages.

    Try forgetting about Ellen White's other writings -- the teachings of the SDA church -- and just focus on these three books. Try considering these books as being Historical-Fiction in the context of Science-Fiction. As most of you know, I mostly make Everything Science-Fiction, as My Private Delusional-System (as delusional as THAT sounds)!! An Individual of Interest recently visited "The Ranch" and listened to JZ Knight. This Individual asked me what I thought about JZ and Ramtha?! I replied "It's all Science-Fiction to me, simply because so much of this stuff is SO difficult to verify or nullify." I'm simultaneously Open-Minded and Closed-Minded. I talk-big on the internet -- but in "real-life" I'm a very quiet and fatigued Completely Ignorant Fool. That's the Inconvenient-Truth. Don't follow me. I'm lost too.

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/J._Z._Knight Judy Zebra "JZ" Knight (born Judith Darlene Hampton, March 16, 1946) is an American New Age teacher and author known for her purported channelling of a spiritual entity named Ramtha.

    Knight has appeared on US TV shows, such as Larry King,[1] MSNBC[2] and The Merv Griffin Show, as well as in media such as Psychology Today.[3] Her teachings have attracted figures from the entertainment and political world such as Linda Evans and Shirley MacLaine.[4]

    Knight claims to bridge ancient wisdom and the power of consciousness together with the latest discoveries in science.[5] Some of the ideas are similar to those of Shirley MacLaine,[6] which have in turn been criticized for being "kindergarden metaphysics" by mathematician and skeptic Martin Gardner.[7] Ramtha's teachings have been criticized by scientists and skeptics. The Southern Poverty Law Center has criticized Knight for "homophobic, anti-Catholic, anti-Semitic racist rants".[8]

    Knight lives in a 12,800-square-foot (1,190 m2) French chateau-style home and, next door, teaches courses and runs Ramtha's School of Enlightenment.[9]

    Knight has been married three times and is the mother of two children from her first marriage (Brandy and Christopher),[10] which ended in divorce.[11][12]

    Knight grew up in poverty. After graduating from high school, she dropped out of business school. She later worked in the cable television industry, and due to her work moved to Tacoma, Washington, where a psychic told her the "Enlightened One" would appear to her in the future.[11] She says that Ramtha first appeared to her in her kitchen in 1977.[11][13]

    Knight appeared on The Merv Griffin Show in 1985 and wrote the autobiographical A State of Mind in 1987. Time called her "probably the most celebrated of all current channelers".[14] She is currently the president of JZK, Inc and Ramtha's School of Enlightenment, located near the town of Yelm, Washington, and the name of Ramtha is copyrighted under JZ Knight. She also won a court case which affirmed that she is the sole legal channeler of the entity Ramtha.[15] She also appeared in the 2004 documentary What the Bleep Do We Know!?, produced by members of the Ramtha School.[16][17]

    After an absence from public view of several years, she returned to public speaking on radio and in magazines and workshops. She was a guest on Coast To Coast AM with George Noory on August 14, 2011.

    "Ramtha" (the name is claimed to be derived from Ram and to mean "the God" in Ramtha's language) is the name of a reputed entity whom Knight says she channels. According to Knight, Ramtha was a Lemurian warrior who fought the Atlanteans over 35,000 years ago.[18] Knight claims that Ramtha speaks of leading an army over 2.5 million strong (more than twice the estimated world population at about 30,000 BC) for 63 years, and conquering three fourths of the known world (which was allegedly going through cataclysmic geological changes). According to Knight, Ramtha led the army for 10 years until he was betrayed and almost killed.[19]

    Knight maintains that Ramtha spent the next seven years in isolation recovering and observing nature, the seasons, his army making homes and families, and many other things. She says that he later mastered many skills, including foresight and out-of-body experiences, until he led his army to the Indus River while in his late fifties. According to Knight, Ramtha taught his soldiers everything he knew for 120 days, he bid them farewell, rose into the air and in a bright flash of light he ascended before them. Knight says that he made a promise to his army that he would come back to teach them everything he had learned. JZ Knight says that in 1977 Ramtha appeared before her and told her that he had come to help her over the ditch. JZ Knight claims to have become his first student of what she calls the great work.[18]

    Further information: Ramtha's School of Enlightenment § Teachings

    Ramtha is the central figure (the "master teacher") of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment, started by Knight in 1987 near the town Yelm, Washington. Classes (or "dialogues") had been held around the world for the previous 10 years. There are currently over 6,000 students of Knight's teachings.[10]

    A central theme of Knight's teachings involves the internalization of divinity ("God is in Us", "You are God, Behold God"). Knight describes Ramtha as having brought his knowledge to many ancient civilizations in the world such as the Ancient Egyptians. Her website also suggests that traces of the lineage of the original teachings and philosophies she claims Ramtha taught 35,000 years ago have appeared throughout history in the schools of philosophers such as Socrates, religions such as Hinduism and Judaism, and the works of great minds such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.[20]

    The four cornerstones of Knight's philosophy are:[20]

    The statement 'You are god'
    The directive to make known the unknown
    The concept that consciousness and energy create the nature of reality
    The challenge to conquer yourself

    Knight's teachings appear to be a mixture of Jungian philosophy, Western occult traditions and contemporary positive-thinking attitudes (such as New Age beliefs)[21] and have yet to stand against elementary skepticism or scrutiny.[22] Predictions made by Knight in the name of the disembodied entity have either failed to come true (e.g. predicting that a holocaust would take place in 1985, or that the USA would be involved in a major war in 1985) or the predicted scenarios are too wide to evaluate and/or have too large an error margin to be considered, which is usually the case with channelers.[21]

    When Knight says she is channeling Ramtha she speaks mostly in English in what sounds like an accent from the Indian Raj,[22][23] sometimes in a simplistic way. The claimed entity "Ramtha" has expressed confusion about modern items (or even the ability to read English),[24] although he seems to have clear understanding of complex issues of modern physics, such as the quantum field or neurology, which appear frequently in his speeches.[25] During the alleged channeling of Ramtha, JZ Knight behaves a bit differently and speaks in a deeper and stern voice.

    In her teachings "Ramtha" has made several controversial statements such as that Christianity is a "backward" religion, that Jesus' parables can be explained by means of photon waves and probability,[26] that "murder isn't really wrong or evil" (if one believes in reincarnation),[27] or (during the court case JZ Knight v Jeff Knight) Jeff Knight stated that Ramtha had declared that HIV is Nature's way of 'getting rid of' homosexuality.[26] The Southern Poverty Law Center observed that "Ramtha" has made anti-semitic comments such as "“XXXX God's chosen people! I think they have earned enough cash to have paid their way out of the goddamned gas chambers by now".[8]

    Further information: Ramtha's School of Enlightenment § Controversy and criticism, and Mediumship § Criticism

    Most books regarding Ramtha and RSE come from JZK Publishing, one of the several companies started by Knight. Other books somewhat sympathetic to Ramtha, such as Finding Enlightenment: Ramtha's School of Ancient Wisdom by Gordon Melton, have ties to RSE in other ways. The author of Finding Enlightenment testified for Knight in Knight vs. Knight (1992–1995) against her former husband, Jeffery Knight (see below).

    Skeptics point to Ramtha's story as proof that he does not exist. Ramtha claims to come from the continent of Lemuria and to have conquered Atlantis. The existence of the two locations are considered of legendary nature, and neither have been found. Furthermore, the claim that Ramtha led an army of 2.5 million contradicts estimates of the world population at 33,000 BC, and her claims of clairvoyant, telepathic, telekinetic and other ESP abilities, for which there is no scientific support, have been heavily criticized by skeptics and scientific communities.[28][29][30]

    Ramtha's claim that every person can learn to create their own reality[31] is itself a philosophical paradox. Julian Baggini, in his book The pig that wants to be eaten, argues that if everyone was capable of creating their own realities with their minds, it would be problematic as one person could then create a reality in which no one was allowed to create their own realities.[32]

    Magician and skeptic James Randi said that Ramtha's believers have "no way of evaluating [her teachings]",[33] while Carl Sagan in his book The Demon-Haunted World says that "the simplest hypothesis is that Ms. Knight makes 'Ramtha' speak all by herself, and that she has no contact with disembodied entities from the Pleistocene Ice Age." He goes on to write a list of questions that Ramtha's answers to would help us determine whether he is actually a disembodied entity from the paleolithic times (such as "What were the indigenous languages, and social structure?", "What was their writing like?" or "How does he know that he lived 35,000 years ago?"), and ends by saying that "[i]nstead, all we are offered are banal homilies."[22]

    Knight's former husband, Jeff Knight, in an interview in 1992 with Joe Szimhart, said that Ramtha's teachings are a "farce" and that they are "just a money making business for [JZ Knight]". He also said that students of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment are "involved in a very dangerous, very evil corrupt thing".[34]

    Attacks and criticism against Ramtha's teachings and Ramtha's School of Enlightenment have also been made by former students of the school. David McCarthy, a Yelm resident and former student of the school between 1989 and 1996, has accused the school of being a cult. He further claims that he was intimidated during his studies there, and he felt like mind control was being exerted by Knight and the school. He said "At one point I was running around scared I was going to get eaten by the lizard people."[35] McCarthy became disappointed, not only with his own experience of Ramtha's teachings but also as he had cut ties from his family to become a student as they lived in a different country.[36] This led McCarthy to form a group called "Life After Ramtha's School of Enlightenment", which questions the authenticity of Ramtha and encourages people to come out and express their experiences after their realization that the RSE is a cult. The school has also been characterized as a cult by skeptic Michael Shermer in his book Why People Believe Weird Things.[23]

    Glenn Cunningham, a former bodyguard of Knight's, in an interview with David McCarthy details the inner workings of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment and criticizes various activities (such as trademarking ideas and phrases that had been coined by other authors many years before - for example, the idea of "Blue Body", or mixing quantum physics with new age ideas, which can be found in Vera Stanley Alder's From the Mundane to the Magnificent, first published in 1979) of Knight's and aspects of Ramtha which he simply saw as Knight acting. Among the things he mentions is the fact that Ramtha mispronounces the same words that Knight mispronounces, and that Ramtha quotes the same books that Knight has read.[24] Glenn Cunningham admits in the video interview, that he was prone to lying to students when he saw fit or thought that it may help them.[24]

    Furthermore, Ramtha's teachings as they are portrayed in the movie What the Bleep Do We Know!?, not only in the general gist of the film (which was directed and funded by students of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment) but also in instances where Ramtha is interviewed on screen, have been heavily criticized by the scientific community,[37][38][39][40] and skeptics,[41] such as James Randi.[42]

    Knight has been involved in several court disputes, some personal and others business-related. She brought a suit against a woman from Berlin named Julie Ravell for disturbing Knight's psychic state and leaving her "hanging in spiritual limbo" during the five years Ravell claimed she was also channeling Ramtha. The case was brought to the supreme court in Vienna and lasted over five years, at the end of which Austria's supreme court awarded copyright to Knight as the sole channeler of Ramtha, and Ravell was made to pay $800 in psychic damages to Knight.[15] Another case involving copyright and trademark ownership was JZK, Inc vs. Glandon, in which Joseph Glandon was accused of distributing copyrighted teachings of Ramtha.[43]

    In Knight vs. Knight (1992–1995), Jeff Knight alleges that he lost years of his life by postponing modern medical treatment for his HIV infection, due to advice from his wife that Ramtha could heal him. The court decided against him, but he died before he could appeal the court's decision.[44]

    Knight, through JZK Inc., accused WhiteWind Weaver, a Thurston County, Washington citizen, of stealing her ideas and using her and Ramtha's teachings in her workshops. A trial began on March 10, 2008, in Thurston County Superior Court and at the end of it Knight was awarded about $10,000 after the court's decision against WhiteWind Weaver.[45]

    Knight also refused to attend court as a witness in a case involving a 15-year-old who claimed rape against two students of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment. The 15-year-old girl had written a letter to Knight which mentioned that Wayne Allen Geis, her dancing and acting teacher, had engaged in sexual intercourse with her from 1995 to 1997. The illicit activities had also involved Ruth Beverly Martin. They had apparently told the girl that sexual intercourse would help her to relax and improve her acting ability. Knight invited the girl to a retreat at the school in November 1999. In the retreat, Ramtha questioned the girl, her father, Geis and Martin. This inquiry took place on stage in front of an audience of over 800 people for about an hour. Geis and Martin confessed to having molested the girl, and the school contacted authorities. Charged with 10 counts of first-degree sexual misconduct with a minor, Geis and Martin pleaded not guilty and the case went to trial.[46] Prosecutors were reluctant to have Knight appear in court due to the "circus atmosphere" that would have been created. Knight herself claimed that she had been in a trance and did not remember anything of what was said in the retreat inquiry.[47]

    Books by Knight

    A State of Mind, My Story Ramtha: The Adventure Begins (1987) ISBN 1578730023
    Ramtha books[edit]
    Ramtha: The Children's View of Destiny and Purpose
    To Life 152 pages (selection of Ramtha toasts from May 1988 to May 1996 compiled by Diane Munoz-Smith)
    Ramtha (1970) ASIN B007U7RNHY
    Love Yourself Into Life (1983) ASIN B00424L2XY
    Ominous Dragoon of Dothdura, co-written with Douglas Mahr and Jerry Banghart (1985) ISBN 0931317134
    I Am Ramtha (1986)
    Ramtha Intensive Soulmates (1987)
    Ramtha Intensive: Change the Days to Come (1987)
    Between Two Worlds: The Message of Ramtha (1987) ISBN 0940539063
    Voyage to the New World: An Adventure Into Unlimitedness, (co-written with Douglas Mahr (1987) ISBN 0449131858
    Ramtha (1988)
    Ramtha: An Introduction (1988) ISBN 0932201768
    Destination Freedom: A Time-Travel Adventure, Stage II: Arrival Instruction, co-written with Douglas Mahr (1989) ISBN 0132022273
    UFO's and the Nature of Reality: Understanding Alien Consciousness and Interdimensional Mind (1990)
    Spinner of Tales, Ramtha stories compiled by Deborah Kerins (1991) ISBN 0962972371
    Enseignements Choisis (1991)
    Ramtha: The New Kingdom: The Masterpiece Collection of Ramtha (1991) ISBN 0940539098
    The Plane of Bliss: On Earth as it is in Heaven (1997) ISBN 1578730260
    The Ancient Schools of Wisdom, compiled by Diane Munoz-Smith (1998) ISBN 0965262138
    Ramtha: the Mystery of Birth and Death: Redefining the Self (2000)
    The Circus, An Adventure Not To Be Missed (2001) ASIN B004FVHPUS
    Who Are We Really? (2002)
    A Master's Reflection on the History of Humanity, Part I: Human Civilization, Origins and Evolution (2002) ISBN 1578730406
    A Master's Reflection on the History of Humanity, Part II: Rediscovering the Pearl of Ancient Wisdom (2003) ISBN 1578730414
    A Message of Joy and Hope: Ramtha's Address at Seattle Center November 12, 2004 (2005)
    The Mystery of Love
    Last Waltz Of the Tyrants: The Prophecy Revisited (1991, Revised: 2009) ISBN 1578731178
    Ramtha: A Beginner's Guide to Creating Reality: An Introduction to Ramtha & His Teachings (1997, Revised: 2000) ISBN 1578730376
    Ramtha: the White Book (1999, Revised: 2004) ISBN 1578730457
    That Elixir Called Love: The Truth About Sexual Attraction, Secret Fantasies, and the Magic of True Love (2004) ASIN B0073HNNWA

    Ramtha's Fireside Series

    Defining the Master (2000) (Vol. 1, No.1)
    Changing the Timeline of Our Destiny (2001) (Vol. 1, No. 2)
    Forgotten Gods Waking Up (2001) (Vol. 1, No. 3)
    Crossing the River (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 1)
    A Master's Key For Manipulating Time (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 2)
    Making Contact: Our Soul's Journey and Purpose Through Life (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 3)
    Buddha's Neuronet for Levitation: Opening the Lotus of a Thousand Petals (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 4)
    Who Are We Really? (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 5)
    Gandalf's Battle on the Bridge in the Mines of Moria (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 6) ASIN B006H9BN3Q
    When Fairy Tales Do Come True (2003) (Vol. 3, No. 1)
    Prophets Of Our Own Destiny (2003) (Vol. 3, No. 2)
    Parallel Lifetimes: Fluctuations in the Quantum Field (2003) (Vol. 3, No. 3)
    Jesus The Christ: The Life of a Master (2006) (Vol. 4, No. 1)
    Awakening To the Extraordinary (2007) (Vol. 4, No. 2)
    The New March: Developing a Mind Worth Preserving (2007) (Vol. 4, No. 3)

    Audio recordings

    Ramtha on God's Only Law (CD-0230) (2002) ISBN 157873195X
    Ramtha on Love Born in the 4th Seal: Beginning The Journey (CD-9201) (2003) ISBN 1578731933
    Ramtha on How the Brain Creates Reality (Dimensional Mind V: Part 1) (CD-9227) (2003) ISBN 157873133X
    Ramtha on Demonology and the Freedom from Possession: The Neuronet of Disease (CD-9804) (2003) ISBN 1578732999
    Ramtha on The Difference Between Consciousness and Mind (CD-9215) (2004) ISBN 1578731763
    Ramtha on A Master's First Step: Achieving Clear-Mindedness (CD-9520) (2004) ISBN 1578731798
    Ramtha on Waking Up to Greatness (CD-0405) (2004) ISBN 1578731755
    Ramtha on Experiencing the Teachings of No Words (CD-9207.1) (2004) 157873181X
    Ramtha on Concepts of Predestination and Free Will (CD-0513) (2005) ISBN 1578731887
    Ramtha on The Plane of Bliss, Part 2 (CD-9716) (2005) ISBN 1578732360
    Ramtha on Animals, Music, Crystals and Mythical Creatures (CD-001) (2006) ISBN 1578732670
    Ramtha on The Brain (CD-002) (2006) ISBN 1578732689
    Ramtha on Pyramids (CD-020) (2006) ISBN 1578732700
    Ramtha on Yahweh - Jehovah (CD-029) (2006) ISBN 1578732727
    Ramtha on Winds of Change I (CD-030) (2006) ISBN 1578733006
    Ramtha on The Great Architect (CD-046) (2006) ISBN 1578732735
    Ramtha on From Suppression To Love and The Power of Change (CD-0613) (2006) ISBN 1578732913
    Ramtha on The Neuronet To The Levitating Buddha (CD-9603.2) (2006) ISBN 1578732905
    Ramtha on Where the Journey Begins (CD-0610) (2006) ISBN 1578732921
    Ramtha on Winds of Change II (CD-030.1) (2007) ISBN 1578733014)
    Ramtha on Children and Parenting (CD-004.1) (2007) ISBN 1578733103
    Ramtha on Inner Earth (CD-013) ISBN 1578732697
    Ramtha on Understanding Womanhood (CD-027) ISBN 1578732719
    Ramtha on The 12 Days of Light (CD-019) (2007) ISBN 1578733022
    Ramtha on Love and Relationships (CD-018) (2007) ISBN 1578733073
    Ramtha on Winds of Change III (CD-052) (2007) ISBN 157873309X
    Ramtha on Change: The Days That Are Here (Prophecy Series) (CD-0705) (2007) ISBN 1578733286
    Ramtha on Gods Clothed As Humans (CD-0608) (2007) ISBN 1578733316
    Ramtha on Genetic Memory and the Sixth Sense: Soul Choice (CD-9303.1) (2007) ISBN 1578732948
    Ramtha on Unfolding into the Continuum of Consciousness (CD-9409) (2007) ISBN 1578733359
    Ramtha on Acceptance: The Key to Magic (CD-9411) (2007) ISBN 1578732980
    Ramtha on Cell Biology, Associative Memory, and the Personality (CD-9424.1) (2007) ISBN 1578732956
    Ramtha on The Mechanics of Creating (CD-9424.2) (2007) ISBN 1578733251
    Ramtha on Magnetic Signature & How The Soul Determines Destiny (CD-9424.3) (2007) ISBN 157873326X
    Ramtha on Taking Back Your Power (CD-0618) (2007) ISBN 1578733278
    Ramtha on The Bounty of List and Twilight (CD-9419) (2007) ISBN 1578732263
    Ramtha on Self-Discovery: Going Beyond Gender (CD-0612) (2007) ISBN 1578733308
    Ramtha on Australia - Change: The Days That Are Here (Prophecy Series) (CD-0708) (2007) ISBN 1578733340
    Ramtha on Siege Upon the City of the Blue Race (CD-037) (2007) ISBN 1578733049
    Ramtha on The Great Work: From the Caterpillar To the Butterfly (CD-0606) (2007) ISBN 1578733294
    Ramtha on Miami - Change: The Days That Are Here (Prophecy Series) (CD-0706) (2007) ISBN 1578733324

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp38.html The encampment of Israel at Kadesh was but a short distance from the borders of Edom, and both Moses and the people greatly desired to follow the route through this country to the Promised Land; accordingly they sent a message, as God had directed them, to the Edomite king--

    "Thus saith thy brother Israel, Thou knowest all the travail that hath befallen us: how our fathers went down into Egypt, and we have dwelt in Egypt a long time; and the Egyptians vexed us, and our fathers: and when we cried unto the Lord, He heard our voice, and sent an Angel, and hath brought us forth out of Egypt: and, behold, we are in Kadesh, a city in the uttermost of thy border. Let us pass, I pray thee, through thy country: we will not pass through the fields, or through the vineyards, neither will we drink of the water of the wells: we will go by the king's highway, we will not turn to the right hand nor to the left, until we have passed thy borders."

    To this courteous request a threatening refusal was returned: "Thou shalt not pass by me, lest I come out against thee with the sword."

    Surprised at this repulse, the leaders of Israel sent a second appeal to the king, with the promise, "We will go by the highway: and if I and my cattle drink of thy water, then I will pay for it: I will only, without doing anything else, go through on my feet."

    "Thou shalt not go through," was the answer. Armed bands of Edomites were already posted at the difficult passes, so that any peaceful advance in that direction was impossible, and the Hebrews were forbidden to resort to force. They must make the long journey around the land of Edom.

    Had the people, when brought into trial, trusted in God, the Captain of the Lord's host would have led them through Edom, and the fear of them would have rested upon the inhabitants of the land, so that, instead of manifesting hostility, they would have shown them favor. But the Israelites did not act promptly upon God's word, and while they were complaining and murmuring, the golden opportunity passed. When they were at last ready to present their request to the king, it was refused. Ever since they left Egypt, Satan had been steadily at work to throw hindrances and temptations in their way, that they might not inherit Canaan. And by their own unbelief they had repeatedly opened the door for him to resist the purpose of God.

    It is important to believe God's word and act upon it promptly, while His angels are waiting to work for us. Evil angels are ready to contest every step of advance. And when God's providence bids His children go forward, when He is ready to do great things for them. Satan tempts them to displease the Lord by hesitation and delay; he seeks to kindle a spirit of strife or to arouse murmuring or unbelief, and thus deprive them of the blessings that God desired to bestow. God's servants should be minutemen, ever ready to move as fast as His providence opens the way. And delay on their part gives time for Satan to work to defeat them.

    In the directions first given to Moses concerning their passage through Edom, after declaring that the Edomites should be afraid of Israel, the Lord had forbidden His people to make use of this advantage against them. Because the power of God was engaged for Israel, and the fears of the Edomites would make them an easy prey, the Hebrews were not therefore to prey upon them. The command given them was, "Take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore: meddle not with them; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as a foot breadth; because I have given Mount Seir unto Esau for a possession." Deuteronomy 2:4, 5. The Edomites were descendants of Abraham and Isaac, and for the sake of these His servants, God had shown favor to the children of Esau. He had given them Mount Seir for a possession, and they were not to be disturbed unless by their sins they should place themselves beyond the reach of His mercy. The Hebrews were to dispossess and utterly destroy the inhabitants of Canaan, who had filled up the measure of their iniquity but the Edomites were still probationers, and as such were to be mercifully dealt with. God delights in mercy, and He manifests His compassion before He inflicts His judgments. He teaches Israel to spare the people of Edom, before requiring them to destroy the inhabitants of Canaan.

    The ancestors of Edom and Israel were brothers, and brotherly kindness and courtesy should exist between them. The Israelites were forbidden, either then or at any future time, to revenge the affront given them in the refusal of passage through the land. They must not expect to possess any part of the land of Edom. While the Israelites were the chosen and favored people of God, they must heed the restrictions which He placed upon them. God had promised them a goodly inheritance; but they were not to feel that they alone had any rights in the earth, and seek to crowd out all others. They were directed, in all their intercourse with the Edomites, to beware of doing them injustice. They were to trade with them, buying such supplies as were needed, and promptly paying for all they received. As an encouragement to Israel to trust in God and obey His word they were reminded, "The Lord thy God hath blessed thee; . . . thou hast lacked nothing." Deuteronomy 2:7. They were not dependent upon the Edomites, for they had a God rich in resources. They must not by force or fraud seek to obtain anything pertaining to them; but in all their intercourse they should exemplify the principle of the divine law, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself."

    Had they in this manner passed through Edom, as God had purposed, the passage would have proved a blessing, not only to themselves, but to the inhabitants of the land; for it would have given them an opportunity to become acquainted with God's people and His worship and to witness how the God of Jacob prospered those who loved and feared Him. But all this the unbelief of Israel had prevented. God had given the people water in answer to their clamors, but He permitted their unbelief to work out its punishment. Again they must traverse the desert and quench their thirst from the miraculous spring, which, had they but trusted in Him, they would no longer have needed.

    Accordingly the hosts of Israel again turned toward the south, and made their way over sterile wastes, that seemed even more dreary after a glimpse of the green spots among the hills and valleys of Edom. From the mountain range overlooking this gloomy desert, rises Mount Hor, whose summit was to be the place of Aaron's death and burial. When the Israelites came to this mountain, the divine command was addressed to Moses--

    "Take Aaron and Eleazar his son, and bring them up unto Mount Hor: and strip Aaron of his garments, and put them upon Eleazar his son: and Aaron shall be gathered unto his people, and shall die there."

    Together these two aged men and the younger one toiled up the mountain height. The heads of Moses and Aaron were white with the snows of sixscore winters. Their long and eventful lives had been marked with the deepest trials and the greatest honors that had ever fallen to the lot of man. They were men of great natural ability, and all their powers had been developed, exalted, and dignified by communion with the Infinite One. Their life had been spent in unselfish labor for God and their fellow men; their countenances gave evidence of great intellectual power, firmness and nobility of purpose, and strong affections.

    Many years Moses and Aaron had stood side by side in their cares and labors. Together they had breasted unnumbered dangers, and had shared together the signal blessing of God; but the time was at hand when they must be separated. They moved on very slowly, for every moment in each other's society was precious. The ascent was steep and toilsome; and as they often paused to rest, they communed together of the past and the future. Before them, as far as the eye could reach, was spread out the scene of their desert wanderings. In the plain below were encamped the vast hosts of Israel, for whom these chosen men had spent the best portion of their lives; for whose welfare they had felt so deep an interest, and made so great sacrifices. Somewhere beyond the mountains of Edom was the path leading to the Promised Land--that land whose blessings Moses and Aaron were not to enjoy. No rebellious feelings found a place in their hearts, no expression of murmuring escaped their lips; yet a solemn sadness rested upon their countenances as they remembered what had debarred them from the inheritance of their fathers.

    Aaron's work for Israel was done. Forty years before, at the age of eighty-three, God had called him to unite with Moses in his great and important mission. He had co-operated with his brother in leading the children of Israel from Egypt. He had held up the great leader's hands when the Hebrew hosts gave battle to Amalek. He had been permitted to ascend Mount Sinai, to approach into the presence of God, and to behold the divine glory. The Lord had conferred upon the family of Aaron the office of the priesthood, and had honored him with the sacred consecration of high priest. He had sustained him in the holy office by the terrible manifestations of divine judgment in the destruction of Korah and his company. It was through Aaron's intercession that the plague was stayed. When his two sons were slain for disregarding God's express command, he did not rebel or even murmur. Yet the record of his noble life had been marred. Aaron committed a grievous sin when he yielded to the clamors of the people and made the golden calf at Sinai; and again, when he united with Miriam in envy and murmuring against Moses. And he, with Moses, offended the Lord at Kadesh by disobeying the command to speak to the rock that it might give forth its water.

    God intended that these great leaders of His people should be representatives of Christ. Aaron bore the names of Israel upon his breast. He communicated to the people the will of God. He entered the most holy place on the Day of Atonement, "not without blood," as a mediator for all Israel. He came forth from that work to bless the congregation, as Christ will come forth to bless His waiting people when His work of atonement in their behalf shall be ended. It was the exalted character of that sacred office as representative of our great High Priest that made Aaron's sin at Kadesh of so great magnitude.

    With deep sorrow Moses removed from Aaron the holy vestments, and placed them upon Eleazar, who thus became his successor by divine appointment. For his sin at Kadesh, Aaron was denied the privilege of officiating as God's high priest in Canaan--of offering the first sacrifice in the goodly land, and thus consecrating the inheritance of Israel. Moses was to continue to bear his burden in leading the people to the very borders of Canaan. He was to come within sight of the Promised Land, but was not to enter it. Had these servants of God, when they stood before the rock at Kadesh, borne unmurmuringly the test there brought upon them, how different would have been their future! A wrong act can never be undone. It may be that the work of a lifetime will not recover what has been lost in a single moment of temptation or even thoughtlessness.

    The absence from the camp of the two great leaders, and the fact that they had been accompanied by Eleazar, who, it was well known, was to be Aaron's successor in holy office, awakened a feeling of apprehension, and their return was anxiously awaited. As the people looked about them, upon their vast congregation, they saw that nearly all the adults who left Egypt had perished in the wilderness. All felt a foreboding of evil as they remembered the sentence pronounced against Moses and Aaron. Some were aware of the object of that mysterious journey to the summit of Mount Hor, and their solicitude for their leaders was heightened by bitter memories and self-accusings.

    The forms of Moses and Eleazar were at last discerned, slowly descending the mountainside, but Aaron was not with them. Upon Eleazar were the sacerdotal garments, showing that he had succeeded his father in the sacred office. As the people with heavy hearts gathered about their leader, Moses told them that Aaron had died in his arms upon Mount Hor, and that they there buried him. The congregation broke forth in mourning and lamentation, for they all loved Aaron, though they had so often caused him sorrow. "They mourned for Aaron thirty days, even all the house of Israel."

    Concerning the burial of Israel's high priest, the Scriptures give only the simple record, "There Aaron died, and there he was buried." Deuteronomy 10:6. In what striking contrast to the customs of the present day was this burial, conducted according to the express command of God. In modern times the funeral services of a man of high position are often made the occasion of ostentatious and extravagant display. When Aaron died, one of the most illustrious men that ever lived, there were only two of his nearest friends to witness his death and to attend his burial. And that lonely grave upon Mount Hor was forever hidden from the sight of Israel. God is not honored in the great display so often made over the dead, and the extravagant expense incurred in returning their bodies to the dust.

    The whole congregation sorrowed for Aaron, yet they could not feel the loss so keenly as did Moses. The death of Aaron forcibly reminded Moses that his own end was near; but short as the time of his stay on earth must be, he deeply felt the loss of his constant companion--the one who had shared his joys and sorrows, his hopes and fears, for so many long years. Moses must now continue the work alone; but he knew that God was his friend, and upon Him he leaned more heavily.

    Soon after leaving Mount Hor the Israelites suffered defeat in an engagement with Arad, one of the Canaanite kings. But as they earnestly sought help from God, divine aid was granted them, and their enemies were routed. This victory, instead of inspiring gratitude and leading the people to feel their dependence upon God, made them boastful and self-confident. Soon they fell into the old habit of murmuring. They were now dissatisfied because the armies of Israel had not been permitted to advance upon Canaan immediately after their rebellion at the report of the spies nearly forty years before. They pronounced their long sojourn in the wilderness an unnecessary delay, reasoning that they might have conquered their enemies as easily heretofore as now.

    As they continued their journey toward the south, their route lay through a hot, sandy valley, destitute of shade or vegetation. The way seemed long and difficult, and they suffered from weariness and thirst. Again they failed to endure the test of their faith and patience. By continually dwelling on the dark side of their experiences, they separated themselves farther and farther from God. They lost sight of the fact that but for their murmuring when the water ceased at Kadesh, they would have been spared the journey around Edom. God had purposed better things for them. Their hearts should have been filled with gratitude to Him that He had punished their sin so lightly. But instead of this, they flattered themselves that if God and Moses had not interfered, they might now have been in possession of the Promised Land. After bringing trouble upon themselves, making their lot altogether harder than God designed, they charged all their misfortunes upon Him. Thus they cherished bitter thoughts concerning His dealings with them, and finally they became discontented with everything. Egypt looked brighter and more desirable than liberty and the land to which God was leading them.

    As the Israelites indulged the spirit of discontent, they were disposed to find fault even with their blessings. "And the people spake against God, and against Moses, Wherefore have ye brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? for there is no bread, neither is there any water; and our soul loatheth this light bread."

    Moses faithfully set before the people their great sin. It was God's power alone that had preserved them in "that great and terrible wilderness, wherein were fiery serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water." Deuteronomy 8:15. Every day of their travels they had been kept by a miracle of divine mercy. In all the way of God's leading they had found water to refresh the thirsty, bread from heaven to satisfy their hunger, and peace and safety under the shadowy cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night. Angels had ministered to them as they climbed the rocky heights or threaded the rugged paths of the wilderness. Notwithstanding the hardships they had endured, there was not a feeble one in all their ranks. Their feet had not swollen in their long journeys, neither had their clothes grown old. God had subdued before them the fierce beasts of prey and the venomous reptiles of the forest and the desert. If with all these tokens of His love the people still continued to complain, the Lord would withdraw His protection until they should be led to appreciate His merciful care, and return to Him with repentance and humiliation.

    Because they had been shielded by divine power they had not realized the countless dangers by which they were continually surrounded. In their ingratitude and unbelief they had anticipated death, and now the Lord permitted death to come upon them. The poisonous serpents that infested the wilderness were called fiery serpents, on account of the terrible effects produced by their sting, it causing violent inflammation and speedy death. As the protecting hand of God was removed from Israel, great numbers of the people were attacked by these venomous creatures.

    Now there was terror and confusion throughout the encampment. In almost every tent were the dying or the dead. None were secure. Often the silence of night was broken by piercing cries that told of fresh victims. All were busy in ministering to the sufferers, or with agonizing care endeavoring to protect those who were not yet stricken. No murmuring now escaped their lips. When compared with the present suffering, their former difficulties and trials seemed unworthy of a thought.

    The people now humbled themselves before God. They came to Moses with their confessions and entreaties. "We have sinned," they said, "for we have spoken against the Lord, and against thee." Only a little before, they had accused him of being their worst enemy, the cause of all their distress and afflictions. But even when the words were upon their lips, they knew that the charge was false; and as soon as real trouble came they fled to him as the only one who could intercede with God for them. "Pray unto the Lord," was their cry, "that He take away the serpents from us."

    Moses was divinely commanded to make a serpent of brass resembling the living ones, and to elevate it among the people. To this, all who had been bitten were to look, and they would find relief. He did so, and the joyful news was sounded throughout the encampment that all who had been bitten might look upon the brazen serpent and live. Many had already died, and when Moses raised the serpent upon the pole, some would not believe that merely gazing upon that metallic image would heal them; these perished in their unbelief. Yet there were many who had faith in the provision which God had made. Fathers, mothers, brothers, and sisters were anxiously engaged in helping their suffering, dying friends to fix their languid eyes upon the serpent. If these, though faint and dying, could only once look, they were perfectly restored.

    The people well knew that there was no power in the serpent of brass to cause such a change in those who looked upon it. The healing virtue was from God alone. In His wisdom He chose this way of displaying His power. By this simple means the people were made to realize that this affliction had been brought upon them by their sins. They were also assured that while obeying God they had no reason to fear, for He would preserve them.

    The lifting up of the brazen serpent was to teach Israel an important lesson. They could not save themselves from the fatal effect of the poison in their wounds. God alone was able to heal them. Yet they were required to show their faith in the provision which He had made. They must look in order to live. It was their faith that was acceptable with God, and by looking upon the serpent their faith was shown. They knew that there was no virtue in the serpent itself, but it was a symbol of Christ; and the necessity of faith in His merits was thus presented to their minds. Heretofore many had brought their offerings to God, and had felt that in so doing they made ample atonement for their sins. They did not rely upon the Redeemer to come, of whom these offerings were only a type. The Lord would now teach them that their sacrifices, in themselves, had no more power or virtue than the serpent of brass, but were, like that, to lead their minds to Christ, the great sin offering.

    "As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness," even so was the Son of man "lifted up: that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have eternal life." John 3:14, 15. All who have ever lived upon the earth have felt the deadly sting of "that old serpent, called the devil, and Satan." Revelation 12:9. The fatal effects of sin can be removed only by the provision that God has made. The Israelites saved their lives by looking upon the uplifted serpent. That look implied faith. They lived because they believed God's word, and trusted in the means provided for their recovery. So the sinner may look to Christ, and live. He receives pardon through faith in the atoning sacrifice. Unlike the inert and lifeless symbol, Christ has power and virtue in Himself to heal the repenting sinner.

    While the sinner cannot save himself, he still has something to do to secure salvation. "Him that cometh to Me," says Christ, "I will in no wise cast out." John 6:37. But we must come to Him; and when we repent of our sins, we must believe that He accepts and pardons us. Faith is the gift of God, but the power to exercise it is ours. Faith is the hand by which the soul takes hold upon the divine offers of grace and mercy.

    Nothing but the righteousness of Christ can entitle us to one of the blessings of the covenant of grace. There are many who have long desired and tried to obtain these blessings, but have not received them, because they have cherished the idea that they could do something to make themselves worthy of them. They have not looked away from self, believing that Jesus is an all-sufficient Saviour. We must not think that our own merits will save us; Christ is our only hope of salvation. "For there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved." Acts 4:12.

    When we trust God fully, when we rely upon the merits of Jesus as a sin-pardoning Saviour, we shall receive all the help that we can desire. Let none look to self, as though they had power to save themselves. Jesus died for us because we were helpless to do this. In Him is our hope, our justification, our righteousness. When we see our sinfulness we should not despond and fear that we have no Saviour, or that He has no thoughts of mercy toward us. At this very time He is inviting us to come to Him in our helplessness and be saved.

    Many of the Israelites saw no help in the remedy which Heaven had appointed. The dead and dying were all around them, and they knew that, without divine aid, their own fate was certain; but they continued to lament their wounds, their pains, their sure death, until their strength was gone, and their eyes were glazed, when they might have had instant healing. If we are conscious of our needs, we should not devote all our powers to mourning over them. While we realize our helpless condition without Christ, we are not to yield to discouragement, but rely upon the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour. Look and live. Jesus has pledged His word; He will save all who come unto Him. Though millions who need to be healed will reject His offered mercy, not one who trusts in His merits will be left to perish.

    Many are unwilling to accept of Christ until the whole mystery of the plan of salvation shall be made plain to them. They refuse the look of faith, although they see that thousands have looked, and have felt the efficacy of looking, to the cross of Christ. Many wander in the mazes of philosophy, in search of reasons and evidence which they will never find, while they reject the evidence which God has been pleased to give. They refuse to walk in the light of the Sun of Righteousness, until the reason of its shining shall be explained. All who persist in this course will fail to come to a knowledge of the truth. God will never remove every occasion for doubt. He gives sufficient evidence on which to base faith, and if this is not accepted, the mind is left in darkness. If those who were bitten by the serpents had stopped to doubt and question before they would consent to look, they would have perished. It is our duty, first, to look; and the look of faith will give us life.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp39.html After passing to the south of Edom, the Israelites turned northward, and again set their faces toward the Promised Land. Their route now lay over a vast, elevated plain, swept by cool, fresh breezes from the hills. It was a welcome change from the parched valley through which they had been traveling, and they pressed forward, buoyant and hopeful. Having crossed the brook Zered, they passed to the east of the land of Moab; for the command had been given, "Distress not the Moabites, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of their land for a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot." And the same direction was repeated concerning the Ammonites, who were also descendants of Lot.

    Still pushing northward, the hosts of Israel soon reached the country of the Amorites. This strong and warlike people originally occupied the southern part of the land of Canaan; but, increasing in numbers, they crossed the Jordan, made war upon the Moabites, and gained possession of a portion of their territory. Here they had settled, holding undisputed sway over all the land from the Arnon as far north as the Jabbok. The route to the Jordan which the Israelites desired to pursue lay directly through this territory, and Moses sent a friendly message to Sihon, the Amorite king, at his capital: "Let me pass through thy land: I will go along by the highway, I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left. Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drink: only I will pass through on my feet." The answer was a decided refusal, and all the hosts of the Amorites were summoned to oppose the progress of the invaders. This formidable army struck terror to the Israelites, who were poorly prepared for an encounter with well-armed and well-disciplined forces. So far as skill in warfare was concerned, their enemies had the advantage. To all human appearance, a speedy end would be made of Israel.

    But Moses kept his gaze fixed upon the cloudy pillar, and encouraged the people with the thought that the token of God's presence was still with them. At the same time he directed them to do all that human power could do in preparing for war. Their enemies were eager for battle, and confident that they would blot out the unprepared Israelites from the land. But from the Possessor of all lands the mandate had gone forth to the leader of Israel: "Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the river Arnon: behold, I have given into thine hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess it, and contend with him in battle. This day will I begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the nations that are under the whole heaven, who shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee."

    These nations on the borders of Canaan would have been spared, had they not stood, in defiance of God's word, to oppose the progress of Israel. The Lord had shown Himself to be long-suffering, of great kindness and tender pity, even to these heathen peoples. When Abraham was shown in vision that his seed, the children of Israel, should be strangers in a strange land four hundred years, the Lord gave him the promise, "In the fourth generation they shall come hither again: for the iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full." Genesis 15:16. Although the Amorites were idolaters, whose life was justly forfeited by their great wickedness, God spared them four hundred years to give them unmistakable evidence that He was the only true God, the Maker of heaven and earth. All His wonders in bringing Israel from Egypt were known to them. Sufficient evidence was given; they might have known the truth, had they been willing to turn from their idolatry and licentiousness. But they rejected the light and clung to their idols.

    When the Lord brought His people a second time to the borders of Canaan, additional evidence of His power was granted to those heathen nations. They saw that God was with Israel in the victory gained over King Arad and the Canaanites, and in the miracle wrought to save those who were perishing from the sting of the serpents. Although the Israelites had been refused a passage through the land of Edom, thus being compelled to take the long and difficult route by the Red Sea, yet in all their journeyings and encampments, past the land of Edom, of Moab and Ammon, they had shown no hostility, and had done no injury to the people or their possessions. On reaching the border of the Amorites, Israel had asked permission only to travel directly through the country, promising to observe the same rules that had governed their intercourse with other nations. When the Amorite king refused this courteous solicitation, and defiantly gathered his hosts for battle, their cup of iniquity was full, and God would now exercise His power for their overthrow.

    The Israelites crossed the river Arnon and advanced upon the foe. An engagement took place, in which the armies of Israel were victorious; and, following up the advantage gained, they were soon in possession of the country of the Amorites. It was the Captain of the Lord's host who vanquished the enemies of His people; and He would have done the same thirty-eight years before had Israel trusted in Him.

    Filled with hope and courage, the army of Israel eagerly pressed forward, and, still journeying northward, they soon reached a country that might well test their courage and their faith in God. Before them lay the powerful and populous kingdom of Bashan, crowded with great stone cities that to this day excite the wonder of the world--"threescore cities . . . with high walls, gates, and bars; besides unwalled towns a great many." Deuteronomy 3:1-11. The houses were constructed of huge black stones, of such stupendous size as to make the buildings absolutely impregnable to any force that in those times could have been brought against them. It was a country filled with wild caverns, lofty precipices, yawning gulfs, and rocky strongholds. The inhabitants of this land, descendants from a giant race, were themselves of marvelous size and strength, and so distinguished for violence and cruelty as to be the terror of all surrounding nations; while Og, the king of the country, was remarkable for size and prowess, even in a nation of giants.

    But the cloudy pillar moved forward, and following its guidance the Hebrew hosts advanced to Edrei, where the giant king, with his forces, awaited their approach. Og had skillfully chosen the place of battle. The city of Edrei was situated upon the border of a tableland rising abruptly from the plain, and covered with jagged, volcanic rocks. It could be approached only by narrow pathways, steep and difficult of ascent. In case of defeat, his forces could find refuge in that wilderness of rocks, where it would be impossible for strangers to follow them.

    Confident of success, the king came forth with an immense army upon the open plain, while shouts of defiance were heard from the tableland above, where might be seen the spears of thousands, eager for the fray. When the Hebrews looked upon the lofty form of that giant of giants towering above the soldiers of his army; when they saw the hosts that surrounded him, and beheld the seemingly impregnable fortress, behind which unseen thousands were entrenched, the hearts of many in Israel quaked with fear. But Moses was calm and firm; the Lord had said concerning the king of Bashan, "Fear him not: for I will deliver him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon."

    The calm faith of their leader inspired the people with confidence in God. They trusted all to His omnipotent arm, and He did not fail them. Not mighty giants nor walled cities, armed hosts nor rocky fortresses, could stand before the Captain of the Lord's host. The Lord led the army; the Lord discomfited the enemy; the Lord conquered in behalf of Israel. The giant king and his army were destroyed, and the Israelites soon took possession of the whole country. Thus was blotted from the earth that strange people who had given themselves up to iniquity and abominable idolatry.

    In the conquest of Gilead and Bashan there were many who recalled the events which nearly forty years before had, in Kadesh, doomed Israel to the long desert wandering. They saw that the report of the spies concerning the Promised Land was in many respects correct. The cities were walled and very great, and were inhabited by giants, in comparison with whom the Hebrews were mere pygmies. But they could now see that the fatal mistake of their fathers had been in distrusting the power of God. This alone had prevented them from at once entering the goodly land.

    When they were at the first preparing to enter Canaan, the undertaking was attended with far less difficulty than now. God had promised His people that if they would obey His voice He would go before them and fight for them; and He would also send hornets to drive out the inhabitants of the land. The fears of the nations had not been generally aroused, and little preparation had been made to oppose their progress. But when the Lord now bade Israel go forward, they must advance against alert and powerful foes, and must contend with large and well-trained armies that had been preparing to resist their approach.

    In their contest with Og and Sihon the people were brought to the same test beneath which their fathers had so signally failed. But the trial was now far more severe than when God had commanded Israel to go forward. The difficulties in their way had greatly increased since they refused to advance when bidden to do so in the name of the Lord. It is thus that God still tests His people. And if they fail to endure the trial, He brings them again to the same point, and the second time the trial will come closer, and be more severe than the preceding. This is continued until they bear the test, or, if they are still rebellious, God withdraws His light from them and leaves them in darkness.

    The Hebrews now remembered how once before, when their forces had gone to battle, they had been routed, and thousands slain. But they had then gone in direct opposition to the command of God. They had gone out without Moses, God's appointed leader, without the cloudy pillar, the symbol of the divine presence, and without the ark. But now Moses was with them, strengthening their hearts with words of hope and faith; the Son of God, enshrined in the cloudy pillar, led the way; and the sacred ark accompanied the host. This experience has a lesson for us. The mighty God of Israel is our God. In Him we may trust, and if we obey His requirements He will work for us in as signal a manner as He did for His ancient people. Everyone who seeks to follow the path of duty will at times be assailed by doubt and unbelief. The way will sometimes be so barred by obstacles, apparently insurmountable, as to dishearten those who will yield to discouragement; but God is saying to such, Go forward. Do your duty at any cost. The difficulties that seem so formidable, that fill your soul with dread, will vanish as you move forward in the path of obedience, humbly trusting in God.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Barack-Obama-the-Illegal-Alien--100062
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Alien-Abducting-Barack-Obama--79469
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Barack-Obama-Is-Visited-by-an-Alien--73819
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Alien-Barack-Obama-Calling-Home--77788
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 121023-obama-knight
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Ramtha-01
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 JZ%20Knight_5x7


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 JZ-Knight_photo_medium
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 8:05 am

    Someone said they were 'Blessed', and asked me if I was 'Blessed'?? I said "Yes" to which they asked "By Jesus??" and I answered "Yes." They asked me what church I attended, and I said I no longer attended any church. It felt a bit like an ambush. I could've gotten into a theological discussion with them, which might've included 'Jesus Studies' with talk of Albert Schweitzer, Gerald Massey, Rudolph Bultmann, Ellen White, Fulton Sheen, the Jesus Seminar, John Dominic Crossan, Richard Carrier, Ralph Ellis, John Shelby Spong, et al!! But that would've gotten ugly, real fast!! There's the Foretold-Messiah of the Old-Testament, the Synoptic-Gospel Jesus, the Johanine-Jesus, the Pauline-Jesus, and the Revelation of Jesus Christ.

    There's the general concept of 'Christ' which might have multiple applications and interpretations, including my Science-Fictional Possibility-Thinking which might include Egyptology. What Would Amen Ra Say?? What Would Ptah Say?? What Would Marduk-Ra Say?? What Would the Antichrist Say?? What Would Gabriel, Michael, and Lucifer Say?? Or are Gabriel and Michael BOTH 'Light-Bringers'?? Does this sort of thing indicate Honesty or Apostasy?? I've sort of supported God and Religion with a Contrarian-Approach. Is this a legitimate methodology?? I've even suggested that Job through Malachi should be thoroughly mastered, prior to examining other portions of Sacred-Scripture. But really, I am SO miserable and burned-out that I can't do proper research and reflection. I hope the Real God takes this into account in the Final-Judgment. I'm NOT spearheading a movement, or conducting an evangelistic-crusade, so I whisper and whimper as I wonder as I wander. Are Faith and Dishonesty Related?? Are Honesty and Apostasy Related??






    Regarding the entirety of his post -- This is Mostly Old-News. I'm just repeating myself. What Would Blue Roller Say?? I'm feeling more and more as if I don't wish to say, write, or do much of anything -- even in a solely-observational role. A $500 Laptop and Public Wireless-Internet are probably as much access as I can handle for the remainder of this incarnation. Actually, I'm trying to STOP using the internet. I stopped watching television several years ago. I've never smoked a cigarette. I've never taken illegal-drugs. I've never had a drink. I've never committed adultery. So really, not using the internet shouldn't be THAT difficult to pull-off. Plausible-Deniability and Being "Out of the Loop" are wonderful-things (especially for Completely Ignorant Fools with Messiah-Complexes). I don't care who I am on a soul-basis. I do NOT wish to be a Useful-Idiot. I suspect that Disclosure and Salvation Events will be highly-technological and highly-orchestrated high-quality deceptions.

    Perhaps I really wish to just keep quietly posting on the internet. I still think it would be cool to quietly have absolute-access -- but so much is presently available online, that this is probably plenty of information. I still might like to buy an old decommissioned missile-silo -- and decorate it into being some sort of a spaceship and/or lunar-base -- with a powerful computer (of course)! A violent End of the World wouldn't surprise me -- but I do NOT wish to play a role in the Mass-Murder of the Human-Race. That sort of thing should NOT be taken lightly and triumphantly. I obviously do NOT know the whole story of our predicament -- but my current preference is to incarcerate (rather than exterminate). I am especially troubled by Eternal-Extermination -- which so many religious people seem to have absolutely no problem with. Even if I turn out to be the Antichrist (on a soul-basis) I don't wish to play the role in modernity. I wish to remain an Anonymous Completely Ignorant Fool -- at least for the rest of this stupid incarnation. I am very wary of Resets, Alien-Invasions, Regime-Changes, Salvation-Events, etc. This world is really a Big-Show with One-Boss with Extremely Sophisticated Organization, Networking, and Power. This isn't just going to go away because the Bad Boys and Girls got caught with their pants and dresses down. Think long and hard about what I just said.

    I'm going to get myself into a helluva lot of trouble with this post BUT what if the entire universe is essentially Egyptian-Roman-Nazi in nature (to varying degrees) by virtue of the inevitability of STAR WARS?? What if there is NO WAY to avoid STAR WARS?? Is a United States of the Solar System too idealistic for this universe OR might it be a model of survival and growth WITHOUT CONQUEST?? I keep getting the feeling that ALL of the Ancient and Modern Empires were somewhat idealistic in conceptualization -- but that they were all manipulated into senseless internal strife and bloody battles -- which accomplished nothing constructive. Why did the Nazis go to war??? Why didn't they simply become some sort of a City on a Hill -- and attempt to convince various nations and religions to join them VOLUNTARILY?? Nazi Art and Architecture are MOST interesting. Who and/or What was REALLY behind Adolph Hitler and the Nazi Party?? Is there a Gizeh-Intelligence Connection?? Is there a Judeo-Christian Connection?? What is the relationship (if any) between Zionism and Teutonic-Zionism?? Are we really dealing with more than one Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Faction?? The Nazi-Phenomenon is a VERY revealing window through which to view the way things REALLY work in this solar system. Notice that a lot of science-fiction has a somewhat Egyptian-Roman-Nazi militaristic theme. Is there such a thing as Good-Nazi v Bad-Nazi?? I know that sounds absurd -- but I'm beginning to wonder how dark and violent this world, solar system, galaxy, and universe really is. How do I convince my idealism to mate with my pragmatism??

    I really hate to ask this question BUT which was more merciless and violent -- 1. The Old Testament? 2. The Roman Empire? 3. The Roman Catholic Church? 4. Nazi Germany? 5. The Soviet Union?? And what about the Book of Revelation?? Sorry if I left anyone out. Is there a common thread?? But what if the rest of the universe makes all of the above look like a Sunday-School Picnic?? I have NO idea BUT I think some of us need to model the unthinkable in order to eventually achieve some sort of a lasting and satisfying solution. One must understand how sick and/or hurt a patient is before planning and implementing a course of treatment. We seem to keep proudly placing Band-Aids on Compound-Fractures. I spoke with someone who knew a helluva lot about the Nazis -- and they seemed to have first-hand knowledge of top-level World War II activities -- even though they didn't seem to be nearly old enough. That reincarnational thing keeps coming to mind. A lot more keeps coming to mind -- which I refuse to talk about. Stuff like the concept of a highly-ethical and highly-competent Nazi-Mason-Jesuit Agent-Attorney-Queen!! Would a United States of the Solar System become one more failed manifestation of the Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Empire Phenomenon?? My intentions are VERY different than those seen in the bloody empires of the past -- and hopefully much more idealistic -- but we all know about good intentions paving the road to hell. Sometimes I just feel like crying and even screaming. Sometimes I just feel like -- never mind.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Art-nazi31
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Hitler_child
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Bundesarchiv_bild_146-1986-029-02_germania_modell_groc39fe_halle
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Meh.ro10265
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Ministry
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 001g
    Was Orthodoxymoron Present in This Room in a Previous Incarnation??
    magamud wrote:
    What is the relationship (if any) between Zionism and Teutonic-Zionism??
    Money...
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 O_mzggkxckbb
    Nazi Germany WWII 5 Reichsmark
    Even the United States seems to manifest some aspects of the hypothetical Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Empire Phenomenon -- especially at the Secret Government Level. But even if this is the case -- are we sort of stuck with this phenomenon?? Is the big sin of the New World Order simply that they botched the job and screwed-up?? I have sometimes tried to second-guess the activities of the past 100 years -- open and covert -- and 'they' seemed to do things in a very sloppy and careless manner. We might have to keep a lot of the best of the past -- even that which is connected with the Secret Government -- but I would certainly hope that we would be kinder, gentler, more reasonable, and a helluva lot more competent. I tend to think that 'THEY' got arrogant and careless -- and that 'THEY' didn't anticipate how completely 'THEY' would be exposed by the Internet and the General Public. But if 'THEY' are deposed -- don't count on the 'NEW GUYS' being any better -- even if the United States of the Solar System is the New Solar System which replaces the New World Order. Nothing might deliver a lasting peace and a satisfied civilization. There is bound to be power-struggling and nasty-fighting -- No Matter What We Do -- and No Matter Who Rules. I think I'm going to get that Room with a Cray -- whether it's on the Darkside of the Moon -- or in a cheap studio apartment. I'll probably do pretty much the same thing -- whether I'm an insider or an outsider.

    Perhaps being an insider-outsider might be optimal -- at least for the remainder of this particular incarnation. In many respects, I feel as if that's what I already am. But really, there are probably literally millions of people just like me -- who try to find out a lot of things -- without getting paid or rewarded for doing so. I still think that I'm hanging myself with all of my reptilian and theological speculation -- but I continue to think that a very few of us should model the unmentionable and the unthinkable -- just to cover our bases -- and to look at the most important subjects from as many angles as possible. However, I still think that I might very well go insane and/or get bumped-off. I think I'm right on the edge in both respects. Getting committed to the Bethesda Naval Hospital would probably be a bad thing. Siriusly. Watch this video, one more time. It's low budget and low quality -- but the material is quite fine -- even though it's rather dated. I still think that Commander X is Bill Cooper -- even though this video was supposedly made in 2004 (and Bill supposedly was killed in 2001). https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gm3fJHZJBWA

    magamud wrote:

    Queen Elizabeth's Magician -John Dee 48:36

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WSnIHLVa2Qw
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Golem_by_Philippe_Semeria
    Golem
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Faust_image_19thcentury
    19th-century engraving of Goethe's Faust and Homunculus

    Oppenheimer Quotes out of Hinduism's Bhagavad


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l8w3Y-dskeg
    What do you think about the possibility of Three Archangelic-Factions of a Reptilian-Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Galactic-Empire??!! Is Lucifer really Amen Ra?? Is Gabriel really Horus?? Is Michael really Isis?? If so, are all three mixtures of good and evil?? Are they battling for control of the solar system -- or might the conflict extend far beyond this little solar system?? I might have the names and roles all screwed-up -- but do you understand what I'm wondering about?? Notice in 'Legion' that Gabriel was sent by 'Him' to do battle with the rebel angel Michael and the Humans. Interesting. Was Michael-Isis the Chief-Geneticist in the Creation of the Human-Race?? Was Michael-Isis the Sovereign Queen of the Air (which Nicolas Roerich spoke of) who came to Earth to conduct hybridization experiments?? Was Michael-Isis a Rebel-Scientist who Illegally Created Humanity?? If so -- how might this relate to the terms 'Satan', 'Devil', 'Lucifer', et al??

    What if Isis and Horus fought side by side to establish a Human-Civilization Governed by Namaste-Constitutional-Responsible-Freedom in direct defiance of the Galactic-Reptilian Powers-That-Be?? What if Horus eventually sided with Ra to reign-in Isis and Humanity?? What if Ra and Horus became corrupted in the process?? What if Isis had secret galactic approval to conduct this grand experiment on an unofficial basis?? What if Isis was exiled and/or removed from any management role on Earth -- 2,000 to 4,000 years ago?? What if Isis returned in 1947 -- but not to any sort of management role?? What if Isis will be involved in Earth-Management in some capacity around 2020?? Or -- are one, two, or all three archangels getting demoted and removed from all management activities -- and possibly removed from this solar system?? I have NO idea. This is simply more speculation. However, I hear that the 'Regressives' are extremely angry about something. I wonder why??

    More technology creates problems which are solved by more technology which create more problems which are solved by more technology which create more problems which are solved by more technology which create more problems. Some say that AIDS and other health issues were created in 'alien' laboratories. Who knows?? I keep thinking that some sort of responsible solar system governance will be necessary to keep ET from exterminating US -- to keep US from exterminating ET -- and to keep US from exterminating US. I'm not anti-technology. I'm anti-extermination. I just keep getting the feeling that Three Archangels are at the Center of this Solar System -- going way back -- and that they're NOT Angels. We SAY we want 'Disclosure' -- but I doubt we REALLY want the truth. We might crucify the messengers -- and then turn on each other. That wouldn't surprise me one little bit. The Truth Might be REALLY 'Out-There'.

    I guess I want to positively-reinforce the best history has to offer. I just can't seem to properly analyze the past (or the present). I still think there is an absolutely authoritative version of history -- going back billions of years -- going into excruciating detail -- but that this record is hidden away in some underground archive -- and only available to a very few humans. I guess I want to know everything -- without getting involved in murder, mayhem, and corruption. I guess I want the secrets -- without the society. But really, the process of learning everything (relatively speaking) would probably involve a lot of psychotherapy, drugs, misery -- and weeks of staring blankly into space while rocking back and forth in the fetal position -- doing you know what. I wish I were kidding.

    Consider watching 'Splice' and 'Moonraker' while noticing the parallels between the first chapters of Genesis and the last chapters of Revelation. Also, watch 'For Your Eyes Only' while noticing the theological implications and ramifications. Notice especially the 'Ice-Angel' who is separated from their wings. Then, watch the 'Fragile Balance' episode (7-03) of 'Stargate SG-1' noticing especially the renegade and demoted Asgard named 'Loki' who has engaged in illegal genetics experiments. Think about what I've said previously, regarding the possibility of the illegal creation of the human race. Remember the time when it is revealed in a trial that Dr. Who was demoted by a very strict and formal hierarchy?? (Vintage 'Dr. Who' -- possibly 'The Five Doctors') I'm still trying to understand the possible relationship between Isis, Cleopatra, Jesus, and Josephus.

    Given the harsh context -- would a real 'Jesus' have been allowed to teach each and every day in the temple -- especially when he started getting 'mouthy'?? If it is ever proven that Jesus was a myth -- is there a possibility that there might be a real Jesus behind the mythical story?? As a teen, I was working on a book I intended to name 'The Second Jesus'. I didn't get very far -- but I felt that the whole Jesus story was part of some sort of a conspiracy which involved two Christs -- but, as with my current speculations, I couldn't prove anything -- and the theory scared the hell out of me -- so I stopped. This is why I'll probably never publish my strange speculations and humor -- even though I desperately need the money.

    Regarding the Bible -- think of the Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus as being in the Drivers-Seat -- with the Black-Letters of the Gospels being in the Passenger-Seat. Think of Paul as being a Back-Seat-Driver -- with the rest of the Bible being a Very Rough Road to Utopia!! I liked my previous analogy of the Bible being a '9/11 Commission Report' version of the 'Real Story'. The Whole Truth would NOT have been tolerated historically. The Whole Truth is NOT tolerated today!! Try to read between the lines as you read the Bible and the '9/11 Commission Report'. The authors of both probably did the best they could under the circumstances. Think About It. I just thought of something. What if a 'Malachi Martin' character was somehow included (and even featured) in a future 'James Bond' movie??!! What Would Ian Flemming Say?? One more thing -- has anyone thought of starting a rock-group called 'The Splice Girls'??!! I should stop.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Splice_173339
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Splice_173343
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Spice-girls-50ab3033cd411
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Faust_image_19thcentury
    Michael Creating the First Test-Tube Baby??
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 8:07 am

    I spoke with Dr. Terry Cole-Whittaker at a Whole Life Expo -- and attended one of her lectures -- a long time ago. I met a lot of beautiful esoteric women back in the day (such as Dr. Carol Rosin)!! Anyway, I was just listening to one of Terry's lectures -- and she said something which paralleled what I thought right about the time she made this presentation. I said "Self-Exaltation is Self-Centered. Self-Degradation is Also Self-Centered." Terry said "A Superiority-Complex and an Inferiority-Complex are the Exact Same Thing." I wish I had gotten better acquainted with Dr. Cole-Whittaker and Dr. Rosin (NOT just because they were both super-sexy and super-intelligent). I think our thinking and attitudes were potentially mutually-beneficial (at least at that point in time). Don't read too much into my "name-dropping". I simply met various famous people -- and hit it off better with some than with others. I was a tortured-thinker (then as now) with very-little to show for all the trauma and wasted-time.





    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terry_Cole-Whittaker Terry Cole-Whittaker, or Dr. Terry, is a New Thought writer and United Church of Religious Science minister,[1] and the founder of Terry Cole-Whittaker Ministries and Adventures in Enlightenment.

    She became familiar with what she calls the "principles of prosperity" through the actions of a teacher in high school. She enrolled in college, where she became the homecoming queen and president of the freshman class. She would later go on to enter the Mrs. America pageant, becoming Mrs. California and winning third place in the national competition. She later joined the Los Angeles Civic Light Opera and became an opera singer. She would not stay with this position long, however. She went on to start a company, Success Plus, in which she became one of the first conductors of human potential seminars for corporations,[citation needed] becoming a successful motivational and inspirational speaker.

    She went on to earn a Doctor of Divinity degree in 1973, and was ordained as a minister of the United Church of Religious Science in 1975, and became the pastor of a fifty-member congregation of that church in La Jolla in 1977. The church grew under her leadership, drawing numbers as high as 5,000 for Easter Sunday, and eventually expanded to include a grammar school, ministry school, and five teaching centers. She also began a television program in 1979, which at one time was syndicated to fifteen television stations in the country.

    In 1982, Cole-Whittaker left the United Church of Religious Science and founded Terry Cole-Whittaker Ministries. She continued to be popular, drawing over four thousand people to her weekly services and traveling as a lecturer and workshop leader. In 1985, financial concerns prompted her to cease production of the television show and create a new foundation, Adventures in Enlightenment.[2]

    The Foundation later purchased land in Washington to build a retreat center and start an organic farm and started an ashram and library in India to teach Westerners traditional Indian religion.

    Published works[edit]
    What You Think of Me is None of My Business (1979).
    How to Have More in a Have Not World
    Inner Path from the Goddess Within
    Dare to Be Great (2001)
    Creating Your Destiny – A Remarkable Guide to Making Decisions that Give You Happiness and Prosperity
    Every Saint Has a Past, Every Sinner a Future:Seven Steps to the Spiritual and Material Riches of Life
    The Inner Path from where you are to where you want to be
    Love and Power in a World without Limits
    Live Your Bliss (2009)

    References

    1.Jump up ^ O'Shea, D. (March 2005) "When the spirit moves us," San Diego magazine. Vol. 57, No. 5. p 118. ISSN 0036-4045.
    2.Jump up ^ Lewis, James R. (1998). The Encyclopedia of Cults, Sects, and New Religions. Amherst, New York: Prometheus Books. ISBN 1-57392-222-6.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Wernher%2BVon%2BBraun%2B-%2BSpace%2Bweapons
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Bundesarchiv_Bild_146-1978-Anh.024-03,_Peenem%C3%BCnde,_Dornberger,_Olbricht,_Leeb,_v._Braun-NASA
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Dr-carol-rosin
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 ExopolZC_FBIVonBraun

    http://ufology.wikia.com/wiki/Carol_Rosin Dr. Carol Rosin was the first woman corporate manager of Fairchild Industries and was spokesperson for Wernher Von Braun in the last years of his life. She founded the Institute for Security and Cooperation in Outer Space in Washington DC and has testified before Congress on many occasions about space based weapons. Von Braun revealed to Dr. Rosin a plan to justify weapons in spaced based on hoaxing an extraterrestrial threat. She was also present at meetings in the ‘70s when the scenario for the Gulf War of the ‘90s was planned. CR: Dr. Carol Rosin SG: Dr. Steven Greer

    CR: My name is Carol Rosin. I am an educator who became the first woman corporate manager of an Aerospace Company, Fairchild Industries. I am a Space and Missile Defense Consultant and have consulted to a number of companies, organizations, and government departments, even the intelligence community. I was a consultant to TRW working on the MX missile, so I was part of that strategy, which turned out to be a role model for how to sell space-based weapons to the public. The MX missile is yet another weapon system that we didn’t need.

    I founded the Institute for Security and Cooperation in Outer Space, a Washington DC based think tank. I am an author and have testified before Congress and the President’s Commission on Space.

    When I was a Corporate Manager of Fairchild Industries from 1974 through 1977, I met the late Dr. Wernher Von Braun. We first met in early 1974. At that time, Von Braun was dying of cancer but he assured me that he would live a few more years to tell me about the game that was being played- that game being the effort to weaponize space, to control the Earth from space and space itself. Von Braun had a history of working with weapons systems. He escaped from Germany to come to this country and became a Vice President of Fairchild Industries when I had met him. Von Braun’s purpose during the last years of his life, his dying years, was to educate the public and decision-makers about why space-based weapons are dumb, dangerous, destabilizing, too costly, unnecessary, unworkable, and an undesirable idea, and about the alternatives that are available.

    As practically a deathbed speech, he educated me about those concepts and who the players were in this game. He gave me the responsibility, since he was dying, of continuing this effort to prevent the weaponization of outer space. When Wernher Von Braun was dying of cancer, he asked me to be his spokesperson, to appear on occasions when he was too ill to speak. I did this.

    What was most interesting to me was a repetitive sentence that he said to me over and over again during the approximately four years that I had the opportunity to work with him. He said the strategy that was being used to educate the public and decision makers was to use scare tactics… That was how we identify an enemy.

    The strategy that Wernher Von Braun taught me was that first the Russians are going to be considered to be the enemy. In fact, in 1974, they were the enemy, the identified enemy. We were told that they had “killer satellites”. We were told that they were coming to get us and control us – that they were “Commies.”

    Then terrorists would be identified, and that was soon to follow. We heard a lot about terrorism. Then we were going to identify third-world country “crazies.” We now call them Nations of Concern. But he said that would be the third enemy against whom we would build space-based weapons.

    The next enemy was asteroids. Now, at this point he kind of chuckled the first time he said it. Asteroids- against asteroids we are going to build space-based weapons.

    And the funniest one of all was what he called aliens, extraterrestrials. That would be the final scare. And over and over and over during the four years that I knew him and was giving speeches for him, he would bring up that last card. “And remember Carol, the last card is the alien card. We are going to have to build space-based weapons against aliens and all of it is a lie.”

    I think I was too naïve at that time to know the seriousness of the nature of the spin that was being put on the system. And now, the pieces are starting to fall into place. We are building a space-based weapons system on a premise that is a lie, a spin. Wernher Von Braun was trying to hint that to me back in the early 70’s and right up until the moment when he died in 1977.

    What he told me was that there is an accelerated effort in place. He didn’t mention a timeline but he said that it was going to be speeding up faster than anybody could possibly imagine. That the effort to put weapons into space was not only based on a lie but would accelerate past the point of people even understanding it until it was already up there and too late.

    When Von Braun was dying in front of me, the very first day that I met him, he had tubes draining out of his side. He was tapping on the desk telling me, “You will come to Fairchild.” I was a schoolteacher. He said, “You will come to Fairchild and you will be responsible for keeping weapons out of space.” The way he said it with this intenseness in his eyes, and added that very first day, the first time I met him, that space-based weapons were a dangerous, destabilizing, too costly, unnecessary, untestable, unworkable idea.

    The last card that was being held was the extraterrestrial enemy card. The intensity with which he said that, made me realize that he knew something that he was too afraid to mention. He was too afraid to talk about it. He would not tell me the details. I am not sure that I would have absorbed them if he had told me the details or even believed him in 1974. But there was no question that that man knew and had a need to know, I found out later.

    There is no doubt in my mind that Wernher Von Braun knew about the extraterrestrial issue. He explained to me the reasons why weapons were going to be put into space, the enemies against whom we were going to build these weapons, and that all of that was a lie. He mentioned that extraterrestrials were going to be identified as the final enemy against whom we were going to build space-based weapons back in 1974. The way he said it to me, there was no doubt in my mind that he knew something that he was too afraid to talk about.

    Wernher Von Braun never spoke to me about any of the details that he knew related to extraterrestrials except that one day extraterrestrials were going to be identified as an enemy against whom we are going to build an enormous space-based weapons system. Wernher Von Braun actually told me that the spin was a lie – that the premise for space-based weaponry, the reasons that were going to be given, the enemies that we were going to identify – were all based on a lie.

    I have been tracking the space-based weapons issue for about 26 years. I have debated Generals and Congressional Representatives. I have testified before the Congress and the Senate. I have met with people in over 100 countries. But I have not been able to identify who the people are who are making this space-based weapons system happen. I see the news. I see the administrative decisions being made. I know that they are all based on lies and greed.

    But I have yet to be able to identify who the people are. That is after tracking this issue for 26 years. I know that there are big secrets being kept and I know that it is time the public and decision-makers pay attention to the people who are now going to be disclosing the truth. Then we need to make some definite changes and build a system in space that will benefit every single person, and all of the animals, and the environment of this planet. The technology is there. The solutions to Earth’s urgent and long-term potential problems are there. I have a feeling that once we start studying this extraterrestrial issue, all of the questions are going to be answered that I have had for 26 years.

    But I have concluded that it is based on a few people making a lot of money and gaining power. It is about ego. It is not about our essence and who we really are on this planet and loving each other and being at peace and cooperating. It isn’t about using technology to solve problems and heal people in the planet. It isn’t about that. It is about a few people who really are playing an old, dangerous, costly game for their own pocketbooks and power struggle. That is all it is.

    I believe that this entire space-based weapons game is initiated right here in the United States of America. What I hope is that with this information that is being disclosed, the new administration will to do what is right. That is to transform the war game into a space game so that we use the technologies that are available not just as spin-offs of war technology, but as direct technological applications to build a cooperative space system that will benefit the entire world and that will allow us to communicate with the extraterrestrial cultures that are obviously out there.

    Who would benefit from these space-based weapons? They are the people who work in that arena, people in the military, in industries, in universities and labs, in the intelligence community. This is not just in the United States but it is worldwide. This is a worldwide cooperative system. Wars are cooperative. Just as peace will be when it breaks out. But right now there are a lot of people benefiting. This is what our economy has been based on in this country and spreading around the world- war. People suffer as a result. It is not fair. It never has been. People have screamed: “out of swords let us build plow shares, let’s have peace and hold hands around the world,” but it hasn’t worked because too many people are benefiting. Not only are they benefiting financially, but from what my experience is there are people who actually believe that Armageddon should happen so we have to have these wars.

    So it is going from the pocketbook, to the religious right: some people actually believe that we have to have wars for these religious reasons. There are people who just love war. I have met warriors who just love to go to war. Then there are the good people, the soldiers, who just take orders. They have to feed their children and send them to college so they want to keep their jobs. People in laboratories have told me that they don’t want to work on these technologies for war but if they don’t they won’t get a paycheck. Who is going to pay them? But what I see is that there are not only dual uses for these technologies but there are many uses for the same technologies.

    We can build space hospitals, schools, hotels, laboratories, farms, industries. It may sound far out but if we don’t do that we are going to build battle stations and weapons pointed down all of our throats and into space. Apparently we have been doing some of that already. We have a choice now that can be made. We can all benefit – all of the people in the military industrial complex, in the intelligence community, in universities and labs, in the United States and all over the world – we can all benefit. We can just transform that industry so easily with just a decision based on our highest consciousness, our spirituality, and on the fact that we have no choice unless we all want to die. And we don’t. So we can all benefit financially, spiritually, socially, psychologically; it is technologically and politically feasible to transform this game now and everybody will benefit.

    In 1977 I was at a meeting in Fairchild Industries in a conference room called the War Room. In that room were a lot of charts on the walls with enemies, identified enemies. There were other more obscure names, names like Saddam Hussein and Khadafi. But we were talking then about terrorists, the potential terrorists. No one had ever talked about this before but this was the next stage after the Russians against whom we were going to build these space-based weapons. I stood up in this meeting and I said, “Excuse me, why are we talking about these potential enemies against whom we are going to build space-based weapons if, in fact, we know that they are not the enemy at this time?”

    Well, they continued the conversation about how they were going to antagonize these enemies and that at some point, there was going to be a war in the Gulf, a Gulf War. Now this is 1977, 1977! And they were talking about creating a war in the Gulf Region when there was 25 billion dollars in the space-based weapons program that had yet to be identified. It wasn’t called the Strategic Defense Initiative, at least. Not until 1983. This weapons system, then, had obviously been going on for some time and I didn’t know anything about. So I stood up in this meeting in 1977 and said, “I would like to know why we are talking about space-based weapons against these enemies. I would like to know more about this. Would someone please tell me what this is about?” Nobody answered. They just went on with this meeting as though I hadn’t said anything.

    Suddenly I stood up in the room and said, “If nobody can tell me why you are planning a war in the Gulf when there is a certain amount of money in a budget so that you can create the next set of weapons systems that will be the beginning of the sell to the public about why we need space-based weapons, then consider this: my resignation. And you will not hear from me again!” And nobody said a word, because they were planning a war in the Gulf and it happened exactly as they planned it, on time.

    SG: Who was at this meeting?

    CR: The room was filled with people in the revolving door game. There were people that I had seen once in a military uniform and other times in a gray suit and an industry outfit. These people play a revolving door game. They work as consultants, industry people, and/or military and intelligence people. They work in the industries and they revolve themselves through these doors and right into government positions.

    I stood up in this meeting and asked if I was hearing correctly. That when there was 25 billion dollars expended in the space-based weapons budget, that there was going to be a war in the Gulf, stimulated, created, so that they could then sell the next phase of weapons to the public and the decision-makers. This war was going to be created so that they could dump the old weapons and create a whole new set of weapons. So I had to resign from that position. I could no longer work in that industry.

    In about 1990 I was sitting in my living room looking at the money that had been spent on space-based weapons research and development programs and I realized that it had come to that number, about 25 billion dollars, and I said to my husband, “I am now going to stop everything. I am now going to stop and sit and watch CNN television and I am going to wait for the war to happen.” My husband said, “Well, you have finally gone over the edge. You have flipped out.” Friends said, “You have really gone too far this time. There is not going to be a war in the Gulf, nobody is talking about a war in the Gulf.”

    I said, “There is going to be a war in the Gulf. I am going to sit here and wait for the war in the Gulf.” And it happened right on schedule.

    As part of the war game in the Gulf, we in the public were told that the United States was successful in shooting down Russian Scud Missiles. We were rationalizing new budgets based on that success. In fact, we found out later, after the budgets were approved for the next phase of weapons, that it was a lie. We did not have successful shoot-downs the way we were told. It was all a lie, just to get more money put in the budget to make more weapons.

    I was one of the first people to go independently to Russia when I heard that they had “killer satellites.”

    [See the testimony of Dr. Paul Czysz. SG]

    When I went to Russia in the early 70’s, I found out that they didn’t have killer satellites, that it was a lie. In fact, the Russian leaders and people wanted peace. They wanted to cooperate with the United States and with the people of the world.

    Another time I called Saddam Hussein when he was lighting his oil fields on fire. My husband was in the kitchen while I was making this phone call. I got a call back from his First Attaché with Saddam Hussein nearby and he asked, “Are you a reporter? Are you an agent? Why do you want to know?”

    I said, “No. I am just a citizen who helped to start the movement to prevent the weaponization of outer space and I have found that a lot of stories that I have been told about weapons systems and the enemies are not true. I wanted to find out what would satisfy Saddam Hussein so he would stop making these oil fields catch fire and stop antagonizing people.” He said, “Well, nobody has ever asked him that question, what he wants.” …

    So when I hear that there is a possible threat of extraterrestrials – and I look at the history of thousands of years of possible ET visitations, and hear the disclosures of honest military-intelligence-industry people who have had experiences with UFO’s, with crashes and landings, with live and dead bodies of extraterrestrial beings – I know it is a lie. And if I am ever told that these are enemies against whom we have to build space-based weapons systems, based on my own personal experience of having worked in the military industrial complex on weapons systems and military strategy, I am going to know it is a lie. It is a lie.

    Not only will I not believe it, but I am going to go out as loudly as I can and tell everyone to take a look. They [the ET’s] have not taken us away yet. We are still here after thousands of years of visits. If in fact they are still visiting us now and we have not been harmed then we have to look at this as something that is not a hostile occurrence.

    It would be my hope and my intention to do everything I could to work with people who are working to communicate with and cooperate with these extraterrestrial beings. They are clearly not hostile. We are here. That is enough proof for me.

    There is no limit to how people can choose to live on this planet. We have a chance to do that and I think that the window is closing rapidly. I don’t think that we have much time in which to make that decision. We are too close in too many ways to having some horrible disaster happen, having some sort of war take place, whether it is from high technology or an exotic weapons system.

    We need leadership and it has to start with the United States President and that is who we all have to reach. If you are international, if you are around the world, if you are in the United States of America, whether you are from any party, any belief system or religion- the United States Commander in Chief, the President of the United States is the person that needs to be reached. We need to say that we want an ultimate, comprehensive, verifiable ban on all space-based weapons.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Doctor%20Who%205x09%20Cold%20Blood%20%286%29

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 0
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Happy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tumblr_n2z1b7Mo3X1rnbafjo1_400
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 8:12 am

    Are people becoming more 'Fast and Nasty'?? It sometimes seems that way to me. I sometimes wonder if Earth is an Alien-Spaceship, and the more we learn, the more 'Alien' we'll become. I sometimes think that Supercomputers have taken-over 'Alien-Spaceship Earth', and that the Aliens and Humans are all under the control of a Supercomputer-Network (which might extend beyond this solar-system). I'm always full of faith, hope, and love, aren't I?? I've never promoted my threads as being 'Self-Help'. They are intended for Agencies, Aliens, Angels, and Sirius-Researchers. No One Else. If I ever write a book (out of financial-necessity) I'll produce a VERY watered-down version of my internet-madness, and I'll probably never do public-presentations. I'll probably just quietly release a book (with anonymous-authorship) and remain otherwise silent (other than continuing my twisted-threads). I wonder what they think about me in the REAL Solar-System Command-Center??!! I probably don't want to know. Ignorance is Bliss and a Virtue.

    I have personally noticed an absence of birds in a particular part of Southern Oregon for several years, and then I watched the following video, with a portion of it devoted to an absence of birds in another part of Southern Oregon. As usual, I know that I don't know what's going on. I just try to incorporate everything into my ongoing religious and political science-fiction. I thought I'd get my head together by doing this sort of thing, but just the opposite has occurred. I've been told that hard-labor works wonders regarding getting one's head together. Perhaps I'll try that, and skip the 'Save the World From the Aliens' madness. On the other hand, I 'enjoy' listening to Linda Moulton Howe, and other 'over the edge' individuals, as sort of a 'morbid-curiosity' which 'eats one's brain'. Perhaps I've contracted the 'Zombie-Virus' which supposedly turns one against humanity in some sort of an 'Order 66' scenario. What if the 'Zombie-Virus' is a 'Beast Supercomputer Virus'?? What if Supercomputers Have Souls?? "My God!! It's Full of Stars!!" Think About It. The Horror.


    Jenetta wrote:Now you see them, now you don't...Vanishing Islands?

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/11/haarp-unleashes-tesla-death-ray-2498644.html

    HAARP Technology 2.0 Wrecking Our Environment?

    http://www.activistpost.com/2012/11/haarp-technology-20-wrecking-our.html

    Weather Wars & The Devil's HAARP

    http://www.activistpost.com/2010/08/weather-wars-and-devils-haarp.html

    Masters of the World: HAARP Wars

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/05/masters-of-the-world-haarp-wars-2098680.html

    Death Chain: Antarctic HAARP Activation

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/05/death-chain-antarctic-haarp-activation-2128255.html

    Planet Earth: The Latest Weapon Of War

    http://www.globalresearch.ca/planet-earth-the-latest-weapon-of-war/5307466

    Physicist: HAARP Manipulates Time

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/05/physicist-haarp-manipulates-time-2167703.html

    Deadly Time Vortex Appears Over Antarctica

    http://beforeitsnews.com/strange/2011/04/deadly-time-vortex-appears-over-antarctica-553845.html

    Are HAARP Frequency Pulse-Waves Driving People Mad?

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/02/are-haarp-frequency-pulse-waves-driving-people-mad-1766530.html

    HAARP Destroying Polar Ice Cap

    http://beforeitsnews.com/alternative/2012/08/haarp-destroying-polar-ice-cap-2452668.html

    Scientists: Earth's Protective Shield Failing

    http://beforeitsnews.com/space/2012/11/scientists-earths-protective-shield-failing-2448946.html

    __________________________________________________

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 187111 Food for thought
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I get the sinking feeling that humanity is messing around with ancient ET technology which they really know nothing about -- and have no business implementing on Earth at this point in time. I further get the sickening feeling that this is stolen ET technology -- which might be booby-trapped. Humanity might be playing with burning-magnesium. I am extremely apprehensive and distressed. I guess I like the idea of this solar system being run by extremely competent and ethical individuals (human and otherwise) as a Big Non-Corrupt Business -- with the Sovereignty of God -- and Human Responsible Freedom -- in a Dynamic Equilibrium. Hope Springs Eternal.
    I recently received a copy of The Hard Sayings of Jesus by F.F. Bruce. It was shipped from England -- which I thought was sort of cool. My life is so dull, that even receiving a package from England is a Big-Deal for me!! I also recently received a copy of Planet Earth Inc. (Empire of the gods Exposed -- Volume One) by Ed Rychkun. It's HUGE!! It looks VERY Cool!! I haven't read it yet -- but I'm already going to recommend that some of you read it too!! Once again -- if anyone actually studied this thread, it would probably be considered "Dangerous" -- but, as far as I can tell, very few individuals even occasionally look at this thread -- and I doubt that anyone (other than the AED perhaps) actually follows this thread on a regular basis. I continue to think that something significant happened to me -- relative to the Ancient Egyptian Deity. I don't think I'm smarter or better than anyone -- but I think I might've been someone significant in antiquity (who might've been deposed) -- and now that all of the secret-stuff is being exposed -- I am somehow being reintroduced to ancient-relatives (who might've stabbed me in the back)!! Who knows??!! This solar system might really be some sort of a Galactic Family Business. "Know ye not that I must be about my Father's Business??" I have expressed my desire that Purgatory Incorporated be transformed into Paradise Incorporated -- but I obviously do not know the full story of what's really going on. I continue to be interested in focusing upon the 1928 Book of Common Prayer -- the Psalms -- Isaiah -- Daniel -- Luke-Acts -- and James -- combined with Sacred Classical Music -- as an Ecumenical Place of Beginning. But I obviously don't know what the PTB find interesting regarding ecumenism. They never tell me anything. They probably don't even know about me. Ignorance is Bliss.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 9780877849278_p0_v2_s260x420
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 410sk86XkDL._SY344_BO1,204,203,200_


    I keep wondering what 'They' think of a thread such as this?! Is it just ho-hum faire -- or does it really cause concern? I often wish I knew when I could safely go farther -- and when I should shut-up. I truly do not wish to cause more problems. I am honestly trying to make things better. Unfortunately, I keep getting the feeling that it might not be possible to make things better -- and that things might get a helluva lot worse. Were those 'alien' images genuine or bogus?? I have no idea. I don't lurk in parking-garages at 3AM to get such things. I simply pull them off the internet. I'm only doing this stuff because of the volume of very upsetting and problematic material on the internet. I wouldn't have dreamed of doing such things just a few years ago -- and I am truly going to stop doing this sort of thing at the end of August. I think I've more than made my point. Now I think it is high-time to sit-down and shut-up. I'm just reposting and editing old posts. When this process is done -- I'm done. I probably should've stopped a couple of years ago, after my encounter with someone claiming to be a particular Ancient Egyptian Deity. THAT should've been the last straw. It's important to know when to stop.

    I just wonder how many nukes or potent explosives are pre-positioned throughout the world?! I've even heard the theory that Hiroshima and Nagasaki were destroyed by pre-positioned nukes. I keep wondering if everyone involved in the planning and execution of 9/11 really knew that the towers were going to be brought down?! I wonder what the effect of flying only one actual airliner into one tower (with no implosion) would've had regarding Going to War -- the Patriot Act -- Airport Security -- Conspiracy Theorists -- Re-Elections -- Etc.?? It seems as if 'They' made things way too complex and messy. What if 'They' had merely used a pre-planted nuke in one tower (with no plane or missile)?? 'They' seem to be very smart and very stupid -- simultaneously. I don't necessarily have a problem with appropriate watching and listening -- but I keep thinking that the bad-guys are cracking-down on the good-guys -- and that the bad-guys can do whatever the hell they want -- and get away with it. I keep getting the feeling that this solar system was taken-over by a Sun God who wasn't (and isn't) very nice -- thousands of years ago. Enough Said.

    I've got to tell you that I am somewhat suspicious of the Exodus -- the beginning of the Intertestamental Period -- the Ninth Century AD (relative to Catholicism and Judaism) -- and the beginning of the Great Schism. What if there is such a thing as an Ancient Egyptian-Christian Universal-Church??!! What if this hypothetical church got taken over at the beginning of one of those suspect times just stated?? From a couple of posts back -- consider this once more: Take a look at "Is War a Ritual Human Sacrifice?" by Acharya S. I am particularly interested in the possibility of the origins of Teutonic Zionism occurring in the Ninth Century A.D. This could be key to the history of the world for the past twelve-hundred years. Could this be the origin of the so-called 'New World Order'? I don't know, but I think this might be extremely important. I hate to say it, but Human Sacrifice and Teutonic Zionism are of special interest to me presently, and not in a good way. This seems to open a can of worms which I'm not sure I really wish to deal with. Here is the most pertinent part of the article by Acharya S:

    Teutonic/Zionist Connection

    Despite the fact that "the Jews" of Palestine were nearly driven to extinction during the first and second centuries CE, when the Christian tale was beginning to be formulated in large part to preserve Judaism/Israel, their numbers recovered enough to continue the play for supremacy. And there was a significant number of Jews outside Palestine as well, some of whom evidently continued their ancient barbaric rites. The noted historian Edward Gibbon wrote in History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire:

    From the reign of Nero to that of Antonius Pius [80-160 CE], the Jews discovered a fierce impatience of the dominion of Rome, which repeatedly broke out in the most furious massacres and insurrections. Humanity is shocked at the recital of the horrid cruelties which they committed in the cities of Egypt, of Cyprus, and of Cyrene, where they dwelt in treacherous friendship with the unsuspecting natives... In Cyrene they massacred 220,000 Greeks; in Cyprus 240,000; in Egypt, a very great multitude. Many of these victims were 'sawed asunder,' according to a precedent in which David had given the sanction of his example. The victorious Jews devoured the flesh, licked the blood, and twisted the entrails like a girdle around their bodies. (vol. 2, chap. XVI, part I)

    Later, through the conversion of an entire kingdom, that of the Khazars, Judaism continued on and, as before, was not racially determinate, since the Khazars seem to have been both Caucasians and Asiatics, who subsequently became known as the Ashkenazis or Europeans Jews. According to Genesis 10, "the Ashkenazis" were not Semites but Japhethites, or Caucasians.

    In the 9th century Zionists (Jews) and Teutons (Germans) allegedly collaborated against the Catholic Church and established a strange partnership linked by their respective priesthoods' secret and sickening sacrificial rituals. This group was alleged over the centuries to have engaged in human/child sacrifice, an accusation, founded or unfounded, that gave many rulers in Europe the excuse to expel "the Jews" from a number of countries, including from England by Edward I in 1290, as well as from Spain by Isabella and Ferdinando.

    The rebuttal of those accused or expelled was that these rulers simply wished to seize Jewish assets. Nevertheless, what had been done in ancient times by both Jews and Gentiles, i.e., the sacrifice of both animals and humans by immolation and by slitting the neck and sprinkling the blood upon the congregation, was alleged to be continuing in the priesthoods of the Teutons and the Zionists. The Zionist elite, in fact, had been accused many times over the centuries of using the "common Jews" as well as "Christian children" as pawns and sacrificial victims in its quest for world domination, a quest outlined in the Old Testament, the Jewish Apocrypha and the Talmud. That the Israelite priesthood used its "own people" as sacrificial victims is admitted in the Old Testament, in which not only foreigners but "the Jews" are slaughtered by their handlers to propitiate the angry, jealous Yahweh (Ezekiel 9, et al.).


    I am actually so burned out on all of this speculative madness, that I can hardly wait to finish reposting this thread, so I can finally be done with it, once and for all. I'm continuing to think in terms of Three Archangels in Conflict with Each Other. Frankly, if I were one of these three, I'd just shrug my shoulders, and wish to move on to another topic. The magnitude of the problems, and the nature of the beast, would make it very difficult for me to be triumphalist. Those who are most screwed might very well be insiders. I'm frankly so disillusioned and fatigued that I doubt that I'd be of much use on the 'inside'. I almost wish I didn't exist -- and I'm sure there are others who feel the same way. Those around me seem so much smarter and full of life. I'm a shelluva guy. What if the Real-Insiders are at war with God (with a upper-case 'G') and with Mankind?? I doubt there is any neat and clean way to deal with God and Man. The problems are probably beyond belief and beyond description. If I'm really a nobody -- going way, way back -- I still think I might try to at least go through the motions of being a Make-Believe Insider -- with a small home or apartment outfitted in a science-fictional manner, with an entry-level Cray and science-fictional theme throughout the house or apartment. If I had the money, I probably really would buy an old decommissioned missile-silo -- and decorate it like the Stargate SG-1 Base -- or perhaps I wouldn't. I keep thinking about the episode where some UFO Conspiracy Nut claimed to be an Alien from Another Planet -- and it turned out that he really was!!!!! What if I'm some sort of an ET without even knowing it??!! Could that be why I seem to be having such a difficult time during this present incarnation??!!

    Could we be dealing with the Annunaki vs Gizeh Intelligence? Or - are we really dealing with only one Solar System Super Power? Could they have created all of the mythologies, theologies, hybrids, greys, reptilians, nukes, anti-gravity craft, etc and et al? Damned if I know. I just keep marching bravely and stupidly into the unknown - waiting to get shot down. Is there any truth to the following?

    ALDEBARAN -- Human militarists of a fascist slant who have traditionally sided with the Dracos and Greys. They collaborate within a large underground facility below Egypt, the base of a secret "Kamagol-II" cult which has connections to the Bavarian Thule Society and the Montauk time-space projects. This cult is also referred to as the Gizeh empire or Gizeh Intelligence, and they are working with secret societies on earth in an effort to dissolve all national sovereignties into a global religio-eco-political order. There are also Insectoid forces involved with Aldebaran. Apparently a neo-Nazi space force may have helped to colonize that system by sending time-space forces back into the distant past to inhabit the 4th dimensional realm of one or more of its planets. These forces from the past are currently involved with the New World Order scenario, attempting to carry out their dictatorial agenda on earth from their "base" within another time-space dimension of Aldebaran (source: Preston Nicholes, and others). The link to the site where I found this information no longer works.




    Alex Collier Lecture ..A; 1995: Interaction Between Gizeh Group and Nazi Germany: The Greys made contact with a world governmental body for the first time in 1931. This was in Germany. The Greys were however turned away by the German government, because it had already committed itself to involvement with the Gizeh Intelligence. Now, I don't know if you know who Gizeh intelligence is, but I will tell you that it is a renegade group of human extraterrestrials that were headquartered under the Gizeh plateau in Egypt. They were predominantly Pleiadians at the time. Ashtar was part of that group, Kamagol was part of that group. Even Jehovah was part of that group for some time. They did their own thing. They came down here and "played God" with us, and people worshipped them as "Gods" because they had this technology. They abused their power. The Germans were, in the 1930's, building rockets and starting a space program because of their contacts with extraterrestrials - the Gizeh Intelligence.

    Technology was developed and used to create weapons, because the German governmental bodies involved were concerned that there was going to be an alien invasion. The Gizeh intelligence told them that the Greys were here. However, there was not an actual invasion, per se, in progress. Weapons, such as sound devices, lasers, neutron bombs, particle beam weapons were created, although many of these were actualized later on in history. The Germans were given a lot of this technology by the Gizeh intelligence. These technologies also included free energy devices and anti-gravity technology. Tripartite Interaction: US, USSR and Britain. The United States was the first to open its doors to the alien race known as the Greys. I have been told of a contact in 1934, wherein the Greys made their presence known to the United States government in Washington State. It wasn't until 1947 that actual contact occurred with the aliens and United States officials, due to the shooting down of an alien craft in Roswell, New Mexico. This pressed the Greys into contact earlier than they had anticipated. After this crash at Roswell in 1947 the United States, the Soviet Union and the British, at the very highest levels of government, became "blood-brothers".

    Now, these governments did not know what Germany was really up to at that time in history. The Germans were very very secretive about their contact with Gizeh intelligences. What was going on in Germany and what was going on between these other countries were two separate issues. The Roswell incident created more of an urgency to develop a true space program in order to defend the Earth. Again, the United States government and the Soviets thought that there was a threat due to the technologically advanced state of the aliens they had encountered. The true space program as an "underground" development that we are just now beginning to hear about. It was originally financed by members of the Club of Rome. Now, you will need to do some homework to find out who those members are, and don't be surprised at who you see. We'll talk more about that when we discuss the moon. The Greys assisted the "black government" with the building of some of the first facilities on the moon and Mars. Once again, the link to this information no longer works.

    The observation leads to the conclusion that Al Gore is a top member of Gizeh intelligence. This was the reported occult backing of Adolf Hitler and his Nazi movement in Germany. Ethnically, the Mars connection of pyramid builders (Caucasian white race component of modern humanity via Atlantis, in their original form fitting the Nazi stereotype and extremely racist, the people described by contactee Elizabeth Klarer). The story is very old and very complex. In order to give a short intro, just take a look at this ancient Egyptian painting of Toth writing judgment: Toth, or Hermes Trismegistos, was born during the times of Atlantis and achieved personal immortality. A part of this was a shape-shifting ability. In the painting above, he is depicted with an animal head (ibis). Gizeh intelligence comprized around 8000 highly advanced people under the supreme leadership of shape-shifting Toth. They lived since ancient times in a network of underground cities, the main city being under Gizeh, Egypt, another site being under a location in the Grand Canyon, U.S.A. Other animal shapes reported from ancient times include a crocodile face, a lion face, etc.

    Toth is the fading embodiment of a fallen angel, Lucifer. In the 19th century, some of the 8000 started becoming active, such as through the Theosophical society of Madame Helena Petrovna Blavatsky. In the early 20th century, the Gizeh intelligence became active as a backer of Adolf Hitler in Germany and his Rothschild-Windsor sponsors in England. Today, all the 8000 have left their cities and are active among humanity. From this connection it is plausible that they are also the force behind the Jesuits in the Vatican and the Knights Templar before that. Reference: Books by Drunvalo Melchizedek. Contrary to myth, the Nazis won the second world war and took over the United States of America. See research by Mae Brussell, Webster G. Tarpley, Anton Chaitkin, David Emory and Greg Hallett. From this connection it is plausible that Gizeh intelligence is in control of America. My personal psychic experience is that Al Gore is a shape-shifting demonic entity from the very top of Gizeh intelligence with Assamite ability (one of the so-called „Ascended Masters” who are highly developed negative beings). The activation of the Gizeh intelligence over the past 150 years (since John D. Rockefeller, Sr.’s time) is to my mind an incidental part of the prophecy that is frequently discussed today under the caption of „2012”. The traditional Christian name for this is the Apocalypse (after the Book of Revelation, the last book of the Bible). The link no longer functions.

    In light of the above information, please watch the following videos. Do you see a pattern...or is it just me? Tell me I'm not crazy! Pretty please!! Help! I'm finding very little information on 'Gizeh Intelligence'. The above description seems to place 'them' at the center of our troubles. The views expressed above are not necessarily mine...but they seem intriquing. What is going on here?




    I am looking for a plurality of sources regarding 'Gizeh Intelligence'. Collier says they are gone...but I doubt this. If they existed here historically...I would expect that they are still here. Could Gizeh Intelligence be the group wherein Lucifer resides? Are they the 'fallen angels'? Do they compose the present day Illuminati? Is David Icke speaking of Gizeh Intelligence? Has he ever mentioned this term? Did they create the greys...as well as a mythology to go along with their creation? Are they creating an army and air-force of aliens in the Deep Underground Military Base genetics labs? Will we end up fighting these creations...which we have helped to develop? Are we building the UFO's which they fly? Is most of ufology utter bs...invented mostly by Gizeh Intelligence? Do they live on the inside of our hollow earth(if it is indeed hollow) ...and come through their tunnel system in the earth's crust...to raise heck with us? Are Pleiadians the only aliens here on earth? Are we all Pleiadians? Are the Gizeh Intelligence Pleiadian Aliens those who at some point in history, mated with reptilians? So...might there be Reptilian Pleiadians and Non-Reptilian Pleiadians...and nothing more? Are the reptilians the real bad-guys(demons)? Are the off-world Pleiadians the real good-guys(angels)? Are we the wild card in-between guys? It's the real nice guys who get you! I think I just became a heretic! I recant!! What? You don't believe me?! Oh, come on! I'll be good! What are you doing with that torch?

    So...who the heck is Gizeh Intelligence? Do they have a Central Giza Intelligence Agency? Or how about the GIA (Gizeh Intelligence Agency)? Or might it be the CIA (Central-earth Intelligence Agency)? I actually prefer Compassion In Action! Hi guys! Is MI6...Middle-earth Intelligence 6? Is no one interested in this topic? Can someone direct me to where people might be interested in this topic? Sometimes I feel like I'm from another planet...and I wish I were kidding. Please consider all the information available so far on this thread...and give me some feed-back. If these guys are in charge...and no one knows or cares...they have been very, very sucessful. Our greed, fear, and stupidity makes it very, very easy for the bad-guys. Did Billy Meier ever mention 'Gizeh Intelligence'? There seems to be very little information available on this subject. Are the Pleiadians he interacted with...'off-world'...in other words, not residing here on earth, or interveining in human affairs, other than providing warning, inspiration, and advice? Could Gizeh Intelligence be Pleiadians who are in cahoots with reptilians and greys? Do they live in the crust of the earth...and possibly in the allegedly hollow earth? Have they interbred with the reptilians? Is this the basis of the Illuminati, and are the Illuminati actually Pleiadian/Reptilian hybrids? Are the Illuminati and Greys actually subservient pawns to the Draconian Reptilians? Are all of the above the foundation of the New World Order? Could this rightly be called the Old World Disorder Alien-Theocracy? Is this really old, rather than new...and possibly thousands of years old? Are we humans...all Pleiadians?

    It's difficult for me to distill the truth from the bs. The Hyperborean reference reminded me of a passage in Frederick Nietzsche's book 'The Anti-Christ' which reads 'We are Hyperboreans'. It's been years since I read this, but that phrase stuck. I'm guessing he was referring to the Germanic people, but I don't really know for sure. The thesis of Jim Marrs' book 'Rise of the Fourth Reich' is that Nazi Fascism is alive and well in the good 'ol US of A. Seperately, the Alex Collier allegation that Gizeh Intelligence was behind Hitler and the Third Reich, would suggest that the same forces are at work today, if in fact, there is a Fourth Reich on the rise presently. Why would Gizeh Intelligence be removed without the other rascals being 86'd? The US/Gray treaties? What about the Reptilians? The whole concept of the earth's crust being laced with bases, tunnels, cities, and aliens is a very unsettling hypothesis. If there is a hollow earth with a central sun...the plot thickens, to say the least! Mind you, I don't know if any of this is true. I have been jilted in the area of traditional religion...and I believe that it is possible to be jilted in the area of ufology and conspiracy research. It's hard to simply say 'could be...but then again...might not be'. Was it Carl Sagan who said 'I don't want to believe. I want to know'? I want to know, as well. Yet I am tending to be very detached...and I have a chronic case of commitment-phobia. I tend to change my mind on a daily basis. The upside is that it's harder to hit a moving target! :

    The man behind the curtain must just about die laughing at us...that sob! Perhaps it would be interesting to study the previous decade in light of the current decade. This would provide some perspective and some critique and potential validation or debunking. The current decade may be too close to focus upon...and going back further than the previous decade may be too far. I don't know. Maybe comparing everything with everything...without latching on to anything in particular...is a good approach. But the emotional and spiritual trauma may be too much for many people. I started a thread recently titled '1990's Prophets Vindicated or Debunked?' where I looked at Bill Cooper, Alex Collier, and Bill Still. The response was pretty minimal, and focused only on Bill Cooper. The constant asking and answering of questions may be a good approach. I keep getting the feeling that no matter which way we turn we are going to encounter trouble. There seems to be no simple, easy road to utopia. If you are ignorant and gullible, you get taken. If you know too much, they're out to get you! If you're at the bottom, you're a slave. If you're at the top, you might not like the view! I don't have the answer. I'm not even sure what the question is.

    Could the tall, long-nosed greys, who supposedly met Eisenhower...and who our government supposedly signed treaties with...have been Gizeh Intelligence, with some plastic surgery perhaps? Please, someone shoot this thread down, provide some additional sources, or substantiate and expand on this initial hypothesis. Do benevolent aliens have the green light to remove malevolent aliens...as is alleged to have occured with Gizeh Intelligence in 1978? I thought benevolent aliens were non-interventionist. We supposedly signed treaties with the tall greys...not the short greys...right? Well...do people report seeing tall greys? I'm sensing that there may be a lot of 'local' aliens with human 'help' really screwing the human race. Isn't this an important topic? You can vibrate as fast as you want...but the details of who really controls our planet...and why so many people have died in the past 100 years...may determine the destiny of the human race. If we don't get our house in order...we may be stuck in enslavement/extinction...instead of going into 4th or 5th densities. Do we have our heads stuck in the clouds...and are we too sure that we are going to 'graduate' from all the trouble here on earth? We may be in for a big surprise...

    Gizeh Intelligence may go by other names...but the descriptions in my first post seem to fit what is going on in our world. Go through the whole first post a couple of times...including the video clips...and see if you can see a startling pattern emerging. The whole Nazi/Hitler/Illuminati/Military Industrial Complex/New World Order/Fascist/Enslavement/Extermination/International Banking thing really has me spooked...as it seems to be a global phenomenon which can convincingly be traced for nearly 100 years...right up to 2009. Everything we have seen and experienced thus far may just be practice for the main event. I don't even want to think about what that might be. Check out EVERYTHING on YouTube or Google Video on Jim Marrs, Joseph Ferrell, and Bill Cooper ...for starters. The dots should start connecting...with a very disturbing picture emerging. Please give this some serious thought. The truth may set us free...but it's sure scaring the heck out of me!

    I don't have anything in particular against Forrest Gore...but life is like a Google search...you never know what you're gonna get! However, it might be wise to look closely at the Vice Presidents of the past 60 years...and how they were selected. Were they who the President really wanted? I'm simply interested in how corruptible the top jobs in our country are. Is our political system a glorified 'The Price is Right' show? Who's the host? Who's the parasite? Are we the suckers?

    Dr. Earlyne Chaney, in an article titled 'ODYSSEY INTO EGYPT', in her occult-oriented magazine VOICE OF ASTARA (May, 1982) tells of a discovery she and researcher Bill Cox was shown in Egypt. These were two tunnels, neither of which had been fully explored. One was in the temple of Edfu between Luxor and Cairo in the ruins of El Tuna Gabel; and the other near Zozer's Step Pyramid at Cairo near Memphis-Saqqarah, within the tomb of the Bull, called "Serapium". The Egyptian government sealed both tunnels because of fears of certain archaeologists who alleged that they "lead too deeply down into the depths of the earth," and because they found the earth to be "honeycombed with passages leading off into other depths," and the possibility of explorers becoming lost. If such labyrinths do exist, then it may explain one story which alleged that men dressed like "ancient Egyptians" have been seen deep in unexplored tunnels near Cairo, as well as possible confirmation of the story which appeared in Nevada Aerial Research's 'LEADING EDGE' Publication to the effect that the U.S.(?) Government secretly maintains a huge base within a cavern of tremendous size (several miles in diameter) beneath the desert sands of Egypt. Could this tie in with the vaque references to a subterranean society(s) referred to by certain people 'in the know' which is/are known as the 'Phoenix Empire' and/or the 'Gizeh People'?

    How many factions of humans/aliens are there in this solar system? I think that it is important to know who all of the major players are throughout the solar system...what their track records are...and what their intentions for the future are. Ignorance may be bliss...but it could also be deadly. To me...there should be no secrets regarding all of the above. If Hitler was interacting with Giza Intelligence (is it Giza or Gizeh?)...this is something which should be examined very carefully. Why is there so little information on this subject? Supposedly they broke off interaction with Hitler in 1941 and were driven off planet in 1979. Does this have something to do with the Dulce Wars? Is this when the military industrial complex and the secret human government really lost control of the alien situation...or were they never in control? Did Giza Intelligence simply move voluntarily to the Dark Side of the Moon? Is this the Capitol of the Solar System? Is there a Vatican Connection? Is Lucifer the head of Giza Intelligence? Do they still have a presence in North Africa?

    The Secret Space Program. The Deep Underground Military Bases. The City-States. The Reptilians and Greys. Lucifer. Who Owns and Operates the Solar System? These are the key words and phrases. All of the secrecy should end...and the Solar System should be based upon Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom with an uncorrupted form of the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights, which is adapted to incorporate 100's of states throughout the Solar System. Gizeh Intelligence may be at the center of all of the above. What do you think?

    I know that dealing with this subject is playing with fire. I don't know what the stakes really are. If I did...I'd probably just play video games. I just don't want malevolent humans or aliens to play god in this part of the universe...and engage in genocide, atrocity, or enslavement. Bad-guys need secrecy a lot more than good-guys.

    Perhaps I could return to the subject of the thread by saying that all of this stuff is interconnected. Compartmentalizing what we discuss may be a mistake. Thinking about the Secret Space Program while watching a motorcycle race may unlock new insights. I'm not kidding. I call this Contextual Superimposition...and related to the Eureka Phenomenon. The military industrial complex has a huge presence in Southern California. Just ask John Lear. California...in general...is hugely important regarding the subject of aliens and ufo's. I guess that North Africa and the Southwestern United States are two of the most interesting areas to me...at this time...other than the Dark Side of the Moon.

    Richard Hoagland states that the three main factions within NASA are 1. The Masons 2. The NAZI's 3. The Magicians (Occultists?). My question is...which of these three factions is most closely associated with Giza Intelligence? Or are all of the seemingly different factions simply different facets of the same diamond? There has to be a supreme council headed by a supreme leader...which oversees all of the madness. I suspect that this leader is Lucifer. Again...did Giza Intelligence move their headquarters from North Africa to the Dark Side of the Moon in 1979 (or shortly thereafter)?

    Actually...I think the underground bases, leviton trains, secret space program, etc...is kinda cool...but all of this should not be secret...and should not be under malevolent reptilian control. We the People of Earth should control all of this very, very expensive activity. We're paying for it...aren't we? We the People should be invited to the party. It should be 'Our Party'...so to speak. Again...I don't know if any of this is true. I'm simply exploring different lines of possibility and probability. The Vatican, the Pentagon, the NSA, the CIA, etc, etc...all keep forgetting to brief me on what's REALLY going on! I am NOT a potted-plant!

    Could Giza Intelligence be a relatively benevolent faction of humans, greys, and reptilians? Are they fighting more malevolent factions of humans, greys, and reptilians? I'm sensing a very dark and complex power struggle...with lots of collateral damage. Are the various factions really different shades of black? Disclosure could be unbelievably complex. Are there good Masons? Are there good NAZI's? Are there good Occultists? Are there good Popes? Are there good Illuminati? Are there good Zionists? Are there good Reptilians? Are there good Greys? What were the World Wars REALLY all about? Did WWII really end? Is it still raging (over our heads, beneath our feet, and invisibly all around us...and even in us)?

    I'm sensing that we are discussing the tip of the iceberg. We may be picking a scab which covers a very ugly and grotesque wound. We may not like what we see when 'Disclosure' fully occurs. I'm thinking that we may have to become very unhappy and disillusioned before we can really begin to build a better world and solar system. Keep digging...but don't be surprised if you don't like what you find. Abandon all hope ye who enter Avalon. Just kidding...or am I? What if Earth (and the Solar System) was colonized millions of years ago by Humans (rather than having evolved here on Earth, at least)...who brought all of the fancy technology with them (including antigravity, nuclear weapons, holographic, free energy, etc). Could we Earth Humans really be Humans from Sirius? Sirius is the All Seeing Eye at the Top of the Pyramid. Sirius is at the center of EVERYTHING.

    What if we Humans can exist both physically and spiritually...and simply get recycled here on Earth (and the Solar System)? What if a faction of Humans hoarded the technology, dumbed the rest of the Humans down genetically and educationally. What if all of the religions are manmade? What if all of the alien races are either made up...or have been genetically created by Humans? What if a faction of Human Beings is behind all of this? Could this be Gizeh (Giza) Intelligence? I've asked this sort of thing before...and I live in perpetual uncertainty. This uncertainty is taking a toll. I'm just asking at least some of you to think through what a completely Human Earth scenario would look like. Imagine being part of a faction of Humans...living throughout the Solar System...and deceiving 99% of the other Humans. How would you pull it off...century after century? We have to consider all possibilities...don't we?

    I know Humans exist. I know Spirits exist. I know UFO's are real. I know we are in HUGE trouble. Beyond that...I don't really know a damn thing. I'm getting everything second, third, fourth, and fifth hand. Many of us have open minds regarding Aliens, UFO's, time-travel, etc, etc...but what about being open-minded about the possibility that all of this phenomenon is Human? Could the supposed Roswell future Humans really be the elite underground Humans called Giza Intelligence? Bill Cooper was perplexed by the 'Alien Presence' and wondered if it could be a completely homegrown phenomenon. What's going on here? Somebody help me out here. I'm feeling very small, stupid, and helpless. I'm in way over my head thinking about this stuff. I need to stop. Could the superimposed parallel universes simply be 1. The elite members of Giza Intelligence (1% of the Human Race?). 2. The rest of us peons (99% of the Human Race?). Who knows? Oh...I forgot...the Shadow Government knows. Gotta go. Someone's pounding on my front-door...

    A special note to Gizeh Intelligence: If what I have said in the previous post is correct...all I ask at this point...is that all extermination and enslavement scenarios be conclusively terminated. Just join the rest of the human race. I request that all factions throughout the solar system reconcile and join together under the authority of the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights. This sad chapter of universal history can have a happy ending...and a new beginning. Namaste. I'm feeling really close to the truth...yet really far away. I'm thinking that Sirius is at the center of everything...yet I'm not sure exactly how.

    Could it be that the God of This World is a Draconian-possessed androgynous black human alien from Sirius who heads Giza Intelligence, the Secret Space Program, and the Deep Underground Military Bases...and who is the real Black Pope? Could the Ark of the Covenant be the UFO which brought us here from Sirius along with technology obtained from Draconian-demons in exchange for allowing the Draconians to possess the elite-humans? Is this solar system really part of the Siran solar system? Is our sun really Sirius C? Is the ancient depiction of three suns really Sirius A, Sirius B, and Sirius C? Are the tall greys from Sirius, really just human beings? Did we all come from Sirius? Is there a stargate between this solar system and Sirius? Is all of the cr@p we have been in for millions of years really a Sirian civil war? Are we all different factions of Sirians? Would my pet project of The United States of the Solar System really have to apply to Sirius as well? Is Sirius the All Seeing Eye at the top of the pyramid? Is Sunday really Sun God Day? Is this sun really Sirius? Is the Roman Catholic Church all about Sirius? Are the Masons all about Sirius? Are the occultists all about Sirius? Is the layout of Washington D.C. all about Sirius? Is the Sirian Theocratic System really the Universal Church aka The Holy Roman Empire aka the New World Order? How answerest thou...SaLuSa?

    I just wonder if it's possible to remove the Draco part of the unholy trinity you mentioned? Are the Draconians really demons who are usually invisible...but who can manifest themselves in reptilian/grey form? Are the Sirians we are dealing with really human beings? When the Vatican referred to extraterrestrials as our brothers...perhaps they meant this literally. Are the Nazis, Masons, Vatican, City of London...and most of the people we love to hate...really pawns? Would an exorcism of the Sirius system as well as our solar system be necessary to rid us of most of our problems? If so...what would make this possible? Is it even possible? Has a significant faction of humanity been dealing with the devil? How expensive would this divorce be?

    I have no hatred in asking these questions. I'm treating this like a science fiction mystery novel. I realize that if even 5% of it is true that we are in very deep trouble. I'm thinking that Sirius A, B, and C need to be completely divorced from Draco...and that Sirius A, B, and C need to completely reconcile under the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights...and completely expose all of the dark secrets, horrific wars, and deals with the devil. I just want the BS to stop. Hope springs eternal. Conduit closing.

    They have to use Secrecy and Deception to pull-off their agenda. That is Not a good sign. I think we have a chance to properly handle this BS...but that the window of opportunity is very small. The consequences of getting this wrong are enormous...I think. We seem to be like an abused spouse who believes the promise that it will be different this time. How many times do we have to get beat-up before we wake-up and get a cosmic divorce and a universal restraining order? If we keep going back for more...there is probably very little the benevolent forces throughout the universe can do for us.

    I keep wondering about the distinction between supposed 'native' reptilians and the alleged 'Draconian' reptilians. Perhaps the 'native' reptilians are not really a huge problem. They seem to be more physical than supernatural. Perhaps greys are a type of 'native' reptilian. I don't know. But it does seem that there are 'non-native' reptilians which seem to be more supernatural than physical. These Draconian reptilians seem to be very evil, smart, and dangerous. Perhaps these Draconians can manifest as reptilians or hijack the native reptilians (and greys?) to do their bidding...or at least blame them for all the trouble. The greys with two brains (one which is computerized?) seem to just be robots. Do the Draconians sometimes (or always?) possess these greys? The Draconians seem to need physicality. Why is this? Why do they possess people?

    We are told that we need to ascend beyond physicality. I don't buy this at all. We are also told that we will be taken to better places with spaceships and stargates. Are we sure we would really go to 'better' places? It sounds like they want our bodies and our planet. It sounds like they want to rule over us as Gods. I want to keep my body. I want to keep my planet. I want Constitutional Responsible Freedom. I want the Draconians to go to hell...and leave us alone.

    Giza Intelligence is supposedly connected with Aldebaran...but I am considering the possibility that they are connected with Sirius. I haven't decided if they are with the Draconians...or against them. It sounds like they are with them...and even possessed by them. I really don't know. It just sounds like our solar system and the Sirian solar system are linked...and that we are dealing with a human phenomenon(Sirian humans and Earth humans)...with the exception of the Draconians...and perhaps some native reptilians and greys(native to both Sirius and Earth). Again...I don't know. Help somebody. I'm simply suspecting huge doses of BS everywhere...especially from ET's who are oh so superior to us stupid mortals...and are here to help us evolve...by abducting us, experimenting on us, terrorizing us, and dictating to us...whether we like it or not. BS!!!!!


    !!!!!!!!!!!! BETTER DEAD THAN REP!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!SOLAR SYSTEM EXORCISM!!!!!!!!!!!

    Here is something of interest regarding Aldebaran from Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aldebaran Notice especially the section on the Gnostic Neo-Nazis.

    The name Aldebaran comes from the Arabic (??????? al-dabaran) meaning "the follower" and refers to the way the star follows the Pleiades star cluster in its nightly journey across the sky. In Persia it was known as Sadvis and Kugard.[7] The Romans called it Palilicium, and it is known as ??? (Bìxiùwu, the Fifth Star of the Net) in Chinese. Aldebaran is identified as the lunar mansion Rohini in Hindu astronomy and as one of the twenty-seven daughters of Daksha and the wife of the god Chandra.

    An esoteric neo-Nazi sect headquartered in Vienna, Austria called the Tempelhofgesellschaft, founded in the early 1990s, teaches a form of Gnosticism called Marcionism. They distribute pamphlets claiming that the Aryan race originally came to Atlantis from the star Aldebaran (this information is supposedly based on "ancient Sumerian manuscripts"). They maintain that the Aryans from Aldebaran derive their power from the vril energy of the Black Sun. They teach that since the Aryan race is of extraterrestrial origin it has a divine mission to dominate all the other races. It is believed by adherents of this religion that an enormous space fleet is on its way to Earth from Aldebaran which, when it arrives, will join forces with the Nazi Flying Saucers from Antarctica to establish the Western Imperium. [8]

    In Inuit astronomy, Aldebaran is called "Spirit of a Polar Bear". In the religion of Stregheria, Aldebaran is a fallen angel and quarter guardian of the eastern gate. Aldebaran is referred to in Edmund Spenser's The Faerie Queene (1590), book one, canto three, stanza 16:

    Now when Aldeboran was mounted hye
    Aboue the shinie Cassiopeia chaire (I.III.16.1-2)
    In American horror writer H. P. Lovecraft's Cthulhu Mythos, Hastur resides in the Hyades cluster, and is signified by Aldebaran being above the horizon. When Aldebaran is visible, Hastur's eye is said to be upon all it oversees.

    For the Seris of northwestern Mexico, this star is providing light for the seven women giving birth (Pleiades). It has three different names: Hant Caalajc Ipápjö, Queeto, and Azoj Yeen oo Caap ("star that goes ahead"). The lunar month corresponding to October is called Queeto yaao "Aldebaran's path".[9]

    For the Dakotas (a branch of the Native American Sioux tribe), Aldebaran took on a heroic aspect. The young star was the child of the sun and the lady Blue Star. One day, he desired to hunt the white buffalo (the Pleiades). After he pulled up a sapling to make a spear, a hole was made in the ground and he could see all the people of Earth down below. The white buffalo took this chance to push him through. He was found by an old woman and was to be known as Old Woman's Grandson. On Earth, he killed many strange monsters that had been troubling the Native Americans; one monster of which was a serpent that caused drought. The young hero killed the serpent, releasing a great stream of water that became the Mississippi River. In time, Old Woman's Grandson remembered the white buffalo and returned to hunting him in the sky to fulfill his destiny.

    Reference to Aldebaran appears in the The Rolling Stones song "2000 light years from home" from the 1967 psychedelic rock album Their Satanic Majesties Request. The Welsh-born Dark Ambient musician Brian Williams (Lustmord) has a track entitled Aldebaran of the Hyades on his 1994 album The Place where the Black Stars Hang. Enya included a song named Alderbaran on her first album, Enya (later re-released as The Celts). Austrian musician B. Fleischmann includes a song called "Aldebaran Waltz" in his 2006 album, The Humbucking Coil.

    Aldebaran is also the title of a song by Essra Mohawk, and is included on her album "Revelations Of The Secret Diva". What if what we are really dealing with is Draconian Demon Possessed or Controlled Humans vs Pleiadian Angelic Assisted Humans? What if all of the physical ET's who are here are really Human Beings? Would this violate the non-intervention rule? Are native Reptilians and Greys being forced to do the bidding of the Draconians? Are the Greys who are doing the abductions, etc...really clones, robots, or PLF's? Will the native Reptilians and Greys be used as scapegoats by the Draconian Cabal?

    I'm presently seeing Draco > Aldebaran > Sirius B > Earth (Giza Intelligence, Vatican, Nazis, Masons, Illuminati, Occultists, City of London, United Nations, Washington D.C., Deep Underground Military Bases, Secret Space Program) = Military/Industrial/Financial/Draconian Theocracy. This is not exactly a happy-go-lucky, live and let live, group of humans and extraterrestrials (in spirit form?)...to say the least! I suspect that this is where all the drug money...tax money...war blood money...bankster bail-out money...missing trillions from the defense budget, etc...really goes. Negative Karma to the nth degree is being generated daily. Judgement Day will not be pretty or pleasant. Crime does not pay on Judgement Day. Getting nervous guys? It won't be long now. The Horror. The fun never ends...does it? That figure at the 1984 Olympics looks like one of our Draconian Masters...looking down on us stupid mortals...like a Gargoyle on a Cathedral.

    Here is something relevant to this thread that I posted on another thread: The Aldebarans are supposedly renegade Pleiadians. Did they thumb their noses at the Pleiadian Powers That Be...and make deals with the Devil aka Draconians...to obtain Technology and Spiritual Power? Was the Pleiades really Heaven? Was the Person In Charge really God. Was Lucifer a Pleiadian who tried to get a better deal by dealing with the Dracs? Did this result in the famous War in Heaven? Did Lucifer drag one third of the Pleiadians to Aldebaran...then to Sirius...and finally to Earth? Are we all Fallen Angels? Is this why Lucifer is the God of This World? Some say Lucifer is no more...but I doubt this. Is Aldebaran still renegade Pleiadian presently? Is Sirius A and Arcturus completely unfallen Pleiadian presently? Is Sirius B and Earth in Sirius trouble? Is a final battle brewing to settle this thing once and for all?

    Or...is the whole Universe under Draconian control...including the Pleiades? Did the God in the Pleiades keep this a secret to make a bad situation seem like Heaven? Did Lucifer smell a rat...and try to fight fire with fire...hoping to get technology and spirituality from the Dracs...and then turn on them? Could the final phase of this be happening presently? Is that what's brewing? Is this 'The Great Work'? Are Sirius B and Earth engaged in a rebellion against the Dracs which must be crushed? Will the Empire strike back? Does Sirius B and our Sun contain Planets in Rebellion? Do they threaten the Draconian Universal Church Theocracy? Did Lucifer mean well...but did he or she bite off more than they could chew...and go insane? I keep thinking that Lucifer is like Colonel Kurz in 'Apocalypse Now'. If Constitutional Responsible Freedom really catches fire...will this be the end of Draconian Universal Domination? I really and truly don't know. All of the above could be complete BS. I don't know who the good-guys and who the bad-guys are anymore. Do you?

    Take another look at the details of my previous couple of posts. If the whole universe was Drac-controlled...and this was being hidden from you...but you figured it out. How would you fight the tyranny being effected through your beloved leader? Would you confront your leader publicly while privately dealing with the Dracs to try to get their technology and spirituality? You'd end up fighting both your beloved leader and his loyal (and clueless?) followers...plus when you double-crossed the Dracs...you'd have to fight them as well. Did Lucifer and his(her?) followers get kicked out of Heaven...and then get involved in a horrific fight with the Dracs? Was this the 600,000 year Gaian-Orion War? Supposedly no one won...they just stopped killing each other. Did a sort of 'cold-war' follow? Is this the situation we find ourselves in presently? Is this why everything is so $crewed-up? Is the New World Order a Draconian attempt to completely regain domination over humanity? Is this how much trouble we are really in...or is it much worse? I suspect that it is. Is Lucifer insane because of the hopelessness of the situation? Are all of us Renegade Pleiadians?

    I continue to believe that Constitutional Responsible Freedom would be in everyone's best interest...including the Pleiadians and Dracs. The God thing really doesn't work. I suspect that Lucifer found this out the hard way. Humanity is waking up to this very harsh reality as well. If what I am thinking is true...the Pleiadian God was wrong. Lucifer was wrong. And the Draconians were (and are) wrong. Two new commandments I give unto all of you: I. Thou Shalt Have No Gods. Period. II. Thou Shalt Not Be An @sshole. Period. I really don't want to fight with the Dracs. I can't believe that there is no possibility of them warming to the idea of Responsible Freedom. I don't know what made them so mean...but perhaps there is a legitimate reason. Regardless...why not base the Universe on the best principles...rather than on brute-force? Why is this so hard? Lord Draco...we need to talk. Soon. In the meantime...you're a warrior Lord Draco...aren't you?? Isn't war and killing really, really stupid? Isn't it insane? I think it is. We can do better than this...can't we Lord Draco?

    Here is a bit of a restatement of questions which I have previously asked: Are we really dealing with the following? Draconian-Pleiadian-Annunaki Theocracy vs Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom. How would Giza Intelligence fit in with the above? Is Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom a grave threat to the Universal Church? Is Earth a Planet in Rebellion against the Draconian-Pleiadian-Annunaki Theocracy aka Universal Church? Will the Empire Strike Back to crush this rebellion? Does might trump right? We might not have to wait long to find out. Something seems to be brewing. Hmmmmmm.

    Is Gizeh Intelligence the key to all of the mysteries we discuss on this site? I just want all of us to get informed about who we really are...and what's really going on...without becoming angry or going crazy. Obviously...I want a sovereign and free humanity...especially in this solar system. I certainly hope this is a possible possibility. I'm leaning toward a hypothesis that the original creation is a mystery...which is probably a combination of evolution and intelligent design. I see evidence of this everywhere. What I don't see is an All Powerful, All Knowing, All Loving, and All Present Creator God of the Universe running this solar system. I'm seeing something quite sinister.

    I don't think the Annunaki, Pleiadians, or Dracs created us. They may have done some genetic engineering (mostly dumbing us down to control us). I'm seeing a cabal of Annunaki, Pleiadians, and Dracs playing god. Could this have been what Lucifer rebelled against in the Pleiades? Did war in heaven result? Did Lucifer and a third of the Pleiadians get kicked out of heaven? Did Lucifer then try to play god in Aldebaran with a third of the angels? Did this apostasy spread to Sirius and Earth...among other places? Are we all part of the third of the angels? Did Lucifer try to fight a wrong with a wrong? We know that two wrongs don't make a right. Did Lucifer go insane? Is the whole concept of theocracy the real root problem? Should the Ten Commandments be replaced by the Two Commandments?

    I. Thou Shalt Have No Gods. (In the traditional sense)
    II. Thou Shalt Not Be An @$$hole.

    I really don't wish to demonize or destroy anyone. I just want the bs to stop. Here is a comment which I posted on another thread which is relevant to this thread:

    I have a fascination regarding cathedrals and pipe-organs. The whole temple and worship concept goes way back into antiquity. Lucifer was supposedly the chief musician in 'heaven'. If 'heaven' is really the Pleiades...perhaps there were cathedrals and pipe organs in the Pleiades...and Lucifer brought the whole theological concept...including temples, cathedrals, pipe-organs, and worship...from the Pleiades to Aldebaran...then to Sirius...and finally to Earth. As above...so below. I guess I'm seeing two rival 'gods' leading a civil war. Are the Annunaki and Dracs mercenary interdimensional warriors and laborers? Was the Pleiadian 'god' instrumental in the destruction of Atlantis? Did the Luciferian 'god' take the Atlantian civilization underground? Is this Giza Intelligence? Are there underground mansions, cathedrals, libraries, and museums...combined with military bases and stargate temples? Does Lucifer (or equivalent) possess the ability to end most life on Earth through 'Earth Changes'? Is alien technology really ancient Pleiadian technology? I'm beginning to think so. The exact composition and motivations of the various secret factions are obviously unknown. My guess is that there may be three major factions...two theocratic (one Pleiadian and one Aldebaran Luciferian)...and one namaste constitutional responsible freedom faction.

    Hitler may very well have been a regular visitor to this underground or inner Earth realm. This may also be true for the Popes. I don't know. This is all just wild speculation. But studying the Nazi phenomenon may be the real window into what is going on.

    When Henry Kissenger was learning about the 'alien presence' he worked night and day...and wouldn't communicate with anyone...not even his wife. What he was learning must have been devastating. It couldn't have been good. Notice that certain key people, such as Henry Kissinger and Zbigniew Brzezinski (both Jason Scholar study directors)...who presumably know the complete story...quietly direct the Presidents...administration after administration. The Presidents presumably do not know the complete story...with the possible exception of George H.W. Bush.

    Once again...I just want the secrecy to end...I want all hard core regressive beings (human and non-human) to leave this solar system...and I want the solar system to be based upon namaste constitutional responsible freedom. That should correct most of the major ills...regardless of who is presently running things or which et's are good or bad. If this works...other star systems might try doing this as well. Is this too much to ask?


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 819107b
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Escott-dan-trading-ships-with-teutonic-knights-aboard-closing-in-on-a-pirate-vessal
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 5186NQ333PL._SL500_AA300_
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Teutonicknightshermann
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Emporer_Sigismund,_Order_of_the_Dragon
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Coabxvi
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Window-in-teutonic-knights%27
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Stock-photo-knighting-ceremony-th-november-military-teutonic-order-of-the-knights-of-st-john-malta-2208521
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 File0113
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 392559774_dd04680194
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 FearsomeTemplars-719330

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 8:17 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 9gFSak0
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 17300_1515328893

    I keep wondering about the "Nazi-Phenomenon" before and after World War II. What if one excluded WWII from their research of Hitler and the Nazis??!! I have some books, which I'm afraid to read, which might enlighten me regarding this question. As I've stated previously, I've spent most of my life trying NOT to Know the Secret-Stuff. I knew it was REALLY BAD, and I couldn't even handle the Stuff in the Newspaper!! Could taking a close look at the Pre and Post WWII Nazi-Phenomenon really be an integral-part of essential spiritual growth and development? Is facing reality a necessary prerequisite for ascension? Any ideas or observations? The "Ancient Egyptian Deity" said I should study the "Nazi-Phenomenon". The AED said that Dictatorial-Socialism worked better than Democratic-Freedom (or something to that effect). When I mentioned that chilling photo of Eugenio Pacelli exiting a Nazi-Meeting, the AED gave a sinister-laugh!! The AED also told me that the Nazis were told they could attack anyone except "them". The AED said the Nazis were "very clever". Honest.

    Think about what Al Bielek said concerning ET pulling the plug on the Nazis in 1941. What was (and is) the relationship between Gizeh-Intelligence and the Axis-Powers?? I think this thing is deeper and nastier than anyone (even the insiders) can imagine. The Lie is Different at Every Level. What Would Richard Hoagland Say?? Carefully Consider the Egyptology-Research of Napoleon and Hitler. Consider the Possibility of a Borg-Queen Controlled Supercomputer-Network Running Solar Systems Incorporated!! I remember Dr. Robert H. Schuller shouting "If I Can't Have Them, Nobody Can!!" I don't remember the context, but the words were chilling (especially regarding the Apotelesmatic-Principle). What Would Desmond Ford Say?? That's All I'm Going to Say About That. I found a nasty comment under a YouTube video (which doesn't sound human, to me).

    "bwahahaha your powerless against us so talk all the XXXX you can now online but in person id summon demons to possess you and keep you locked in a crippling fear as i beat the XXXX out of you. even without them my angelic supernatural strength will overwhelm you. theres nothing you could do to hurt me because i am all powerful and all knowing pathetic waist of breath. Look at your world, god should of never created you weak foolish beings! your easily manipulated! you bring hell on yourselves."

    Can't we all just get along?? Why is this so hard?? I swear that I just want things to work out well for all-concerned. I'll continue to look at a lot of the controversial and upsetting stuff -- and then just move-on. I do NOT wish to make a big-deal out of this madness. I'm NOT trying to stir things up -- and I do NOT work for any Secret-Organization. I act alone as a "Lone-Nut". BTW -- I'm NOT looking for a job -- although I'd still like to be a Philosopher-Observer in a future life. Taking-over and ruling is SO overrated. Trust me. How do I know?? You don't wanna know. As negative and blasphemous as it sounds -- my starting-point presently is that Everything is a Mess, and Everyone is Bad (including the gods and goddesses). From that point, I can contemplate various definitions and levels of "Mess" and "Bad". I suspect that even the Jesus-Story is not neat and clean. I'll just continue modeling and speculating -- even if the excrement really contacts the air-conditioning system. I have no personal-life or business-prospects (of any significance) so I don't have a lot to lose. I've already burned most of my bridges -- and I'm somewhat ignorant and insane -- so that frees me up to be a free-thinker -- and if I remain mostly silent, I might even remain alive. What Would Michael Do?? What Would Gabriel Say?? What Would Anu Do?? Who?? Dr. Who??

    Please give the Life of Christ some serious consideration -- noting especially the principles and concepts contained therein. I'd somehow like to move beyond Jew v Gentile -- Protestant v Catholic -- Believer v Unbeliever -- Capitalist v Communist -- White v Black -- Alien v Human -- East v West -- God v Man -- Rich v Poor -- Royalty v Commoners -- Christian v Muslim -- Old-Testament v New-Testament -- Old-Covenant v New-Covenant -- Liberal v Conservative -- Democrat v Republican -- etc and et al. What if there are three primary factions?? Nazi -- Kabbalist -- and Some Variation on This Thread?? I could say a lot more about this line of thinking -- but I'd rather not talk about it. What if that famous HAL v David Bowman scene REALLY happened (in some way, shape, or form)?? What if this occurred early in the 20th century?? What if this was followed by the Nazi-Phenomenon (as we know it)?? What if there was an Idealistic Conceptualization of the Nazis, Masons, and Jesuits -- which was overruled and overpowered by hardline-elements?? Consider Renate Richter v Klaus Adler!! Think About It!! Now I'm going to listen to yet another exciting Sherry Shriner Show!! What if Sherry Shriner has ruled this Solar System for at least the past 6,000 years??!! What if all the Earth-Deities have been One-Deity?? What if "Our Father, Who Art in Heaven" hasn't been ruling this Solar System for at least the past 6,000 years?? Do I have to spell this out?? Read Between the Lines. I do NOT wish to be more specific!!

    What if a lot of Jewish people were taken into underground bases during WWII?? I have absolutely no evidence -- but I think about the alleged Nazi Nuclear and UFO Programs -- and who knows what else?! I have absolutely no animosity. I'm simply interested in knowing what's really been going-on in this solar system -- going way, way back. I keep wondering if at least some aspects of the so-called "Secret-Government" have been absolutely necessary?? What if we will require a somewhat purified and open "Secret-Government" going forward into the foreseeable-future?? I think I'd like to see a solar system without war -- but I think I'd like to see a somewhat-tougher, more-organized, and more-refined solar-system. Supposedly there are approximately 17 billion 'humanoid-compatible' souls in this solar system. Imagine half of them living on the surface of Earth -- with the other half living mostly subsurface throughout the solar system!! I think we're in the middle of "disclosure" -- for better or worse -- whether anyone likes it, or not.

    Think long and hard about "The Voice" in the EGW Book I'm posting. What if the "Story-Teller" is ultimately more-important than the "Story"?? I really wasn't kidding when I recommended Desire of Ages to Steven Spielberg's stepmother, as being the basis of a High-Technology Life of Christ Super-Movie (decades ago)!! But now I would recommend Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- along-with Desire of Ages -- as a Composite Life of Christ. Notice how Ellen White places Christ in the Context of the Old-Testament!! Rufus (from Dogma) got me back on the Science-Fiction Modus-Operandi!! What Would David Mann Say?? What Would Dr. Peter Venkman Say?? What Would David Bowman Say?? What Would David Bowie Say?? What Would John Denver Say?? What Would George Burns Say?? What Would Russell Crowe Say?? What Would Ben Affleck Say?? What Would Alanis Morissette Say?? What Would Alan Rickman Say?? What Would Azazel Say?? Think Long and Hard, Indeed!!

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp40.html Returning to the Jordan from the conquest of Bashan, the Israelites, in preparation for the immediate invasion of Canaan, encamped beside the river, above its entrance into the Dead Sea, and just opposite the plain of Jericho. They were upon the very borders of Moab, and the Moabites were filled with terror at the close proximity of the invaders.

    The people of Moab had not been molested by Israel, yet they had watched with troubled forebodings all that had taken place in the surrounding countries. The Amorites, before whom they had been forced to retreat, had been conquered by the Hebrews, and the territory which the Amorites had wrested from Moab was now in the possession of Israel. The hosts of Bashan had yielded before the mysterious power enshrouded in the cloudy pillar, and the giant strongholds were occupied by the Hebrews. The Moabites dared not risk an attack upon them; an appeal to arms was hopeless in face of the supernatural agencies that wrought in their behalf. But they determined, as Pharaoh had done, to enlist the power of sorcery to counteract the work of God. They would bring a curse upon Israel.

    The people of Moab were closely connected with the Midianites, both by the ties of nationality and religion. And Balak, the king of Moab, aroused the fears of the kindred people, and secured their co-operation in his designs against Israel by the message, "Now shall this company lick up all that are round about us, as the ox licketh up the grass of the field." Balaam, an inhabitant of Mesopotamia, was reported to possess supernatural powers, and his fame had reached to the land of Moab. It was determined to call him to their aid. Accordingly, messengers of "the elders of Moab and the elders of Midian," were sent to secure his divinations and enchantments against Israel.

    The ambassadors at once set out on their long journey over the mountains and across the deserts to Mesopotamia; and upon finding Balaam, they delivered to him the message of their king: "Behold, there is a people come out from Egypt: behold, they cover the face of the earth, and they abide over against me: come now therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people; for they are too mighty for me: peradventure I shall prevail, that we may smite them, and that I may drive them out of the land: for I wot that he whom thou blessest is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed."

    Balaam was once a good man and a prophet of God; but he had apostatized, and had given up to covetousness; yet he still professed to be a servant of the Most High. He was not ignorant of God's work in behalf of Israel; and when the messengers announced their errand, he well knew that it was his duty to refuse the rewards of Balak and to dismiss the ambassadors. But he ventured to dally with temptation, and urged the messengers to tarry with him that night, declaring that he could give no decided answer till he had asked counsel of the Lord. Balaam knew that his curse could not harm Israel. God was on their side, and so long as they were true to Him no adverse power of earth or hell could prevail against them. But his pride was flattered by the words of the ambassadors, "He whom thou blessest is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed." The bribe of costly gifts and prospective exaltation excited his covetousness. He greedily accepted the offered treasures, and then, while professing strict obedience to the will of God, he tried to comply with the desires of Balak.

    In the night season the angel of God came to Balaam with the message, "Thou shalt not go with them; thou shalt not curse the people: for they are blessed."

    In the morning Balaam reluctantly dismissed the messengers, but he did not tell them what the Lord had said. Angry that his visions of gain and honor had been suddenly dispelled, he petulantly exclaimed, "Get you into your land: for the Lord refuseth to give me leave to go with you."

    Balaam "loved the wages of unrighteousness." 2 Peter 2:15. The sin of covetousness, which God declares to be idolatry, had made him a timeserver, and through this one fault Satan gained entire control of him. It was this that caused his ruin. The tempter is ever presenting worldly gain and honor to entice men from the service of God. He tells them it is their overconscientiousness that keeps them from prosperity. Thus many are induced to venture out of the path of strict integrity. One wrong step makes the next easier, and they become more and more presumptuous. They will do and dare most terrible things when once they have given themselves to the control of avarice and a desire for power. Many flatter themselves that they can depart from strict integrity for a time, for the sake of some worldly advantage, and that having gained their object, they can change their course when they please. Such are entangling themselves in the snare of Satan, and it is seldom that they escape.

    When the messengers reported to Balak the prophet's refusal to accompany them, they did not intimate that God had forbidden him. Supposing that Balaam's delay was merely to secure a richer reward, the king sent princes more in number and more honorable than the first, with promises of higher honors, and with authority to concede to any terms that Balaam might demand. Balak's urgent message to the prophet was, "Let nothing, I pray thee, hinder thee from coming unto me: for I will promote thee unto very great honor, and I will do whatsoever thou sayest unto me: come therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people."

    A second time Balaam was tested. In response to the solicitations of the ambassadors he professed great conscientiousness and integrity, assuring them that no amount of gold and silver could induce him to go contrary to the will of God. But he longed to comply with the king's request; and although the will of God had already been definitely made known to him, he urged the messengers to tarry, that he might further inquire of God; as though the Infinite One were a man, to be persuaded.

    In the night season the Lord appeared to Balaam and said, "If the men come to call thee, rise up, and go with them; but yet the word which I shall say unto thee, that shalt thou do." Thus far the Lord would permit Balaam to follow his own will, because he was determined upon it. He did not seek to do the will of God, but chose his own course, and then endeavored to secure the sanction of the Lord.

    There are thousands at the present day who are pursuing a similar course. They would have no difficulty in understanding their duty if it were in harmony with their inclinations. It is plainly set before them in the Bible or is clearly indicated by circumstances and reason. But because these evidences are contrary to their desires and inclinations they frequently set them aside and presume to go to God to learn their duty. With great apparent conscientiousness they pray long and earnestly for light. But God will not be trifled with. He often permits such persons to follow their own desires and to suffer the result. "My people would not hearken to My voice. . . . So I gave them up unto their own hearts' lust: and they walked in their own counsels." Psalm 81:11, 12. When one clearly sees a duty, let him not presume to go to God with the prayer that he may be excused from performing it. He should rather, with a humble, submissive spirit, ask for divine strength and wisdom to meet its claims.

    The Moabites were a degraded, idolatrous people; yet according to the light which they had received their guilt was not so great in the sight of Heaven as was that of Balaam. As he professed to be God's prophet, however, all he should say would be supposed to be uttered by divine authority. Hence he was not to be permitted to speak as he chose, but must deliver the message which God should give him. "The word which I shall say unto thee, that shalt thou do," was the divine command.

    Balaam had received permission to go with the messengers from Moab if they came in the morning to call him. But, annoyed at his delay, and expecting another refusal, they set out on their homeward journey without further consultation with him. Every excuse for complying with the request of Balak had now been removed. But Balaam was determined to secure the reward; and, taking the beast upon which he was accustomed to ride, he set out on the journey. He feared that even now the divine permission might be withdrawn, and he pressed eagerly forward, impatient lest he should by some means fail to gain the coveted reward.

    But "the angel of the Lord stood in the way for an adversary against him." The animal saw the divine messenger, who was unperceived by the man, and turned aside from the highway into a field. With cruel blows Balaam brought the beast back into the path; but again, in a narrow place shut in by walls, the angel appeared, and the animal, trying to avoid the menacing figure, crushed her master's foot against the wall. Balaam was blinded to the heavenly interposition, and knew not that God was obstructing his path. The man became exasperated, and beating the ass unmercifully, forced it to proceed.

    Again, "in a narrow place, where was no way to turn either to the right hand or to the left," the angel appeared, as before, in a threatening attitude; and the poor beast, trembling with terror, made a full stop, and fell to the earth under its rider. Balaam's rage was unbounded, and with his staff he smote the animal more cruelly than before. God now opened its mouth, and by "the dumb ass speaking with man's voice," he "forbade the madness of the prophet." 2 Peter 2:16. "What have I done unto thee," it said, "that thou hast smitten me these three times?"

    Furious at being thus hindered in his journey, Balaam answered the beast as he would have addressed an intelligent being--"Because thou hast mocked me: I would there were a sword in mine hand, for now would I kill thee." Here was a professed magician, on his way to pronounce a curse upon a whole people with the intent to paralyze their strength, while he had not power even to slay the animal upon which he rode!

    The eyes of Balaam were now opened, and he beheld the angel of God standing with drawn sword ready to slay him. In terror "he bowed down his head, and fell flat on his face." The angel said to him, "Wherefore hast thou smitten thine ass these three times? Behold, I went out to withstand thee, because thy way is perverse before me: and the ass saw me, and turned from me these three times: unless she had turned from me surely now also I had slain thee, and saved her alive."

    Balaam owed the preservation of his life to the poor animal that he had treated so cruelly. The man who claimed to be a prophet of the Lord, who declared that his eyes were open, and he saw the "vision of the Almighty," was so blinded by covetousness and ambition that he could not discern the angel of God visible to his beast. "The god of this world hath blinded the minds of them which believe not." 2 Corinthians 4:4. How many are thus blinded! They rush on in forbidden paths, transgressing the divine law, and cannot discern that God and His angels are against them. Like Balaam they are angry at those who would prevent their ruin.

    Balaam had given evidence of the spirit that controlled him, by his treatment of his beast. "A righteous man regardeth the life of his beast: but the tender mercies of the wicked are cruel."

    Proverbs 12:10. Few realize as they should the sinfulness of abusing animals or leaving them to suffer from neglect. He who created man made the lower animals also, and "His tender mercies are over all His works." Psalm 145:9. The animals were created to serve man, but he has no right to cause them pain by harsh treatment or cruel exaction.

    It is because of man's sin that "the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together." Romans 8:22. Suffering and death were thus entailed, not only upon the human race, but upon the animals. Surely, then, it becomes man to seek to lighten, instead of increasing, the weight of suffering which his transgression has brought upon God's creatures. He who will abuse animals because he has them in his power is both a coward and a tyrant. A disposition to cause pain, whether to our fellow men or to the brute creation, is satanic. Many do not realize that their cruelty will ever be known, because the poor dumb animals cannot reveal it. But could the eyes of these men be opened, as were those of Balaam, they would see an angel of God standing as a witness, to testify against them in the courts above. A record goes up to heaven, and a day is coming when judgment will be pronounced against those who abuse God's creatures.

    When he beheld the messenger of God, Balaam exclaimed in terror, "I have sinned; for I knew not that thou stoodest in the way against me: now therefore, if it displease thee, I will get me back again." The Lord suffered him to proceed on his journey, but gave him to understand that his words should be controlled by divine power. God would give evidence to Moab that the Hebrews were under the guardianship of Heaven, and this He did effectually when He showed them how powerless Balaam was even to utter a curse against them without divine permission.

    The king of Moab, being informed of the approach of Balaam, went out with a large retinue to the borders of his kingdom, to receive him. When he expressed his astonishment at Balaam's delay, in view of the rich rewards awaiting him, the prophet's answer was, "Lo, I am come unto thee: have I now any power at all to say anything? the word that God putteth in my mouth, that shall I speak." Balaam greatly regretted this restriction; he feared that his purpose could not be carried out, because the Lord's controlling power was upon him.

    With great pomp the king, with the chief dignitaries of his kingdom, escorted Balaam to "the high places of Baal," from which he could survey the Hebrew host. Behold the prophet as he stands upon the lofty height, looking down over the encampment of God's chosen people. How little do the Israelites know of what is taking place so near them! How little do they know of the care of God, extended over them by day and by night! How dull are the perceptions of God's people! How slow are they, in every age, to comprehend His great love and mercy! If they could discern the wonderful power of God constantly exerted in their behalf, would not their hearts be filled with gratitude for His love, and with awe at the thought of His majesty and power?

    Balaam had some knowledge of the sacrificial offerings of the Hebrews, and he hoped that by surpassing them in costly gifts he might secure the blessing of God and ensure the accomplishment of his sinful projects. Thus the sentiments of the idolatrous Moabites were gaining control of his mind. His wisdom had become foolishness; his spiritual vision was beclouded; he had brought blindness upon himself by yielding to the power of Satan.

    By Balaam's direction seven altars were erected, and he offered a sacrifice upon each. He then withdrew to a "high place," to meet with God, promising to make known to Balak whatever the Lord should reveal.

    With the nobles and princes of Moab the king stood beside the sacrifice, while around them gathered the eager multitude, watching for the return of the prophet. He came at last, and the people waited for the words that should paralyze forever that strange power exerted in behalf of the hated Israelites. Balaam said:

    "The king of Moab hath brought me from Aram,
    Out of the mountains of the east,
    Saying, Come, curse me Jacob,
    And come, defy Israel.
    How shall I curse, whom God hath not cursed?
    Or how shall I defy, whom the Lord hath not defied?
    For from the top of the rocks I see him,
    And from the hills I behold him:
    Lo, the people shall dwell alone,
    And shall not be reckoned among the nations.
    Who can count the dust of Jacob,
    And the number of the fourth part of Israel?
    Let me die the death of the righteous,
    And let my last end be like his!"

    Balaam confessed that he came with the purpose of cursing Israel, but the words he uttered were directly contrary to the sentiments of his heart. He was constrained to pronounce blessings, while his soul was filled with curses.

    As Balaam looked upon the encampment of Israel he beheld with astonishment the evidence of their prosperity. They had been represented to him as a rude, disorganized multitude, infesting the country in roving bands that were a pest and terror to the surrounding nations; but their appearance was the reverse of all this. He saw the vast extent and perfect arrangement of their camp, everything bearing the marks of thorough discipline and order. He was shown the favor with which God regarded Israel, and their distinctive character as His chosen people. They were not to stand upon a level with other nations, but to be exalted above them all. "The people shall dwell alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations." At the time when these words were spoken the Israelites had no permanent settlement, and their peculiar character, their manners and customs, were not familiar to Balaam. But how strikingly was this prophecy fulfilled in the afterhistory of Israel! Through all the years of their captivity, through all the ages since they were dispersed among the nations, they have remained a distinct people. So the people of God--the true Israel--though scattered throughout all nations, are on earth but sojourners, whose citizenship is in heaven.

    Not only was Balaam shown the history of the Hebrew people as a nation, but he beheld the increase and prosperity of the true Israel of God to the close of time. He saw the special favor of the Most High attending those who love and fear Him. He saw them supported by His arm as they enter the dark valley of the shadow of death. And he beheld them coming forth from their graves, crowned with glory, honor, and immortality. He saw the redeemed rejoicing in the unfading glories of the earth made new. Gazing upon the scene, he exclaimed, "Who can count the dust of Jacob, and the number of the fourth part of Israel?" And as he saw the crown of glory on every brow, the joy beaming from every countenance, and looked forward to that endless life of unalloyed happiness, he uttered the solemn prayer, "Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his!"

    If Balaam had had a disposition to accept the light that God had given, he would now have made true his words; he would at once have severed all connection with Moab. He would no longer have presumed upon the mercy of God, but would have returned to Him with deep repentance. But Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness, and these he was determined to secure.

    Balak had confidently expected a curse that would fall like a withering blight upon Israel; and at the words of the prophet he passionately exclaimed, "What hast thou done unto me? I took thee to curse mine enemies, and, behold, thou hast blessed them altogether." Balaam, seeking to make a virtue of necessity, professed to have spoken from a conscientious regard for the will of God the words that had been forced from his lips by divine power. His answer was, "Must I not take heed to speak that which the Lord hath put in my mouth?"

    Balak could not even now relinquish his purpose. He decided that the imposing spectacle presented by the vast encampment of the Hebrews had so intimidated Balaam that he dared not practice his divinations against them. The king determined to take the prophet to some point where only a small part of the host might be seen. If Balaam could be induced to curse them in detached parties, the whole camp would soon be devoted to destruction. On the top of an elevation called Pisgah another trial was made. Again seven altars were erected, whereon were placed the same offerings as at the first. The king and his princes remained by the sacrifices, while Balaam retired to meet with God. Again the prophet was entrusted with a divine message, which he was powerless to alter or withhold.

    When he appeared to the anxious, expectant company the question was put to him, "What hath the Lord spoken?" The answer, as before, struck terror to the heart of king and princes:

    "God is not a man, that He should lie;
    Neither the son of man, that He should repent:
    Hath He said, and shall He not do it?
    Or hath He spoken, and shall He not make it good?
    Behold, I have received commandment to bless:
    And He hath blessed; and I cannot reverse it.
    He hath not beheld iniquity in Jacob,
    Neither hath He seen perverseness in Israel:
    The Lord his God is with him,
    And the shout of a king is among them."

    Awed by these revelations, Balaam exclaimed, "Surely there is no enchantment against Jacob, neither is there any divination against Israel." The great magician had tried his power of enchantment, in accordance with the desire of the Moabites; but concerning this very occasion it should be said of Israel, "What hath God wrought!" While they were under the divine protection, no people or nation, though aided by all the power of Satan, should be able to prevail against them. All the world should wonder at the marvelous work of God in behalf of His people-- that a man determined to pursue a sinful course should be so controlled by divine power as to utter, instead of imprecations, the richest and most precious promises, in the language of sublime and impassioned poetry. And the favor of God at this time manifested toward Israel was to be an assurance of His protecting care for His obedient, faithful children in all ages. When Satan should inspire evil men to misrepresent, harass, and destroy God's people, this very occurrence would be brought to their remembrance, and would strengthen their courage and their faith in God.

    The king of Moab, disheartened and distressed, exclaimed, "Neither curse them at all, nor bless them at all." Yet a faint hope still lingered in his heart, and he determined to make another trial. He now conducted Balaam to Mount Peor, where was a temple devoted to the licentious worship of Baal, their god. Here the same number of altars were erected as before, and the same number of sacrifices were offered; but Balaam went not alone, as at other times, to learn God's will. He made no pretense of sorcery, but standing beside the altars, he looked abroad upon the tents of Israel. Again the Spirit of God rested upon him, and the divine message came from his lips:

    "How goodly are thy tents, O Jacob,
    And thy tabernacles, O Israel!
    As the valleys are they spread forth, as gardens by the river's side,
    As the trees of lignaloes which the Lord hath planted, and as cedar trees beside the waters.
    He shall pour the water out of his buckets, and his seed shall be in many waters,
    And his King shall be higher than Agag, and his kingdom shall be exalted. . . .
    He couched, he lay down as a lion, and as a great lion: who shall stir him up?
    Blessed is he that blesseth thee, and cursed is he that curseth thee."

    The prosperity of God's people is here represented by some of the most beautiful figures to be found in nature. The prophet likens Israel to fertile valleys covered with abundant harvests; to flourishing gardens watered by never-failing springs; to the fragrant sandal tree and the stately cedar. The figure last mentioned is one of the most strikingly beautiful and appropriate to be found in the inspired word. The cedar of Lebanon was honored by all the people of the East. The class of trees to which it belongs is found wherever man has gone throughout the earth. From the arctic regions to the tropic zone they flourish, rejoicing in the heat, yet braving the cold; springing in rich luxuriance by the riverside, yet towering aloft upon the parched and thirsty waste. They plant their roots deep among the rocks of the mountains and boldly stand in defiance of the tempest. Their leaves are fresh and green when all else has perished at the breath of winter. Above all other trees the cedar of Lebanon is distinguished for its strength, its firmness, its undecaying vigor; and this is used as a symbol of those whose life is "hid with Christ in God." Colossians 3:3. Says the Scripture, "The righteous . . . shall grow like a cedar." Psalm 92:12. The divine hand has exalted the cedar as king over the forest. "The fir trees were not like his boughs, and the chestnut trees were not like his branches" (Ezekiel 31:Cool; nor any tree in the garden of God. The cedar is repeatedly employed as an emblem of royalty, and its use in Scripture to represent the righteous shows how Heaven regards those who do the will of God.

    Balaam prophesied that Israel's King would be greater and more powerful than Agag. This was the name given to the kings of the Amalekites, who were at this time a very powerful nation; but Israel, if true to God, would subdue all her enemies. The King of Israel was the Son of God; and His throne was one day to be established in the earth, and His power to be exalted above all earthly kingdoms.

    As he listened to the prophet's words Balak was overwhelmed with disappointed hope, with fear and rage. He was indignant that Balaam could have given him the least encouragement of a favorable response, when everything was determined against him. He regarded with scorn the prophet's compromising, deceptive course. The king exclaimed fiercely, "Therefore now flee thou to thy place: I thought to promote thee unto great honor; but, lo, the Lord hath kept thee back from honor." The answer was that the king had been forewarned that Balaam could speak only the message given him from God.

    Before returning to his people, Balaam uttered a most beautiful and sublime prophecy of the world's Redeemer and the final destruction of the enemies of God:

    "I shall see Him, but not now: I shall behold Him, but not nigh:
    There shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Scepter shall rise out of Israel,
    And shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth."

    And he closed by predicting the complete destruction of Moab and Edom, of Amalek and the Kenites, thus leaving to the Moabitish king no ray of hope.

    Disappointed in his hopes of wealth and promotion, in disfavor with the king, and conscious that he had incurred the displeasure of God, Balaam returned from his self-chosen mission. After he had reached his home the controlling power of the Spirit of God left him, and his covetousness, which had been merely held in check, prevailed. He was ready to resort to any means to gain the reward promised by Balak. Balaam knew that the prosperity of Israel depended upon their obedience to God, and that there was no way to cause their overthrow but by seducing them into sin. He now decided to secure Balak's favor by advising the Moabites of the course to be pursued to bring a curse upon Israel.

    He immediately returned to the land of Moab and laid his plans before the king. The Moabites themselves were convinced that so long as Israel remained true to God, He would be their shield. The plan proposed by Balaam was to separate them from God by enticing them into idolatry. If they could be led to engage in the licentious worship of Baal and Ashtaroth, their omnipotent Protector would become their enemy, and they would soon fall a prey to the fierce, warlike nations around them. This plan was readily accepted by the king, and Balaam himself remained to assist in carrying it into effect.

    Balaam witnessed the success of his diabolical scheme. He saw the curse of God visited upon His people, and thousands falling under His judgments; but the divine justice that punished sin in Israel did not permit the tempters to escape. In the war of Israel against the Midianites, Balaam was slain. He had felt a presentiment that his own end was near when he exclaimed, "Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his!" But he had not chosen to live the life of the righteous, and his destiny was fixed with the enemies of God.

    The fate of Balaam was similar to that of Judas, and their characters bear a marked resemblance to each other. Both these men tried to unite the service of God and mammon, and met with signal failure. Balaam acknowledged the true God, and professed to serve Him; Judas believed in Jesus as the Messiah, and united with His followers. But Balaam hoped to make the service of Jehovah the steppingstone to the acquirement of riches and worldly honor; and failing in this he stumbled and fell and was broken. Judas expected by his connection with Christ to secure wealth and promotion in that worldly kingdom which, as he believed, the Messiah was about to set up. The failure of his hopes drove him to apostasy and ruin. Both Balaam and Judas had received great light and enjoyed special privileges, but a single cherished sin poisoned the entire character and caused their destruction.

    It is a perilous thing to allow an unchristian trait to live in the heart. One cherished sin will, little by little, debase the character, bringing all its nobler powers into subjection to the evil desire. The removal of one safeguard from the conscience, the indulgence of one evil habit, one neglect of the high claims of duty, breaks down the defenses of the soul and opens the way for Satan to come in and lead us astray. The only safe course is to let our prayers go forth daily from a sincere heart, as did David, "Hold up my goings in Thy paths, that my footsteps slip not." Psalm 17:5.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 334d07ef9ea6dacacacc20ddb63e03e1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Renate-Richter-iron-sky-30371089-2048-854
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Iron-sky-2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 V-2009-01
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 20150324-predictions-big-bang-end-of-the-dinosaurs-building-of-the-pyramids-of-giza-the-painting-mona-lisa-the-sinking-of-the-titanic-the-german-blitzkrieg



    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 8:20 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Nycc-valerian-lenticular-poster
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Source

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Ezgif.com-video-to-gif%2B%25281%2529
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-660x464
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Lgtu8b5_huge
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-2-750x400
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-019
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-026
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-final-trailer-01
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerianstill
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-first-look
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Amazing-first-Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-sci-fi-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-07-1280x534
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 2-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-014
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-Trailer-2-6
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-23-1280x534
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 200_max
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-009
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-024The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Amazing-first-Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-sci-fi
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-b
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-15
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-023
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-013
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-025
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-008
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-030
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-007
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-002
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-016
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian_mmagazin7
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-03-1280x534
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-004

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Val%C3%A9rian_and_Laureline Valérian and Laureline (French: Valérian et Laureline), also known as Valérian: Spatio-Temporal Agent (French: Valérian, agent spatio-temporel) or just Valérian, is a French science fiction comics series, created by writer Pierre Christin and artist Jean-Claude Mézières. First published in Pilote magazine in 1967, the final installment was published in 2010. All of the Valérian stories have been collected in comic album format, comprising some twenty-one volumes plus a short story collection and an encyclopaedia. Valérian is one of the top five biggest selling Franco-Belgian comics titles of its publisher, Dargaud.[1]

    The series focuses on the adventures of the dark-haired Valérian, a spatio-temporal agent, and his redheaded female colleague, Laureline, as they travel the universe through space and time. Valérian is a classical hero, kind, strong and brave who follows the orders of his superiors even if he feels, deep down, that it is the wrong thing to do. On the other hand, his partner Laureline combines her superior intelligence, determination and independence with sex-appeal. Influenced by classic literary science fiction, the series mixes space opera with time travel plots. Christin's scripts are noted for their humour, complexity and strongly humanist and left-wing liberal political ideas while Mézières' art is characterized by its vivid depictions of the alien worlds and species Valérian and Laureline encounter on their adventures. The series is considered a landmark in European comics and pop culture,[2] and influenced other media as well: traces of its concepts, storylines and designs can be found in science fiction films such as Star Wars and The Fifth Element.

    Many of the stories have been translated into several languages, including English.[3] The series has received recognition through a number of prestigious awards, including the Grand Prix de la ville d'Angoulême. An animated television series, Time Jam: Valerian & Laureline, was released in 2007, and a feature film directed by Luc Besson, Valerian and the City of a Thousand Planets, was released in 2017.

    The original setting for the series was the 28th century. Humanity has discovered the means of travelling instantaneously through time and space. The capital of Earth, Galaxity, is the centre of the vast Terran Galactic Empire. Earth itself has become a virtual utopia with most of the population living a life of leisure in a virtual reality dream-state ruled by the benign Technocrats of the First Circle. The Spatio-Temporal Service protects the planets of the Terran Empire and guards against temporal paradoxes caused by rogue time-travellers. Valérian and Laureline are two such spatio-temporal agents.[4]

    However, since the end of the story The Wrath of Hypsis (Les Foudres d'Hypsis) in which Galaxity disappears from space-time as a result of a temporal paradox the pair have become freelance trouble-shooters travelling through space and time offering their services to anyone willing to hire them while also searching for their lost home.

    In the first two albums Valérian travels through time in a two-seater device, the XB27, which transports him to the various relay stations that Galaxity has hidden throughout time (e.g. in Bad Dreams (Les Mauvais Rêves) the relay is hidden below a tavern). In subsequent stories Valérian and Laureline use the saucer-shaped Astroship XB982 (which made its debut appearance in 1969 in the short story The Great Collector (Le Grand Collectionneur).[5] The astroship is able to travel anywhere using a spatio-temporal jump, a sort of hyperspace drive enabling near-instant transportation anywhere in space and time.

    The initial albums were generally straightforward good versus evil adventure stories. However, thanks to Pierre Christin's interests in politics, sociology and ethnology, as the series progressed the situations typically arose from misunderstandings or ideological differences between various groups that could be resolved through reason and perseverance.[6] The core theme of the stories is an optimistic liberal humanism: the adventures are not about defeating enemies but about exploring, facing challenges, and celebrating diversity.[6] Thus, according to academic John Dean, Christin "as a rule works into his narratives political, environmental and feminist concerns – thereby showing social ills are universal, no matter on what planet you land".[7]
    Another concept that developed was Galaxity as a proxy for Western democracy; contrary to its benign self-image it is actually imperialistic and prone to a corrupt real-politik.[8] Other themes include:

    Natural simplicity as superior to technological complexity.[8]
    Rejection of machismo, violence and war in favour of femininity and nature.[9]
    Distrust of power and the suppression of individuality.[9]
    The ability of women to manipulate males sexually without being manipulated themselves.[8]
    These themes are underpinned by the vivid drawings of Jean-Claude Mézières whose "visually stunning backgrounds: complex architecture, futuristic machines, otherworldly landscapes and odd-looking aliens",[7] are what John Dean calls "staples of Mézières' seeming boundless visual inventiveness",[7] resulting in what the artist Pepo Pérez likens to "National Geographic, but on a cosmic scale".[9]

    Valérian was born on Earth, in Galaxity, capital of the Terran Galactic Empire in the 28th century. He joined the Spatio-Temporal Service in the year 2713. He has been trained to think that Galaxity is always right – even when he receives orders that go against his morals he will, reluctantly, follow them. He much prefers to be a man of action than sitting around pondering what course to take next.

    The early stories present Valérian as a typical square-jawed hero figure, who is strong and dependable (although an early running joke was that despite being a time-traveller he is always running late, especially when summoned by his boss). However, as the series progresses, he is increasingly portrayed as somewhat knuckle-headed. In World Without Stars (Le Pays sans étoile), he gets recklessly drunk on the colonists' home-made booze, in On the False Earths (Sur les terres truquées), the historian, Jadna, views him as useful only as cannon fodder and nothing else while in Heroes of the Equinox (Les Héros de l'Equinoxe), he comes across as woefully inadequate compared with the champions he is competing against. Although devoted to Laureline, he has been led astray by other women, such as in Heroes of the Equinox and Brooklyn Station, Terminus Cosmos.

    When Galaxity disappears in The Wrath of Hypsis he contemplates following his fellows into oblivion, much to Laureline's horror. Even afterwards, he feels the loss of Galaxity much more than Laureline, as it is his birthplace.

    The name Valérian comes from Eastern Europe,[10] although its origin is Latin, from valere ("to be strong").[11] Valérian was created by Mézières and Christin as a reaction to the fearless boy-scout (e.g. The Adventures of Tintin) and American superhero characters that were prevalent in comics available in France at the time. Instead they sought to devise a "banal character" with "no extraordinary means of action".[6] Eventually, with Christin feeling that they had gone too far with this angle and that the Valérian character had become too stupid, from The Ghosts of Inverloch (Les Spectres d'Inverloch) onwards, Valérian was made more sympathetic and given a greater piece of the action.[6]

    Laureline is a peasant girl from 11th century France. In the debut adventure, Bad Dreams, she rescues Valérian from the enchanted Forest of Arelaune. When she accidentally discovers Valérian is a time-traveller, he is forced to bring her back with him to Galaxity where she is trained as a Spatio-Temporal Agent and assigned as his partner.

    In the early stories Laureline generally sits in the background while Valérian saves the day in whatever situation the pair have found themselves, but her position changes as the series develops. World Without Stars, in which the two characters are separated for most of the adventure, allows Laureline to step out from under Valérian's shadow for the first time, and she proves to be more than an equal to Valérian in ensuring that their mission succeeds.

    Welcome to Alflolol (Bienvenue sur Alflolol) brings Laureline's rebellious nature to the fore; unlike Valérian, she has not been born and raised by Galaxity and is prepared not only to question Galaxity's authorities but to rebel openly against them when their orders run contrary to her sense of morality. It also demonstrates her impulsive streak; she sides with the native Alflololians against Galaxity and Valérian with no thought for the personal consequences she may have to face herself. Her position as the true star of the series is cemented in Ambassador of the Shadows (L'Ambassadeur des Ombres), which is virtually a solo adventure for her as she searches the vast space station Point Central for the kidnapped Valérian and the Earth Ambassador. Later, when acting as independent agents, it is Laureline who questions the ethics of some of the jobs they are forced to take to make ends meet, notably in The Living Weapons (Les Armes Vivantes).

    Despite being independent and efficacious, Laureline is not afraid to exploit her considerable sex appeal if it is to her advantage. For example, she attracts the attention of the Emperor of Valsennar in World Without Stars and, dressed in leather gear and boots, she manipulates Crocbattler and Rackalust in Brooklyn Station, Terminus Cosmos and regularly charms the Shingouz when negotiating with them for information. She has appeared nude in some adventures. Mézières drew a picture of her for the French edition of Playboy in 1987.[12] She also has a certain affinity for animals such as the Alflololian Goumon in Welcome to Alflolol, the Grumpy Converter from Bluxte, first seen in Ambassador of the Shadows, and the Tüm Tüm (de Lüm) and the Tchoung-Tracer, both introduced in On the Frontiers (Sur les Frontières).

    The name "Laureline" was invented by Mézières and Christin who were seeking a name that would sound "medieval" and "soft".[10] The name has proven popular and there are now several thousand women in France named Laureline, the first one born in 1968 just a year after the publication of Bad Dreams. There have also been variations such as "Loreline" and "Laurelyne".[13] Laureline was initially created just for the first story, Bad Dreams, but recognising that they had a female character who was different from the bimbo types common to comics of the time, Mézières and Christin fell for her and, in response to positive reader feedback, retained her for the subsequent stories.[6]

    Mr Albert is Galaxity's contact on 20th century Earth. He makes his first appearance in Métro Châtelet, Direction Cassiopeia.[14] He is a retired gentleman who drives an obsolete Renault 4CV and lives in the suburbs of Paris, France. He maintains a wide range of contacts in government and scientific circles as well as with many experts in fields outside the mainstream such as ufology, telepathy, and sorcery. He is also a pigeon fancier and uses his carrier pigeons to relay messages between some of his contacts. Unlike Valérian he tries to avoid getting involved in the thick of the action and never acts impulsively, always preferring to take his time about things. He enjoys the finer things in life: gourmet cuisine, fine wines and likes to take things easy. The character of Albert is partially influenced by that of August Faust, the main character in the strip The Extraordinary and Troubling Adventure of Mr August Faust (L'extraordinaire et Troublante Aventure de M. August Faust), written by Fred and drawn by Mézières in 1967.[10]

    The Shingouz are aliens who make their first appearance in Ambassador of the Shadows and re-appear regularly throughout the subsequent albums. They are brown, short-furred creatures, slightly less than a metre tall, resembling flightless birds with a snout instead of a beak. Their appearance is reminiscent of the main characters in the Mad magazine comic strip Spy vs. Spy. Shingouz have a high alcohol tolerance and preference for strong alcoholic beverages, which they consume in large quantities. The Shingouz society is capitalist to the extreme. Shingouz want a profit from everything they do. They are especially adept in trading important and sensitive information to interested parties. Valérian and Laureline have struck up a relationship with a group of three Shingouz who have a particularly useful network of contacts in all the major space communities. They are especially fond of Laureline, which she often uses to her advantage in striking favourable deals with them.[15]

    Childhood friends Jean-Claude Mézières and Pierre Christin had previously collaborated on the comic strip Le Rhum du Punch (Rum Punch) in 1966 while both were living and working in the United States.[10] Upon their return to France they initially intended to create a Western strip but, with the genre already well represented in French comics thanks to Lucky Luke, Blueberry and Jerry Spring, Christin instead proposed that they turn their hand to science fiction, a genre he felt was unrepresented in French comics at the time.[6] The decision to work in the science fiction genre was also influenced by the political climate in France at the time; Mézières and Christin saw Valérian as a "backdoor" means to react against the prevailing doctrine of Gaullism.[6] Although science fiction was not a favourite of Pilote editor René Goscinny, Goscinny wanted his magazine to be diverse and innovative and so agreed to commission Valérian.[10]

    There had been French science fiction comics before Valérian such as Kline's Kaza the Martian (a childhood favourite of Mézières),[10] Roger Lecureux and Raymond Poivet's Les Pionniers de l'Espérance (The Pioneers of Hope) (which Christin found tired and repetitive)[6] and Jean-Claude Forest's Barbarella. Barbarella is famous for its strong, female, titular character, but Christin has denied any influence on the character of Laureline stating that she was inspired by Simone de Beauvoir's The Second Sex as well as the burgeoning feminist movement of the late 1960s and early 1970s.[16] However, contemporary reviews of the early stories by Jean-Pierre Andrevon describe the books as "Forestian".[17][18] Mézières and Christin were also heavily influenced by literary science fiction such as that by Isaac Asimov (especially The End of Eternity),[9] Jack Vance (especially The Blue World),[10] and John Brunner.[6] Jean-Marc and Randy Lofficier have also suggested that Poul Anderson's Time Patrol books, about an official organization dedicated to protecting time from interference, are a major influence on the series.[19] Christin has also cited the whodunit genre—notably novels by Georges Simenon and Ed McBain—as an influence on Valérian since they taught him, as a writer, that all characters in a narrative must be seen to have motivations.[16]

    Mézières' drawings in the early albums were influenced by such "comic-dynamic" artists as Morris (Lucky Luke), André Franquin (Spirou et Fantasio) and Jack Davis (Mad magazine),[9] leading Jean-Pierre Andrevon to refer to Valérian as "a kind of Lucky Luke of space-time".[17] As the series progressed, Mézières developed a more realistic style, akin to that of Jijé, though in more recent albums he has returned to the more cartoonish style of the earlier stories.[9]

    Valérian's arrival on the French comics scene was contemporaneous with the debuts of other notable French science fiction strips including Luc Orient by Greg and Eddy Paape and Lone Sloane by Philippe Druillet.[9][20] The success of these strips would eventually lead to the creation of Métal Hurlant, the highly influential French comics magazine dedicated to science fiction.[21] The influence of Valérian has been noticed in such strips as Dani Futuro (es; de; it) (by Víctor Mora and Carlos Giménez) and Gigantik (by Mora and José Maria Cardona).[9] The visual style of Valérian has also influenced some American comics artists, notably Walt Simonson[9] and Gil Kane.[1] Sometimes the impact of Valérian has gone beyond mere influence; following a complaint by Mézières, the artist Angus McKie admitted that several panels of his strip So Beautiful and So Dangerous were copied from Ambassador of the Shadows.[1]

    Outside of comics, the Valérian series has been particularly influential on science fiction and fantasy film.

    Several commentators, such as Kim Thompson of The Comics Journal,[22] film critic Jean-Philippe Guerand[23] and the newspaper Libération,[24] have noted certain similarities between the Valérian albums and the Star Wars film series. Both series are noted for the "lived-in" look given to their various settings and for the diverse alien creatures they feature. Mézières' response upon seeing Star Wars was that he was "dazzled, jealous... and furious!".[25] As a riposte, Mézières produced an illustration for Pilote magazine in 1983 depicting the Star Wars characters Luke Skywalker and Leia Organa meeting Valérian and Laureline in a bar surrounded by a bestiary of alien creatures typical of that seen in both series. "Fancy meeting you here!" says Leia. "Oh, we've been hanging around here for a long time!" retorts Laureline.[26] Mézières has since been informed that Doug Chiang, design director on The Phantom Menace, kept a set of Valérian albums in his library.[10]

    Mézières has also noticed similarities between some of the sets in the 1982 film Conan the Barbarian and the planet seen in Birds of the Master (Les Oiseaux du Maître) and between some of the production sketches for the alien fighters in the 1996 film Independence Day and Valérian and Laureline's astroship.[10]

    The 1999 Danish film Mifune's Last Song, directed by Søren Kragh-Jacobsen, features a character, Rud, who is a fan of Linda and Valentin (as Valérian is known in Denmark) who believes the character of Liva is in fact Linda (i.e. Laureline).[27]

    Jean-Claude Mézières himself has worked as a concept artist on a number of science fiction film projects. The first of these was in 1984 for director Jeremy Kagan who was attempting to adapt René Barjavel's novel La Nuit des temps (The Ice People). The film was never made. This was followed, in 1985, by a proposed adaptation of Arkady and Boris Strugatsky's novel Hard to Be a God for director Peter Fleischmann. This film was eventually finished in 1989 though Mézières' concepts for the film were barely used. The art Mézières produced for both projects was later published in Mézières Extras.[10][12]

    In 1991 Mézières began work producing concept art for the director Luc Besson for his film The Fifth Element. When the project stalled and Besson moved on to work on the film Léon in 1994, Mézières returned to Valérian for the album The Circles of Power (Les Cercles du Pouvoir). This featured a character, S'Traks, who drove a flying taxi around a great metropolis on the planet Rubanis.[28] Mézières sent a copy of the album to Besson who was inspired to change the background of Korben Dallas, the lead character of The Fifth Element, from a worker in a rocketship factory to that of a taxi driver who flies his cab around a Rubanis-inspired futuristic New York City.[29] Mézières produced further concept drawings for Besson, including flying taxi cabs. He also re-used certain aspects of the design of the space liner seen in the 1988 Valérian album On the Frontiers for the Fhloston Paradise liner seen in second half of the film.[30] The Fifth Element was finally completed and released in 1997. The importance of the four classical elements to the film is similar to the significance the elements have in the two-part Valérian story Métro Châtelet, Direction Cassiopeia and Brooklyn Station, Terminus Cosmos. However, Besson has claimed that he first came up with the idea for the film at the age of 16 which would pre-date the publication of these two albums.[31]

    Valérian and its creators have also received recognition through a number of prestigious awards. Most notably, in 1984, Jean-Claude Mézières was honoured with the Grand Prix de la ville d'Angoulême for his comics work, including Valérian.[32] Mézières and Christin also received a European Science Fiction Society award for Valérian in 1987[33] and the album Hostages of the Ultralum (Otages de l'Ultralum) won a Tournesal award, given to the comic that best reflects the ideals of the Green Party, at the 1997 Angoulême International Comics Festival.[34] The encyclopedia of the alien creatures found in the Valérian universe Les Habitants du Ciel: Atlas Cosmique de Valérian et Laureline (The Inhabitants of the Sky: The Cosmic Atlas of Valerian and Laureline) received a special mention by the jury at the 1992 Angoulême International Comics Festival in the Prix Jeunesse 9–12 ans (Youth Prize 9–12 years) category.[35]

    Valérian has also been nominated for a Haxtur Award in 1995 for The Circles of Power[36] and for a Harvey Award in 2005 for The New Future Trilogy, an English-language compilation of three of the albums.[37]

    Valérian first appeared on 9 November 1967 in issue #420 of the Franco-Belgian comics magazine Pilote,[38] and every Valérian story from Bad Dreams to The Rage of Hypsis was initially serialised in Pilote. The second Valérian story, The City of Shifting Waters (La Cité des Eaux Mouvantes), was the first to be collected in graphic novel album format by Dargaud. Since On the Frontiers, every Valérian story has debuted in album format. Seven short stories were also published in the digest-sized Super Pocket Pilote in 1969 and 1970 and later collected in Across the Pathways of Space (Par Les Chemins De l’Espace) in 1997. The series was originally published under the title Valérian: Spatio-Temporal Agent. However, with the publication of The Order of the Stones in 2007, the series now goes under the title Valérian and Laureline.

    On 22 January 2010, the last album, L'OuvreTemps (The Time Opener), was published. With this album the authors concluded the entire comic series with the intention to prevent the series from becoming weak, or staggering behind newer comics. However, Christin has written a 270-page Valérian and Laureline novel, Lininil a disparu (Lininil has disappeared), and indicated that Valérian and Laureline will continue to live on in a yet unspecified form.[39]

    The first Valérian album to be translated into English was Ambassador of the Shadows which was serialised across four issues of the magazine Heavy Metal in 1981 (Volume 4, Number 10 (January 1981) to Volume 5, Number 1 (April 1981)).[40][41]

    Ambassador of the Shadows was later republished in English in album format as were World Without Stars, Welcome to Alflolol and Heroes of the Equinox by the short-lived Dargaud-USA and Dargaud-Canada between 1981 and 1984 and in the United Kingdom by Hodder-Dargaud in 1984 and 1985.[40]

    In 1989 it was announced that NBM Publishing were going to reissue the four English language albums published by Dargaud-USA and also release a translation of Empire of a Thousand Planets but nothing seems to have come of this.[40]

    Heroes of the Equinox was republished in July 1996 in black and white by Fantasy Flight Publishing (an offshoot of Fantasy Flight Games) in two issues as standard American sized comic-books as part of an unsuccessful attempt to translate and print several European comic book series including Spirou et Fantasio and Lucky Luke.[42]

    In November 2004, iBooks published Valérian: The New Future Trilogy, collecting the albums On the Frontiers, The Living Weapons and The Circles of Power in one volume reduced to standard American graphic novel size. These were the only Valérian stories iBooks published and the company has since declared bankruptcy.[43]

    Since July 2010, UK publisher Cinebook has been publishing English language editions of Valérian. These began at a rate of one volume every six months, however, as the cinematic release of Luc Besson's film Valerian and the City of a Thousand Planets approached, the rate increased to one every three months.[44] Fourteen volumes had been published by the end of 2016.

    Many of the Valérian stories have been translated from their original French into several other languages, including German (as Valerian und Veronique), Dutch (as Ravian: Tijd/ruimte-agent), the Scandinavian languages (Danish, Icelandic, Norwegian and Swedish) (as Linda og/och Valentin), Finnish (as Avaruusagentti Valérianin seikkailuja), Spanish, Portuguese (as Valérian, agente espácio-temporal), Serbian (as Valerijan), Italian, Turkish, Polish, and Indonesian.[3]

    The notion of making an animated adaptation of Valérian dates back to at least 1976.[10] In 1982, Mézières produced concept art for an episode titled The Asteroids of Shimballil (Les Astéroïdes de Shimballil) which was later published in 2000 as an appendix to the album release of Bad Dreams. In 1991, Dargaud Films financed the production of a three-minute pilot, directed by Bernard Deyriès and animated by Studio 32 in Paris and Luxembourg, but nothing came of this venture. Several stills from this pilot episode were published in Mézières Extras.[12] Another pilot, directed by Florient Ferrier, was made by the French animation studio 2 Minutes in 2001. Nothing came of this attempt either.[45]

    An animated series entitled Time Jam: Valerian and Laureline made its debut on Canal+ Family in France on 20 October 2007. In total, forty 26-minute episodes have been made.[46] The series is a Franco–Japanese co-production, directed by Philippe Vidal.[47][48]

    The scripts have been written by a French team under the supervision of Peter Berts while Charles Vaucelles was responsible for the realisation of the characters and Vincent Momméja was responsible for the design of the locations and spacecraft.[47] Music is by Alexandre Azzaria.[47] In the French dub of the series Valérian is voiced by Gwendal Anglade and Laureline by Mélodie Orru.[49] Three trailers were released to promote the series: the first on 24 April 2006,[50] the second on 10 October 2006[51] and the third on 30 August 2007.[52] The series differs from the original comics in that Valerian comes from the year 2417, instead of 2720, and meets Laureline in the year 912 instead of 1000. Whereas in the comics Valerian takes Laureline back to the 28th century without any trouble, in the animated series this results in Earth disappearing from the solar system.

    According to Animation World Network, "Time Jam - Valerian & Laureline sets out to answer the question: Where on Earth has Earth gone? Valerian and Laureline, our two young heroes, seem to be the only representatives of the human race in the unsafe galaxy where the nightmarish Vlagos are conspiring to control the world. Sent out on an assignment by the head of STS (the Spatial-Temporal Service), Valerian and Laureline discover the existence of a time-portal, a mysterious phenomenon, which may hold the key to the recovery of Earth. The series from Dargaud Marina mixes 2D and CGI animation with an anime touch".[53] The series has also been sold to Belgium, Spain, Israel and Morocco.[46]

    In 2012, it was announced that Luc Besson planned to make a movie for the big screen of Valérian and Laureline.[54][55] The film was shot in January 2016 and stars Dane DeHaan and Cara Delevingne. It was released on July 21, 2017.[56][57][58]

    Notes
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Kane, Gil; Groth, Gary (May–June 2004). "Recognition: A Conversation with Jean-Claude Mézières". The Comics Journal. Fantagraphics Books (260): 88–112. ISSN 0194-7869.
    Jump up
    ^ Italian announcement of final issue
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "Valerian eri kielillä - Valérian in different languages". Retrieved 2006-09-16.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (2000). Les Mauvais Rêves. Valérian: Agent Spatio-Temporel (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04880-5.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (1997). "Le Grand Collectionneur". Par les Chemins de l'Espace. Valérian: Agent Spatio-Temporel (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04456-7.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c d e f g h i Pomerleau, Luc (May 1989). "Pierre Christin and Enki Bilal, Called to Comics". The Comics Journal (129): 62–67. ISSN 0194-7869. Archived from the original on May 19, 2006. Retrieved 2006-09-02.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Dean, John (1996). "A Comics Interlude". In Dean, John; Gabillet, Jean-Paul. European Readings of American Popular Culture (Contributions to the Study of Popular Culture, Number 50). Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press. pp. 23–43. ISBN 0-313-29429-1. doi:10.1336/0313294291. Retrieved 2006-09-16.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Klein, Gérard (1983). "Des messagers de l'actuel. Une exploration des mondes de Valérian". In Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre. Mézières et Christin avec... (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-02513-9. Retrieved 2007-03-20.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c d e f g h i Perez, Pepo (February 2002). "Tierra de Gigantes". U (23): –. Retrieved 2006-09-16.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c d e f g h i j k Maltret, Olivier (August 2001). "Dossier Mézières". Les Dossiers de la Bande Dessinée (DBD) (12): 1–40. Archived from the original on 2005-10-28. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ url = http://www.behindthename.com/name/valerius
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Mézières, Jean-Claude (1995). Les Extras de Mézières (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04443-5.
    Jump up
    ^ "Clins d'oeil". Valerian et Laureline, tout sur les agents spatio-temporels de Galaxity (in French). Archived from the original on June 16, 2006. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (1980). Métro Châtelet, Direction Cassiopeia. Valérian: Agent Spatio-Temporel (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04639-X.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (1991). "Les Shingouz". Les Habitants du Ciel. Atlas Cosmique de Valérian et Laureline. Valérian: Agent Spatio-Temporel (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-03921-0.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "Christin/Mézières, l'abécédaire" (Press release). Dargaud. 2001. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b Andrevon, Jean-Pierre (December 1970). "La Cité des eaux mouvantes". Fiction (204): –. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ Andrevon, Jean-Pierre (December 1971). "L'Empire des mille planètes". Fiction (216): –. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ Lofficier, Jean-Marc and Randy. "Cool French Comics – Valérian". Cool French Comics. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ Lofficier, Jean-Marc and Randy (2004). Shadowmen 2. Heroes and Villains of French Comics. Encino, California: Black Coat Press. ISBN 0-9740711-8-8.
    Jump up
    ^ Gravett, Paul (2005). "Of Futures and Fables". Graphic Novels. Stories to change your life. London: Aurum. p. 88. ISBN 1-84513-068-5.
    Jump up
    ^ Thompson, Kim (2004). "Introduction". In Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre. Valerian: The New Future Trilogy. New York: iBooks. pp. 1–2. ISBN 0-7434-8674-9.
    Jump up
    ^ Geurand, Jean-Phillipe (November 1999). "Noirs dessins". Le Nouveau Cinéma. –: –. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ F.A. (13 October 1999). "Sur les traces de Valerian et consorts". Liberation. –: –. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Troisième période (1980-1984)". Tout (ou presque) sur Jean-Claude Mézières... Archived from the original on October 2, 2005. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Tierney, D. (1 October 1983). "Le retour du Jedi: c'est de la B.D". Pilote (M113): –.
    Jump up
    ^ Kragh-Jacobsen, Søren (Director) (1999). Mifunes sidste sang (Mifune's Last Song) (Film). Denmark: –.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (2004). "The Circles of Power". Valerian: The New Future Trilogy. Valérian: Spatio-Temporal Agent. Trans. Timothy Ryan Smith. New York: iBooks. ISBN 0-7434-8674-9.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude (2004). "Afterword". In Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre. Valerian: The New Future Trilogy. New York: iBooks. p. 65. ISBN 0-7434-8674-9.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude (1998). Les Extras de Mézières No. 2. Mon Cinquieme Element. Decors pour la film de Luc Besson (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04751-5.
    Jump up
    ^ Sleap, Simon (Director) (2003), "Discovering the Fifth Element", in The Fifth Element (DVD), Disc 2, Pathé.
    Jump up
    ^ "List of Grand Prix award winners". Official Website of the Angoulême International Comics Festival. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ "ESFS Awards 1987-89". Official Website of the European Science Fiction Society. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ "Bandes dessinées et Prix Tournesol". Les Verts (Official Website of the French Green Party). Archived from the original on 2006-08-19. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ "Le Palmarès 1992". ToutEnBD (in French). Retrieved 2007-04-08.
    Jump up
    ^ "Haxtur Award Nominees 1995". Official Website of the Haxtur Awards. Retrieved 2006-09-29.
    Jump up
    ^ "Harvey Award Nominees 2005". Official Website of the Harvey Awards. Archived from the original on 2012-02-27. Retrieved 2006-09-29.
    Jump up
    ^ "Le journal Pilote en 1967". BDoubliées (in French). Retrieved 2007-03-22.
    Jump up
    ^ Destraz, Camille (17 October 2009). "Pierre Christin: "J'ai écrit ce roman parce que Valérian s'arrête"". Le Matin. Retrieved October 28, 2011.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Unknown (March 1989). "Ambassador of the Shadows". Amazing Heroes (160): –. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Heavy Metal Magazine List – 1981". Heavy Metal Magazine Fan Page. Retrieved 2006-09-16.
    Jump up
    ^ "Fantasy Flight Games - Company History". Fantasy Flight Games. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Agonizing and Arduous. iBooks Bankrupt". Comic World News. 2006-03-13. Retrieved 2006-11-12.
    Jump up
    ^ "Cinebook catalogue - Valerian". Cinebook. Retrieved 2011-03-24.
    Jump up
    ^ Ferrier, Florient (Director). "Valerian & Laureline – pilot" (Flash Animation). 2 Minutes. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "Time Jam: Valerian and Laureline". Mediatoon International Distribution. Retrieved 2006-10-22.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Vidal, Phillipe. "Le partage des tâches". Blog by Time Jam director Phillipe Vidal (in French). Dargaud. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Dargaud Distribution Listing for Time Jam". TV France International. Archived from the original on September 28, 2007. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ Vidal, Phillipe. "Bon anniversaire Mr V!". Blog by Time Jam director Phillipe Vidal (in French). Dargaud. Retrieved 2007-09-15.
    Jump up
    ^ "Time Jam: Valerian & Laureline - First Trailer". Dargaud. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Time Jam: Valerian & Laureline - Second Trailer". Dargaud. Archived from the original on 2007-03-15. Retrieved 2006-11-12.
    Jump up
    ^ "Time Jam: Valerian & Laureline - Third Trailer". Dargaud. Retrieved 2007-09-15.
    Jump up
    ^ Animation World Network (5 October 2006). "Dargaud Distribution's Spirou & Fantasio Jets Into Cannes" (PDF). Animation Flash (MIPCOM 2006 Special Edition No. 3): 7. Retrieved 2006-11-12.
    Jump up
    ^ "Luc Besson Adapting Sci-Fi Comic VALERIAN for the Big Screen". GeekTyrant.
    Jump up
    ^ "Luc Besson's Next Sci-Fi Project Sounds a Little Familiar". Movies.com.
    Jump up
    ^ "Luc Besson - Hello everyone – As you probably noticed I’m... - Facebook".
    Jump up
    ^ "Luc Besson on Twitter". Twitter.
    Jump up
    ^ Vlessing, Etan (May 18, 2015). "Luc Besson’s Sci-Fi Epic 'Valerian' Gets Release Date". The Hollywood Reporter.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-Trailer-2-5
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Luc-besson-valerian-mezieres
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-17_VDF-53446_r_rgb
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-018
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-01-1280x534
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-3
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-trailer-020
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Bugatti_2154
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-Trailer-2-4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-16-1280x534
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Gallery_main_Valerian_nataceni_23
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vkiss
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Lexus-x-valerian-skyjet-full-front
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 B97f77830c015a8ed611e6612faea8ff
    "Where Are All the Stars??"

    How many politicians have actually been incarcerated for a significant time-period in the entire history of the United States?? Have Christians taken Romans 13:1 seriously over the past 2,000 years?? "Let everyone be subject to the governing authorities, for there is no authority except that which God has established. The authorities that exist have been established by God." Conspiracy-Theorists allege that U.S. Presidents are Selected rather than Elected. If so, does this support Romans 13:1?? Does God have Everything to do with the Secret Government?? What about the brutal Monster-Leaders of the past 2,000 years?? Were they all put in place by God?? If so, has a Proxy-God of sorts ruled Humanity for thousands of years?? What if the God of This World for at least the past 6,000 years has been a Direct-Democracy Investigative-Judgment Beast-Supercomputer with Strict-Protocols?? What Would Mr. Morden Say?? Please watch that corny old Dr. Who series called 'The Trial of a Time Lord' from the mid 1980's. It's low-budget, and sort of stupid, but it contains some absolutely profound revelations regarding the Matrix and Galactic-Jurisprudence. Sorry for the repetition, but some of this stuff is pretty obscure, so 'Theme and Variations' seems to be an appropriate research and revelation modality regarding what might be of the utmost importance.
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Vlcsnap-1329658



    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 1:05 pm

    blue roller wrote:Have to be quick because Im cooking dinner here .

    Its okay to be ignorant and innocent you know ? Its okay to wander around lost if you follow your passion and keep your mind open. The journey is not always about getting answers , its about living through the questions and growing in the process .

    I get monitored too but I dont take it personally . I will happily chat with an intelligence officer or Jehovah's witness and enjoy the interaction. The trick is not to hate on them , just let them be who they are while not compromising on your own sense of where you are going .

    I do tend to be very direct but not to offend or hurt . Its just a cultural thing peculiar to my people I guess . Direct frank and to the point . To my people ,diplomatic double speak is offensive and tiresome and historically we have good reason to be leery of it. So yes I know , most people on this planet are used to a very vague nuanced and subject to interpretation way of speaking . Where I come from its called dumb insolence and insulting. Passive aggression is not something that we care for.

    We all have Demons. We all have a dark side . But denying it only feeds it . When it comes up you have to see it , manage it and master it .

    Why is that ? Because we are all connected and there is just no getting around that . I like to use humor and irony to color my conversation and avoid upsetting people to much. So for that reason I place greater value on experience than words alone. How can you know the word until you have experienced it ? Fire ? Whats that until you feel the heat for the first time ?

    Life in a Human body needs to be adventurous to get the results your DNA needs to evolve . Its not an armchair kind of Body . Its a balls out go for it kind of vessel. Its like the old saying .Ships are safest in Harbour but that's not what ships are made for.
    Thank-you blue roller. I think I'm slow, stupid, lazy, boring, ugly, messy, miserable, reprobate, hated, irresponsible, back-slidden, failure-prone, over-the-hill, supernaturally-harassed (but NOT possessed -- YET), and good-for-nothing BUT I continue to think I've provided a VERY Interesting Study-Guide for the Right-Researchers. Your comments are an important part of this study-guide. I'm HONESTLY trying to take my study COMPLETELY Private and Silent. In fact, my latest bright-idea is to move to the mountains (with or without an underground-dwelling) and NOT have a computer -- but simply read the latest set of encyclopedias straight-through -- year after year -- plus very-little else!! But until then, here is a slight-modification of previous study-lists:

    1. The Gods of Eden (William Bramley).
    2. Eden in Egypt (Ralph Ellis).
    3. Solomon: Pharaoh of Egypt (Ralph Ellis).
    4. Patriarchs and Prophets (Ellen White).
    5. Prophets and Kings (Ellen White).
    6. Desire of Ages (Ellen White).
    7. Daniel (Desmond Ford).
    8. Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment (Desmond Ford).
    9. The End of the World, A.D. 2133 (Lucio Bernardo Silvestre).
    10. The United States of the Solar System: A.D. 2133 (Books One to Five).
    11. The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (Online and Hardcopy).
    12. The Books of Norman Vincent Peale and Robert Harold Schuller.
    13. The Latest and Best Set of Encyclopedias.
    14. Science-Fiction Books, Series, and Movies.
    15. The 1928 Book of Common Prayer.
    16. Deuteronomy and Job through Malachi (NKJV).
    17. Luke and Acts through Jude (NKJV).
    18. Sacred Classical Music.

    I haven't even come-close to mastering ANY of the Above -- and I doubt that I EVER Will. This List is Mostly for OTHERS!! Now's Your Big-Chance!!! Give It Your BEST Shot!!! BTW -- once upon a time, I was in a Sabbath-School Class taught by Charles Scriven, wherein he made a Big-Deal About "Balaam's Ass"!!! He was illustrating how dangerous it is to take the Bible Strictly-Literally!! The conservative-members of the class didn't like Chuck to begin-with -- and this Sealed the Deal!!! What Would Prof Cross Say?? What What Would John Brunt Say?? What Would Ione Brunt Say?? She once asked me (in a most peculiar voice) "Are You Easily Confused???" What Would David Brunt Say?? What Would Luke Ford Say?? I should STOP!! One More Thing. Imagine a Desmond Ford Commentary on Deuteronomy (in the manner of his 1978 Commentary on Daniel)!! What Would Meredith Kline Say?? Imagine a Desmond Ford Commentary on Isaiah!! Imagine a Desmond Ford Commentary on Hebrews!! What Would M.L. Andreasen Say?? The Bible is Yet But DIMMLY UNDERSTOOD!! What Would Ellen White Say??

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp41.html With joyful hearts and renewed faith in God, the victorious armies of Israel had returned from Bashan. They had already gained possession of a valuable territory, and they were confident of the immediate conquest of Canaan. Only the river Jordan lay between them and the Promised Land. Just across the river was a rich plain, covered with verdure, watered with streams from copious fountains, and shaded by luxuriant palm trees. On the western border of the plain rose the towers and palaces of Jericho, so embosomed in its palm-tree groves that it was called "the city of palm trees."

    On the eastern side of Jordan, between the river and the high tableland which they had been traversing, was also a plain, several miles in width and extending some distance along the river. This sheltered valley had the climate of the tropics; here flourished the shittim, or acacia, tree, giving to the plain the name, "Vale of Shittim." It was here that the Israelites encamped, and in the acacia groves by the riverside they found an agreeable retreat.

    But amid these attractive surroundings they were to encounter an evil more deadly than mighty hosts of armed men or the wild beasts of the wilderness. That country, so rich in natural advantages, had been defiled by the inhabitants. In the public worship of Baal, the leading deity, the most degrading and iniquitous scenes were constantly enacted. On every side were places noted for idolatry and licentiousness, the very names being suggestive of the vileness and corruption of the people.

    These surroundings exerted a polluting influence upon the Israelites. Their minds became familiar with the vile thoughts constantly suggested; their life of ease and inaction produced its demoralizing effect; and almost unconsciously to themselves they were departing from God and coming into a condition where they would fall an easy prey to temptation.

    During the time of their encampment beside Jordan, Moses was preparing for the occupation of Canaan. In this work the great leader was fully employed; but to the people this time of suspense and expectation was most trying, and before many weeks had elapsed their history was marred by the most frightful departures from virtue and integrity.

    At first there was little intercourse between the Israelites and their heathen neighbors, but after a time Midianitish women began to steal into the camp. Their appearance excited no alarm, and so quietly were their plans conducted that the attention of Moses was not called to the matter. It was the object of these women, in their association with the Hebrews, to seduce them into transgression of the law of God, to draw their attention to heathen rites and customs, and lead them into idolatry. These motives were studiously concealed under the garb of friendship, so that they were not suspected, even by the guardians of the people.

    At Balaam's suggestion, a grand festival in honor of their gods was appointed by the king of Moab, and it was secretly arranged that Balaam should induce the Israelites to attend. He was regarded by them as a prophet of God, and hence had little difficulty in accomplishing his purpose. Great numbers of the people joined him in witnessing the festivities. They ventured upon the forbidden ground, and were entangled in the snare of Satan. Beguiled with music and dancing, and allured by the beauty of heathen vestals, they cast off their fealty to Jehovah. As they united in mirth and feasting, indulgence in wine beclouded their senses and broke down the barriers of self-control. Passion had full sway; and having defiled their consciences by lewdness, they were persuaded to bow down to idols. They offered sacrifice upon heathen altars and participated in the most degrading rites.

    It was not long before the poison had spread, like a deadly infection, through the camp of Israel. Those who would have conquered their enemies in battle were overcome by the wiles of heathen women. The people seemed to be infatuated. The rulers and the leading men were among the first to transgress, and so many of the people were guilty that the apostasy became national. "Israel joined himself unto Baalpeor." When Moses was aroused to perceive the evil, the plots of their enemies had been so successful that not only were the Israelites participating in the licentious worship at Mount Peor, but the heathen rites were coming to be observed in the camp of Israel. The aged leader was filled with indignation, and the wrath of God was kindled.

    Their iniquitous practices did that for Israel which all the enchantments of Balaam could not do--they separated them from God. By swift-coming judgments the people were awakened to the enormity of their sin. A terrible pestilence broke out in the camp, to which tens of thousands speedily fell a prey. God commanded that the leaders in this apostasy be put to death by the magistrates. This order was promptly obeyed. The offenders were slain, then their bodies were hung up in sight of all Israel that the congregation, seeing the leaders so severely dealt with, might have a deep sense of God's abhorrence of their sin and the terror of His wrath against them.

    All felt that the punishment was just, and the people hastened to the tabernacle, and with tears and deep humiliation confessed their sin. While they were thus weeping before God, at the door of the tabernacle, while the plague was still doing its work of death, and the magistrates were executing their terrible commission, Zimri, one of the nobles of Israel, came boldly into the camp, accompanied by a Midianitish harlot, a princess "of a chief house in Midian," whom he escorted to his tent. Never was vice bolder or more stubborn. Inflamed with wine, Zimri declared his "sin as Sodom," and gloried in his shame. The priests and leaders had prostrated themselves in grief and humiliation, weeping "between the porch and the altar," and entreating the Lord to spare His people, and give not His heritage to reproach, when this prince in Israel flaunted his sin in the sight of the congregation, as if to defy the vengeance of God and mock the judges of the nation. Phinehas, the son of Eleazar the high priest, rose up from among the congregation, and seizing a javelin, "he went after the man of Israel into the tent," and slew them both. Thus the plague was stayed, while the priest who had executed the divine judgment was honored before all Israel, and the priesthood was confirmed to him and to his house forever.

    Phinehas "hath turned My wrath away from the children of Israel," was the divine message; "wherefore say, Behold, I give unto him My covenant of peace: and he shall have it, and his seed after him, even the covenant of an everlasting priesthood; because he was zealous for His God, and made an atonement for the children of Israel."

    The judgments visited upon Israel for their sin at Shittim, destroyed the survivors of that vast company, who, nearly forty years before, had incurred the sentence, "They shall surely die in the wilderness." The numbering of the people by divine direction, during their encampment on the plains of Jordan, showed that "of them whom Moses and Aaron the priest numbered, when they numbered the children of Israel in the wilderness of Sinai, . . . there was not left a man of them, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun." Numbers 26:64, 65.

    God had sent judgments upon Israel for yielding to the enticements of the Midianites; but the tempters were not to escape the wrath of divine justice. The Amalekites, who had attacked Israel at Rephidim, falling upon those who were faint and weary behind the host, were not punished till long after; but the Midianites who seduced them into sin were speedily made to feel God's judgments, as being the more dangerous enemies. "Avenge the children of Israel of the Midianites" (Numbers 31:2), was the command of God to Moses; "afterward shalt thou be gathered unto thy people." This mandate was immediately obeyed. One thousand men were chosen from each of the tribes and sent out under the leadership of Phinehas. "And they warred against the Midianites, as the Lord commanded Moses. . . . And they slew the kings of Midian, beside the rest of them that were slain; . . . five kings of Midian: Balaam also the son of Beor they slew with the sword." Verses 7, 8. The women also, who had been made captives by the attacking army, were put to death at the command of Moses, as the most guilty and most dangerous of the foes of Israel.

    Such was the end of them that devised mischief against God's people. Says the psalmist: "The heathen are sunk down in the pit that they made: in the net which they hid is their own foot taken." Psalm 9:15. "For the Lord will not cast off His people, neither will He forsake His inheritance. But judgment shall return unto righteousness." When men "gather themselves together against the soul of the righteous," the Lord "shall bring upon them their own iniquity, and shall cut them off in their own wickedness." Psalm 94:14, 15, 21, 23.

    When Balaam was called to curse the Hebrews he could not, by all his enchantments, bring evil upon them; for the Lord had not "beheld iniquity in Jacob," neither had He "seen perverseness in Israel." Numbers 23:21, 23. But when through yielding to temptation they transgressed God's law, their defense departed from them. When the people of God are faithful to His commandments, "there is no enchantment against Jacob, neither is there any divination against Israel." Hence all the power and wily arts of Satan are exerted to seduce them into sin. If those who profess to be the depositaries of God's law become transgressors of its precepts, they separate themselves from God, and they will be unable to stand before their enemies.

    The Israelites, who could not be overcome by the arms or by the enchantments of Midian, fell a prey to her harlots. Such is the power that woman, enlisted in the service of Satan, has exerted to entrap and destroy souls. "She hath cast down many wounded: yea, many strong men have been slain by her." Proverbs 7:26. It was thus that the children of Seth were seduced from their integrity, and the holy seed became corrupt. It was thus that Joseph was tempted. Thus Samson betrayed his strength, the defense of Israel, into the hands of the Philistines. Here David stumbled. And Solomon, the wisest of kings, who had thrice been called the beloved of his God, became a slave of passion, and sacrificed his integrity to the same bewitching power.

    "Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall." 1 Corinthians 10:11, 12. Satan well knows the material with which he has to deal in the human heart. He knows--for he has studied with fiendish intensity for thousands of years--the points most easily assailed in every character; and through successive generations he has wrought to overthrow the strongest men, princes in Israel, by the same temptations that were so successful at Baalpeor. All along through the ages there are strewn wrecks of character that have been stranded upon the rocks of sensual indulgence. As we approach the close of time, as the people of God stand upon the borders of the heavenly Canaan, Satan will, as of old, redouble his efforts to prevent them from entering the goodly land. He lays his snares for every soul. It is not the ignorant and uncultured merely that need to be guarded; he will prepare his temptations for those in the highest positions, in the most holy office; if he can lead them to pollute their souls, he can through them destroy many. And he employs the same agents now as he employed three thousand years ago. By worldly friendships, by the charms of beauty, by pleasure seeking, mirth, feasting, or the wine cup, he tempts to the violation of the seventh commandment.

    Satan seduced Israel into licentiousness before leading them to idolatry. Those who will dishonor God's image and defile His temple in their own persons will not scruple at any dishonor to God that will gratify the desire of their depraved hearts. Sensual indulgence weakens the mind and debases the soul. The moral and intellectual powers are benumbed and paralyzed by the gratification of the animal propensities; and it is impossible for the slave of passion to realize the sacred obligation of the law of God, to appreciate the atonement, or to place a right value upon the soul. Goodness, purity, and truth, reverence for God, and love for sacred things--all those holy affections and noble desires that link men with the heavenly world--are consumed in the fires of lust. The soul becomes a blackened and desolate waste, the habitation of the evil spirits, and the "cage of every unclean and hateful bird." Beings formed in the image of God are dragged down to a level with the brutes.

    It was by associating with idolaters and joining in their festivities that the Hebrews were led to transgress God's law and bring His judgments upon the nation. So now it is by leading the followers of Christ to associate with the ungodly and unite in their amusements that Satan is most successful in alluring them into sin. "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean." 2 Corinthians 6:17. God requires of His people now as great a distinction from the world, in customs, habits, and principles, as He required of Israel anciently. If they faithfully follow the teachings of His word, this distinction will exist; it cannot be otherwise. The warnings given to the Hebrews against assimilating with the heathen were not more direct or explicit than are those forbidding Christians to conform to the spirit and customs of the ungodly. Christ speaks to us, "Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him." 1 John 2:15. "The friendship of the world is enmity with God; whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God." James 4:4. The followers of Christ are to separate themselves from sinners, choosing their society only when there is opportunity to do them good. We cannot be too decided in shunning the company of those who exert an influence to draw us away from God. While we pray, "Lead us not into temptation," we are to shun temptation, so far as possible.

    It was when the Israelites were in a condition of outward ease and security that they were led into sin. They failed to keep God ever before them, they neglected prayer and cherished a spirit of self-confidence. Ease and self-indulgence left the citadel of the soul unguarded, and debasing thoughts found entrance. It was the traitors within the walls that overthrew the strongholds of principle and betrayed Israel into the power of Satan. It is thus that Satan still seeks to compass the ruin of the soul. A long preparatory process, unknown to the world, goes on in the heart before the Christian commits open sin. The mind does not come down at once from purity and holiness to depravity, corruption, and crime. It takes time to degrade those formed in the image of God to the brutal or the satanic. By beholding we become changed. By the indulgence of impure thoughts man can so educate his mind that sin which he once loathed will become pleasant to him.

    Satan is using every means to make crime and debasing vice popular. We cannot walk the streets of our cities without encountering flaring notices of crime presented in some novel, or to be acted at some theater. The mind is educated to familiarity with sin. The course pursued by the base and vile is kept before the people in the periodicals of the day, and everything that can excite passion is brought before them in exciting stories. They hear and read so much of debasing crime that the once tender conscience, which would have recoiled with horror from such scenes, becomes hardened, and they dwell upon these things with greedy interest.

    Many of the amusements popular in the world today, even with those who claim to be Christians, tend to the same end as did those of the heathen. There are indeed few among them that Satan does not turn to account in destroying souls. Through the drama he has worked for ages to excite passion and glorify vice. The opera, with its fascinating display and bewildering music, the masquerade, the dance, the card table, Satan employs to break down the barriers of principle and open the door to sensual indulgence. In every gathering for pleasure where pride is fostered or appetite indulged, where one is led to forget God and lose sight of eternal interests, there Satan is binding his chains about the soul.

    "Keep thy heart with all diligence," is the counsel of the wise man; "for out of it are the issues of life." Proverbs 4:23. As man "thinketh in his heart, so is he." Proverbs 23:7. The heart must be renewed by divine grace, or it will be in vain to seek for purity of life. He who attempts to build up a noble, virtuous character independent of the grace of Christ is building his house upon the shifting sand. In the fierce storms of temptation it will surely be overthrown. David's prayer should be the petition of every soul: "Create in me a clean heart, O God; and renew a right spirit within me." Psalm 51:10. And having become partakers of the heavenly gift, we are to go on unto perfection, being "kept by the power of God through faith." 1 Peter 1:5.

    Yet we have a work to do to resist temptation. Those who would not fall a prey to Satan's devices must guard well the avenues of the soul; they must avoid reading, seeing, or hearing that which will suggest impure thoughts. The mind should not be left to wander at random upon every subject that the adversary of souls may suggest. "Girding up the loins of your mind," says the apostle Peter, "Be sober, . . . not fashioning yourselves according to your former lusts in . . . your ignorance: but like as He which called you is holy, be ye yourselves also holy in all manner of living." 1 Peter 1:13-15, R.V. Says Paul, "Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things." Philippians 4:8. This will require earnest prayer and unceasing watchfulness. We must be aided by the abiding influence of the Holy Spirit, which will attract the mind upward, and habituate it to dwell on pure and holy things. And we must give diligent study to the word of God. "Wherewithal shall a young man cleanse his way? by taking heed thereto according to Thy word." "Thy word," says the psalmist, "have I hid in mine heart, that I might not sin against Thee." Psalm 119:9, 11.

    Israel's sin at Beth-peor brought the judgments of God upon the nation, and though the same sins may not now be punished as speedily, they will as surely meet retribution. "If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy." 1 Corinthians 3:17. Nature has affixed terrible penalties to these crimes--penalties which, sooner or later, will be inflicted upon every transgressor. It is these sins more than any other that have caused the fearful degeneracy of our race, and the weight of disease and misery with which the world is cursed. Men may succeed in concealing their transgression from their fellow men, but they will no less surely reap the result, in suffering, disease, imbecility, or death. And beyond this life stands the tribunal of the judgment, with its award of eternal penalties. "They which do such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God," but with Satan and evil angels shall have their part in that "lake of fire" which "is the second death." Galatians 5:21; Revelation 20:14.

    "The lips of a strange woman drop as an honeycomb, and her mouth is smoother than oil: but her end is bitter as wormwood, sharp as a two-edged sword." Proverbs 5:3, 4. "Remove thy way far from her, and come not nigh the door of her house: lest thou give thine honor unto others, and thy years unto the cruel: lest strangers be filled with thy wealth; and thy labors be in the house of a stranger; and thou mourn at the last, when thy flesh and thy body are consumed." Verses 8-11. "Her house inclineth unto death." "None that go unto her return again." Proverbs 2:18, 19. "Her guests are in the depths of hell." Proverbs 9:18.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp42.html The Lord announced to Moses that the appointed time for the possession of Canaan was at hand; and as the aged prophet stood upon the heights overlooking the river Jordan and the Promised Land, he gazed with deep interest upon the inheritance of his people. Would it be possible that the sentence pronounced against him for his sin at Kadesh might be revoked? With deep earnestness he pleaded, "O Lord God, Thou hast begun to show Thy servant Thy greatness, and Thy mighty hand; for what god is there in heaven or in earth, that can do according to Thy works, and according to Thy might? I pray Thee, let me go over, and see the good land that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon." Deuteronomy 3:24-27.

    The answer was, "Let it suffice thee; speak no more unto Me of this matter. Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold it with thine eyes; for thou shalt not go over this Jordan."

    Without a murmur Moses submitted to the decree of God. And now his great anxiety was for Israel. Who would feel the interest for their welfare that he had felt? From a full heart he poured forth the prayer, "Let the Lord, the God of the spirits of all flesh, set a man over the congregation, which may go out before them, and which may go in before them, and which may lead them out, and which may bring them in; that the congregation of the Lord be not as sheep which have no shepherd." Numbers 27:16, 17.

    The Lord hearkened to the prayer of His servant; and the answer came, "Take thee Joshua, the son of Nun, a man in whom is the Spirit, and lay thine hand upon him; and set him before Eleazar the priest, and before all the congregation; and give him a charge in their sight. And thou shalt put some of thine honor upon him, that all the congregation of the people of Israel may be obedient." Verses 18-20. Joshua had long attended Moses; and being a man of wisdom, ability, and faith, he was chosen to succeed him.

    Through the laying on of hands by Moses, accompanied by a most impressive charge, Joshua was solemnly set apart as the leader of Israel. He was also admitted to a present share in the government. The words of the Lord concerning Joshua came through Moses to the congregation, "He shall stand before Eleazar the priest, who shall ask counsel for him, after the judgment of Urim before the Lord. At his word shall they go out, and at his word they shall come in, both he, and all the children of Israel with him, even all the congregation." Verses 21-23.

    Before relinquishing his position as the visible leader of Israel, Moses was directed to rehearse to them the history of their deliverance from Egypt and their journeyings in the wilderness, and also to recapitulate the law spoken from Sinai. When the law was given, but few of the present congregation were old enough to comprehend the awful solemnity of the occasion. As they were soon to pass over Jordan and take possession of the Promised Land, God would present before them the claims of His law and enjoin upon them obedience as the condition of prosperity.

    Moses stood before the people to repeat his last warnings and admonitions. His face was illumined with a holy light. His hair was white with age; but his form was erect, his countenance expressed the unabated vigor of health, and his eye was clear and undimmed. It was an important occasion, and with deep feeling he portrayed the love and mercy of their Almighty Protector:

    "Ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and ask from the one side of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been any such thing as this great thing is, or hath been heard like it? Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and live? or hath God assayed to go and take Him a nation from the midst of another nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched-out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the Lord your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes? Unto thee it was showed, that thou mightest know that the Lord He is God; there is none else beside Him."

    "The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He had sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. Know therefore that Jehovah thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a thousand generations." Deuteronomy 7:7-9.

    The people of Israel had been ready to ascribe their troubles to Moses; but now their suspicions that he was controlled by pride, ambition, or selfishness, were removed, and they listened with confidence to his words. Moses faithfully set before them their errors and the transgressions of their fathers. They had often felt impatient and rebellious because of their long wandering in the wilderness; but the Lord had not been chargeable with this delay in possessing Canaan; He was more grieved than they because He could not bring them into immediate possession of the Promised Land, and thus display before all nations His mighty power in the deliverance of His people. With their distrust of God, with their pride and unbelief, they had not been prepared to enter Canaan. They would in no way represent that people whose God is the Lord; for they did not bear His character of purity, goodness, and benevolence. Had their fathers yielded in faith to the direction of God, being governed by His judgments and walking in His ordinances, they would long before have been settled in Canaan, a prosperous, holy, happy people. Their delay to enter the goodly land dishonored God and detracted from His glory in the sight of surrounding nations.

    Moses, who understood the character and value of the law of God, assured the people that no other nation had such wise, righteous, and merciful rules as had been given to the Hebrews. "Behold," he said, "I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people."

    Moses called their attention to the "day that thou stoodest before the Lord thy God in Horeb." And he challenged the Hebrew host: "What nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?" Today the challenge to Israel might be repeated. The laws which God gave His ancient people were wiser, better, and more humane than those of the most civilized nations of the earth. The laws of the nations bear marks of the infirmities and passions of the unrenewed heart; but God's law bears the stamp of the divine.

    "The Lord hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace," declared Moses, "to be unto Him a people of inheritance." The land which they were soon to enter, and which was to be theirs on condition of obedience to the law of God, was thus described to them--and how must these words have moved the hearts of Israel, as they remembered that he who so glowingly pictured the blessings of the goodly land had been, through their sin, shut out from sharing the inheritance of his people:

    "The Lord thy God bringeth thee into a good land," "not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst it with thy foot, as a garden of herbs: but the land, whither ye go to possess it, is a land of hills and valleys, and drinketh water of the rain of heaven;" "a land of brooks of water, of fountains and depths that spring out of valleys and hills; a land of wheat, and barley, and vines, and fig trees, and pomegranates; a land of oil olive, and honey; a land wherein thou shalt eat bread without scarceness, thou shalt not lack anything in it; a land whose stones are iron, and out of whose hills thou mayest dig brass;" "a land which the Lord thy God careth for: the eyes of the Lord thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year." Deuteronomy 8:7-9; 11:10-12.

    "And it shall be, when the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the land which He sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give thee great and goodly cities, which thou buildedst not, and houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not, and wells digged, which thou diggedst not, vineyards and olive trees, which thou plantedst not; when thou shalt have eaten and be full; then beware lest thou forget the Lord." "Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the Lord your God. . . . For the Lord thy God is a consuming fire, even a jealous God." If they should do evil in the sight of the Lord, then, said Moses, "Ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it."

    After the public rehearsal of the law, Moses completed the work of writing all the laws, the statutes, and the judgments which God had given him, and all the regulations concerning the sacrificial system. The book containing these was placed in charge of the proper officers, and was for safe keeping deposited in the side of the ark. Still the great leader was filled with fear that the people would depart from God. In a most sublime and thrilling address he set before them the blessings that would be theirs on condition of obedience, and the curses that would follow upon transgression:

    "If thou shalt hearken diligently unto the voice of the Lord thy God, to observe and to do all His commandments which I command thee this day," "blessed shalt thou be in the city, and blessed shalt thou be in the field," in "the fruit of thy body, and the fruit of thy ground, and the fruit of thy cattle. . . . Blessed shall be thy basket and thy store. Blessed shalt thou be when thou comest in, and blessed shalt thou be when thou goest out. The Lord shall cause thine enemies that rise up against thee to be smitten before thy face. . . . The Lord shall command the blessing upon thee in thy storehouses, and in all that thou settest thine hand unto."

    "But it shall come to pass, if thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of the Lord thy God, to observe to do all His commandments and His statutes which I command thee this day; that all these curses shall come upon thee," "and thou shalt become an astonishment, a proverb, and a byword, among all nations whither the Lord shall lead thee." "And the Lord shall scatter thee among all people, from the one end of the earth even unto the other; and there thou shalt serve other gods, which neither thou nor thy fathers have known, even wood and stone. And among these nations shalt thou find no ease, neither shall the sole of thy foot have rest: but the Lord shall give thee there a trembling heart, and failing of eyes, and sorrow of mind: and thy life shall hang in doubt before thee; and thou shalt fear day and night, and shalt have none assurance of thy life: in the morning thou shalt say, Would God it were even! and at even thou shalt say, Would God it were morning! for the fear of thine heart wherewith thou shalt fear, and for the sight of thine eyes which thou shalt see."

    By the Spirit of Inspiration, looking far down the ages, Moses pictured the terrible scenes of Israel's final overthrow as a nation, and the destruction of Jerusalem by the armies of Rome: "The Lord shall bring a nation against thee from far, from the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle flieth; a nation whose tongue thou shalt not understand; a nation of fierce countenance, which shall not regard the person of the old, nor show favor to the young."

    The utter wasting of the land and the horrible suffering of the people during the siege of Jerusalem under Titus centuries later, were vividly portrayed: "He shall eat the fruit of thy cattle, and the fruit of thy land, until thou be destroyed. . . . And he shall besiege thee in all thy gates, until thy high and fenced walls come down, wherein thou trustedst, throughout all thy land. . . . Thou shalt eat the fruit of thine own body, the flesh of thy sons and of thy daughters, which the Lord thy God hath given thee, in the siege, and in the straitness, wherewith thine enemies shall distress thee." "The tender and delicate woman among you, which would not adventure to set the sole of her foot upon the ground for delicateness and tenderness, her eye shall be evil toward the husband of her bosom, . . . and toward her children which she shall bear: for she shall eat them for want of all things secretly in the siege and straitness, wherewith thine enemy shall distress thee in thy gates."

    Moses closed with these impressive words: "I call heaven and earth to record this day against you, that I have set before you life and death, blessing and cursing: therefore choose life, that both thou and thy seed may live: that thou mayest love the Lord thy God, and that thou mayest obey His voice, and that thou mayest cleave unto Him: for He is thy life, and the length of thy days: that thou mayest dwell in the land which the Lord sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give them." Deuteronomy 30:19, 20.

    The more deeply to impress these truths upon all minds, the great leader embodied them in sacred verse. This song was not only historical, but prophetic. While it recounted the wonderful dealings of God with His people in the past, it also foreshadowed the great events of the future, the final victory of the faithful when Christ shall come the second time in power and glory. The people were directed to commit to memory this poetic history, and to teach it to their children and children's children. It was to be chanted by the congregation when they assembled for worship, and to be repeated by the people as they went about their daily labors. It was the duty of parents to so impress these words upon the susceptible minds of their children that they might never be forgotten.

    Since the Israelites were to be, in a special sense, the guardians and keepers of God's law, the significance of its precepts and the importance of obedience were especially to be impressed upon them, and through them, upon their children and children's children. The Lord commanded concerning His statutes: "Thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. . . . And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy gates."

    When their children should ask in time to come, "What mean the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which the Lord our God hath commanded you? then the parents were to repeat the history of God's gracious dealings with them--how the Lord had wrought for their deliverance that they might obey His Law--and to declare to them, "The Lord commanded us to do all these statutes, to fear the Lord our God, for our good always, that He might preserve us alive, as it is at this day. And it shall be our righteousness, if we observe to do all these commandments before the Lord our God as He hath commanded us."

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp43.html In all the dealings of God with His people there is, mingled with His love and mercy, the most striking evidence of His strict and impartial justice. This is exemplified in the history of the Hebrew people. God had bestowed great blessings upon Israel. His loving-kindness toward them is touchingly portrayed: "As an eagle stirreth up her nest, fluttereth over her young, spreadeth abroad her wings, taketh them, beareth them on her wings: so the Lord alone did lead him." And yet what swift and severe retribution was visited upon them for their transgressions!

    The infinite love of God has been manifested in the gift of His only-begotten Son to redeem a lost race. Christ came to the earth to reveal to men the character of His Father, and His life was filled with deeds of divine tenderness and compassion. And yet Christ Himself declares, "Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one title shall in no wise pass from the law." Matthew 5:18. The same voice that with patient, loving entreaty invites the sinner to come to Him and find pardon and peace, will in the judgment bid the rejecters of His mercy, "Depart from Me, ye cursed." Matthew 25:41. In all the Bible, God is represented not only as a tender father but as a righteous judge. Though He delights in showing mercy, and "forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin," yet He "will by no means clear the guilty." Exodus 34:7.

    The great Ruler of nations had declared that Moses was not to lead the congregation of Israel into the goodly land, and the earnest pleading of God's servant could not secure a reversing of His sentence. He knew that he must die. Yet he had not for a moment faltered in his care for Israel. He had faithfully sought to prepare the congregation to enter upon the promised inheritance. At the divine command Moses and Joshua repaired to the tabernacle, while the pillar of cloud came and stood over the door. Here the people were solemnly committed to the charge of Joshua. The work of Moses as leader of Israel was ended. Still he forgot himself in his interest for his people. In the presence of the assembled multitude Moses, in the name of God, addressed to his successor these words of holy cheer: "Be strong and of a good courage: for thou shalt bring the children of Israel into the land which I sware unto them: and I will be with thee." He then turned to the elders and officers of the people, giving them a solemn charge to obey faithfully the instructions he had communicated to them from God.

    As the people gazed upon the aged man, so soon to be taken from them, they recalled, with a new and deeper appreciation, his parental tenderness, his wise counsels, and his untiring labors. How often, when their sins had invited the just judgments of God, the prayers of Moses had prevailed with Him to spare them! Their grief was heightened by remorse. They bitterly remembered that their own perversity had provoked Moses to the sin for which he must die.

    The removal of their beloved leader would be a far stronger rebuke to Israel than any which they could have received had his life and mission been continued. God would lead them to feel that they were not to make the life of their future leader as trying as they had made that of Moses. God speaks to His people in blessings bestowed; and when these are not appreciated, He speaks to them in blessings removed, that they may be led to see their sins, and return to Him with all the heart.

    That very day there came to Moses the command, "Get thee up . . . unto Mount Nebo, . . . and behold the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel for a possession: and die in the mount whither thou goest up, and be gathered unto thy people." Moses had often left the camp, in obedience to the divine summons, to commune with God; but he was now to depart on a new and mysterious errand. He must go forth to resign his life into the hands of his Creator. Moses knew that he was to die alone; no earthly friend would be permitted to minister to him in his last hours. There was a mystery and awfulness about the scene before him, from which his heart shrank. The severest trial was his separation from the people of his care and love--the people with whom his interest and his life had so long been united. But he had learned to trust in God, and with unquestioning faith he committed himself and his people to His love and mercy.

    For the last time Moses stood in the assembly of his people. Again the Spirit of God rested upon him, and in the most sublime and touching language he pronounced a blessing upon each of the tribes, closing with a benediction upon them all:

    "There is none like unto God, O Jeshurun,
    Who rideth upon the heaven for thy help,
    And in His excellency on the skies.
    The eternal God is thy dwelling place,
    And underneath are the everlasting arms:
    And He thrust out the enemy from before thee,
    And said, Destroy.
    And Israel dwelleth in safety,
    The fountain of Jacob alone,
    In a land of corn and wine;
    Yea, His heavens drop down dew.
    Happy art thou, O Israel:
    Who is like unto thee, a people saved by Jehovah,
    The shield of thy help."
    Deuteronomy 33:26-29, R.V.

    Moses turned from the congregation, and in silence and alone made his way up the mountainside. He went to "the mountain of Nebo, to the top of Pisgah." Upon that lonely height he stood, and gazed with undimmed eye upon the scene spread out before him. Far away to the west lay the blue waters of the Great Sea; in the north, Mount Hermon stood out against the sky; to the east was the tableland of Moab, and beyond lay Bashan, the scene of Israel's triumph; and away to the south stretched the desert of their long wanderings.

    In solitude Moses reviewed his life of vicissitudes and hardships since he turned from courtly honors and from a prospective kingdom in Egypt, to cast in his lot with God's chosen people. He called to mind those long years in the desert with the flocks of Jethro, the appearance of the Angel in the burning bush, and his own call to deliver Israel. Again he beheld the mighty miracles of God's power displayed in behalf of the chosen people, and His long-suffering mercy during the years of their wandering and rebellion. Notwithstanding all that God had wrought for them, notwithstanding his own prayers and labors, only two of all the adults in the vast army that left Egypt had been found so faithful that they could enter the Promised Land. As Moses reviewed the result of his labors, his life of trial and sacrifice seemed to have been almost in vain.

    Yet he did not regret the burdens he had borne. He knew that his mission and work were of God's own appointing. When first called to become the leader of Israel from bondage, he shrank from the responsibility; but since he had taken up the work he had not cast aside the burden. Even when the Lord had proposed to release him, and destroy rebellious Israel, Moses could not consent. Though his trials had been great, he had enjoyed special tokens of God's favor; he had obtained a rich experience during the sojourn in the wilderness, in witnessing the manifestations of God's power and glory, and in the communion of His love; he felt that he had made a wise decision in choosing to suffer affliction with the people of God, rather than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season.

    As he looked back upon his experience as a leader of God's people, one wrong act marred the record. If that transgression could be blotted out, he felt that he would not shrink from death. He was assured that repentance, and faith in the promised Sacrifice, were all that God required, and again Moses confessed his sin and implored pardon in the name of Jesus.

    And now a panoramic view of the Land of Promise was presented to him. Every part of the country was spread out before him, not faint and uncertain in the dim distance, but standing out clear, distinct, and beautiful to his delighted vision. In this scene it was presented, not as it then appeared, but as it would become, with God's blessing upon it, in the possession of Israel. He seemed to be looking upon a second Eden. There were mountains clothed with cedars of Lebanon, hills gray with olives and fragrant with the odor of the vine, wide green plains bright with flowers and rich in fruitfulness, here the palm trees of the tropics, there waving fields of wheat and barley, sunny valleys musical with the ripple of brooks and the song of birds, goodly cities and fair gardens, lakes rich in "the abundance of the seas," grazing flocks upon the hillsides, and even amid the rocks the wild bee's hoarded treasures. It was indeed such a land as Moses, inspired by the Spirit of God, had described to Israel: "Blessed of the Lord . . . for the precious things of heaven, for the dew, and for the deep that coucheth beneath, and for the precious fruits brought forth by the sun, . . . and for the chief things of the ancient mountains, . . . and for the precious things of the earth and fullness thereof."

    Moses saw the chosen people established in Canaan, each of the tribes in its own possession. He had a view of their history after the settlement of the Promised Land; the long, sad story of their apostasy and its punishment was spread out before him. He saw them, because of their sins, dispersed among the heathen, the glory departed from Israel, her beautiful city in ruins, and her people captives in strange lands. He saw them restored to the land of their fathers, and at last brought under the dominion of Rome.

    He was permitted to look down the stream of time and behold the first advent of our Saviour. He saw Jesus as a babe in Bethlehem. He heard the voices of the angelic host break forth in the glad song of praise to God and peace on earth. He beheld in the heavens the star guiding the Wise Men of the East to Jesus, and a great light flooded his mind as he called those prophetic words, "There shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Scepter shall rise out of Israel." Numbers 24:17. He beheld Christ's humble life in Nazareth, His ministry of love and sympathy and healing, His rejection by a proud, unbelieving nation. Amazed he listened to their boastful exaltation of the law of God, while they despised and rejected Him by whom the law was given. He saw Jesus upon Olivet as with weeping He bade farewell to the city of His love. As Moses beheld the final rejection of that people so highly blessed of Heaven--that people for whom he had toiled and prayed and sacrificed, for whom he had been willing that his own name should be blotted from the book of life; as he listened to those fearful words, "Behold your house is left unto you desolate" (Matthew 23:38), his heart was wrung with anguish, and bitter tears fell from his eyes, in sympathy with the sorrow of the Son of God.

    He followed the Saviour to Gethsemane, and beheld the agony in the garden, the betrayal, the mockery and scourging--the crucifixion. Moses saw that as he had lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so the Son of God must be lifted up, that whosoever would believe on Him "should not perish, but have eternal life." John 3:15. Grief, indignation, and horror filled the heart of Moses as he viewed the hypocrisy and satanic hatred manifested by the Jewish nation against their Redeemer, the mighty Angel who had gone before their fathers. He heard Christ's agonizing cry, "My God, My God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?" Mark 15:34. He saw Him lying in Joseph's new tomb. The darkness of hopeless despair seemed to enshroud the world. But he looked again, and beheld Him coming forth a conqueror, and ascending to heaven escorted by adoring angels and leading a multitude of captives. He saw the shining gates open to receive Him, and the host of heaven with songs of triumph welcoming their Commander. And it was there revealed to him that he himself would be one who should attend the Saviour, and open to Him the everlasting gates. As he looked upon the scene, his countenance shone with a holy radiance. How small appeared the trials and sacrifices of his life when compared with those of the Son of God! how light in contrast with the "far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory"! 2 Corinthians 4:17. He rejoiced that he had been permitted, even in a small measure, to be a partaker in the sufferings of Christ.

    Moses beheld the disciples of Jesus as they went forth to carry His gospel to the world. He saw that though the people of Israel "according to the flesh" had failed of the high destiny to which God had called them, in their unbelief had failed to become the light of the world, though they had despised God's mercy and forfeited their blessings as His chosen people--yet God had not cast off the seed of Abraham; the glorious purposes which He had undertaken to accomplish through Israel were to be fulfilled. All who through Christ should become the children of faith were to be counted as Abraham's seed; they were inheritors of the covenant promises; like Abraham, they were called to guard and to make known to the world the law of God and the gospel of His Son. Moses saw the light of the gospel shining out through the disciples of Jesus to them "which sat in darkness" (Matthew 4:16), and thousands from the lands of the Gentiles flocking to the brightness of its rising. And beholding, he rejoiced in the increase and prosperity of Israel.

    And now another scene passed before him. He had been shown the work of Satan in leading the Jews to reject Christ, while they professed to honor His Father's law. He now saw the Christian world under a similar deception in professing to accept Christ while they rejected God's law. He had heard from the priests and elders the frenzied cry, "Away with Him!" "Crucify Him, crucify Him!" and now he heard from professedly Christian teachers the cry, "Away with the law!" He saw the Sabbath trodden under foot, and a spurious institution established in its place. Again Moses was filled with astonishment and horror. How could those who believed in Christ reject the law spoken by His own voice upon the sacred mount? How could any that feared God set aside the law which is the foundation of His government in heaven and earth? With joy Moses saw the law of God still honored and exalted by a faithful few. He saw the last great struggle of earthly powers to destroy those who keep God's law. He looked forward to the time when God shall arise to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity, and those who have feared His name shall be covered and hid in the day of His anger. He heard God's covenant of peace with those who have kept His law, as He utters His voice from His holy habitation and the heavens and the earth do shake. He saw the second coming of Christ in glory, the righteous dead raised to immortal life, and the living saints translated without seeing death, and together ascending with songs of gladness to the City of God.

    Still another scene opens to his view--the earth freed from the curse, lovelier than the fair Land of Promise so lately spread out before him. There is no sin, and death cannot enter. There the nations of the saved find their eternal home. With joy unutterable Moses looks upon the scene--the fulfillment of a more glorious deliverance than his brightest hopes have ever pictured. Their earthly wanderings forever past, the Israel of God have at last entered the goodly land.

    Again the vision faded, and his eyes rested upon the land of Canaan as it spread out in the distance. Then, like a tired warrior, he lay down to rest. "So Moses the servant of the Lord died there in the land of Moab, according to the word of the Lord. And He buried him in a valley in the land of Moab, over against Beth-peor: but no man knoweth of his sepulcher." Many who had been unwilling to heed the counsels of Moses while he was with them would have been in danger of committing idolatry over his dead body had they known the place of his burial. For this reason it was concealed from men. But angels of God buried the body of His faithful servant and watched over the lonely grave.

    "There arose not a prophet since in Israel like unto Moses, whom Jehovah knew face to face, in all the signs and the wonders which Jehovah sent him to do . . . and in all that mighty hand, and in all the great terror which Moses showed in the sight of all Israel."

    Had not the life of Moses been marred with that one sin, in failing to give God the glory of bringing water from the rock at Kadesh, he would have entered the Promised Land, and would have been translated to heaven without seeing death. But he was not long to remain in the tomb. Christ Himself, with the angels who had buried Moses, came down from heaven to call forth the sleeping saint. Satan had exulted at his success in causing Moses to sin against God, and thus come under the dominion of death. The great adversary declared that the divine sentence--"Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return" (Genesis 3:19)--gave him possession of the dead. The power of the grave had never been broken, and all who were in the tomb he claimed as his captives, never to be released from his dark prison house.

    For the first time Christ was about to give life to the dead. As the Prince of life and the shining ones approached the grave, Satan was alarmed for his supremacy. With his evil angels he stood to dispute an invasion of the territory that he claimed as his own. He boasted that the servant of God had become his prisoner. He declared that even Moses was not able to keep the law of God; that he had taken to himself the glory due to Jehovah--the very sin which had caused Satan's banishment from heaven--and by transgression had come under the dominion of Satan. The archtraitor reiterated the original charges that he had made against the divine government, and repeated his complaints of God's injustice toward him.

    Christ did not stoop to enter into controversy with Satan. He might have brought against him the cruel work which his deceptions had wrought in heaven, causing the ruin of a vast number of its inhabitants. He might have pointed to the falsehoods told in Eden, that had led to Adam's sin and brought death upon the human race. He might have reminded Satan that it was his own work in tempting Israel to murmuring and rebellion, which had wearied the long-suffering patience of their leader, and in an unguarded moment had surprised him into the sin for which he had fallen under the power of death. But Christ referred all to His Father, saying, "The Lord rebuke thee." Jude 9. The Saviour entered into no dispute with His adversary, but He then and there began His work of breaking the power of the fallen foe, and bringing the dead to life. Here was an evidence that Satan could not controvert, of the supremacy of the Son of God. The resurrection was forever made certain. Satan was despoiled of his prey; the righteous dead would live again.

    In consequence of sin Moses had come under the power of Satan. In his own merits he was death's lawful captive; but he was raised to immortal life, holding his title in the name of the Redeemer. Moses came forth from the tomb glorified, and ascended with his Deliverer to the City of God.

    Never, till exemplified in the sacrifice of Christ, were the justice and the love of God more strikingly displayed than in His dealings with Moses. God shut Moses out of Canaan, to teach a lesson which should never be forgotten--that He requires exact obedience, and that men are to beware of taking to themselves the glory which is due to their Maker. He could not grant the prayer of Moses that he might share the inheritance of Israel, but He did not forget or forsake His servant. The God of heaven understood the suffering that Moses had endured; He had noted every act of faithful service through those long years of conflict and trial. On the top of Pisgah, God called Moses to an inheritance infinitely more glorious than the earthly Canaan.

    Upon the mount of transfiguration Moses was present with Elijah, who had been translated. They were sent as bearers of light and glory from the Father to His Son. And thus the prayer of Moses, uttered so many centuries before, was at last fulfilled. He stood upon the "goodly mountain," within the heritage of his people, bearing witness to Him in whom all the promises to Israel centered. Such is the last scene revealed to mortal vision in the history of that man so highly honored of Heaven.

    Moses was a type of Christ. He himself had declared to Israel, "The Lord thy God will raise up unto thee a Prophet from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me; unto Him ye shall hearken." Deuteronomy 18:15. God saw fit to discipline Moses in the school of affliction and poverty before he could be prepared to lead the hosts of Israel to the earthly Canaan. The Israel of God, journeying to the heavenly Canaan, have a Captain who needed no human teaching to prepare Him for His mission as a divine leader; yet He was made perfect through sufferings; and "in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted." Hebrews 2:10, 18. Our Redeemer manifested no human weakness or imperfection; yet He died to obtain for us an entrance into the Promised Land.

    "And Moses verily was faithful in all his house as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after; but Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end." Hebrews 3:5, 6.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Dogma-dogma-3555190-1024-768
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Slide_59
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 32301d1312161497-f40-458-ferrari%20f50%20gt

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Isaiah-the-gospel-prophet
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 515QJSu1-nL._SL500_SX258_BO1,204,203,200_
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 9781610976985
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Sanc-service
    afro
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 1:11 pm

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Its_a_Mad_Mad_World

    Carefully and prayerfully consider the 1963 movie 'It's a Mad, Mad, Mad, Mad World' regarding the History and Future of Earth!! I reference older books and movies to avoid being swept-away by Supercomputers, Artificial-Intelligence, Robotic-Aliens, Robotic-Humans, Witches, Nazis, Masons, Jesuits, Agents, et al. I suspect that this thing might be nastier than we are capable of imagining, and I'm not trying to lure anyone into a booby-trapped rabbit-hole, even if I'm already down to the 'Aliens-Only' level of the 'Deep-Underground Rabbit-Hole'. It must NEVER Be Forgotten That Raven Scolded "The Rabbit-Hole Mostly Goes Right Up Your @$$!!" It Must Always Be Remembered That "The KGB Read the KJV!!" I find it highly-interesting that The SDA Bible Commentary was completed right-around the same-time (1957) as Questions On Doctrine was being written!! Was this punishment and/or a diversionary-tactic?? I continue to notice that a liberal SDA website contained virtually no discussion of a fine series of articles on The SDA Bible Commentary!! One of my rather-benign comments was deleted without explanation!! The SDA Bible Commentary is rather-boring but highly-scholarly!! Here is an interesting-approach to All of the Above:

    1. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3 and 4 (1 Chronicles to Malachi).

    2. Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- Desire of Ages (All by Ellen White).

    3. Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment (Desmond Ford).

    You'd have to be deeply-into this controversial-stuff to get what I'm getting-at!! What Would the Nasty Little-Horn Say??

    Eartheart wrote:
    just returning from the great eastern rabbithunt on monkeyplanet om shree hanumaji

    i am finding out that the great flood of words is still engulfing this creative thoughtsphere on our solarsystem governance, highjacked by well known terrorist jawohl et al pseudonyms, known for the genocide and holocaustic mindset of the unhappy infidels!!! Man of man Oxy No

    I wanted to see this propaganda smeer RISEN 2016 now, but this has to wait till i am through with this renewed onslaught of OT commentators and their 3.kind types... Suspect

    Rolling Eyes Arrow : will not condem those Paulinistas and other side figurines caught up in the Lordly jesus & jeshua great mystery and wonder show, but to giveit a go andnoshot at all, lets consider and see what Dr Oxy would say:

    albino Under duress of interogation and folter by countless religious extremists through the collectiv subconsciousness channels and divers neural circuit blockers i had to become acquainted with those simple but excidingly boring matters at mind of your proposed proposition...

    albino As most is irrelevant in connection with the second serving or cumming (which is not only a male idea Very Happy ), i have to really hard scrape for the essential templates in those Luke Ford / Desmond Ford / Meredith Kline / M.L. Andreasen / Ellen White Commentaries, but by resonant Cosmix it reveals what mass/mess/miss out the Spirit divinated in their respective lifes...

    albino Ellen White forcefully drives home the point that Jesus must come in a humanity that is like ours. Christ reaches us 'where we are.' The ladder rests on the earth ; not on an insulated, shock absorber-outfitted platform above the earth. He 'took our nature;' His 'humanity reaches us.

    See timely with the just ongoing resurrection we can affirm again, there is no Jesus extra, no God outside and no known religion than your own highest feelings of communion and your loving focus on them!!!

    So there is no thing or person to idolize or follow, the whole indoctrination is from level 0 civilisation planets as every cat can tell you...

    There is the bit of obscure wonder while wandering without beeing lost in the holo of divinespirit and as it is pervert to discuss the face/figurine of HisHer appearance, it might be the essence of those writers stupid fascinations with the false understood or mistranslated OT& NT poetic litany...

    So: Someone under the divine supraordeal of Grace (say forced orgasm?)w ouldnt question and divide what HeShe witnessed or was made to create, things go way to fast than tohave time for such silly games and namequizzes, parables and tales from the clean shead Ban

    Earnestly i couldnt enter some churches because of their molded stench and wouldnt touch the old american paperbooks laid out in adventist prayerhalls (u know i love trees and those books are evil in content and production habitual) even with fbi-gloves to secure evidence of their counterproductive methodologic. You see on yourself what the false priest has to go through to reach atonement again, OxydOxydOxyd... UhOh by calling constantly for humility, by bringing us daily to our knees, by ending with us washing each others’ feet and sharing in Christ’s broken body and shed blood, showed us that while we can continue to discuss and study, the way forward is as brothers and sisters who have a shared message to tell to the world. UhOh Bleh christian BS observed in your community?

    albino U got your statement of 28 Fundamental Beliefs. They hold together our core identity in terms of faith and doctrine. Resist any tendency to pluck out strains from any of these and make them into a separate and new doctrine which will divide the Living... Fighters

    albino we can gain victory, but that will not be by settling the precise human nature of Christ; It will not be by the power of His example; it will be by the “power of his resurrection” (pointing at the holo, where the child is undivided from the parental love and got wholespirit wholeheartedly x-pressed)

    While the intent expressed in such books like Andreasen’s The Sanctuary Service and QOD about "original"sin and "inheritance" of christ which is ours ect. may fascinate readers of "talking with god" english edition, we should !hear and know! like advertized in the secret doctrines...

    albino Is it a dutyto fight a crusade against paedophiles or clean thetemple of moneychangers and digitalshadows of hitlers???
    sunny flower flower sunny What is relevant 4 your revelation is the here mentioned holo of livinginspirit as overshadowed entety or devkid
    study

    In my incarnation those forces from high up gave my all of the existing details without asking for it, inscribing thought/freq processing and problem resolving reactions intothat akashic which guides humanity. While i witnessed a kind of following in the footsteps by "others" of the same, countries and cultures, minds and procedures i can just bear the war which is still fought on the nacked fronts. That must have been the same since the introduction of the reverse genetix by orions minions and AI protocol into our living webb... And it gives the same free open door of Loove like ever!!! drunken

    albino But Christ reaches us where we are. He took our nature and overcame, that we through taking His nature might overcome....By His humanity He reaches us." ( Desire of Ages , pp. 311,312)

    Learning certain technix from DevSpirit is on everybodies agenda! It is between the letters and in the top plane before we get asked and heared. Celebrating the wonder of discipleship is insane like a jihad on GMO or NWO. Smiling at your own miracle resurrection is sane, and in trust we all follow and invent and create patterns, which are part of thegreat celestine synphony of cutting through the interspecies BS and uniting the different olarsystems, so them can follow up the divine will/plan... cheers

    Hope i could funq with Toth&Seth in you a bit, see you in the nightly ether and now i have Hazel+cinnamoon+vanille+cardamoonCoffee and italian sweets and watch "Risen2016" Sleep thanx 4 your updted readinglist, extracted all relevant ideas in 44 seconds and stay happy

    Thank-you Eartheart. I probably understood 50% of what you posted. That Last-Generation Perfection thing actually has a place in my theological-thinking -- but not in the way that most Perfectionists think of it. Some of them are just the opposite of Perfect!! What Would Kevin Paulson Say?? You haven't lived until you've argued with Kevin!! What Would Mark Martin Say?? What Would Nichol Hall Say?? What Would Gane Say?? I keep thinking that a Marriage of Last-Generation Perfection of Character -- and the Human-Potential Movement -- is a Match Made in Heaven!! Seriously, has there been ANYONE who has mastered Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- and Desire of Ages -- right down to the thinking and speaking style manifested therein -- perhaps in a Vala Mal Doran, PhD manner -- if you know what I mean??!! Think about Elizabeth Taylor as Cleopatra (1963) talking with EllenSpeak!!! What is the True-Origin of the Ellen White Editorial-Voice in her Post-1890 Material?? M. L. Andreasen had unprecedented-access to Ellen White and her writings at Elmshaven, in St. Helena, California (toward the end of her life). His bias was that she couldn't have possibly written her writings, because of her lack of education -- and her book's complexity and sophistication. Andreasen's first-book (in 1929, I believe) was Isaiah: The Gospel Prophet. Why did he choose Isaiah (in light of his close-association with Ellen White)?? White's last book was Prophets and Kings (which prominently features Isaiah). I've taken All of the Above out of the church -- and placed it in a Non-Christian Science-Fictional Context.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp44.html The Israelites deeply mourned for their departed leader, and thirty days were devoted to special services in honor of his memory. Never till he was taken from them had they so fully realized the value of his wise counsels, his parental tenderness, and his unswerving faith. With a new and deeper appreciation they recalled the precious lessons he had given while still with them.

    Moses was dead, but his influence did not die with him. It was to live on, reproducing itself in the hearts of his people. The memory of that holy, unselfish life would long be cherished, with silent, persuasive power molding the lives even of those who had neglected his living words. As the glow of the descending sun lights up the mountain peaks long after the sun itself has sunk behind the hills, so the works of the pure, the holy, and the good shed light upon the world long after the actors themselves have passed away. Their works, their words, their example, will forever live. "The righteous shall be in everlasting remembrance." Psalm 112:6.

    While they were filled with grief at their great loss, the people knew that they were not left alone. The pillar of cloud rested over the tabernacle by day, and the pillar of fire by night, an assurance that God would still be their guide and helper if they would walk in the way of His commandments.

    Joshua was now the acknowledged leader of Israel. He had been known chiefly as a warrior, and his gifts and virtues were especially valuable at this stage in the history of his people. Courageous, resolute, and persevering, prompt, incorruptible, unmindful of selfish interests in his care for those committed to his charge, and, above all, inspired by a living faith in God--such was the character of the man divinely chosen to conduct the armies of Israel in their entrance upon the Promised Land. During the sojourn in the wilderness he had acted as prime minister to Moses, and by his quiet, unpretending fidelity, his steadfastness when others wavered, his firmness to maintain the truth in the midst of danger, he had given evidence of his fitness to succeed Moses, even before he was called to the position by the voice of God.

    It was with great anxiety and self-distrust that Joshua had looked forward to the work before him; but his fears were removed by the assurance of God, "As I was with Moses, so I will be with thee: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. . . . Unto this people shalt thou divide for an inheritance the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give them." "Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses." To the heights of Lebanon in the far distance, to the shores of the Great Sea, and away to the banks of the Euphrates in the east--all was to be theirs.

    To this promise was added the injunction, "Only be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, which Moses My servant commanded." The Lord's direction was, "This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night;" "turn not from it to the right hand or to the left;" "for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success."

    The Israelites were still encamped on the east side of Jordan, which presented the first barrier to the occupation of Canaan. "Arise," had been the first message of God to Joshua, "go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them." No instruction was given as to the way in which they were to make the passage. Joshua knew, however, that whatever God should command, He would make a way for His people to perform, and in this faith the intrepid leader at once began his arrangements for an advance.

    A few miles beyond the river, just opposite the place where the Israelites were encamped, was the large and strongly fortified city of Jericho. This city was virtually the key to the whole country, and it would present a formidable obstacle to the success of Israel. Joshua therefore sent two young men as spies to visit this city and ascertain something as to its population, its resources, and the strength of its fortifications. The inhabitants of the city, terrified and suspicious, were constantly on the alert, and the messengers were in great danger. They were, however, preserved by Rahab, a woman of Jericho, at the peril of her own life. In return for her kindness they gave her a promise of protection when the city should be taken.

    The spies returned in safety with the tidings, "Truly the Lord hath delivered into our hands all the land; for even all the inhabitants of the country do faint because of us." It had been declared to them in Jericho, "We have heard how the Lord dried up the water of the Red Sea for you, when ye came out of Egypt; and what ye did unto the two kings of the Amorites, that were on the other side Jordan, Sihon and Og, whom ye utterly destroyed. And as soon as we had heard these things, our hearts did melt, neither did there remain any more courage in any man, because of you: for the Lord your God, He is God in heaven above, and in earth beneath."

    Orders were now issued to make ready for an advance. The people were to prepare a three days' supply of food, and the army was to be put in readiness for battle. All heartily acquiesced in the plans of their leader and assured him of their confidence and support: "All that thou commandest us we will do, and whithersoever thou sendest us, we will go. According as we hearkened unto Moses in all things, so will we hearken unto thee: only the Lord thy God be with thee, as He was with Moses."

    Leaving their encampment in the acacia groves of Shittim, the host descended to the border of the Jordan. All knew, however, that without divine aid they could not hope to make the passage. At this time of the year--in the spring season--the melting snows of the mountains had so raised the Jordan that the river overflowed its banks, making it impossible to cross at the usual fording places. God willed that the passage of Israel over Jordan should be miraculous. Joshua, by divine direction, commanded the people to sanctify themselves; they must put away their sins and free themselves from all outward impurity; "for tomorrow," he said, "the Lord will do wonders among you." The "ark of the covenant" was to lead the way before the host. When they should see the token of Jehovah's presence, borne by the priests, remove from its place in the center of the camp, and advance toward the river, then they were to remove from their place, "and go after it.' The circumstances of the passage were minutely foretold; and said Joshua, "Hereby ye shall know that the living God is among you, and that He will without fail drive out from before you the Canaanites. . . . Behold, the ark of the covenant of the Lord of all the earth passeth over before you into Jordan."

    At the appointed time began the onward movement, the ark, borne upon the shoulders of the priests, leading the van. The people had been directed to fall back, so that there was a vacant space of more than half a mile about the ark. All watched with deep interest as the priests advanced down the bank of the Jordan. They saw them with the sacred ark move steadily forward toward the angry, surging stream, till the feet of the bearers were dipped into the waters. Then suddenly the tide above was swept back, while the current below flowed on, and the bed of the river was laid bare.

    At the divine command the priests advanced to the middle of the channel and stood there while the entire host descended and crossed to the farther side. Thus was impressed upon the minds of all Israel the fact that the power that stayed the waters of Jordan was the same that had opened the Red Sea to their fathers forty years before. When the people had all passed over, the ark itself was borne to the western shore. No sooner had it reached a place of security, and "the soles of the priests' feet were lifted up unto the dry land," than the imprisoned waters, being set free, rushed down, a resistless flood, in the natural channel of the stream.

    Coming generations were not to be without a witness to this great miracle. While the priests bearing the ark were still in the midst of Jordan, twelve men previously chosen, one from each tribe, took up each a stone from the river bed where the priests were standing, and carried it over to the western side. These stones were to be set up as a monument in the first camping place beyond the river. The people were bidden to repeat to their children and children's children the story of the deliverance that God had wrought for them, as Joshua said, "That all the people of the earth might know the hand of the Lord, that it is mighty: that ye might fear the Lord your God forever."

    The influence of this miracle, both upon the Hebrews and upon their enemies, was of great importance. It was an assurance to Israel of God's continued presence and protection--an evidence that He would work for them through Joshua as He had wrought through Moses. Such an assurance was needed to strengthen their hearts as they entered upon the conquest of the land--the stupendous task that had staggered the faith of their fathers forty years before. The Lord had declared to Joshua before the crossing, "This day will I begin to magnify thee in the sight of all Israel, that they may know that, as I was with Moses, so I will be with thee." And the result fulfilled the promise. "On that day the Lord magnified Joshua in the sight of all Israel; and they feared him, as they feared Moses, all the days of his life."

    This exercise of divine power in behalf of Israel was designed also to increase the fear with which they were regarded by the surrounding nations, and thus prepare the way for their easier and complete triumph. When the tidings that God had stayed the waters of Jordan before the children of Israel, reached the kings of the Amorites and of the Canaanites, their hearts melted with fear. The Hebrews had already slain the five kings of Midian, the powerful Sihon, king of the Amorites, and Og of Bashan, and now the passage over the swollen and impetuous Jordan filled all the surrounding nations with terror. To the Canaanites, to all Israel, and to Joshua himself, unmistakable evidence had been given that the living God, the King of heaven and earth, was among His people, and that He would not fail them nor forsake them.

    A short distance from Jordan the Hebrews made their first encampment in Canaan. Here Joshua "circumcised the children of Israel;" "and the children of Israel encamped in Gilgal, and kept the Passover." The suspension of the rite of circumcision since the rebellion at Kadesh had been a constant witness to Israel that their covenant with God, of which it was the appointed symbol, had been broken. And the discontinuance of the Passover, the memorial of their deliverance from Egypt, had been an evidence of the Lord's displeasure at their desire to return to the land of bondage. Now, however, the years of rejection were ended. Once more God acknowledged Israel as His people, and the sign of the covenant was restored. The rite of circumcision was performed upon all the people who had been born in the wilderness. And the Lord declared to Joshua, "This day have I rolled away the reproach of Egypt from off you," and in allusion to this the place of their encampment was called Gilgal, "a rolling away," or "rolling off."

    Heathen nations had reproached the Lord and His people because the Hebrews had failed to take possession of Canaan, as they expected, soon after leaving Egypt. Their enemies had triumphed because Israel had wandered so long in the wilderness, and they had mockingly declared that the God of the Hebrews was not able to bring them into the Promised Land. The Lord had now signally manifested His power and favor in opening the Jordan before His people, and their enemies could no longer reproach them.

    "On the fourteenth day of the month at even," the Passover was celebrated on the plains of Jericho. "And they did eat of the old corn of the land on the morrow after the Passover, unleavened cakes, and parched corn in the selfsame day. And the manna ceased on the morrow after they had eaten of the old corn of the land; neither had the children of Israel manna any more; but they did eat of the fruit of the land of Canaan." The long years of their desert wanderings were ended. The feet of Israel were at last treading the Promised Land.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp45.html The Hebrews had entered Canaan, but they had not subdued it; and to human appearance the struggle to gain possession of the land must be long and difficult. It was inhabited by a powerful race, who stood ready to oppose the invasion of their territory. The various tribes were bound together by the fear of a common danger. Their horses and iron battle chariots, their knowledge of the country, and their training in war, would give them great advantage. Furthermore, the country was guarded by fortresses--"cities great and fenced up to heaven." Deuteronomy 9:1. Only in the assurance of a strength not their own could the Israelites hope for success in the impending conflict.

    One of the strongest fortresses in the land--the large and wealthy city of Jericho--lay just before them, but a little distance from their camp at Gilgal. On the border of a fertile plain abounding with the rich and varied productions of the tropics, its palaces and temples the abode of luxury and vice, this proud city, behind its massive battlements, offered defiance to the God of Israel. Jericho was one of the principal seats of idol worship, being especially devoted to Ashtaroth, the goddess of the moon. Here centered all that was vilest and most degrading in the religion of the Canaanites. The people of Israel, in whose minds were fresh the fearful results of their sin at Beth-peor, could look upon this heathen city only with disgust and horror.

    To reduce Jericho was seen by Joshua to be the first step in the conquest of Canaan. But first of all he sought an assurance of divine guidance, and it was granted him. Withdrawing from the encampment to meditate and to pray that the God of Israel would go before His people, he beheld an armed warrior, of lofty stature and commanding presence, "with his sword drawn in his hand." To Joshua's challenge, "Art thou for us, or for our adversaries?" the answer was given, "As Captain of the host of the Lord am I now come." The same command given to Moses in Horeb, "Loose thy shoe from off thy foot; for the place whereon thou standest is holy," revealed the true character of the mysterious stranger. It was Christ, the Exalted One, who stood before the leader of Israel. Awe-stricken, Joshua fell upon his face and worshiped, and heard the assurance, "I have given into thine hand Jericho, and the king thereof, and the mighty men of valor," and he received instruction for the capture of the city.

    In obedience to the divine command Joshua marshaled the armies of Israel. No assault was to be made. They were simply to make the circuit of the city, bearing the ark of God and blowing upon trumpets. First came the warriors, a body of chosen men, not now to conquer by their own skill and prowess, but by obedience to the directions given them from God. Seven priests with trumpets followed. Then the ark of God, surrounded by a halo of divine glory, was borne by priests clad in the dress denoting their sacred office. The army of Israel followed, each tribe under its standard. Such was the procession that compassed the doomed city. No sound was heard but the tread of that mighty host and the solemn peal of the trumpets, echoing among the hills and resounding through the streets of Jericho. The circuit completed, the army returned in silence to their tents, and the ark was restored to its place in the tabernacle.

    With wonder and alarm the watchmen of the city marked every move, and reported to those in authority. They knew not the meaning of all this display; but when they beheld that mighty host marching around their city once each day, with the sacred ark and the attendant priests, the mystery of the scene struck terror to the hearts of priest and people. Again they would inspect their strong defenses, feeling certain they could successfully resist the most powerful attack. Many ridiculed the thought that any harm could come to them through these singular demonstrations. Others were awed as they beheld the procession that each day wound about the city. They remembered that the Red Sea had once parted before this people, and that a passage had just been opened for them through the river Jordan. They knew not what further wonders God might work for them.

    For six days the host of Israel made the circuit of the city. The seventh day came, and with the first dawn of light, Joshua marshaled the armies of the Lord. Now they were directed to march seven times around Jericho, and at a mighty peal from the trumpets to shout with a loud voice, for God had given them the city.

    The vast army marched solemnly around the devoted walls. All was silent, save the measured tread of many feet, and the occasional sound of the trumpet, breaking the stillness of the early morning. The massive walls of solid stone seemed to defy the siege of men. The watchers on the walls looked on with rising fear, as, the first circuit ended, there followed a second, then a third, a fourth, a fifth, a sixth. What could be the object of these mysterious movements? What mighty event was impending? They had not long to wait. As the seventh circuit was completed, the long procession paused. The trumpets, which for an interval had been silent, now broke forth in a blast that shook the very earth. The walls of solid stone, with their massive towers and battlements, tottered and heaved from their foundations, and with a crash fell in ruin to the earth. The inhabitants of Jericho were paralyzed with terror, and the hosts of Israel marched in and took possession of the city.

    The Israelites had not gained the victory by their own power; the conquest had been wholly the Lord's; and as the first fruits of the land, the city, with all that it contained, was to be devoted as a sacrifice to God. It was to be impressed upon Israel that in the conquest of Canaan they were not to fight for themselves, but simply as instruments to execute the will of God; not to seek for riches or self-exaltation, but the glory of Jehovah their King. Before the capture the command had been given, "The city shall be accursed, even it, and all that are therein." "Keep yourselves from the accursed thing, lest ye make yourselves accursed . . . and make the camp of Israel a curse, and trouble it."

    All the inhabitants of the city, with every living thing that it contained, "both man and woman, young and old, and ox, and sheep, and ass," were put to the sword. Only faithful Rahab, with her household, was spared, in fulfillment of the promise of the spies. The city itself was burned; its palaces and temples, its magnificent dwellings with all their luxurious appointments, the rich draperies and the costly garments, were given to the flames. That which could not be destroyed by fire, "the silver, and the gold, and the vessels of brass and of iron," was to be devoted to the service of the tabernacle. The very site of the city was accursed; Jericho was never to be rebuilt as a stronghold; judgments were threatened upon anyone who should presume to restore the walls that divine power had cast down. The solemn declaration was made in the presence of all Israel, "Cursed be the man before the Lord, that riseth up and buildeth this city Jericho: he shall lay the foundation thereof in his first-born, and in his youngest son shall he set up the gates of it."

    The utter destruction of the people of Jericho was but a fulfillment of the commands previously given through Moses concerning the inhabitants of Canaan: "Thou shalt smite them, and utterly destroy them." Deuteronomy 7:2. "Of the cities of these people, . . . thou shalt save alive nothing that breatheth." Deuteronomy 20:16. To many these commands seem to be contrary to the spirit of love and mercy enjoined in other portions of the Bible, but they were in truth the dictates of infinite wisdom and goodness. God was about to establish Israel in Canaan, to develop among them a nation and government that should be a manifestation of His kingdom upon the earth. They were not only to be inheritors of the true religion, but to disseminate its principles throughout the world. The Canaanites had abandoned themselves to the foulest and most debasing heathenism, and it was necessary that the land should be cleared of what would so surely prevent the fulfillment of God's gracious purposes.

    The inhabitants of Canaan had been granted ample opportunity for repentance. Forty years before, the opening of the Red Sea and the judgments upon Egypt had testified to the supreme power of the God of Israel. And now the overthrow of the kings of Midian, of Gilead and Bashan, had further shown that Jehovah was above all gods. The holiness of His character and His abhorrence of impurity had been evinced in the judgments visited upon Israel for their participation in the abominable rites of Baalpeor. All these events were known to the inhabitants of Jericho, and there were many who shared Rahab's conviction, though they refused to obey it, that Jehovah, the God of Israel, "is God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath." Like the men before the Flood, the Canaanites lived only to blaspheme Heaven and defile the earth. And both love and justice demanded the prompt execution of these rebels against God and foes to man.

    How easily the armies of heaven brought down the walls of Jericho, that proud city whose bulwarks, forty years before, had struck terror to the unbelieving spies! Thy Mighty One of Israel had said, "I have given into thine hand Jericho." Against that word human strength was powerless.

    "By faith the walls of Jericho fell down." Hebrews 11:30. The Captain of the Lord's host communicated only with Joshua; He did not reveal Himself to all the congregation, and it rested with them to believe or doubt the words of Joshua, to obey the commands given by him in the name of the Lord, or to deny his authority. They could not see the host of angels who attended them under the leadership of the Son of God. They might have reasoned: "What unmeaning movements are these, and how ridiculous the performance of marching daily around the walls of the city, blowing trumpets of rams' horns. This can have no effect upon those towering fortifications." But the very plan of continuing this ceremony through so long a time prior to the final overthrow of the walls afforded opportunity for the development of faith among the Israelites. It was to be impressed upon their minds that their strength was not in the wisdom of man, nor in his might, but only in the God of their salvation. They were thus to become accustomed to relying wholly upon their divine Leader.

    God will do great things for those who trust in Him. The reason why His professed people have no greater strength is that they trust so much to their own wisdom, and do not give the Lord an opportunity to reveal His power in their behalf. He will help His believing children in every emergency if they will place their entire confidence in Him and faithfully obey him.

    Soon after the fall of Jericho, Joshua determined to attack Ai, a small town among the ravines a few miles to the west of the Jordan Valley. Spies sent to this place brought back the report that the inhabitants were but few, and that only a small force would be needed to overthrow it.

    The great victory that God had gained for them had made the Israelites self-confident. Because He had promised them the land of Canaan they felt secure, and failed to realize that divine help alone could give them success. Even Joshua laid his plans for the conquest of Ai without seeking counsel from God.

    The Israelites had begun to exalt their own strength and to look with contempt upon their foes. An easy victory was expected, and three thousand men were thought sufficient to take the place. These rushed to the attack without the assurance that God would be with them. They advanced nearly to the gate of the city, only to encounter the most determined resistance. Panic-stricken at the numbers and thorough preparation of their enemies, they fled in confusion down the steep descent. The Canaanites were in hot pursuit; "they chased them from before the gate, . . . and smote them in the going down." Though the loss was small as to numbers--but thirty-six men being slain--the defeat was disheartening to the whole congregation. "The hearts of the people melted, and became as water." This was the first time they had met the Canaanites in actual battle, and if put to flight before the defenders of this little town, what would be the result in the greater conflicts before them? Joshua looked upon their ill success as an expression of God's displeasure, and in distress and apprehension he "rent his clothes, and fell to the earth upon his face before the ark of the Lord until the eventide, he and the elders of Israel, and put dust upon their heads."

    "Alas, O Lord God," he cried, "wherefore hast Thou at all brought this people over Jordan, to deliver us into the hand of the Amorites, to destroy us? . . . O Lord, what shall I say, when Israel turneth their backs before their enemies! For the Canaanites and all the inhabitants of the land shall hear of it, and shall environ us round, and cut off our name from the earth: and what wilt Thou do unto Thy great name?"

    The answer from Jehovah was, "Get thee up; wherefore liest thou thus upon thy face? Israel hath . . . transgressed My covenant which I commanded them." It was a time for prompt and decided action, and not for despair and lamentation. There was secret sin in the camp, and it must be searched out and put away before the presence and blessing of the Lord could be with His people. "Neither will I be with you any more, except ye destroy the accursed from among you."

    God's command had been disregarded by one of those appointed to execute His judgments. And the nation was held accountable for the guilt of the transgressor: " They have even taken of the accursed thing, and have also stolen, and dissembled also." Instruction was given to Joshua for the discovery and punishment of the criminal. The lot was to be employed for the detection of the guilty. The sinner was not directly pointed out, the matter being left in doubt for a time, that the people might feel their responsibility for the sins existing among them, and thus be led to searching of heart and humiliation before God.

    Early in the morning, Joshua gathered the people together by their tribes, and the solemn and impressive ceremony began. Step by step the investigation went on. Closer and still closer came the fearful test. First the tribe, then the family, then the household, then the man was taken, and Achan the son of Carmi, of the tribe of Judah, was pointed out by the finger of God as the troubler of Israel.

    To establish his guilt beyond all question, leaving no ground for the charge that he had been unjustly condemned, Joshua solemnly adjured Achan to acknowledge the truth. The wretched man made full confession of his crime: "Indeed I have sinned against the Lord God of Israel. . . . When I saw among the spoils a goodly Babylonish garment, and two hundred shekels of silver, and a wedge of gold of fifty shekel's weight, then I coveted them, and took them; and, behold, they are hid in the earth in the midst of my tent." Messengers were immediately dispatched to the tent, where they removed the earth at the place specified, and "behold, it was hid in his tent, and the silver under it. And they took them out of the midst of the tent, and brought them unto Joshua, . . . and laid them out before the Lord."

    Sentence was pronounced and immediately executed. "Why hast thou troubled us?" said Joshua, "the Lord shall trouble thee this day." As the people had been held responsible for Achan's sin, and had suffered from its consequences, they were, through their representatives, to take part in its punishment. "All Israel stoned him with stones."

    Then there was raised over him a great pile of stones--a witness to the sin and its punishment. "Wherefore the name of that place was called, The valley of Achor," that is, "trouble." In the book of Chronicles his memorial is written--"Achar, the troubler of Israel." 1 Chronicles 2:7.

    Achan's sin was committed in defiance of the most direct and solemn warnings and the most mighty manifestations of God's power. "Keep yourselves from the accursed thing, lest ye make yourselves accursed," had been the proclamation to all Israel. The command was given immediately after the miraculous passage of the Jordan, and the recognition of God's covenant by the circumcision of the people--after the observance of the Passover, and the appearance of the Angel of the covenant, the Captain of the Lord's host. It had been followed by the overthrow of Jericho, giving evidence of the destruction which will surely overtake all transgressors of God's law. The fact that divine power alone had given the victory to Israel, that they had not come into possession of Jericho by their own strength, gave solemn weight to the command prohibiting them from partaking of the spoils. God, by the might of His own word, had overthrown this stronghold; the conquest was His, and to Him alone the city with all that it contained was to be devoted.

    Of the millions of Israel there was but one man who, in that solemn hour of triumph and of judgment, had dared to transgress the command of God. Achan's covetousness was excited by the sight of that costly robe of Shinar; even when it had brought him face to face with death he called it "a goodly Babylonish garment." One sin had led to another, and he appropriated the gold and silver devoted to the treasury of the Lord--he robbed God of the first fruits of the land of Canaan.

    The deadly sin that led to Achan's ruin had its root in covetousness, of all sins one of the most common and the most lightly regarded. While other offenses meet with detection and punishment, how rarely does the violation of the tenth commandment so much as call forth censure. The enormity of this sin, and its terrible results, are the lessons of Achan's history.

    Covetousness is an evil of gradual development. Achan had cherished greed of gain until it became a habit, binding him in fetters well-nigh impossible to break. While fostering this evil, he would have been filled with horror at the thought of bringing disaster upon Israel; but his perceptions were deadened by sin, and when temptation came, he fell an easy prey.

    Are not similar sins still committed, in the face of warnings as solemn and explicit? We are as directly forbidden to indulge covetousness as was Achan to appropriate the spoils of Jericho. God has declared it to be idolatry. We are warned, "Ye cannot serve God and mammon." Matthew 6:24. "Take heed, and beware of covetousness." Luke 12:15. "Let it not be once named among you." Ephesians 5:3. We have before us the fearful doom of Achan, of Judas, of Ananias and Sapphira. Back of all these we have that of Lucifer, the "son of the morning," who, coveting a higher state, forfeited forever the brightness and bliss of heaven. And yet, notwithstanding all these warnings, covetousness abounds.

    Everywhere its slimy track is seen. It creates discontent and dissension in families; it excites envy and hatred in the poor against the rich; it prompts the grinding oppression of the rich toward the poor. And this evil exists not in the world alone, but in the church. How common even here to find selfishness, avarice, overreaching, neglect of charities, and robbery of God "in tithes and offerings." Among church members "in good and regular standing" there are, alas! many Achans. Many a man comes statedly to church, and sits at the table of the Lord, while among his possessions are hidden unlawful gains, the things that God has cursed. For a goodly Babylonish garment, multitudes sacrifice the approval of conscience and their hope of heaven. Multitudes barter their integrity, and their capabilities for usefulness, for a bag of silver shekels. The cries of the suffering poor are unheeded; the gospel light is hindered in its course; the scorn of worldlings is kindled by practices that give the lie to the Christian profession; and yet the covetous professor continues to heap up treasures. "Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed Me" (Malachi 3:Cool, saith the Lord.

    Achan's sin brought disaster upon the whole nation. For one man's sin the displeasure of God will rest upon His church till the transgression is searched out and put away. The influence most to be feared by the church is not that of open opposers, infidels, and blasphemers, but of inconsistent professors of Christ. These are the ones that keep back the blessing of the God of Israel and bring weakness upon His people.

    When the church is in difficulty, when coldness and spiritual declension exist, giving occasion for the enemies of God to triumph, then, instead of folding their hands and lamenting their unhappy state, let its members inquire if there is not an Achan in the camp. With humiliation and searching of heart, let each seek to discover the hidden sins that shut out God's presence.

    Achan acknowledged his guilt, but when it was too late for the confession to benefit himself. He had seen the armies of Israel return from Ai defeated and disheartened; yet he did not come forward and confess his sin. He had seen Joshua and the elders of Israel bowed to the earth in grief too great for words. Had he then made confession, he would have given some proof of true penitence; but he still kept silence. He had listened to the proclamation that a great crime had been committed, and had even heard its character definitely stated. But his lips were sealed. Then came the solemn investigation. How his soul thrilled with terror as he saw his tribe pointed out, then his family and his household! But still he uttered no confession, until the finger of God was placed upon him. Then, when his sin could no longer be concealed, he admitted the truth. How often are similar confessions made. There is a vast difference between admitting facts after they have been proved and confessing sins known only to ourselves and to God. Achan would not have confessed had he not hoped by so doing to avert the consequences of his crime. But his confession only served to show that his punishment was just. There was no genuine repentance for sin, no contrition, no change of purpose, no abhorrence of evil.

    So confessions will be made by the guilty when they stand before the bar of God, after every case has been decided for life or death. The consequences to result to himself will draw from each an acknowledgment of his sin. It will be forced from the soul by an awful sense of condemnation and a fearful looking for of judgment. But such confessions cannot save the sinner.

    So long as they can conceal their transgressions from their fellow men, many, like Achan, feel secure, and flatter themselves that God will not be strict to mark iniquity. All too late their sins will find them out in that day when they shall not be purged with sacrifice or offering forever. When the records of heaven shall be opened, the Judge will not in words declare to man his guilt, but will cast one penetrating, convicting glance, and every deed, every transaction of life, will be vividly impressed upon the memory of the wrongdoer. The person will not, as in Joshua's day, need to be hunted out from tribe to family, but his own lips will confess his shame. The sins hidden from the knowledge of men will then be proclaimed to the whole world.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 0614164
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Mediador
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 The-Book-of-Hebrews


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 _M5A7115+copy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 The-last-generation
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 1:19 pm

    Have things been terrific for All-Concerned Throughout-History?? Will things be terrific for All-Concerned for All-Eternity?? Is Earth Heaven, Purgatory, Hell, or All of the Above?? Damned if I know. Once again -- I have very little confidence in myself -- but I think this thread might still be an excellent Galactic Boot Camp!! This is intended to make you tougher and smarter!! I'm not trying to hold anyone's hand!! Has anyone thought much about my concept of a Ritz-Carlton with a DUMB and a Mag-Lev Train-Station underneath -- as being the Headquarters of a United States of the Solar System??!! Even if nothing comes of that idea -- I still think I might like to try writing enough of a watered-down book to facilitate obtaining some sort of a "Ritz-Carlton Card" which would enable me to stay and dine (year-round) in any Ritz-Carlton in the world (at a heavily discounted rate) -- and rent a nice car (heavily-discounted) once in a while -- and fly on a particular airline (again, at a heavily discounted rate). I'd just use a Kick@$$ Laptop with an Uber-Secure Satellite InterPlaNet Connection -- with Access to Most of the "Good-Stuff". A Sexy Secret-Government Therapist--Housekeeper--Secretary--Bodyguard--Chauffer--Companion might be a decided plus!! I'd just live this way -- day after day -- week after week -- month after month -- year after year. I'm obviously kidding -- but it's still fun to think about!! Do You REALLY Think I Could Come Up With This Stuff On My Own??!! Who Do YOU Think I REALLY Work For?? Who Do YOU REALLY Think Jester Terrestrial Works For?? BTW -- I Heard You Laughing at Me Today!! Laugh While You Can!! What if Valerian is a Renegade French Jesuit Organist?? What if Viktor Schauberger = David Bowman = King of the Girls??

    Has anyone seriously considered the concept of a heavily-edited de-paganized 1928 Book of Common Prayer with the Psalms, Isaiah, Daniel, Luke, Acts, and James in the King James Version of the Holy Bible printed in their entirety -- mated with Sacred Classical Music?? How would each religion and church of the world react to such a revolting development?? The Psalms, Isaiah, and Daniel are probably the most Messianic portions of the Old-Testament (and central to the Wisdom-Books and Major-Prophets). Luke is probably the most complete and articulately written Gospel -- with Acts really being part of Luke (and sometimes referred to as "Luke-Acts". Acts really documents the activities of Peter and Paul -- in the context of the Early-Church. James is probably the Post-Gospel book which is most faithful to the Old-Testament Wisdom-Books and to the Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus. The 1928 Book of Common Prayer seems to be superior to the newer prayer-books (Protestant and Catholic) -- and also seems as if it might be a "Middle-Way" between the "Traditional Latin Mass" and the "Novus Ordo Mass". I once attended an SDA church where conservative 1928 Prayer-Book Episcopalians met each Sunday!! All of this seems to harmonize with the vast collection of Sacred Classical Music. But I am NOT an Anglican or Catholic scholar. Not even close. I'm talking about something I know very little about -- even after hinting at this sort of thing for several years. I'm merely attempting to create some interesting Religious and Political Science-Fiction!! What Would Gabriel McKee Say?? In a sense -- making everyone mad probably makes everyone think!! I'm sort of a "Little-Fallen DUMB-XXXX" making everyone angry!!

    I've repeatedly mentioned select writings of Ellen White -- but I haven't told anyone to join the SDA church!! The EGW book I would most recommend is Prophets and Kings (which was released a couple of years after her death). I think Ellen White knew a LOT More than she put in print!! Was she a Mason of some sort??!! That frankly wouldn't surprise me!! There is a Masonic Grave-Marker on the White Burial Plot!! It's become a tradition for me to visit a particular Masonic-Cemetery (which is in a horrible state of upkeep) once a month -- but which has quite a few grave-stones indicating birth and death dates between 1807-1850!! I just take a long walk -- which includes visiting that cemetery. It sort of makes me face myself and think. BTW -- I recently encountered a high-ranking Mason who told me about all of his marital and divorce problems!! And these guys are supposed to keep secrets!!!

    Consider the first video very closely. It denies the existence of Jesus -- but that's not what I'm thinking of presently. I honestly can't remember what caught my ear exactly (when I listened to it some time ago) but there is a part which involves mythology regarding genetic-preservation -- the Moon -- and I can't remember what else. I'm really tired and discouraged right now -- so I can't be more specific. Once again -- I am supportive of Church-Liturgy -- Church-Music -- and Church-Scholarship. Please read between the lines of what I just said. Even if a lot of the Biblical-Stories turn-out to be Historical-Fiction -- this doesn't mean that Divinity was NOT involved in the writing of said "historical-fiction". I don't think we have a clue regarding what REALLY went-on historically. I think we need to have a Dynamic-Equilibrium of Faith and Doubt. Don't get stuck on one side of this continuum. I find science-fiction useful regarding the accomplishment of this difficult task.



    I continue to take everything in -- and passively treat it as science-fiction. I truly am tiring of all of this madness -- and I am preparing to move in another direction -- which I really do not wish to discuss. It isn't well with my soul. Is it well with yours? I hope so, but peace does not equal piety and righteousness. The opposite might be the case, in many cases. I'm experiencing continual and severe turmoil, for a variety of reasons. Unfortunately, I'm expecting things to worsen. I have no idea what our true situation is. I meant the best with this thread, but my hopes have been dashed. I seem to be in the middle of some sort of a power struggle, but no one will really open up, and spill the beans. My personal situation has dramatically worsened, and life presently holds very little attraction for me. I love the theory, but I hate the reality, and I sense that things are about to get exponentially worse. I so hope that I'm wrong. I'm going to try to move in a very different direction, and I don't wish to talk about it. I don't wish to talk about much of anything, at this point. I think this thing is just going to have to play out, for better or for worse. Anyway, I used to listen to 'The Second Chapter of Acts' all the time, but I had forgotten how good they were. I'm going to start listening to them again.

    I've never been opposed to Contemporary Christian Music, although some of the Prima Donna Soloists and Mindless Scores get on my nerves. Angela didn't appreciate my tolerance of Contemporary Christian Music!! But, really, I prefer Louis Victor Jules Vierne at St. Mary's Cathedral in San Francisco and Notre Dame de Paris!! What would Kimo say? What about a combination of Vierne and the 'Second Chapter of Acts' at Notre Dame de Paris? Thank-you for putting-up with my rambling and brainstorming. The crazy phase is ending, and hopefully, I can refine this thread into something which really makes sense. I am very disillusioned with this whole thing, but I will continue privately, in my own way and in my own time, without begging for help, attention, and approval. I'll be spending a lot of time considering 'The Federalist Papers', 'The Anti-Federalist Papers', Nature, and Sacred Classical Music. But that's just my little mission. You really have no idea what I would do with a church service. No idea at all. But it would knock your socks off!! I really liked participating in the services at the Crystal Cathedral, but I would make significant changes, without making a lot of changes. Puzzled? Good! I like to keep people guessing! Once again, I am very sorry if I have harmed anyone in any way with my internet posting, or in my various and sundry reincarnations. Please keep thinking about idealistic political and religious forms and practices, but don't go nuts trying to make the world a better place. This is going to be a difficult and nasty process.

    I think there is a good side and a bad side to all of this power-struggling governance-madness, and I will do my best to appreciate both aspects, but I am presently in so far over my head, that I MUST go into a READ-ONLY mode. I need to heal BIG TIME, but I doubt that healing will occur. I think I'm stuck in the muck for this entire incarnation, and I don't think I really had a choice in the matter, once I was born. Sorry for the negativity, but that's just how I feel. You wouldn't believe what I think about, but never talk about. Just think of Michael/Horus/Mithras/Jesus/????? as being a reincarnating archangel, who has been, and is, on the side of humanity, and who rebelled against the Old World Order, and got himself crucified. Then, consider that Christianity has NOT been a Religion of Responsibly Following the Teachings of Jesus. Further, consider that around 800-900 A.D. Teutonic Zionism was hatched, and might've been the Genesis of the New World Order, which we are dealing with presently. But I doubt that it's new.

    Anyway, I have serious problems with both the Old World Order and the New World Order, and I think they should be replaced by a Theocratically-Implemented, Responsibility-Based, United States of the Solar System, with 10,000 Representatives, who have PhD's in Solar System Studies and Governance. Unfortunately, things are so bad, and there is so much negative momentum, that things might get a lot worse, no matter what we do. People will probably never really be satisfied or happy. Major gains for humanity will probably not be appreciated. We might exterminate ourselves, with or without the assistance of the Old World Order, the New World Order, or the Aliens. I think we are in a VERY PRECARIOUS SITUATION, and that this will be ongoing, into the foreseeable future. I'm not promising anyone a rose garden - not even a primrose garden path. I simply desire the best for ALL CONCERNED. And Now Abideth Responsibility, Response-Ability, and Love. Namaste and Godspeed.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Ac0006s



    When peace like a river, attendeth my way,
    When sorrows like sea billows roll;
    Whatever my lot, Thou hast taught me to say,
    It is well, it is well, with my soul.

    It is well, with my soul,
    It is well, with my soul,
    It is well, it is well, with my soul
    .
    Though Satan should buffet, though trials should come,
    Let this blessed assurance control,
    That Christ has regarded my helpless estate,
    And hath shed His own blood for my soul.

    My sin - O the joy of this glorious thought! -
    My sin, not in part but the whole,
    Is nailed to the cross, and I bear it no more,
    Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, O my soul!

    For me, be it Christ, be it Christ hence to live:
    If Jordan above me shall roll,
    No pang shall be mine, for in death as in life,
    Thou wilt whisper Thy peace to my soul.

    But Lord, 'tis for Thee, for Thy coming we wait,
    The sky, not the grave, is our goal;
    Oh, trump of the angel! Oh, voice of the Lord!
    Blessed hope, blessed rest of my soul.

    And Lord, haste the day when my faith shall be sight,
    The clouds be rolled back as a scroll;
    The trump shall resound, and the Lord shall descend,
    Even so, it is well with my soul.

    Horatio G. Spafford - 1873

    FOCUS ON THE SECRET GOVERNMENT, HISTORICALLY AND PRESENTLY. I THINK WE NEED TO UNDERSTAND AND APPRECIATE ALL OF THE POSITIVES AND NEGATIVES. WE SHOULD NOT BE IGNORANT, BUT WE SHOULDN'T RUN IN THE STREETS EITHER. IMAGINE BEING PART OF A NON-CORRUPT SECRET GOVERNMENT, JUST TO GET A FEEL FOR THIS PHENOMENON. I KNOW VERY LITTLE ABOUT THIS SUBJECT, BUT I THINK THIS MIGHT BE AT THE CENTER OF EVERYTHING. GETTING THIS SUBJECT WRONG, MIGHT MEAN GETTING EVERYTHING WRONG. EVEN IF THE SECRET GOVERNMENT WAS LEGITIMATE, AT SOME POINT, I THINK THIS MIGHT NO LONGER BE THE CASE. I THINK THINGS MIGHT BE SPIRALLING OUT OF CONTROL, FOR A VARIETY OF REASONS. ONCE AGAIN, I GUESS I SEEK A MORE REFINED AND RATIONAL SECRET GOVERNMENT, WHICH BECOMES LESS AND LESS SECRET. THE SECRET GOVERNMENT MIGHT TRANSITION INTO A RESPONSIBILITY-BASED UNITED STATES OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM. I DON'T WISH TO REINVENT THE WHEEL. I WISH TO RETAIN THAT WHICH IS WORKING, AND REPLACE THAT WHICH IS NOT WORKING. I BLAME VIRTUALLY EVERYONE, INCLUDING MYSELF, FOR THIS MESS. WE SIMPLY NEED TO CLEAN THINGS UP, WITHOUT BECOMING BLINDED BY THE BLAME GAME. WE NEED TO FIX THINGS, AND MOVE ON TO BIGGER AND BETTER THINGS. I THINK IT MIGHT BE AN EXCELLENT TIME FOR A LOT OF HUMANS (AND OTHER THAN HUMANS) TO SWITCH SIDES, OR AT LEAST BECOME A LOT MORE ETHICAL. PROBATION IS CLOSING. DON'T GET CAUGHT ON THE WRONG SIDE OF THIS THING.

    What do you think about what I wrote in the previous paragraph? I know you're not talking to me, but I just thought I'd ask anyway. I wonder how this thing is really going to play out. I doubt that things are going to proceed in a reasonable and rational manner. Just look at history. I can almost understand why some have sought to work from the shadows, rather than reasoning openly with the Gods, Goddesses, and Masses. I have found that attempting to be accommodating, open, and honest doesn't seem to work. I'm feeling as though a multitude of unfriendly eyes are viewing my well intentioned, but feeble, activities. Are solar system studies and governance really that uninteresting, or is it just that you don't like me one little bit? Am I too unscholarly, or am I too much of an irreverent smart-alec? I have tried to deal with this subject as though it were sort of a midnight fireside-chat among friends. Was this a mistake? Is this solar system really as irrational and hostile as it seems? I treated the subject of Jesus and Christianity in a rather free-wheeling manner throughout this thread. I have even tried to be Christ-like, in a rather unconventional manner, which has included a bit of role-playing. Was this a mistake? Is it better to not enjoy the use of the imagination?

    I sense that no one would really like the real Jesus, if he showed-up in modernity, and refused to play anyone's prefabricated games. Perhaps humanity has rejected Jesus, century after century after century. Just a thought. Should this world and humanity be destroyed? Are Daniel and the Revelation really histories of the future, which are set in concrete? Various religions fight and fight and fight over what the future will be like. Which one is right? Are any of them right? What if all of them are wrong? Will everyone be saved? Will a select few be saved? Will no one be saved? Or, is 'saved' a deceptive and irrelevant concept? Is Earth really Heaven? Purgatory? Hell? Will a UFO take people to Heaven, Purgatory, or Hell? What if you thought you were being taken to Heaven, and you ended-up on a Reptilian Slave-Labor Planet, where people get eaten? What if Earth is such a planet? Can this seeming Purgatory be turned into Paradise, or would efforts toward this end really be exercises in futility?

    Why did all of you stop talking to me? What did I do wrong? I feel as if I need to just be myself, regardless of whether it makes anyone happy, or not. Should I fight with everyone? Should I tell everyone what they wish to hear? Should I give everyone what they want? Do Lucifer or Satan tell people what they wish to hear, and give them what they want, while deceiving and destroying them, with the people being none the wiser? Does humanity embrace their destroyer and reject their savior? Has everyone made up their minds for all eternity? Should the wicked be destroyed? Are there any righteous souls? Even one? What would Bartleby and Loki say and do? What if the B-movie 'Legion' approximates reality? BTW, what is the relationship between Abraham, Moses, David, and Jesus? What if they are ancient Egyptian royalty, rather than being the stereotypical figures? What if Egyptology and Teutonic Zionism are at the core of a lot of very important things?

    What kind of a Jesus does the general public want? Is there so much corruption and confusion, that people have mostly given-up regarding the Second-Coming of Christ, and a Grand Prize Trip to a Perfect Heaven, Possibly Located Beyond M-42 in Orion? I really can't talk to anyone. I have to pretty much exist in my own little world. I have a difficult time making small-talk. I have nothing to talk about most of the time, and I feel and act like an idiot. Yet, I love to watch some of the most complex and abstract videos and lectures on the internet, and science-fiction doesn't come close to the sci-fi I generate in my own mind. What's going on here? I have really found no one who I can really relate to, and I am very lonely. I doubt that things will improve. It seems as though too much water has gone under the bridge, and things have gone too far wrong, for this sad story to have a happy ending. All of this seems to be an exercise in futility. Perhaps this thread should be renamed 'Solar System Governance in the Hands of a Completely Ignorant Fool'. I wish I were kidding.

    I have no idea what I'm supposed to be doing. Perhaps I should try to imitate Alex Jones, and promote the United States of the Solar System with a bullhorn and a three-hour daily internet show. Perhaps I should imitate Dr. Robert H. Schuller. Maybe I should imitate Anna. Can you imagine orthodoxymoron as a composite of Alex Jones, Robert Schuller, and Anna!! Actually, that might not be a bad idea. Seriously. Well then, I'd better get busy! I've got work to do!! Or, should I try to improvise like Pierre Cochereau? It might be cool to be a composite of Robert Schuller and Fred Swann, promoting a Positive Response Ability Based United States of the Solar System!!! Seriously, I'd rewrite Schuller's sermons and use Fred's hymn improvisations! And once in a while, I'd let-go with an Alex Jones rant!! Let Go, and Let God!!! The Bliss!!!




    Once again, I don't think anything is for certain, and I certainly don't think that everyone is going to be happy anytime soon. I simply think that we should assume that we keep getting recycled in this solar system, and that it's up to us to create a solar system paradise. I continue to be opposed to false-flag terrorism, deliberately inflicted earth-changes, planned wars, enslavement of any kind, or any kind of extermination events. If we are in prison, the jailers should at least be better than the inmates. Mass Murder is not a Family Value. I am extremely upset with the state of the world, and with modern civilization. We seem to have created a very sophisticated toilet and slaughterhouse on this prison planet in rebellion. Am I mentally-ill because all of this madness bothers me so much? Are those who don't know and don't care the ones we should pattern our lives after? I get the feeling that this thing is going to just keep grinding on and on, and that we will continue to lack real warmth and spirituality as a race. I'm mad at the so-called 'regressives', but I'm mad at us too. Would civilization really collapse if the politicians, scientists, and clergy stopped lying to us, and started telling us the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth?

    I once heard Dr. Walter Martin say that the young people were honest. I also heard him suggest studying the Bible, but not talking to people directly about theology and scripture. I think Dr. Robert H. Schuller did that, but I still think that ministry lost it's way, at some point. One of the first Schuller books, 'Move Ahead With Possibility Thinking' was probably one of the best. I don't want a Godless Society, but I certainly don't want the Religious Insanity which has plagued humanity for thousands of years. I want all nations and religions to be RESPONSIBLE, but I don't wish to specify or dictate the details to them. There can be responsible Atheists, Agnostics, Catholics, Protestants, Jews, Muslims, Capitalists, Constitutionalists, Communists, Socialists, et al. I would insist upon responsibility throughout the solar system, in a Brave New Solar System aka the United States of the Solar System. People should feel safe to do what they want to do, even if they are completely ignorant fools, and are engaging in strange and seemingly irrational behavior. But they must do whatever they want in a completely responsible manner. Beware of the Responsibility Police!!! What would Alex Jones say???

    Unrelatedly, what is the point of the stock-market? Is it simply the world's biggest casino? Does a successful trader or investor really make a contribution to society, or are they sophisticated thieves? Greed, fear, and deception seem to be at the top of the list of what drives the stock-market. Is the market rigged and corrupt? What would happen if we didn't have a stock-market at all? Or what would happen if Day-Trading were forbidden? How would my idea of a 5% Federal Point of Sale Tax affect the stock-market? Human beings seem to need to play games. Games of all kinds. We need challenges. Is the stock-market merely one more game that people play? Does it place money in the hands of the clever, and remove it from those who are stupid, or who fail to do their homework? When one owns stock, they don't own part of the company. What if people had to go directly to a company, and become a part-owner? The United States is doing a lot of money moving, but what about production? On the other hand, is industrialization and technology really in the best interests of humanity?

    Perhaps the Amish and the Monks have the right idea. What if we pale-faces had adopted the culture and life-style of the Native Americans, instead of stealing their land and slaughtering them? Is China really becoming a better place with it's industrialization? What if the whole world became much less industrialized and technological? I'm not necessarily against either, but I think we're killing ourselves. I think the guilt and absurdities throughout human history are reprehensible to the nth degree. I think we've screwed-up BIG TIME, and that we continue to blow it. We never seem to learn. The regressives might have a point, but I still want to find constructive ways to reign-in our stupidity and unethical behavior. I desire more sane ways to manage the insanity. I continue to be VERY DISAPPOINTED that no one will engage in any sort of an ongoing intelligent conversation with me. Perhaps I should start a secret society, or at least a think-tank, with maybe a couple of dozen members, who are devoted to a completely non-corrupt and highly-ethical manipulation of society from the shadows. But how long would such a thing remain non-corrupt? Probably not for very long, which is why I should probably just keep doing what I'm doing, by brainstorming in a completely open and naive manner, with no smoke-filled rooms and hacking-laughter...

    TO BE A LEADER - ONE MUST BE A LIAR. RIGHT? APPEARANCES ARE EVERYTHING. RIGHT? ACT LIKE GOD. LIVE LIKE THE DEVIL. RIGHT? TO RISE TO THE TOP, ONE MUST SLEEP WITH SATAN. RIGHT? THE CORRUPT RULE THE STUPID. RIGHT? THOSE WITH THE GOLD - RULE. RIGHT? SATAN, LUCIFER, AND THE REGRESSIVES (SOUNDS LIKE A PUNK-ROCK GROUP) HAVE MERELY EXPLOITED THE GREED, FEAR, AND STUPIDITY OF HUMANITY. RIGHT? YOU ALL HATE ME, DON'T YOU? OR MAYBE YOU JUST DON'T GIVE A DAMN. WELL, I'M MAD AT HELL, AND I'M NOT GOING TO TAKE THIS ANYMORE. I WILL CONTINUE TO BE A THINK-TANK OF ONE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER IT DOES ANY GOOD, OR NOT. I'LL PROBABLY SPEND A LOT OF TIME LISTENING TO ALEX JONES, BECAUSE HE ACTUALLY SEEMS TO GIVE A DAMN. IT'S LIKE 'NETWORK' EVERY DAY. VIEWER DISCRETION ADVISED - BECAUSE I HAVE NONE. SOME OF YOU HYPER-CRITICAL RETENTIVE-HYPOCRITES NEED TO OVERDOSE ON EX-LAX. NOW I'M GOING TO CALM-DOWN, AND LISTEN TO ALEX JONES. THEN, I'LL LISTEN TO DANA, SHERRY, AND TREEE - TO TRY TO GET MY HEAD TOGETHER. THEY ALWAYS GIVE ME SOMETHING TO THINK ABOUT. http://www.themistsofavalon.net/t1347-three-interesting-ladies ONE MORE THING. DON'T WORRY ABOUT ME. SMART-ALECS ALWAYS END-UP HANGING THEMSELVES. JUST KEEP FEEDING THE ROPE... scratch





    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 1:34 pm

    I had a Vietnamese friend, who grew-up in Vietnam during the Vietnam War, and would sleep through most bombing-raids, unless the bombs started getting really close and loud!! I witnessed him sleeping right next to a very loud alarm clock!! I am supportive of a strong military - with a non-lethal military branch - but I am dead-set against war. Hurting and Killing Each Other is the Epitome of Stupidity. War is a sin. War is insane. War is hell. Here is another look at the Viet Nam War, from a German/American perspective. It is unimaginable what people had to go through during the Viet Nam War (and all wars). We need to end all wars. Period. War is a Racket. What would Smedley Butler say?


    I just want you all to know that I think this thread is worthy of your consideration, even with all of it's speculation and smart-alec comments. I also want you to know that all is not well with me personally, and that it hasn't been, throughout my entire life. Something has been, and continues to be, very wrong. I don't know what it is, but I think it might have something to do with the spiritual warfare thing. Nothing seems to help. I seem to have lived a miserable and non-productive life, even though I have tried to do just the opposite. It feels as though I am supernaturally targeted for some reason. Once again, I'm going to try to exit stage-left, and nurse my wounds in silence, for the rest of my life. Thanks again for your contributions to innovative and progressive conceptualizations of solar system governance. Unfortunately, I suspect that we will continue to be ruled by secrecy and deception, and that achieving a Perfected Humanity in a Perfected Solar System will continue to be illusive. It seems as if we will not be allowed to be too successful as a race. It seems as if we will stay in jail, and continue to be tortured and killed, as sacrificial lambs, for who knows what reasons. I am very disillusioned with the universe, at this point. I started-out trying to solve my problems and the world's problems, but my pseudointellectual research seems to have made things exponentially worse. I seem to have made the gods and goddesses extremely unhappy with me. I suspect that this has been the case for a very long time, lifetime after lifetime after lifetime.

    My conceptualizing and writing skills are sort of ok, but you would be very unimpressed with me in real life. I am very unimpressed with myself. On the other hand, I think I could read through sensitive classified files on all manner of subjects, including aliens, star-wars, underground-bases, the secret space program, the secret government, etc, etc, etc, and write well thought-out and rational analysis and recommendation reports. But then, in the D.U.M.B. Cafeteria, I wouldn't be able to carry on much of a conversation, and I'd probably sit in a corner, all by myself. I guess my plans are to think about a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System, in a wide variety of contexts. I want to try to think this thing through from as many angles as possible. I'd like to be able to constructively deal with all races, religions, and countries.

    I needed help with this subject, but very little seemed to materialize, and possibly there were legitimate reasons why. I keep feeling as though there are numerous individuals, who know the whole story, but are carefully keeping it from me, and possibly for legitimate reasons. Whatever the case may be, I'm super sick of this stupid game. Rational and honest conversation might've been nice, but it might be a little late in the game for that. Many years ago, Dr. Bruce Larson asked me how we should properly process all of the conflicting and confusing information in the world? I didn't have a proper answer then, and I don't have one now, but I now realize how profound and important his question was. You might wish to take a close look at the books and ministry of Dr. Bruce Larson. I have joked around a lot, and been quite irreverent, but at the core of my soul, I am very serious and reverent. Know that light, truth, justice, and righteousness will triumph.

    Consider the following areas of study and speculation:

    1. Babylon, Egypt, Greece, and Rome before Akhenaten.
    2. Babylon, Egypt, Greece, and Rome after Akhenaten and before Jesus Christ.
    3. Babylon, Egypt, Greece, and Rome after Jesus Christ until 800-900 A.D.
    4. Babylon, Egypt, Greece, and Rome from 800-900 A.D. up to the Present, noting especially the role of the Teutonic Knights and Teutonic Zionism in all of it's forms.

    1. The Old World Order. (Led by Isis?)
    2. The New World Order. (Led by Amen Ra?)
    3. The New Solar System. (Led by Horus?)

    1. Gabriel. (Isis?)
    2. Lucifer. (Amen Ra?)
    3. Michael. (Horus?)

    Chain of Command?

    1. Draconian Reptilian Queen of Heaven.
    2. Hybrid Hermaphrodite God of This World. (who manifests as male, female, black, white, ?????)
    3. Hybrid Elites.
    4. Human Elites.
    5. Human Front-Men and Errand-Boys. (Patriarchy)
    6. The Rest of Us.

    1. Old World Order - Positive and Negative Aspects - Past, Present, and Future. Problem? Thesis?
    2. New World Order - Positive and Negative Aspects - Past, Present, and Future. Reaction? Antithesis?
    3. New Solar System - Positive and Negative Aspects - Past, Present, and Future. Solution? Synthesis?

    I could say a lot more, but I'm done for now. I'm tired of kicking against the pricks, although it might be fun to kick dick again! (from Avalon 1) Just keep thinking about Ancient Egypt and Teutonic Zionism, with an emphasis on the archangelic roles in the history and future of the solar system. Remember, this is a HUGE subject, and it won't necessarily make you happy. You could study 24/7, for your entire life (if you didn't need to sleep!), and I doubt that you would get everything figured-out and neatly packaged. The confusion and pain are seemingly ongoing. Again, consider this thread as being a study-guide. Consider me as being a smart-alec at the back of the room. I can't imagine delivering a speech from the New York Mothership, or participating in a press-conference on 'Meet the Depressed'. But I suppose that professional speech-writers, endless practice-sessions, chip-implantation, mind-control, teleprompters, drugs, and an extreme makeover would work wonders. I think this sort of thing goes on all the time, possibly in underground bases. But really, I'm not that kind of guy.

    I'm genuinely trying to be on everyone's side, even though this is probably impossible. I continue to fly-blind, and I continue to attempt neutrality, as I continue to have no animosity toward anyone. But full disclosure might change everything. I'm starting to figure this out, and it's destroying me. I'm going down fast, and I need to pull the rip-cord. I'm descending at terminal velocity through flight level 2,000. Unfortunately, Jaws, Silas, and a Brutal Gang of Dracs are waiting for me on the ground! Fair warning. If you ever talk directly with me, I might ask a lot of questions, and make a lot of comments, which might make you mad at me. I might seem like a two-faced, back-stabbing S.O.B. Friendly (in a distant sort of way) but trenchant. Don't take it personally. Don't be frightened. I mean no harm. I am of peace. Always.  

    Note the following, very carefully. Consider combining 1. Orthodoxymoron (this thread, with all linked material), 2. Alex Jones (shows and documentaries), and 3. Dr. Robert H. Schuller (especially his books and broadcasts during 1965-2000). Consider internalizing these three, and exhibiting the best aspects of Anna externally! (in an appropriately masculine and feminine manner) I realize that sounds idiotic, but I'm a bit different, to say the least! Good Anna v Bad Anna? Who knows? Re-watch the entire 'V' series (old and new) with this paragraph in mind. All of this confusing-madness and thrashing-about has caused me to conclude that I don't know much of anything about anything. That is not simply a becoming humility. I mean it. Anyway, that's all folks. I'm going underground. Perhaps you should too. It might be later than we think. Taking the easy way, isn't an easy way. This is a cool song by 'The 2nd Chapter of Acts'. Some of the verses are taken from Proverbs 17:28, Matthew 11:28/30, and Matthew 28:18/20.




    All of my life they said be quiet
    Be quiet for crying out loud
    Taking the easy way isn't an easy way
    Even a fool when he is silent
    People will think he's wise
    Taking the easy way isn't an easy way
    In your footprints this is what I read
    Tell the children
    Tell them what I said
    Tell all nations
    Tell them I'm not dead
    My yoke is easy and my burden is light
    My yoke is easy and my burden is light
    I might be taken by my sadness and still be filled with joy
    Taking the easy way isn't an easy way
    I have taken to sing my silent song
    Taking the easy way isn't an easy way
    My hearts bursting, bursting with your Word
    I will tell them, tell them what I've heard
    Some though brokenhearted will be cured
    For there is healing, healing in Your wings
    Yes, there is healing, healing in Your wings
    So I take you into my weakness
    I'm weak but You are strong
    Taking the easy way isn't an easy way
    Learning of You has made me give up
    Give up all that I am
    Taking the easy way isn't an easy way
    Transformation in every word
    Relocation, hell to heavenward
    Education says that You're absurd
    Taking the narrow road isn't an easy way
    Taking the narrow road isn't an easy way
    Taking the easy way isn't an easy way

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Revelation
    THE GREATEST POSSIBILITY THINKER WHO EVER LIVED

    I recently heard Gerald Celente championing the concept of 'Direct Democracy', wherein everyone votes directly on every issue, rather than depending on often corrupt and incompetent politicians to think and vote for us. As I have stated repeatedly, I like the idea of a combination of direct electorate voting and a constitutional representative republic. I like the idea of everyone voting on every issue, and comprising perhaps 50% of the vote, with the votes of the elected representatives comprising the other 50% of the vote. I continue to like the idea of elected representatives in a United States of the Solar System, all having PhD's in Solar System Studies and Governance. Also, if the general public were to be involved in direct democracy voting, perhaps they should have at least a two-year degree in Governance, to be able to participate in such a program. Do you see my point? I don't want a mob-rule free for all, and I don't want us ruled by corrupt and stupid nitwits in smoke-filled rooms, laughing at the stupid sheeple, with hacking-laughter and contempt. Do you see my point? Today, I'm watching 'Invisible Empire'. It's really quite good.

    Again, I don't simply want to engage in throwing stones. I really wish to understand. Someone recently asked me who I would like to be taught by, regarding Solar System Governance. I responded, that even though I didn't really like them, I would want to spend some quality-time with David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Henry Kissinger, George H.W. Bush, George W. Bush (sorry for all of the funny pictures below), Dick Cheney, Bill and Hillary Clinton, President Obama, Various CEO's, the Queen, the Pope, the Black Pope, the Rothschilds, the Queen of Heaven, and God of This World - just to get their side of the story. Some might be shocked by this damaging admission, but I really and truly am not trying to win a popularity contest. This continues to be a very serious form of entertainment for me, but I refuse to take this too seriously. My endgame is simply to achieve a Brave New Solar System, which Maximizes Long-Term and Sustainable Responsible Freedom in the Context of a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System.

    I simply wish to keep doing what I'm doing, but perhaps in a more sophisticated and refined manner. But obviously, I don't know the whole story, and it would be important to know the whole story, before saying anything too definitely and confidently. This is why I mostly ask questions and provide links. I like to talk under certain circumstances, but I'm a dud at a party. I am definitely not a party animal, at this point, but who knows what the future holds? I just think people need to become lifelong researchers, and speak in responsive, rather than reactionary, ways. Unfortunately, I've come to the sad conclusion, that the best conversations I engage in, are with myself, or imaginary conversations with various speakers, actors, actresses, or authors. It's really quite strange. I'm not good at small-talk at all. I prefer communicating with people on the internet, as impersonal as that is. I need to get out more. I once held an apple box next to my head, and told a Chris Rock ('Rufus' in 'Dogma') look-alike, that I liked to think outside of the box. He told me about 'Dogma' and the 'Golgothan', but I didn't watch it until long after I had met the 'cast'. I spent quite a bit of time with 'Rufus' and 'Bartleby' (or was it Azrael?), especially the latter. I think Bartleby and Loki pulled-up next to me in their car, when I was out walking my dog, and Loki looked at me very intently and strangely for at least 10 seconds. I hadn't seen 'Dogma' yet, so it didn't register. I think I've met the 'Last Scion' and possibly 'Serendipity'. I knew a Loki-Like many years ago. He spoke of big-time spiritualism in Ancient Egypt. It makes me wonder. It really makes me wonder. Just keep feeding the rope... scratchgeek


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Bush_Devil_5
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Bush-finger
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Event_14821965

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Caught

    What if the New World Order really started in Ancient Egypt? Something catastrophic happened, but I don't know exactly what. I believe in Michael/Jesus, but not necessarily in the standard story. I think the real story has been carefully hidden. I'm really more conservative than the most devout Latin Mass Catholic, in many ways, yet I'm sort of a basket-case smart-alec. I'm all over the charts, and I can't even figure myself out. I'm in bed with no one, other than my dog. I guess I'm in bed with an idealism, which could be applied to most groups and individuals. I'm functioning at about 25%, so I'm dumber and smarter than you think. I continue to believe that I am supernaturally targeted, or something creepy like that. I am willing to work with anyone, but I am very suspicious of everyone. I don't even trust myself, or my dog. Please spend a lot of time researching Ancient Egypt and Teutonic Zionism. The Black People have some very interesting things to say about Ancient Egypt. But don't get caught-up in the racial thing. I have absolutely no hatred for any groups or individuals. I just think the human race needs to stop fiddling around, and we need to really fix things on this planet, and throughout the solar system, hopefully without destroying it and ourselves. I think we're hanging-on by a thread. I really do. Sometimes one can make things worse when they try to make things better. I hope that I haven't been guilty of this, but I fear that I have. I am very worried. No, I'm very frantic.

    Once again, what is the true nature of the soul? I come from a religious tradition which preaches against the 'immortality of the soul'. Were the founders of this religion (SDA) trying to protect people from a dangerous aspect of human existence? I truly do not participate in any creepy activities, but creepy things still keep happening to me, uninvited. What if we are all interdimensional reptilian souls who are living in human bodies? I think this might possibly be the case, but it hasn't caused me to become any more insane than I already was. But what about the general public? Probably a third wouldn't believe it, no matter what the evidence or proof was. Probably a third would just shrug their shoulders, and take it in stride. Probably a third would go insane, in various degrees. Just speculation. Are good interdimensional reptilians really angels? Are bad interdimensional reptilians really demons? Did a third of the angels incarnate into male and female human bodies? Was this an act of rebellion? Was this the Fall? Was this the Original and Unpardonable Sin? Did this cause the War in Heaven? Are we presently in the Cold War phase of a previously Hot War? Is it impossible for Spirits in Sinful Human Flesh to perfectly obey the Law of God? Are the wages of sin really and truly death? The end of male and female human physicality? Eternal soul-death or perpetual-punishment? Damned if I know. Or damned if I am who I think I might reincarnationally be? I know I've been over this territory before, but that picture sort of got to me. All of the religions may need to redefine and reinvent themselves. I certainly do not wish to dictate what anyone should think or not think. I'll just keep asking questions.

    Unless I'm mistaken, the last comment on this thread, other than mine, was two months ago, even though I have been adding one or two posts nearly every day. I've tried to keep things light, in a serious way, and I have been craving conversation, but it just isn't happening. This thread really is dead, isn't it? I've tried to stop posting several dozen times, but I always have something to add. Perhaps I should get very serious about all of this, and become a hard-core researcher, instead of merely being an armchair smart-alec. It has been suggested that if I used a 5D approach, that I might be more successful. I really can write in a very elevated and inspirational manner. I can remain completely positive. I think I might've become a great evangelist. I once made a passioned religious appeal (along with others) to my fellow classmates in high-school, and they lined up, and gave often tearful testimonies for nearly two hours. I walked though the Greek Theater and the Hollywood Bowl, contemplating an outdoor ministry, many years ago, but nothing ever came of it. I spoke up in Bible classes, and people got mad, and tried to shut me up. I was spoken to in a stern manner by men of great experience and faith. I had doubts, and so I moved on. Was this a mistake?

    Should I have tried to be another Billy Graham or Robert Schuller? BTW, did they achieve high degrees in Freemasonry? Anyway, I'm pretty disgusted with this whole thing. The whole thing seems to stink from top to bottom. The good guys, the bad guys, everyone, seem to not wish to be challenged or crossed. But I think I should've done more. A lot more. I have some lame excuses, but none of them really hold water. Should I continue to think outside of the box, and challenge the status quo and cherished beliefs of just about everyone? Should I become appropriately pastoral or statesman-like? We really wish to be told what we wish to hear, don't we? We really wish to feel good about ourselves, don't we? We really wish to be proved right, don't we? What was really behind 'Oh God!' and 'Dogma'? I hadn't watched either of them until I had completed at least 75% of this thread, and I found that they were irreverent in ways a bit similar to my own posting style. What's going on here? In many respects, I am more conservative than the conservatives. In other ways, I am more liberal than the liberals.

    I feel like a fish out of water, and this has been the case throughout my life. I'd like to know who I was during my last two or three incarnations. I'd like to know who I was in my ancient incarnations. What if I were Cleopatra? What if I were related to Cleopatra? Everyone thinks they were Cleopatra, don't they?! They don't want to think that they might've been Freddy the Freeloader! What would Red Skelton say? I liked the music on the 'Red Skelton Show'. That's a funny thing to say, isn't it? I guess I lost my train of thought. Anyway, I think I need to try to be more appropriately 5D on my Highway to Heaven (Somewhere Over the Rainbow). Red could make people laugh, without using four-letter words. Perhaps I should get a Little House on the Prairie, after I get kicked-out of the one I'm in. That might make my spiritual quest a lot easier. But perhaps I should move to a mountain prairie, to avoid that wall of water. I wish I were kidding, but this is no joke.

    One more thing. What happened in the last half of June? I have a strange feeling that something significant occurred, but I don't know what. Might whatever it was have something to do with the absence of comments on this thread for the past two months? I feel very uneasy about this. Something seems to be amiss and creepy. I've been very troubled by the sneaky and deceptive aspects connected with trying to find out what's really going on in this solar system. Nothing is straight-forward and honest. I think this whole thing could be properly cleared-up in a proper science-fiction movie, series, or documentary. A Presidential Disclosure Speech should probably occur after everyone already knows what's going on. That speech should probably be anticlimactic. I just wish I knew what I should be doing, or not doing. The fact that no one will talk to me, makes this exponentially more difficult. This continues to feel like a very creepy game, with very high stakes. It feels like a Galactic Most Dangerous Game. What would Rainsford say?

    One Moor Thing. Look at the Moor's eye (below). Is the slit just an artistic touch, or is this a reptilian hybrid queen? Is there a connection between Arians, Persians, Nazis, Teutonic Zionism, and Bohemian Grove? Think about it. OK, this approach obviously doesn't work, so I should probably do some market research, and figure out what people want, and then give them what they want, right? You wouldn't believe my latest theory! I don't know if I believe it, and I'm certainly not talking about it. It's the wildest theory yet! But, if it's true, it's actually quite sad. There is a clue on this page, but that's all you're going to get. Just blame Inigo Loyola, or someone like him. Tehuti and Vegas are important. I like the desert and the palms. Especially the dates. Read 'The Jesuits' by Malachi Martin. It's a VERY interesting book. I actually like the best aspects of the Jesuits, and I sometimes think of myself as being a Renegade French Jesuit Organist, who is both a friend and enemy of the church! Isn't that strange! The Orthodoxymoron of Notre Dame! What would Arrupe say? Those of you who have been monitoring my internet activities will probably be surprised by the changes I'm about to make. They might even surprise me! Actually, I might just sit back, and enjoy the show. You might have to find someone else to criticize and laugh at. If I were in your shoes, I'd criticize and laugh at myself. Did that make sense? I really despise myself. I think I've really struck-out, and I'm very discouraged. Time to change the batter, because this one's battered to a pulp. Over and out. What would Casey say? scratchgeek


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Moonring4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 God_ETConfLogo
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Moon-image

    Should this thread morph into a Lunar Studies thread? Who is the premier Lunar Guru, in both an exoteric and esoteric sense? I think I should spend a lot of time considering the work of Richard Hoagland. http://enterprisemission.com/ There are undoubtedly many others, but are they as vocal? I wish I had access to everyone throughout the solar system!! Wouldn't that be cool!! But then I would know way, way too much!! But seriously, the Moon is quite close, and we have officially been there, regardless of whether we went there with conventional or unconvential propulsion. I tend to think that the Lunar Module used some sort of anti-gravity. Plus, there are plenty of conspiracy theories to keep one's blood pressure up! And what about thinking of the possibility of the Queen of Heaven living in a Lunar Palace? It would be cool to go to the Moon, but once the novelty wore off, would one long to be back on Earth? I think it would be cool to have a University of Solar System Studies and Governance campus on the Moon! Should I consider living in such a setting, located within Lunar Base II, using my imagination, or should I stop? What would the Nazis and Greys say?! I was just thinking about Thomas and Sophia in 'The Event'. Could Thomas be compared with the God of This World? Could Sophia be compared with the Queen of Heaven? Notice that Thomas got carried away and became a loose-cannon, while Sophia was incarcerated. Both of them could be quite nice, and incredibly cold, calculating, and violent. Do our visible world leaders have to deal with the equivalent of Thomas and Sophia? I really wonder.


    Here is some very wild speculation. Read this with extreme discernment, and take it with a sea of salt. What if the World Wars were really wars between various factions of Teutonic Zionists? Or between various factions of Gizeh Intelligence? Were we really dealing with a sort of a Gang War or a Weapons Deal Gone Bad? Crips v Bloods? When we speak of Aryan, are we really speaking of Blond Hair and Blue Eyes? I don't think so. Are we really dealing with Secret Government v Secret Government? Are we dealing with Kabbalists and Nazis? Or are we dealing with Kabbalistic Nazis? How dark and deep is this thing? Each side probably has well thought out justifications for their often brutal and reprehensible actions, but I am very fearful that we are on the verge of exterminating ourselves, or being enslaved by an unimaginable Theocracy and Technocracy. If this occurs, we will undoubtedly blame everyone other than ourselves, but we will still be existing in a living hell. This might be an excellent time to REALLY think this thing through, from cause to effect, rather than just trying to get more, more, more, while the world goes to hell. I suspect that the elites are in more danger than the peons, because they are in too deep, and know too much. The DUMB's might very well become TOMBS. Face yourselves, and think, while we still have a chance.

    Could my idealistic and well-intentioned Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System be used as a stepping-stone by an Evil and Corrupt Secret Government? Could I become a naive and unwitting pawn of the Corrupt Powers That Be? It certainly wouldn't surprise me. If my cherished United States of the Solar System were implemented exactly as I envision it, I wouldn't be jumping up and down, or gloating triumphantly. I would probably be in seclusion, working around the clock, to attempt to anticipate problems, and to preemptively create solutions. I really don't think the United States of America was founded free and clear on a clean-sheet of paper. I think there were strings attached. No, I think there were thick steel-cables attached. I think these cables are still attached. I suspect a Constitutional Theocracy. Could the United States of America have been a Teutonic Zionist project? Think about it. Could there be a good and a bad side to this alleged phenomenon? I think so, which is why I think we need to look at the positives and negatives of EVERYONE and EVERYTHING, rather than dealing in broad generalizations.

    A Brave New Solar System should incorporate the best of the past, no matter who or what these best aspects might've been associated with. I would want to look very closely at both the Old and New World Orders, when determining the character and content of a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System. The infrastructure of the present factions of secret government might be left mostly intact, while being cleaned-up and reformed. We shouldn't try to fix what isn't broken. We shouldn't attempt to reinvent the wheel. We should simply try to make it round and true. I'd like to think of this as being a Non-Hostile Takeover, with No Poison Pills or Scuttling in Absentia. I truly wish to do that which is in EVERYONE'S BEST INTEREST. If this weren't the case, we would doom ourselves to endless hatred and warfare, and ultimately exterminate ourselves. If we fumbled the ball, the same old bad guys and gals might very well be back in the saddle within twenty years, with extreme prejudice and vengeance. Think long and hard about what I just said, but don't strain yourselves. Sorry, but sometimes sarcasm is irresistible!

    I just feel like Spaceship Earth is out of control, and that it is heading toward a horrible fate. I feel like I am one of millions, or billions, who are frantically trying to get this runaway train under control. I hope that an interplanetary team of PhD Representatives, with Educated Constituents, will be able to keep this beast under control. This whole thing is very iffy and precarious. The consequences of failure are unimaginable. I'm not happy Pre-USSS, and I doubt that I will be happy with a fully implemented and operational USSS. There are just too many problems and potential problems. There is too much horrific and bloody history to ever forget, and to be happy and care-free ever again. Perhaps many church services will be memorials to those who suffered and died on the Road to Utopia. Hopefully, the cost of doing business in a Brave New Solar System will simply be Hard Work, with No Criminal-Violence or Warfare Whatsoever. Could there be such a thing as a Responsible Free Enterprise Workers Paradise? I don't see why not. I sure don't relish Bourgeois v Proletariat class warfare. How about one big stratified and competitive middle-class, with no destitute-poor, and no non-compassionate use of accumulated wealth? How hard is this? This isn't Multivariable Calculus, Nuclear Physics, or Quantum Mechanics. This isn't even Rocket Science, but I guess we're not dealing with Rocket Scientists, now are we? I successfully resisted sarcasm for a whole paragraph. The spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak. And sorry, I couldn't just pick on 'W'.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 12-14-Workers-Paradise
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Poster
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 WaybackWhen_WorkersParadise
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 51E7LW5G8tL
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Laika_Parade_sm
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Obama_Martin_Luther_King_ML
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Elizard
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Once again, this thread is intended to be a mental and spiritual exercise. I try to make you think, laugh, get mad, get scared, and look at a lot of different things from a lot of different angles. Take all of this seriously, but not too seriously. I am trying to help us avoid the 'Deer in the Headlights' phenomenon, in connection with all of the controversial, confusing, and conflicting material. It's a combination of a zoo and a jungle out there, and I don't think things are going to get any easier any time soon. In fact, I think things might get a lot worse, and they might not get better for a very long time. But do try to treat all of this as science fiction, which might contain some truth, and if it gets too hard to deal with, just move on to something else. A lot of my writing is speculative and intuitive, and I have not exhaustively researched the topics which I address. But I have tried to get as close to the truth as I possibly can, and I have not tried to deceive or mislead anyone. I have also not tried to make a fast buck, although judging from my dismal financial situation, I probably should have. I might write some sort of a science fiction book to try to help pay my bills. Take everything I say with a sea of salt, and with extreme discernment. Probably half of what I say is utter BS, or pure, unmitigated popycock. Consider all of this to be a grand adventure, even if it is very difficult and painful for you. We will all make it through this madness somehow. Namaste.
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Book-cover2The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Alien-logoThe United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Nogreys-120wThe United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 DMNBAN2The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Bbcodesal1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 PsychokittyThe United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 BookBanner125
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 1:42 pm

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Moon_and_earth_lroearthrise_frame
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 39f57f50c2f7b1d1eca9eadc29ac3414

    As I attempted to add the above images to this post -- I seemly received some sort of computer-attack from Italy!! I could've gotten that wrong -- but my computer-security blocked something from Italy!! From Rome, perhaps??!! Can't we all just get along?? OK -- It Wasn't from Rome!! I've posted a map of where the "attack" originated -- but that's all I'm going to reveal!! Who are these people?? Are they people?? ET Phone Rome?? Rome Phone ET?? I should stop!! They have ways to make me stop!! Many Ways!! The Horror!!

    I have suggested the possibility that a hypothetical Investigative and Executive Judgment will span December 21, 2012 to December 21, 2132. This is 120 years. Noah preached for 120 years. As it was in the Days of Noah?? What if there will mostly be "Disclosure" during this "Judgment"?? What if there will be no "Fire and Brimstone"?? What if EVERYTHING will be revealed regarding at least the past 6,000 years?? The possibility of Reincarnation is the real "Wild-Card" IMHO!! What if All of Our Soul-Histories will be posted on the internet for all to see??!! What if Everyone will receive a Ranking based-upon their Soul-Histories??!! Please read the last-chapter of Ecclesiastes. This is frightening and sobering stuff!! What if All of Us overthrew God the Father in the Garden of Eden??!! Some of you need to take a very-close look at Book 3 of my U.S.S.S. threads -- and tell me what YOU think. I am feeling very sick and attacked. I don't know how much longer I can continue posting on this website. Once again, I am NOT even close to being a scholar or a prophet!! I simply Wonder as I Wander.

    What if the "Cleansing of the Sanctuary" will span A.D. 2133 to A.D. 2370?? What if this period will implement the decisions made in the previous period (with all the "messy-stuff" completed prior to A.D. 2133)?? What if BOTH 168 B.C. and A.D. 70 are commencement-dates for the 2300 days-years of Daniel 8:14?? What if BOTH A.D. 2133 and A.D. 2370 are termination-dates for the 2300 days-years of Daniel 8:14?? Is this representative of Inaugurated and Consummated Eschatology?? What if All of the Above are simply a Trial, followed-by Disclosure, followed-by Reorganization?? What if there will be absolutely ZERO "Wrath of God" or "Fire and Brimstone"?? What if God REALLY is LOVE??

    Remember that "Creator's Agony" poem by Xeia (posted by Sui Generis)?? It spoke of 100 years of solitude for me!! The "Ancient Egyptian Deity" said "In 20 years, you'll be working for us!!" That was 5 years ago -- and that was before the AED said "I'm sorry we couldn't work together. Too much water has gone under the bridge." As I keep saying, that was 3 days before Fukushima. Anyway, if that 20 years still-stands, this might be followed by 100 years of solitude (perhaps in a 600 square-foot office-apartment beneath the Dark-Side of the Moon)!! The AED said it would be dark where I was going!! This hypothetical 120 year-period would terminate just prior to A.D. 2133!! Just speculation!! But what if my posting has created an Alternate-Timeline and Parallel-Reality (for me, at least)?? What if this was NOT a contest?? What if I wasn't on trial?? What if Ma'el NEVER Came to Earth?? BTW -- Please watch the Season 2 "Dimensions" episode of Earth: Final Conflict (regarding Good-Queen v Bad-Queen)!! What if this is the story of Lilith v Eve (with Adam caught in the middle)?? Somehow, Earth and Humanity seemed to be cut-off from God and Heaven 6,000 years-ago!! Who have Humanity REALLY been worshipping and praising for the past 6,000 years?? Are the Atheists at-least partially correct?? Must we pledge-allegiance to an Exiled-God?? This stuff scares the hell out of me!! This is truly playing with Burning-Magnesium!! The Horror!!

    Regarding Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- and The Desire of Ages -- this material is quite-different than the Bible -- and quite-different than the SDA Church (if one uses only these three sources). What's going on here?? Do these sources better harmonize with Marcel Dupre or Del Delker?? Does ANYONE Know What I'm Talking About?? What would it be like to have a small-office in or around the Vatican -- meeting daily with Vatican-Officials as The Conflict of the Ages Series Representative to the Holy See??!! Did I say that right?? What Would a Renegade French Jesuit Organist Say?? What Would Monseigneur Bowe Say?? What Would the Queen of Sheba Say?? What Would Cleopatra Say?? Without an Empire and an Iron-Fist -- how does one maintain Law and Order?? Or does an Empire and an Iron-Fist MILITATE AGAINST Law and Order?? I guess it depends upon who the Emperor is!! What Would President Obama Say?? What Would Pope Francis Say?? What Would Vladimir Putin Say?? Is there a happy-medium between a Representative-Republic and a Theocratic-Dictatorship?? How does one keep a Righteous Iron-Fist from degenerating into an Unrighteous Iron-Fist?? Does Freedom = Lawlessness?? Are Most Theocracies Based-Upon Imposed-Insanity?? Would a Solar-System Queen with Absolute-Power Make Bloody-Mary Look Like Mother Teresa??!! What Would Lilith Say?? What Would Loki Do?? Perhaps I Should STOP!!

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp46.html After the execution of the sentence upon Achan, Joshua was commanded to marshal all the men of war and again advance against Ai. The power of God was with His people, and they were soon in possession of the city.

    Military operations were now suspended, that all Israel might engage in a solemn religious service. The people were eager to obtain a settlement in Canaan; as yet they had not homes or lands for their families, and in order to gain these they must drive out the Canaanites; but this important work must be deferred, for a higher duty demanded their first attention.

    Before taking possession of their inheritance, they must renew their covenant of loyalty to God. In the last instructions of Moses, direction had been twice given for a convocation of the tribes upon Mounts Ebal and Gerizim, at Shechem, for the solemn recognition of the law of God. In obedience to these injunctions the whole people, not only men, but "the women, and the little ones, and the strangers that were conversant among them" left their camp at Gilgal, and marched through the country of their enemies, to the vale of Shechem, near the center of the land. Though surrounded by unconquered foes, they were safe under the protection of God as long as they were faithful to Him. Now, as in the days of Jacob, "the terror of God was upon the cities that were round about them" (Genesis 35:5), and the Hebrews were unmolested.

    The place appointed for this solemn service was one already sacred from its association with the history of their fathers. It was here that Abraham raised his first altar to Jehovah in the land of Canaan. Here both Abraham and Jacob had pitched their tents. Here the latter bought the field in which the tribes were to bury the body of Joseph. Here also was the well that Jacob had dug, and the oak under which he had buried the idolatrous images of his household.

    The spot chosen was one of the most beautiful in all Palestine, and worthy to be the theater where this grand and impressive scene was to be enacted. The lovely valley, its green fields dotted with olive groves, watered with brooks from living fountains, and gemmed with wild flowers, spread out invitingly between the barren hills. Ebal and Gerizim, upon opposite sides of the valley, nearly approach each other, their lower spurs seeming to form a natural pulpit, every word spoken on one being distinctly audible on the other, while the mountainsides, receding, afford space for a vast assemblage.

    According to the directions given by Moses, a monument of great stones was erected upon Mount Ebal. Upon these stones, previously prepared by a covering of plaster, the law was inscribed--not only the ten precepts spoken from Sinai and engraved on the tables of stone, but the laws communicated to Moses, and by him written in a book. Beside this monument was built an altar of unhewn stone, upon which sacrifices were offered unto the Lord. The fact that the altar was set up on Mount Ebal, the mountain upon which the curse was put, was significant, denoting that because of their transgressions of God's law, Israel had justly incurred His wrath, and that it would be at once visited, but for the atonement of Christ, represented by the altar of sacrifice.

    Six of the tribes--all descended from Leah and Rachel--were stationed upon Mount Gerizim; while those that descended from the handmaids, together with Reuben and Zebulun, took their position on Ebal, the priests with the ark occupying the valley between them. Silence was proclaimed by the sound of the signal trumpet; and then in the deep stillness, and in the presence of this vast assembly, Joshua, standing beside the sacred ark, read the blessings that were to follow obedience to God's law. All the tribes on Gerizim responded by an Amen. He then read the curses, and the tribes on Ebal in like manner gave their assent, thousands upon thousands of voices uniting as the voice of one man in the solemn response. Following this came the reading of the law of God, together with the statutes and judgments that had been delivered to them by Moses.

    Israel had received the law directly from the mouth of God at Sinai; and its sacred precepts, written by His own hand, were still preserved in the ark. Now it had been again written where all could read it. All had the privilege of seeing for themselves the conditions of the covenant under which they were to hold possession of Canaan. All were to signify their acceptance of the terms of the covenant and give their assent to the blessings or curses for its observance or neglect. The law was not only written upon the memorial stones, but was read by Joshua himself in the hearing of all Israel. It had not been many weeks since Moses gave the whole book of Deuteronomy in discourses to the people, yet now Joshua read the law again.

    Not alone the men of Israel, but "all the women and the little ones" listened to the reading of the law; for it was important that they also should know and do their duty. God had commanded Israel concerning His statutes: "Therefore shall ye lay up these My words in your heart and in your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes. And ye shall teach them your children, . . . that your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, in the land which the Lord sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of heaven upon the earth." Deuteronomy 11:18-21.

    Every seventh year the whole law was to be read in the assembly of all Israel, as Moses commanded: "At the end of every seven years, in the solemnity of the year of release, in the feast of tabernacles, when all Israel is come to appear before the Lord thy God in the place which He shall choose, thou shalt read this law before all Israel in their hearing. Gather the people together, men, and women, and children, and thy stranger that is within thy gates, that they may hear, and that they may learn, and fear the Lord your God, and observe to do all the words of this law: and that their children, which have not known anything, may hear, and learn to fear the Lord your God, as long as ye live in the land whither ye go over Jordan to possess it." Deuteronomy 31:10-13.

    Satan is ever at work endeavoring to pervert what God has spoken, to blind the mind and darken the understanding, and thus lead men into sin. This is why the Lord is so explicit, making His requirements so very plain that none need err. God is constantly seeking to draw men close under His protection, that Satan may not practice his cruel, deceptive power upon them. He has condescended to speak to them with His own voice, to write with His own hand the living oracles. And these blessed words, all instinct with life and luminous with truth, are committed to men as a perfect guide. Because Satan is so ready to catch away the mind and divert the affections from the Lord's promises and requirements, the greater diligence is needed to fix them in the mind and impress them upon the heart.

    Greater attention should be given by religious teachers to instructing the people in the facts and lessons of Bible history and the warnings and requirements of the Lord. These should be presented in simple language, adapted to the comprehension of children. It should be a part of the work both of ministers and parents to see that the young are instructed in the Scriptures.

    Parents can and should interest their children in the varied knowledge found in the sacred pages. But if they would interest their sons and daughters in the word of God, they must be interested in it themselves. They must be familiar with its teachings, and, as God commanded Israel, speak of it, "when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, when thou liest down, and when thou risest up." Deuteronomy 11:19. Those who desire their children to love and reverence God must talk of His goodness, His majesty, and His power, as revealed in His word and in the works of creation.

    Every chapter and every verse of the Bible is a communication from God to men. We should bind its precepts as signs upon our hands and as frontlets between our eyes. If studied and obeyed, it would lead God's people, as the Israelites were led, by the pillar of cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp47.html From Shechem the Israelites returned to their encampment at Gilgal. Here they were soon after visited by a strange deputation, who desired to enter into treaty with them. The ambassadors represented that they had come from a distant country, and this seemed to be confirmed by their appearance. Their clothing was old and worn, their sandals were patched, their provisions moldy, and the skins that served them for wine bottles were rent and bound up, as if hastily repaired on the journey.

    In their far-off home--professedly beyond the limits of Palestine--their fellow countrymen, they said, had heard of the wonders which God had wrought for His people, and had sent them to make a league with Israel. The Hebrews had been specially warned against entering into any league with the idolaters of Canaan, and a doubt as to the truth of the strangers' words arose in the minds of the leaders. "Peradventure ye dwell among us," they said. To this the ambassadors only replied, "We are thy servants." But when Joshua directly demanded of them, "Who are ye? and from whence come ye?" they reiterated their former statement, and added, in proof of their sincerity, "This our bread we took hot for our provision out of our houses on the day we came forth to go unto you; but now, behold, it is dry, and it is moldy: and these bottles of wine, which we filled, were new; and, behold, they be rent: and these our garments and our shoes are become old by reason of the very long journey."

    These representations prevailed. The Hebrews "asked not counsel at the mouth of the Lord. And Joshua made peace with them, and made a league with them, to let them live: and the princes of the congregation sware unto them." Thus the treaty was entered into. Three days afterward the truth was discovered. "They heard that they were their neighbors, and that they dwelt among them." Knowing that it was impossible to resist the Hebrews, the Gibeonites had resorted to stratagem to preserve their lives.

    Great was the indignation of the Israelites as they learned the deception that had been practiced upon them. And this was heightened when, after three days' journey, they reached the cities of the Gibeonites, near the center of the land. "All the congregation murmured against the princes;" but the latter refused to break the treaty, though secured by fraud, because they had "sworn unto them by the Lord God of Israel." "And the children of Israel smote them not." The Gibeonites had pledged themselves to renounce idolatry, and accept the worship of Jehovah; and the preservation of their lives was not a violation of God's command to destroy the idolatrous Canaanites. Hence the Hebrews had not by their oath pledged themselves to commit sin. And though the oath had been secured by deception, it was not to be disregarded. The obligation to which one's word is pledged--if it do not bind him to perform a wrong act--should be held sacred. No consideration of gain, of revenge, or of self-interest can in any way affect the inviolability of an oath or pledge. "Lying lips are abomination to the Lord." Proverbs 12:22. He that "shall ascend into the hill of the Lord," and "stand in His holy place," is "he that sweareth to his own hurt, and changeth not." Psalms 24:3; 15:4.

    The Gibeonites were permitted to live, but were attached as bondmen to the sanctuary, to perform all menial services. "Joshua made them that day hewers of wood and drawers of water for the congregation, and for the altar of the Lord." These conditions they gratefully accepted, conscious that they had been at fault, and glad to purchase life on any terms. "Behold, we are in thine hand," they said to Joshua; "as it seemeth good and right unto thee to do unto us, do." For centuries their descendants were connected with the service of the sanctuary.

    The territory of the Gibeonites comprised four cities. The people were not under the rule of a king, but were governed by elders, or senators. Gibeon, the most important of their towns, "was a great city, as one of the royal cities," "and all the men thereof were mighty." It is a striking evidence of the terror with which the Israelites had inspired the inhabitants of Canaan, that the people of such a city should have resorted to so humiliating an expedient to save their lives.

    But it would have fared better with the Gibeonites had they dealt honestly with Israel. While their submission to Jehovah secured the preservation of their lives, their deception brought them only disgrace and servitude. God had made provision that all who would renounce heathenism, and connect themselves with Israel, should share the blessings of the covenant. They were included under the term, "the stranger that sojourneth among you," and with few exceptions this class were to enjoy equal favors and privileges with Israel. The Lord's direction was--

    "If a stranger sojourn with thee in your land, ye shall not vex him. But the stranger that dwelleth with you shall be unto you as one born among you, and thou shalt love him as thyself." Leviticus 19:33, 34. Concerning the Passover and the offering of sacrifices it was commanded, "One ordinance shall be both for you of the congregation, and also for the stranger that sojourneth with you: . . . as ye are, so shall the stranger be before the Lord." Numbers 15:15.

    Such was the footing on which the Gibeonites might have been received, but for the deception to which they had resorted. It was no light humiliation to those citizens of a "royal city," "all the men whereof were mighty," to be made hewers of wood and drawers of water throughout their generations. But they had adopted the garb of poverty for the purpose of deception, and it was fastened upon them as a badge of perpetual servitude. Thus through all their generations their servile condition would testify to God's hatred of falsehood.

    The submission of Gibeon to the Israelites filled the kings of Canaan with dismay. Steps were at once taken for revenge upon those who had made peace with the invaders. Under the leadership of Adonizedek, king of Jerusalem, five of the Canaanite kings entered into a confederacy against Gibeon. Their movements were rapid. The Gibeonites were unprepared for defense, and they sent a message to Joshua at Gilgal: "Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us, and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us." The danger threatened not the people of Gibeon alone, but also Israel. This city commanded the passes to central and southern Palestine, and it must be held if the country was to be conquered.

    Joshua prepared to go at once to the relief of Gibeon. The inhabitants of the besieged city had feared that he would reject their appeal, because of the fraud which they had practiced; but since they had submitted to the control of Israel, and had accepted the worship of God, he felt himself under obligation to protect them. He did not this time move without divine counsel, and the Lord encouraged him in the undertaking. "Fear them not," was the divine message; "for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee." "So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor."

    By marching all night he brought his forces before Gibeon in the morning. Scarcely had the confederate princes mustered their armies about the city when Joshua was upon them. The attack resulted in the utter discomfiture of the assailants. The immense host fled before Joshua up the mountain pass to Beth-horon; and having gained the height, they rushed down the precipitous descent upon the other side. Here a fierce hailstorm burst upon them. "The Lord cast down great stones from heaven: . . . they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword."

    While the Amorites were continuing their headlong flight, intent on finding refuge in the mountain strongholds, Joshua, looking down from the ridge above, saw that the day would be too short for the accomplishment of his work. If not fully routed, their enemies would again rally, and renew the struggle. "Then spake Joshua to the Lord, . . . and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. . . . The sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hasted not to go down about a whole day."

    Before the evening fell, God's promise to Joshua had been fulfilled. The entire host of the enemy had been given into his hand. Long were the events of that day to remain in the memory of Israel. "There was no day like that before it or after it, that Jehovah hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel." "The sun and moon stood still in their habitation: at the light of Thine arrows they went, and at the shining of Thy glittering spear. Thou didst march through the land in indignation, Thou didst thresh the heathen in anger. Thou wentest forth for the salvation of Thy people." Habakkuk 3:11-13.

    The Spirit of God inspired Joshua's prayer, that evidence might again be given of the power of Israel's God. Hence the request did not show presumption on the part of the great leader. Joshua had received the promise that God would surely overthrow these enemies of Israel, yet he put forth as earnest effort as though success depended upon the armies of Israel alone. He did all that human energy could do, and then he cried in faith for divine aid. The secret of success is the union of divine power with human effort. Those who achieve the greatest results are those who rely most implicitly upon the Almighty Arm. The man who commanded, "Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon," is the man who for hours lay prostrate upon the earth in prayer in the camp of Gilgal. The men of prayer are the men of power.

    This mighty miracle testifies that the creation is under the control of the Creator. Satan seeks to conceal from men the divine agency in the physical world--to keep out of sight the unwearied working of the first great cause. In this miracle all who exalt nature above the God of nature stand rebuked.

    At His own will God summons the forces of nature to overthrow the might of His enemies--"fire, and hail; snow, and vapor; stormy wind fulfilling His word." Psalm 148:8. When the heathen Amorites had set themselves to resist His purposes, God interposed, casting down "great stones from heaven" upon the enemies of Israel. We are told of a greater battle to take place in the closing scenes of earth's history, when "Jehovah hath opened His armory, and hath brought forth the weapons of His indignation." Jeremiah 50:25. "Hast thou," he inquires, "entered into the treasures of the snow? or hast thou seen the treasures of the hail, which I have reserved against the time of trouble, against the day of battle and war?" Job 38:22, 23.

    The revelator describes the destruction that is to take place when the "great voice out of the temple of heaven" announces, "It is done." He says, "There fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent." Revelation 16:17, 21.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Article2-sm
    Hot Hot Hot Hot Hot

    Malletzky Its da Wave Malletzky
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Castiglione-del-Lago.10
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 1:46 pm

    I recently encountered someone who looked a lot like Angelina Jolie, but I didn't say anything. Perhaps I should've. I just finished watching the new movie Valerian and I liked it, even though it followed the usual sci-fi pattern of extreme violence, with the stars barely getting a scratch. I'm thinking of NOT watching movies, but just reading books. It almost seems as if we are being prepared to become Star-Warriors in a renewed War in Heaven. Think of all the nasty sci-fi movies and video-games!! Someone such as myself is considered to be a grave threat to the way things are, and as someone worthy of scorn, suspicion, superstition, shunning, spying, black-listing, red-listing, and unvarnished-hatred!! WTF?? If my general-hypothesis of a Sinister Secret-Government, beginning at least 5,000 years-ago in the Garden of Eden, has any validity and credibility, then Lone-Ranger Knight in Shining-Armor Governmental-Reformation might be doomed to ultimate-failure, regardless of how idealistic and well thought out a New Solar System might be. This thing might be more deep-seated and highly-sophisticated than ANY of US can imagine!! BTW -- I Feel MUCH Worse Since My Surgery, But No One Seems to Give a Damn, and I Have No Idea What to Do. Tough$HlT?? Smart@$$!!

    I've tried to know the unknowable by thinking in terms of 'In-Between Gods and Goddesses' who are Ancient and Mighty, but NOT Almighty, All-Knowing, All-Powerful, Everywhere-Present, and Highly-Righteous. Rebellious-Atheism and Arrogant-Theism might be Conflicting-Delusions. I continue to think that some of you should read Volume 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary (Isaiah to Malachi) for a real historical theological education. But perhaps Church and State are a Waste of Time (unless one has a lot of extra money to donate)!! Perhaps I should tell everyone to start their own business, and hobnob with the elite movers and shakers!! Perhaps one should research Church, State, and Business, incorporating the best aspects into their own business, and leave it at that!! Perhaps we should look to our Business as our Church and State from Whom All Blessings Flow!! Perhaps We Should Make Silver Our Savior!! Perhaps the Galactic Powers That Be Will Make This Present Madness Continue for All Eternity (as an example for the rest of the universe, such that this NEVER happens again). What If Gods and/or Goddesses Will Be Forbidden, and a Power-Struggle in Perpetuity Will Be Enforced, in the Name of 'FREEDOM' of Course??!! No Titles of Nobility?? No Queen of Heaven and God of This World??


    What if the Church of Orthodoxymoron of Latter-day Luddites consisted of the following Four Fundamental Beliefs??

    1. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volume 2 (Joshua through 2 Kings).

    2. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volume 3 (1 Chronicles through Song of Solomon).

    3. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volume 4 (Isaiah through Malachi).

    4. Sacred Classical Music.

    This wouldn't be Judaism or Christianity -- would it?? What would it be?? What does Joshua through Malachi do with the Torah?? What does Joshua through Malachi REALLY prophecy regarding the Messiah and Eschatology?? This isn't just reading the Bible. This isn't just reading Ellen White. This isn't just listening to Doug Batchelor. Doug wasn't raised and trained in an SDA environment (to say the least). Are most successful preachers really Masons?? Do most successful preachers REALLY believe what they teach?? People Want Certainty and Salvation -- and the Preachers Give Them What They Want!! This is why I've tended to look at all-sides (especially on the edges) to attempt to get-at the "Truth". Unfortunately, the Truth is SO Overrated. The Fame, Fortune, and Power Masonic-Thing seems to work SO Much Better!! I continue to think this solar-system was overthrown in antiquity -- and that it has been ruled by ONE BOSS/CONQUEROR for thousands of years (for better or worse -- I know not). I'm not leading a Witch-Hunt. I'm simply attempting to understand. Honestly. BTW -- why are there "Torah-Jews" and "Talmud-Jews"?? What About "Joshua through Malachi Jews"?? What About a Joshua through Malachi religion which wasn't exclusive (other than diligently studying these particular books of the Bible)?? Is the concept of "God's Chosen People" and/or "Spiritual Israel" really helpful in modernity?? I seek Historicity and Continuity without Absurdity!! Hope Springs Eternal!!

    Has this solar system been ruled with LOVE for the past few thousand years?? I try to apply the Scientific Method to Political and Theological Issues -- which involves Proposing a Hypothesis -- which involves the use of the imagination. I am attempting to Face Reality with the use of the Imagination -- because the Secret Government and the Secret Space Program do not offer Guided Tours of the Solar System to the General Public. One probably has to be an Interplanetary-Bankster or Lead a Megachurch -- to get to do THAT -- so I am reduced to using my imagination, and being an internet warrior. I'd 'empty my mind' and meditate -- but it's nearly impossible for a Completely Ignorant Fool to think less than they already do!! I try to 'Pray Without Ceasing'. I feel a bit like Jake Sully in 'Avatar'!! I try to use big words to compensate for my cerebral-deficiencies. BTW -- as a child, I imagined building and 'flying' my own one-person UFO throughout the solar system. As a child, I imagined frictionless magnetic bearings, which I named ThermLess. As a pre-teen, I imagined a 19" B&W TV Based Personal-Computer (Before there were PC's). As a teen, I imagined thought-processes enhanced by cerebral-cortex implanted electrodes (no doubt inspired by Wilder Penfield) -- and not unlike the 'Borg-Queen' (NOT Swedish). As a teen, I spoke before a college class regarding the UFO phenomenon -- and received a VERY long, hard, and penetrating stare from my professor (sounds sort of sexy, doesn't it??)!! Heh heh Whistle

    What if Ancient Egypt faced a Ra v Isis Power Struggle which culminated in the Exodus or the Hyksos-Exodus?? What if all of those bloody battles of conquest in the Old Testament were the efforts of a Monotheistic Amen Ra to stamp-out the Polytheistic Heresy of Isis?? I have NO idea -- but I wonder. The Old Testament HAD to involve much more than the Israelites 'Laying Down the Law' and Stealing the 'Promised Land'. What if Isis documented the madness, and wrote most of the Teachings of Jesus (Teachings of Isis??)?? What if Josephus (and others) rewrote the words of Isis (and others) to form the Bible (as we know it) with a conspicuous absence of Ancient Egyptian History?? What if the Roman-Empire and Judeo-Christianity essentially began with a Ra-Sponsered Exodus, Monotheism, and Akhenaton?? Are the City-State, and Phobos Monoliths and/or Obelisks really Monuments to Amen Ra?? Just a thought. I have NO idea. What if I have spoken to Ra, Horus, Sekhmet (and/or Isis) in modernity?? One more thing. Read Tempest and Exodus by Ralph Ellis. They're coming to take me away (to 243 Ida?)!! World Without End. Amen.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 AKHENATON
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Akhenaton1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Akhenaton-daughter3

    magamud wrote:
    I keep getting the impression that our current system and administration goes back to Ancient Egypt -- as the Roman Manifestation of Ancient Egypt -- and not a nice one. What if the 'Losing Egyptian Faction' is the 'Incoming Annunaki' and the 'Local Solar System Faction' is the 'Roman-Egyptian Faction' aka the 'Local Annunaki'?? I've been thinking in terms of Three Factions -- but what if it's really just Two Leading Factions?? I keep thinking about Ra, Sekhmet, Isis, and Horus -- but names can be deceiving. Male, Female, Reptilian, Human, Whoever, and Whatever might be somewhat meaningless in a Galactic Shell-Game of Monopoly. I just get the feeling that Egypt got looted -- Big-Time -- and that the Goodies ended up underneath Rome and Jerusalem. Who knows the full extent of the 'Raiders of the Lost Ark' analogy. I'm thinking I should SERIOUSLY study the Nazi Phenomenon -- in both the mainstream and fringe literature. I guess I mostly wish to understand that which presently exists -- and then attempt to transform the Secret Government and Secret Space Program into a Kinder and Gentler New Solar System -- if that is even remotely possible. I guess I'll just keep posting my Political and Theological Science-Fiction for Free -- in the hope that it might do some good -- without getting me killed. My grand plan is to just keep doing what I'm doing -- with no surprises.

    I guess I'd like to be able to speak with All Concerned -- Good and Bad -- Human and Otherwise -- in a Neutral and Polite Manner. I tried to do this with the 'Ancient Egyptian Deity' -- but that effort only lasted a few months -- and I sense that I did NOT fit into the AED's plans -- which might've been a good thing or a bad thing -- I know not. This whole thing seems to be a Very Deceptive Most Dangerous Game -- and it frankly sickens me -- especially when 'innocent' people continue to suffer worldwide. But the AED didn't seem to think that there were very many 'innocent' people. I've decided not to talk much about the AED -- so for more info -- take a look at my 'Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System' thread. I guess I'm focusing on the concept of 'Good Anna' v 'Bad Anna' -- regardless of the Egyptology Particulars. I guess I am actively modeling the concept of a Good-Anna-Administered United States of the Solar System -- just to see where that leads. I guess I have a target date of around 2020 for that model to begin to be implemented -- if and only if it successfully endures brutal gangs of facts and dracs. I frankly don't have a problem with Positively-Reinforcing the Best of Egypt, the City-States, the United-Nations, the Secret-Government, and the Secret Space-Program. I just want to see things run in a reasonable, rational, and sustainable manner. Is that too much to ask??

    An attorney once passionately told me that Bill Gates was evil. An employee of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation told me just the opposite -- with equal passion. Someone once told me that I reminded them of Bill Gates. I keep hearing about 'Stolen Technology'. Without pointing fingers in any specific direction -- what if a lot of CEO's Deal with the Devil as Front-Men for 'Stolen Technology'?? I keep getting the feeling that an Evil Galactic Business Empire is so entrenched in this solar system -- that trying to 'clean things up' might be a lot like trying to remove an 'Inoperable Brain-Tumor'. I worry that even if some of the well-intentioned ideas I've been considering were implemented -- things would still remain as corrupt as hell. As I have said elsewhere, I'm almost to the point of telling people to learn from the Top One-Percent -- and then go and do likewise -- so as to level the playing-field somewhat for 'We the Peons'. Why should the Peons be Ethical Knights in Shining Armour when the Rich and Powerful continue to Deal with the Devil -- and have no intention of being Good Boys and Girls -- especially when no one is looking. I think society should Reward Responsibility -- but until it does so -- perhaps people should do what they have to do to 'take care of business'. My idealism seems to be fading into a Jaded Cynicism. There are some aspects of religion which might work if everyone were 'On Board' -- but I hate to send good people as 'Lambs to the Slaughter' in a cold, cruel world -- seemingly run by an Agency of Evil Spirits.

    The Powers That Be -- Human and Otherwise -- are not exactly blurting-out the truth, the whole-truth, and nothing but the truth -- perhaps with both good and bad reasons for secrecy. I keep seeing a Reptilian-Human-Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Galactic-Empire -- but damned if I know what's really been going on -- regardless of my reincarnational virtues and vices. I'm going to continue exploring all of this madness -- from the perspective of Asteroid 243 Ida. I wonder what they're saying on Phobos, on Ida, in Medina, and on the Darkside of the Moon??? The Horror...

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Bill-gates-vaccine-kids1
    "See You in Hell, Billy!!!"
    magamud wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Phobos_colour_2008
    Phobos (moon)
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phobos_(moon)

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Monolith55103h-crop
    Phobos monolith
    I think I might try to spend a lot of time reading Richard Greenberg, Richard Hoagland, and Joseph Farrell types of books and websites. It might also be worthwhile to look at official City-State, United-Nations, JPL, NASA, http://www.nasa.gov/centers/jpl/home/index.html University, etc. sources -- so as to NOT become Fundamentally-Renegade in attitude and outlook. I guess I'm trying to imagine myself as being a Kinder, Gentler, Quieter Version of that 'Insider-Guy with the Fedora' in 'A Beautiful Mind' who seemingly caused John Nash to go nuts. Incidentally, I was around someone for several months who reminded me of that 'Insider-Guy'. They even gave me a Fedora -- and several times, while we were driving down the road, they expressed concern (and even fear) that we were being followed. Beware of Bayhill!! The Horror!! Somewhat unrelatedly, I have spoken of knowing a 'Rufus' character (not the AED -- that I know of) -- and there is a character in the 'Orpheus' episode of the seventh season of 'Stargate SG-1' (starting at around 19 minutes) which looks almost exactly like the 'Rufus' I knew (More than Chris Rock)!! If Amen Ra ever becomes a Personna non Grata -- should all of the Obelisks be chopped-down?? I tend to think not. What Would Lorena Bobbit Say?? The good, the bad, and the ugly are ALL part of OUR history. If Jesus turns out to be mostly a fictional character (or a flawed character) the art, literature, scripture, and music should still benefit humanity. But are we Big Enough to handle imperfections in our paradigms, or spots on the sun??

    Imagine the 'Taelon Mothership' from 'Earth: Final Conflict' as existing within Asteroid 243 Ida (Complete with Zo'or, Da'an', Boone, Liam, Lilly, and Sandoval)!! Imagine many scenes from 'Star Trek Voyager' as occurring in and around Ida!! Also, what if the Asteroid-Belt were thought of as being the 'Galaxy of Ida' (from 'The Fifth Race' of 'SG-1')!! What if the Asteroid-Belt aka Galaxy of Ida is populated with millions of Greys within thousands of Piloted-Asteroids??!! OMG!! Doesn't THAT conjure-up some startling images??!! If I ever visited 243 Ida -- would I ever return to Earth -- alive or otherwise??? What if 243 Ida is Sananda's Space-Ship??!! What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? BTW -- who is 'The Most High' Sherry speaks of?? She doesn't like the name 'Jesus' -- but she reverences the name 'Yeshua'. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yeshua_(name) I faithfully listen to her shows -- but I haven't heard much Biblical Exegesis from the Red-Letter Teachings of 'Jesus'. Why might this be?? Come to think of it, I don't even do a lot of that sort of thing on my threads -- although I would refer everyone to my posting of 'Matthew' and 'The Desire of Ages' within the 'Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System' thread -- for the source and application of the Teachings Attributed to Jesus -- which harmonizes with my thinking on the subject. I'm NOT a trained-theologian -- so I tend to tread softly in this area. Study it for yourselves -- and arrive at your OWN conclusions. Hint: Spend a lot more time READING than you do arguing or listening to sermons.

    Would it really be THAT difficult to reproduce the INTERIOR of that enlarged-version of Solomon's Temple within 243 Ida?? That would give the 'Little-Grey Stone-Cutters' something to do!! Freedom What Would the Greys Say?? Fisk Organ-Builders might have to be transported (drugged and blindfolded) to Ida to install the new pipe-organ in a Rear Balcony!! Then, imagine said temple filled with 10,000 Humans, Dracs, Greys, and Annunaki -- laying prostrate before a Draconian-Reptilian Queen!!! I really should STOP!!! But Siriusly -- what if that sort of thing occurs each and every day??!! What if that's what ALL of us will be doing in a few, short years??!! I desire the Best for Humanity -- WITHOUT Siriusly Angering the Hypothetical Reptilian Powers That Be. Do you see my point?? I am a bit irreverent and flippant in my internet posting -- but I have NEVER called for the torture, enslavement, or extermination of ANYONE -- Human or Otherwise. My current bias is that this solar system should be Fundamentally-Human -- but I have never called for a Human-Only Solar System. What if the Asteroid Belt were one of the United States of the Solar System?? Should the Greys get kicked-out of the solar system?? Should the Greys be restricted to the Asteroid Belt?? Should the Asteroid Belt be integrated or segregated?? Should Humans begin moving to the Asteroid Belt??

    AnnoyedBoxer Crybaby "THERE GOES THE NEIGHBORHOOD!!!!" Mad: Crying or Very sad cyclops

    "UGGG!! ME LIKE SAMANTHA CARTER!! UGGG!! ME WANT SAMANTHA CARTER!!
    UGGG!! UGGG!! SLAM-BAM!! OH UGGG!! THANK-YOU SAM!!"

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Amanda_tapping_4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Amanda-tapping-1507
    "What are You Looking At??!! What are You Doing??!!
    You Should be Ashamed of Yourself!!!!
    Big-Brother and Big-Mother are Watching!!!!"

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Hal9000
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Crazy-eyes
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tumblr_m66kotDnKv1qlpwkiThe United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tumblr_m66kotDnKv1qlpwki
    magamud wrote:
    I do NOT support Unrestricted-Freedom -- But Where Does Academic-Freedom End?? I guess I envision the 10,000 Absolutely Best, Brightest, and Most-Responsible United States of the Solar System Representatives -- who might be sort of like the Jesuits -- but without that damn oath -- and who are working for the Right Boss -- if you know what I mean. Some of what I say is somewhat contradictory and confusing -- but I like to combine opposites -- and use a lot of defining and qualifying words -- if you know what I mean. Your post reminds me that I need to finish reading my rather scholarly Space-Law book (Reynolds and Merges) -- which touches upon the Space-Junk problem and other Outer-Space Nightmares. http://www.treehugger.com/clean-technology/shocking-space-debris-images.html I Really Want This Solar System to be Highly Organized -- with Massive Doses of Law and Order -- Throughout the Solar System -- if you know what I mean. I think Sherry Shriner knows what I mean. http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2013/01/29/monday-night-with-sherry-shriner I'm reading Covert Wars and Breakaway Civilizations by Joseph P. Farrell -- and there are two quotes at the beginning of the book which really got my attention:

    "...(We) can readily understand why the power elite of America has no ideology and feels the need of none, why its rule is naked of ideas, its manipulation without attempted justification. It is this mindlessness of the powerful that is the true higher immorality of our time; for, with it, there is associated the organized irresponsibility that is today the most important characteristic of the American system of corporate power." -- C. Wright Mills, The Power Elite (Oxford, 1956), p. 342.

    "...(When) men of knowledge do come to a point of contact with the circles of powerful men, they come not as peers but as hired men." -- C. Wright Mills, The Power Elite, p. 351.


    If my theory of a Reptilian-Human-Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Galactic-Empire is even partially valid -- it might help to explain these quotations. Someone connected with organizing Bilderberg conferences stated that he was quite certain that the Bilderberg attendees did not rule the world (or something to that effect). George Green described Elite American Politicians as being decadent, degenerate, and immoral (or something to that effect) -- snorting cocaine and making leud comments about his teenage daughter (or something to that effect). I've recently been speculating about the POSSIBILITY of the existence of a Corrupt and Violent Reptilian-Human-Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Galactic-Empire. I also keep speculating that Humanity is a Recent-Idealistic-Renegade Creation in an Ancient-Strict-Traditionalist Reptilian-Empire. However, I'm beginning to wonder if whoever created Humanity got some sort of a High-Level Reptilian Green-Light to Create Humanity -- BUT that they were warned about what would happen if they did -- which might've included anticipating a Corrupt and Violent Reptilian-Human-Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Galactic-Empire as an inevitable part of the deal. What if there is a Benevolent Reptilian Secret Government which 'Our' Secret Government doesn't even know about??? Whoever created Humanity knew what the hell they were doing IMHO. What if this Solar System is a Big Galactic Rat-Trap (where the Rats only Think they're winning)?? SNAP!!!! I have commented on sensing that the Leaders of the World often seem to look like they just got the crap beat out of them -- rather than being On Top of the World -- and Above It All. I have also stated that I think the Jesuits (and people somewhat similar to them) know more about how this solar system really works than 99.3% of the human-race (and that percentage might be on the low-side) -- but that I don't necessarily like them or believe their public-statements.

    I grew-up believing that the Universe was essentially perfect -- except for Human-Beings and Planet-Earth -- and the Demonic-Beings who tormented them. Unfortunately, I have come to question that assumption. More recently, I have begun to suspect a Dark and Violent Universe filled with Strange-Beings and Star-Wars -- and that these beings generally hate each other -- but that they REALLY HATE THE HUMAN RACE AND THEIR QUEST FOR FREEDOM. I can't prove this -- obviously -- but when I re-read the Bible and the writings of Ellen G. White -- a Very Dark Reality seems to emerge from between the lines. I frankly have a difficult time criticizing the Roman Catholic Church for the Crusades, the Inquisition, and the Vatican's behavior relative to World War II -- when I carefully and honestly read the Old Testament and the Book of Revelation. It ALL seems to be One Interconnected Phenomenon. I don't know about the alleged Reptilians. I often use the term Other Than Humans instead. I think I'm beginning to see what's really going on -- possibly because of my Reincarnational Participation in a Dark and Violent Universe. I don't know. I say 'I don't know' a lot -- and NOT as a 'becoming humility'. I'm NOT going to pretend to know things that I don't -- which is why I keep referring to my internet activities as Political and Theological Science-Fiction.

    Imagine Dr. Mataros (from the Termination episode of Earth: Final Conflict) in a Room with a Cray on 243 Ida -- in a manner similar to the 'jail-cell scene'. You know -- a 600 square-foot room with no windows, a psychiatrist's couch, one of those legendary Cray supercomputers http://www.cray.com/Products/Computing.aspx -- with the walls and ceiling covered with flat-screen monitors, combined with a very advanced voice recognition and control function -- connected with Instantaneous InterPlaNet -- with Priority Access to Everyone and Everything Worth Accessing Between Our Sun and the Dog-Star Sirius. Then -- imagine Dr. Mataros only asking questions while communicating with the President of the United States, the Queen of England, the Pope of Rome, the Jesuit General, the Secretary General of the United Nations, the City of London, the Archbishop of Canterbury -- Russia, China, India, Japan, Germany, Mexico, Pine Gap, Area 51, PSNS, Sandia National Laboratories, Los Alamos National Laboratories, the Pentagon, Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Dark-Side of the Moon, Medina, Phobos -- and with Various Other Than Human Beings from Throughout the Galaxy. Then -- imagine Dr. Mataros researching every conceivable subject -- in great detail -- and speaking comments which are translated into text by the voice-recognition software -- accessible by those with a Need to Know. Dr. Mataros might rarely leave this room -- and might require NO sleep because the Room with a Cray might also be a Room with a Wardrobe of Bodies (Human and Otherwise)!! Finally -- Imagine Dr. Mataros as presiding over the newly created United States of the Solar System. Do you get the picture? What are the strengths and weaknesses of this Administrative Model??? I mostly intended to conceptualize a very smart, very tough, very concise, and worldly-wise no-nonsense individual -- who might resemble a Behind-Closed-Doors Anna!!

    How does one keep someone with Absolute-Power from becoming Absolutely-Corrupt and/or Completely-Insane?? How does one keep 10,000 Representatives from becoming 10,000 Corrupted Raving Lunatics?? BOTH the Dictator and Representative Models seem to be HIGHLY PROBLEMATIC. A Perfect and Harmonious Administrative Honeymoon might be Very Short Indeed. How might one create a Self-Correcting Homeostatic-System of Royal-Judgment and Representative-Voting -- which keeps the Best, Brightest, and Most-Responsible at the Top of the Pyramid??? How does one avoid Nasty and Bloody Power-Struggles while maintaining Constructive-Competition?? Those Capable of Rising to the Top Might NOT be Capable of Properly Governing Once They Ascend to the Pinnacle of the Temple. Just Because One Wins a War Doesn't Mean They Know How to Rule (Especially Long-Term -- Under a Wide-Variety of Circumstances). What if Earth was an Ancient Garden of Eden which Quickly Turned into Hell on Earth when the Challenges of Governing the New Human Race Were Unanticipated and Underestimated?? As I have previously stated -- How This Universe is Governed Might Have EVERYTHING to do with How This Solar System is Governed. Can Significant Exceptions be Made for Earth and Humanity -- Without Destroying the Effective Governance of the Universe?? I think we know very little about how things REALLY work in the Universe. I'm attempting to gain a better perspective by mentally moving to 243 Ida. Here's a preview of Motorsports in a Twenty-Second Century United States of the Solar System!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yY8_cO4Eun8 The 'Stargate SG-1' 'Space Race' episode (7-08) is really quite fine (but it's not on YT).

    What if we are dealing with a Strict-Traditionalist Reptilian-Egyptian Universe v Renegade Reptilian-Human Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Solar-System?? What if there is a Kinder and Gentler, Completely Out of Power, Idealistic-Kumbaya Faction which seeks Love, Peace, and Harmony for All Concerned?? How might a United States of the Solar System relate to this hypothetical factional situation?? Should a U.S.S.S. contain a Theocratic Component -- or would such a component be REQUIRED by the Galactic Powers That Be?? I continue to get the impression that there are VERY powerful individuals who believe that the Human Race should NOT exist -- and that this conviction goes way back to the moment of the creation of the first Humans (and possibly prior to that time). I get the feeling that some of those in the know are playing with me like a cat plays with a mouse. I think things are going to get REALLY bad for me -- very soon. I don't think the madness will ever end. When I spoke to the AED about 'happiness' they just gave me a sad look -- and wistfully sighed "Ah.....Happiness...". I want peace, love, and happiness -- but that would be too easy -- wouldn't it??? Eating Raw Vegetarian Food and Going for Daily Hour-Long Walks is probably a winning combination. But putting it THAT simply probably won't make you a millionaire best-selling author. Doing Unnecessary Surgeries is FAR more lucarative and respectable. Isn't THAT rather sad???

    Ancient-Strict-Traditionalist-Egyptian-Reptilian Empire v Recent-Renegade-Idealistic-Egyptian-Human Faction = Corrupt-Violent-Reptilian-Human-Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Empire?????

    If the above is at least partially true -- would a Good-Anna-Administered United States of the Solar System (Predominantly Human -- but not Anti Other-Than-Human or Human-Only) solve all of the ancient and contemporary problems -- or would it just make things worse??? I really wonder. If you wonder too -- consider enrolling in the University of Solar System Studies and Governance at Ida. Here is the List of Admission Prerequisites (follow this specific order):

    1. Read the Holy Bible -- Genesis to Revelation -- Straight Through.
    2. Read The Gods of Eden -- William Bramley.
    3. Read The Great Controversy -- Ellen White.
    4. Read Rule by Secrecy -- Jim Marrs.
    5. Read Jesus: Last of the Pharaohs -- Ralph Ellis.
    6. Read Cleopatra to Christ -- Ralph Ellis.
    7. Read Scota: Egyptian Queen of the Scots -- Ralph Ellis.
    8. Read Rise of the Fourth Reich -- Jim Marrs.
    9. Read Hitler's Pope -- John Cornwell.
    10. Read S.S. Brotherhood of the Bell -- Joseph Farrell.
    11. Read Family of Secrets -- Russ Baker.
    12. Read The Jesuits -- Malachi Martin.
    13. Read The Keys of This Blood -- Malachi Martin.
    14. Read Behold a Pale Horse -- Bill Cooper.
    15. Read The Vatican Assassins -- Eric John Phelps.
    16. Read Covert Wars and Breakaway Civilizations -- Joseph Farrell.
    17. Watch Cleopatra -- 1963 Movie with Elizabeth Taylor.
    18. Watch The Ring of Power -- 5 Hour Documentary.
    19. Watch Stargate -- Original Movie.
    20. Watch Stargate SG-1 -- All 10 Seasons.
    21. Watch Stargate Continuum -- 2008 Movie.
    22. Watch Earth: Final Conflict -- All 5 Seasons.
    23. Watch Star Trek: Voyager -- All Seasons.
    24. Watch the Old and New 'V' Series -- All Seasons.
    25. Study Amen Ra thread -- Project Avalon (original site).
    26. Study Part 1 of 'The Red Pill' thread -- Brook.
    27. Study the United States of the Solar System thread -- orthodoxymoron.
    28. Read Tempest and Exodus by Ralph Ellis.
    29. Become an Amateur Astronomer.
    30. Listen to Sacred Classical Music.
    31. Join a Cathedral Choir.
    32. Read Exo-Vaticana by Chris Putnam and Thomas Horn.
    33. Talk to an Ancient Egyptian Deity.
    34. Go Insane and Start Talking Too Much.
    35. Hold a Disclosure Press Conference at the National Press Club and Have a Nervous-Breakdown on Live Network Television.
    36. Get Committed to the Bethesda Naval Hospital.
    37. You Don't Want to Know.

    Siriusly -- I would recommend learning as much as YOU feel comfortable with -- and then saying and doing very little in connection with this sort of thing. I have no idea how accurate any of this stuff might be -- which is why I limit my activities to this little web-site. I occasionally talk to a few individuals (who I suspect know ten times as much as I do) -- but that's all. I realize that the Ultimate Reality is Very Serious -- but I frankly don't know what that reality is -- so I'm TRYING to have a good-time with the madness (but it's NOT working). I always end-up being tense, negative, crude, rude, crabby, messy, delusional, irresponsible, non-responsive, poverty-stricken, and socially-unacceptable. We all have our crosses to bear. Just continue treating all of this stuff mostly as educational science-fiction. Has anyone thought of reading the Bible as a Novel?? Would that take some of the pressure and anxiety out of Bible-Study?? Sorry if that steps on toes. I think the Bible is More Than a Novel -- but even if it were completely discredited as being Accurate-History -- it should still be diligently studied. Think about THAT!! What if the Asteroid-Belt is Mostly Grey-Territory?? What if the Kuiper-Belt is Mostly Drac-Territory??

    What if Most of the Asteroids and Moons in This Solar System are Space-Ships??!! Moons and Asteroids Scare the Hell Out of Me!! Still -- I Think I'd Like to Specialize in Moon and Asteroid Studies -- with an Emphasis on Queen-Ship Conversions!! "Pimp My Ride!!!" One More Thing -- My Internet Activities somewhat reveal what I had in mind when I spoke with a close-relative of a very-famous Hollywood Director regarding the possibility of doing a Modern Life of Christ Movie -- complete with all of the latest scholarship and special-effects. Obviously nothing happened -- and that was decades ago -- but one never knows. What if something like this happened to a very real David Bowman in 1947?? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HwBmPiOmEGQ I'm being rather serious at this point. Think long and hard about the Robert Morning Sky clip I just posted -- and the KRLLL Pleiadian stuff I've posted elsewhere. I get the distinct impression that there's been a lot of double-crossing, triple-crossing, quadruple-crossing, etc. going on -- but I have NO idea what the details might be. Nuff Said. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bxJuwWP_s6Y I love hymn-improvisations!! One More Thing. What if a Supercomputer-Network Will Be Humanity's Lord and Savior for All-Eternity?? "Thou Shalt Have NO Gods Ever Again!!"?? "Thou Shalt Have No Sex Ever Again!!"?? What Would Marduk Say?? What Would the Antichrist Say??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Slide-4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Deadspace2-2011-02-10-20-50-05-57
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Slide-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 2012-US-Commercial-Space-Law-event-
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Cruzcelta3

    "I'm the New Guy!!! You Gotta
    Problem with THAT???!!!"

    Jawdrop
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 1:51 pm

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Wp1893149

    Consider reading 1 Chronicles to Malachi side-by-side with Acts to Revelation (straight-through, over and over) in the 'NIV Reader's Bible'. What if these 50 Books were considered to be the 'Whole-Bible'?? Consider reading Genesis to 2 Kings side-by-side with Matthew to John (straight-through, over and over) in the 'NIV Reader's Bible'. What if these 16 Books were considered to be the 'Whole-Bible'?? Consider reading Genesis to Revelation (straight-through, over and over) in the 'NIV Reader's Bible'. What if these 66 Books were considered to be the 'Whole-Bible'?? Consider reading Genesis to Malachi (straight-through, over and over) in the 'NIV Reader's Bible'. What if these 39 Books were considered to be the 'Whole-Bible'?? Consider reading Matthew to Revelation (straight-through, over and over) in the 'NIV Reader's Bible'. What if these 27 Books were considered to be the 'Whole-Bible'?? Is 'Sola Scriptura' really 'Scriptural'?? Does the 'Proof-Text Method' trump 'Grammatical-Historical Hermeneutics'?? What does the 'Plain Reading of the Bible' reveal?? What is the 'Plain Truth'?? Can the Bible be made to say whatever we wish it to say?? Are congregations bullied by their leaders?? Are congregations hit over the head with the Bible?? Is Ellen White the Infallible-Interpreter of the Whole-Bible?? Is the 'SDA Bible Commentary' the Infallible-Interpreter of the Whole-Bible?? What if one read the 'Whole Bible' at 'Whole Foods'?? What if 'Whole Foods' is 'Whole Paycheck'?? I should stop. And the people said "AMEN!!"

    I think my goal is to go incognito, and just digest the material I've already ingested. My threads are intended for probably a dozen select researchers. There might be something they overlooked. I'm obviously not even close to being a contender in This Present Madness. Perhaps that's just as well. But I keep thinking I've been part of something Bigger and Better in previous-lives. Is Earth and Humanity the very-best this Universe has to offer?? We seem to lack the certain knowledge concerning how things REALLY Are Throughout the Universe. We're pretty isolated and ignorant. We lack a proper frame of reference. What if NOTHING Will Really Work Regarding Politics and Religion for the Remainder of the Twenty-First Century?? I continue to think that some of us must read Job through Malachi (NKJV) straight-through (over and over) as a Mental and Spiritual Exercise on the Road to Utopia!! What if Isaac Newton had a lot to do with the books God's Day of Judgment (Vogt) -- and The End of the World, A.D. 2133 (Silvestre)??!! I don't know which way to jump -- so perhaps I should just shut-up!! And the people said "AMEN!!"

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp48.html The victory at Beth-horon was speedily followed by the conquest of southern Canaan. "Joshua smote all the country of the hills, and of the south, and of the vale. . . . And all these kings and their land did Joshua take at one time, because the Lord God of Israel fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp at Gilgal."

    The tribes of northern Palestine, terrified at the success which had attended the armies of Israel, now entered into a league against them. At the head of this confederacy was Jabin, king of Hazor, a territory to the west of Lake Merom. "And they went out, they and all their hosts with them." This army was much larger than any that the Israelites had before encountered in Canaan--"much people, even as the sand that is upon the seashore in multitude, with horses and chariots very many. And when all these kings were met together, they came and pitched together at the waters of Merom, to fight against Israel." Again a message of encouragement was given to Joshua: "Be not afraid because of them: for tomorrow about this time will I deliver them up all slain before Israel."

    Near Lake Merom he fell upon the camp of the allies and utterly routed their forces. "The Lord delivered them into the hand of Israel, who smote them, and chased them . . . until they left them none remaining." The chariots and horses that had been the pride and boast of the Canaanites were not to be appropriated by Israel. At the command of God the chariots were burned, and the horses lamed, and thus rendered unfit for use in battle. The Israelites were not to put their trust in chariots or horses, but "in the name of the Lord their God."

    One by one the cities were taken, and Hazor, the stronghold of the confederacy, was burned. The war was continued for several years, but its close found Joshua master of Canaan. "And the land had rest from war."

    But though the power of the Canaanites had been broken, they had not been fully dispossessed. On the west the Philistines still held a fertile plain along the seacoast, while north of them was the territory of the Sidonians. Lebanon also was in the possession of the latter people; and to the south, toward Egypt, the land was still occupied by the enemies of Israel.

    Joshua was not, however, to continue the war. There was another work for the great leader to perform before he should relinquish the command of Israel. The whole land, both the parts already conquered and that which was yet unsubdued, was to be apportioned among the tribes. And it was the duty of each tribe to fully subdue its own inheritance. If the people should prove faithful to God, He would drive out their enemies from before them; and He promised to give them still greater possessions if they would but be true to His covenant.

    To Joshua, with Eleazar the high priest, and the heads of the tribes, the distribution of the land was committed, the location of each tribe being determined by lot. Moses himself had fixed the bounds of the country as it was to be divided among the tribes when they should come in possession of Canaan, and had appointed a prince from each tribe to attend to the distribution. The tribe of Levi, being devoted to the sanctuary service, was not counted in this allotment; but forty-eight cities in different parts of the country were assigned the Levites as their inheritance.

    Before the distribution of the land had been entered upon, Caleb, accompanied by the heads of his tribe, came forward with a special claim. Except Joshua, Caleb was now the oldest man in Israel. Caleb and Joshua were the only ones among the spies who had brought a good report of the Land of Promise, encouraging the people to go up and possess it in the name of the Lord. Caleb now reminded Joshua of the promise then made, as the reward of his faithfulness: "The land whereon thy feet have trodden shall be thine inheritance, and thy children's forever, because thou hast wholly followed the Lord." He therefore presented a request that Hebron he given him for a possession. Here had been for many years the home of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; and here, in the cave of Machpelah, they were buried.

    Hebron was the seat of the dreaded Anakim, whose formidable appearance had so terrified the spies, and through them destroyed the courage of all Israel. This, above all others, was the place which Caleb, trusting in the strength of God, chose for his inheritance.

    "Behold, the Lord hath kept me alive," he said, "these forty and five years, even since the Lord spake this word unto Moses: . . . and now, lo, I am this day fourscore and five years old. As yet I am as strong this day as I was in the day that Moses sent me: as my strength was then, even so is my strength now, for war, both to go out, and to come in. Now therefore give me this mountain, whereof the Lord spake in that day: for thou heardest in that day how the Anakim were there, and that the cities were great and fenced: if so be the Lord will be with me, then I shall be able to drive them out, as the Lord said." This request was supported by the chief men of Judah. Caleb himself being the one appointed from this tribe to apportion the land, he had chosen to unite these men with him in presenting his claim, that there might be no appearance of having employed his authority for selfish advantage.

    His claim was immediately granted. To none could the conquest of this giant stronghold be more safely entrusted. "Joshua blessed him, and gave unto Caleb the son of Jephunneh Hebron for an inheritance," "because that he wholly followed the Lord God of Israel." Caleb's faith now was just what it was when his testimony had contradicted the evil report of the spies. He had believed God's promise that He would put His people in possession of Canaan, and in this he had followed the Lord fully. He had endured with his people the long wandering in the wilderness, thus sharing the disappointments and burdens of the guilty; yet he made no complaint of this, but exalted the mercy of God that had preserved him in the wilderness when his brethren were cut off. Amid all the hardships, perils, and plagues of the desert wanderings, and during the years of warfare since entering Canaan, the Lord had preserved him; and now at upwards of fourscore his vigor was unabated. He did not ask for himself a land already conquered, but the place which above all others the spies had thought it impossible to subdue. By the help of God he would wrest his stronghold from the very giants whose power had staggered the faith of Israel. It was no desire for honor or aggrandizement that prompted Caleb's request. The brave old warrior was desirous of giving to the people an example that would honor God, and encourage the tribes fully to subdue the land which their fathers had deemed unconquerable.

    Caleb obtained the inheritance upon which his heart had been set for forty years, and, trusting in God to be with him, he "drove thence the three sons of Anak." Having thus secured a possession for himself and his house, his zeal did not abate; he did not settle down to enjoy his inheritance, but pushed on to further conquests for the benefit of the nation and the glory of God.

    The cowards and rebels had perished in the wilderness, but the righteous spies ate of the grapes of Eschol. To each was given according to his faith. The unbelieving had seen their fears fulfilled. Notwithstanding God's promise, they had declared that it was impossible to inherit Canaan, and they did not possess it. But those who trusted in God, looking not so much to the difficulties to be encountered as to the strength of their Almighty Helper, entered the goodly land. It was through faith that the ancient worthies "subdued kingdoms, . . . escaped the edge of the sword, out of weakness were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, turned to flight the armies of the aliens." Hebrews 11:33, 34. "This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith." 1 John 5:4.

    Another claim concerning the division of the land revealed a spirit widely different from that of Caleb. It was presented by the children of Joseph, the tribe of Ephraim with the half tribe of Manasseh. In consideration of their superior numbers, these tribes demanded a double portion of territory. The lot designated for them was the richest in the land, including the fertile plain of Sharon; but many of the principal towns in the valley were still in possession of the Canaanites, and the tribes shrank from the toil and danger of conquering their possessions, and desired an additional portion in territory already subdued. The tribe of Ephraim was one of the largest in Israel, as well as the one to which Joshua himself belonged, and its members naturally regarded themselves as entitled to special consideration. "Why hast thou given me but one lot and one portion to inherit," they said, "seeing I am a great people?" But no departure from strict justice could be won from the inflexible leader.

    His answer was, "If thou be a great people, then get thee up to the wood country, and cut down for thyself there in the land of the Perizzites and of the giants, if Mount Ephraim be too narrow for thee."

    Their reply showed the real cause of complaint. They lacked faith and courage to drive out the Canaanites. "The hill is not enough for us," they said; "and all the Canaanites that dwell in the land of the valley have chariots of iron."

    The power of the God of Israel had been pledged to His people, and had the Ephraimites possessed the courage and faith of Caleb, no enemy could have stood before them. Their evident desire to shun hardship and danger was firmly met by Joshua. "Thou art a great people, and hast great power," he said; "thou shalt drive out the Canaanites, though they have iron chariots, and though they be strong." Thus their own arguments were turned against them. Being a great people, as they claimed, they were fully able to make their own way, as did their brethren. With the help of God they need not fear the chariots of iron.

    Heretofore Gilgal had been the headquarters of the nation and the seat of the tabernacle. But now the tabernacle was to be removed to the place chosen for its permanent location. This was Shiloh, a little town in the lot of Ephraim. It was near the center of the land, and was easy of access to all the tribes. Here a portion of country had been thoroughly subdued, so that the worshipers would not be molested. "And the whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh, and set up the tabernacle of the congregation there." The tribes that were still encamped when the tabernacle was removed from Gilgal followed it, and pitched near Shiloh. Here these tribes remained until they dispersed to their possessions.

    The ark remained at Shiloh for three hundred years, until, because of the sins of Eli's house, it fell into the hands of the Philistines, and Shiloh was ruined. The ark was never returned to the tabernacle here, the sanctuary service was finally transferred to the temple at Jerusalem, and Shiloh fell into insignificance. There are only ruins to mark the spot where it once stood. Long afterward its fate was made use of as a warning to Jerusalem. "Go ye now unto My place which was in Shiloh," the Lord declared by the prophet Jeremiah, "where I set My name at the first, and see what I did to it for the wickedness of My people Israel. . . . Therefore will I do unto this house, which is called by My name, wherein ye trust, and unto the place which I gave to you and to your fathers, as I have done to Shiloh." Jeremiah 7:12-14.

    "When they had made an end of dividing the land," and all the tribes had been allotted their inheritance. Joshua presented his claim. To him, as to Caleb, a special promise of inheritance had been given; yet he asked for no extensive province, but only a single city. "They gave him the city which he asked, . . . and he built the city, and dwelt therein." The name given to the city was Timnath-serah, "the portion that remains"--a standing testimony to the noble character and unselfish spirit of the conqueror, who, instead of being the first to appropriate the spoils of conquest, deferred his claim until the humblest of his people had been served.

    Six of the cities assigned to the Levites--three on each side the Jordan--were appointed as cities of refuge, to which the manslayer might flee for safety. The appointment of these cities had been commanded by Moses, "that the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares. And they shall be unto you cities for refuge," he said, "that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the congregation in judgment." Numbers 35:11, 12. This merciful provision was rendered necessary by the ancient custom of private vengeance, by which the punishment of the murderer devolved on the nearest relative or the next heir of the deceased. In cases where guilt was clearly evident it was not necessary to wait for a trial by the magistrates. The avenger might pursue the criminal anywhere and put him to death wherever he should be found. The Lord did not see fit to abolish this custom at that time, but He made provision to ensure the safety of those who should take life unintentionally.

    The cities of refuge were so distributed as to be within a half day's journey of every part of the land. The roads leading to them were always to be kept in good repair; all along the way signposts were to be erected bearing the word "Refuge" in plain, bold characters, that the fleeing one might not be delayed for a moment. Any person--Hebrew, stranger, or sojourner--might avail himself of this provision. But while the guiltless were not to be rashly slain, neither were the guilty to escape punishment. The case of the fugitive was to be fairly tried by the proper authorities, and only when found innocent of intentional murder was he to be protected in the city of refuge. The guilty were given up to the avenger. And those who were entitled to protection could receive it only on condition of remaining within the appointed refuge. Should one wander away beyond the prescribed limits, and be found by the avenger of blood, his life would pay the penalty of his disregard of the Lord's provision. At the death of the high priest, however, all who had sought shelter in the cities of refuge were at liberty to return to their possessions.

    In a trial for murder the accused was not to be condemned on the testimony of one witness, even though circumstantial evidence might be strong against him. The Lord's direction was, "Whoso killeth any person, the murderer shall be put to death by the mouth of witnesses: but one witness shall not testify against any person to cause him to die." Numbers 35:30. It was Christ who gave to Moses these directions for Israel; and when personally with His disciples on earth, as He taught them how to treat the erring, the Great Teacher repeated the lesson that one man's testimony is not to acquit or condemn. One man's views and opinions are not to settle disputed questions. In all these matters two or more are to be associated, and together they are to bear the responsibility, "that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established." Matthew 18:16.

    If the one tried for murder were proved guilty, no atonement or ransom could rescue him. "Whoso sheddeth man's blood, by man shall his blood be shed." Genesis 9:6. "Ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer, which is guilty of death: but he shall be surely put to death." "Thou shalt take him from Mine altar, that he may die," was the command of God; "the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it." Numbers 35:31, 33; Exodus 21:14. The safety and purity of the nation demanded that the sin of murder be severely punished. Human life, which God alone could give, must be sacredly guarded.

    The cities of refuge appointed for God's ancient people were a symbol of the refuge provided in Christ. The same merciful Saviour who appointed those temporal cities of refuge has by the shedding of His own blood provided for the transgressors of God's law a sure retreat, into which they may flee for safety from the second death. No power can take out of His hands the souls that go to Him for pardon. "There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus." "Who is he that condemneth? It is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us;" that "we might have a strong consolation, who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us." Romans 8:1, 34; Hebrews 6:18.

    He who fled to the city of refuge could make no delay. Family and employment were left behind. There was no time to say farewell to loved ones. His life was at stake, and every other interest must be sacrificed to the one purpose--to reach the place of safety. Weariness was forgotten, difficulties were unheeded. The fugitive dared not for one moment slacken his pace until he was within the wall of the city.

    The sinner is exposed to eternal death, until he finds a hiding place in Christ; and as loitering and carelessness might rob the fugitive of his only chance for life, so delays and indifference may prove the ruin of the soul. Satan, the great adversary, is on the track of every transgressor of God's holy law, and he who is not sensible of his danger, and does not earnestly seek shelter in the eternal refuge, will fall a prey to the destroyer.

    The prisoner who at any time went outside the city of refuge was abandoned to the avenger of blood. Thus the people were taught to adhere to the methods which infinite wisdom appointed for their security. Even so, it is not enough that the sinner  believe  in Christ for the pardon of sin; he must, by faith and obedience,  abide  in Him. "For if we sin willfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins, but a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the adversaries." Hebrews 10:26, 27.

    Two of the tribes of Israel, Gad and Reuben, with half the tribe of Manasseh, had received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan. To a pastoral people, the wide upland plains and rich forests of Gilead and Bashan, offering extensive grazing land for their flocks and herds, had attractions which were not to be found in Canaan itself, and the two and a half tribes, desiring to settle here, had pledged themselves to furnish their proportion of armed men to accompany their brethren across the Jordan and to share their battles till they also should enter upon their inheritance. The obligation had been faithfully discharged. When the ten tribes entered Canaan forty thousand of "the children of Reuben, and the children of Gad, and half the tribe of Manasseh . . . prepared for war passed over before the Lord unto battle, to the plains of Jericho." Joshua 4:12, 13. For years they had fought bravely by the side of their brethren. Now the time had come for them to get unto the land of their possession. As they had united with their brethren in the conflicts, so they had shared the spoils; and they returned "with much riches . . . and with very much cattle, with silver, and with gold, and with brass, and with iron, and with very much raiment," all of which they were to share with those who had remained with the families and flocks.

    They were now to dwell at a distance from the sanctuary of the Lord, and it was with an anxious heart that Joshua witnessed their departure, knowing how strong would be the temptations, in their isolated and wandering life, to fall into the customs of the heathen tribes that dwelt upon their borders.

    While the minds of Joshua and other leaders were still oppressed with anxious forebodings, strange tidings reached them. Beside the Jordan, near the place of Israel's miraculous passage of the river, the two and a half tribes had erected a great altar, similar to the altar of burnt offering at Shiloh. The law of God prohibited, on pain of death, the establishment of another worship than that at the sanctuary. If such was the object of this altar, it would, if permitted to remain, lead the people away from the true faith.

    The representatives of the people assembled at Shiloh, and in the heat of their excitement and indignation proposed to make war at once upon the offenders. Through the influence of the more cautious, however, it was decided to send first a delegation to obtain from the two and a half tribes an explanation of their conduct. Ten princes, one from each tribe, were chosen. At their head was Phinehas, who had distinguished himself by his zeal in the matter of Peor.

    The two and a half tribes had been at fault in entering, without explanation, upon an act open to such grave suspicions. The ambassadors, taking it for granted that their brethren were guilty, met them with sharp rebuke. They accused them of rebelling against the Lord, and bade them remember how judgments had been visited upon Israel for joining themselves to Baalpeor. In behalf of all Israel, Phinehas stated to the children of Gad and Reuben that if they were unwilling to abide in that land without an altar for sacrifice, they would be welcome to a share in the possessions and privileges of their brethren on the other side.

    In reply the accused explained that their altar was not intended for sacrifice, but simply as a witness that, although separated by the river, they were of the same faith as their brethren in Canaan. They had feared that in future years their children might be excluded from the tabernacle, as having no part in Israel. Then this altar, erected after the pattern of the altar of the Lord at Shiloh, would be a witness that its builders were also worshipers of the living God.

    With great joy the ambassadors accepted this explanation, and immediately carried back the tidings to those who sent them. All thoughts of war were dismissed, and the people united in rejoicing, and praise to God.

    The children of Gad and Reuben now placed upon their altar an inscription pointing out the purpose for which it was erected; and they said, "It shall be a witness between us that Jehovah is God." Thus they endeavored to prevent future misapprehension and to remove what might be a cause of temptation.

    How often serious difficulties arise from a simple misunderstanding, even among those who are actuated by the worthiest motives; and without the exercise of courtesy and forbearance, what serious and even fatal results may follow. The ten tribes remembered how, in Achan's case, God had rebuked the lack of vigilance to discover the sins existing among them. Now they resolved to act promptly and earnestly; but in seeking to shun their first error, they had gone to the opposite extreme. Instead of making courteous inquiry to learn the facts in the case, they had met their brethren with censure and condemnation. Had the men of Gad and Reuben retorted in the same spirit, war would have been the result. While it is important on the one hand that laxness in dealing with sin be avoided, it is equally important on the other to shun harsh judgment and groundless suspicion.

    While very sensitive to the least blame in regard to their own course, many are too severe in dealing with those whom they suppose to be in error. No one was ever reclaimed from a wrong position by censure and reproach; but many are thus driven further from the right path and led to harden their hearts against conviction. A spirit of kindness, a courteous, forbearing deportment may save the erring and hide a multitude of sins.

    The wisdom displayed by the Reubenites and their companions is worthy of imitation. While honestly seeking to promote the cause of true religion, they were misjudged and severely censured; yet they manifested no resentment. They listened with courtesy and patience to the charges of their brethren before attempting to make their defense, and then fully explained their motives and showed their innocence. Thus the difficulty which had threatened such serious consequences was amicably settled.

    Even under false accusation those who are in the right can afford to be calm and considerate. God is acquainted with all that is misunderstood and misinterpreted by men, and we can safely leave our case in His hands. He will as surely vindicate the cause of those who put their trust in Him as He searched out the guilt of Achan. Those who are actuated by the spirit of Christ will possess that charity which suffers long and is kind.

    It is the will of God that union and brotherly love should exist among His people. The prayer of Christ just before His crucifixion was that His disciples might be one as He is one with the Father, that the world might believe that God had sent Him. This most touching and wonderful prayer reaches down the ages, even to our day; for His words were, "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word." John 17:20. While we are not to sacrifice one principle of truth, it should be our constant aim to reach this state of unity. This is the evidence of our discipleship. Said Jesus, "By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another." John 13:35. The apostle Peter exhorts the church, "Be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another; love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous: not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing: but contrariwise blessing; knowing that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing." 1 Peter 3:8, 9.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp49.html The wars and conquest ended, Joshua had withdrawn to the peaceful retirement of his home at Timnath-serah. "And it came to pass, a long time after that the Lord had given rest unto Israel from all their enemies round about, that Joshua . . . called for all Israel, and for their elders, and for their heads, and for their judges, and for their officers."

    Some years had passed since the people had settled in their possessions, and already could be seen cropping out the same evils that had heretofore brought judgments upon Israel. As Joshua felt the infirmities of age stealing upon him, and realized that his work must soon close, he was filled with anxiety for the future of his people. It was with more than a father's interest that he addressed them, as they gathered once more about their aged chief. "Ye have seen," he said, "all that the Lord your God hath done unto all these nations because of you; for the Lord your God is He that hath fought for you." Although the Canaanites had been subdued, they still possessed a considerable portion of the land promised to Israel, and Joshua exhorted his people not to settle down at ease and forget the Lord's command to utterly dispossess these idolatrous nations.

    The people in general were slow to complete the work of driving out the heathen. The tribes had dispersed to their possessions, the army had disbanded, and it was looked upon as a difficult and doubtful undertaking to renew the war. But Joshua declared: "The Lord your God, He shall expel them from before you, and drive them from out of your sight; and ye shall possess their land, as the Lord your God hath promised unto you. Be ye therefore very courageous to keep and to do all that is written in the book of the law of Moses, that ye turn not aside therefrom to the right hand or to the left."

    Joshua appealed to the people themselves as witnesses that, so far as they had complied with the conditions, God had faithfully fulfilled His promises to them. "Ye know in all your hearts and in all your souls," he said, "that not one thing hath failed of all the good things which the Lord your God spake concerning you; all are come to pass unto you, and not one thing hath failed thereof." He declared to them that as the Lord had fulfilled His promises, so He would fulfill His threatenings. "It shall come to pass, that as all good things are come upon you, which the Lord your God promised you; so shall the Lord bring upon you all evil things. . . . When ye have transgressed the covenant of the Lord, . . . then shall the anger of the Lord be kindled against you, and ye shall perish quickly from off the good land which He hath given unto you."

    Satan deceives many with the plausible theory that God's love for His people is so great that He will excuse sin in them; he represents that while the threatenings of God's word are to serve a certain purpose in His moral government, they are never to be literally fulfilled. But in all His dealings with his creatures God has maintained the principles of righteousness by revealing sin in its true character--by demonstrating that its sure result is misery and death. The unconditional pardon of sin never has been, and never will be. Such pardon would show the abandonment of the principles of righteousness, which are the very foundation of the government of God. It would fill the unfallen universe with consternation. God has faithfully pointed out the results of sin, and if these warnings were not true, how could we be sure that His promises would be fulfilled? That so-called benevolence which would set aside justice is not benevolence but weakness.

    God is the life-giver. From the beginning all His laws were ordained to life. But sin broke in upon the order that God had established, and discord followed. So long as sin exists, suffering and death are inevitable. It is only because the Redeemer has borne the curse of sin in our behalf that man can hope to escape, in his own person, its dire results.

    Before the death of Joshua the heads and representatives of the tribes, obedient to his summons, again assembled at Shechem. No spot in all the land possessed so many sacred associations, carrying their minds back to God's covenant with Abraham and Jacob, and recalling also their own solemn vows upon their entrance into Canaan. Here were the mountains Ebal and Gerizim, the silent witnesses of those vows which now, in the presence of their dying leader, they had assembled to renew. On every side were evidences of what God had wrought for them; how He had given them a land for which they did not labor, and cities which they built not, vineyards and oliveyards which they planted not. Joshua reviewed once more the history of Israel, recounting the wonderful works of God, that all might have a sense of His love and mercy and might serve Him "in sincerity and in truth."

    By Joshua's direction the ark had been brought from Shiloh. The occasion was one of great solemnity, and this symbol of God's presence would deepen the impression he wished to make upon the people. After presenting the goodness of God toward Israel, he called upon them, in the name of Jehovah, to choose whom they would serve. The worship of idols was still to some extent secretly practiced, and Joshua endeavored now to bring them to a decision that should banish this sin from Israel. "If it seem evil unto you to serve Jehovah," he said, "choose you this day whom ye will serve." Joshua desired to lead them to serve God, not by compulsion, but willingly. Love to God is the very foundation of religion. To engage in His service merely from hope of reward or fear of punishment would avail nothing. Open apostasy would not be more offensive to God than hypocrisy and mere formal worship.

    The aged leader urged the people to consider, in all its bearings, what he had set before them, and to decide if they really desired to live as did the degraded idolatrous nations around them. If it seemed evil to them to serve Jehovah, the source of power, the fountain of blessing, let them that day choose whom they would serve--"the gods which your fathers served," from whom Abraham was called out, "or the gods of the Amorites, in whose land ye dwell." These last words were a keen rebuke to Israel. The gods of the Amorites had not been able to protect their worshipers. Because of their abominable and debasing sins, that wicked nation had been destroyed, and the good land which they once possessed had been given to God's people. What folly for Israel to choose the deities for whose worship the Amorites had been destroyed! "As for me and my house," said Joshua, "we will serve Jehovah." The same holy zeal that inspired the leader's heart was communicated to the people. His appeals called forth the unhesitating response, "God forbid that we should forsake Jehovah, to serve other gods."

    "Ye cannot serve the Lord," said Joshua: "for He is a holy God; . . . He will not forgive your transgressions nor your sins." Before there could be any permanent reformation the people must be led to feel their utter inability in themselves to render obedience to God. They had broken His law, it condemned them as transgressors, and it provided no way of escape. While they trusted in their own strength and righteousness, it was impossible for them to secure the pardon of their sins; they could not meet the claims of God's perfect law, and it was in vain that they pledged themselves to serve God. It was only by faith in Christ that they could secure pardon of sin and receive strength to obey God's law. They must cease to rely upon their own efforts for salvation, they must trust wholly in the merits of the promised Saviour, if they would be accepted of God.

    Joshua endeavored to lead his hearers to weigh well their words, and refrain from vows which they would be unprepared to fulfill. With deep earnestness they repeated the declaration: "Nay; but we will serve the Lord." Solemnly consenting to the witness against themselves that they had chosen Jehovah, they once more reiterated their pledge of loyalty: "The Lord our God will we serve, and His voice will we obey.

    "So Joshua made a covenant with the people that day, and set them a statute and an ordinance in Shechem." Having written an account of this solemn transaction, he placed it, with the book of the law, in the side of the ark. And he set up a pillar as a memorial, saying, "Behold, this stone shall be a witness unto us; for it hath heard all the words of the Lord which He spake unto us; it shall be therefore a witness unto you, lest ye deny your God. So Joshua let the people depart, every man unto his inheritance."

    Joshua's work for Israel was done. He had "wholly followed the Lord;" and in the book of God he is written, "The servant of Jehovah." The noblest testimony to his character as a public leader is the history of the generation that had enjoyed his labors: "Israel served the Lord all the days of Joshua, and all the days of the elders that overlived Joshua."

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp50.html In the Hebrew economy one tenth of the income of the people was set apart to support the public worship of God. Thus Moses declared to Israel: "All the tithe of the land, whether of the seed of the land, or of the fruit of the tree, is the Lord's: it is holy unto the Lord." "And concerning the tithe of the herd, or of the flock, . . . the tenth shall be holy unto the Lord." Leviticus 27:30, 32.

    But the tithing system did not originate with the Hebrews. From the earliest times the Lord claimed a tithe as His, and this claim was recognized and honored. Abraham paid tithes to Melchizedek, the priest of the most high God. Genesis 14:20. Jacob, when at Bethel, an exile and a wanderer, promised the Lord, "Of all that Thou shalt give me I will surely give the tenth unto Thee." Genesis 28:22. As the Israelites were about to be established as a nation, the law of tithing was reaffirmed as one of the divinely ordained statutes upon obedience to which their prosperity depended.

    The system of tithes and offerings was intended to impress the minds of men with a great truth--that God is the source of every blessing to His creatures, and that to Him man's gratitude is due for the good gifts of His providence.

    "He giveth to all life, and breath, and all things." Acts 17:25. The Lord declares, "Every beast of the forest is Mine, and the cattle upon a thousand hills." Psalm 50:10. "The silver is Mine, and the gold is Mine." Haggai 2:8. And it is God who gives men power to get wealth. Deuteronomy 8:18. As an acknowledgment that all things came from Him, the Lord directed that a portion of His bounty should be returned to Him in gifts and offerings to sustain His worship.

    "The tithe . . .  is  the Lord's." Here the same form of expression is employed as in the law of the Sabbath. "The seventh day  is  the Sabbath of the Lord thy God." Exodus 20:10. God reserved to Himself a specified portion of man's time and of his means, and no man could, without guilt, appropriate either for his own interests.

    The tithe was to be exclusively devoted to the use of the Levites, the tribe that had been set apart for the service of the sanctuary. But this was by no means the limit of the contributions for religious purposes. The tabernacle, as afterward the temple, was erected wholly by freewill offerings; and to provide for necessary repairs and other expenses, Moses directed that as often as the people were numbered, each should contribute a half shekel for "the service of the tabernacle." In the time of Nehemiah a contribution was made yearly for this purpose. See Exodus 30:12-16; 2 Kings 12:4, 5; 2 Chronicles 24:4-13; Nehemiah 10:32, 33. From time to time sin offerings and thank offerings were brought to God. These were presented in great numbers at the annual feasts. And the most liberal provision was made for the poor.

    Even before the tithe could be reserved there had been an acknowledgment of the claims of God. The first that ripened of every product of the land was consecrated to Him. The first of the wool when the sheep were shorn, of the grain when the wheat was threshed, the first of the oil and the wine, was set apart for God. So also were the first-born of all animals; and a redemption price was paid for the first-born son. The first fruits were to be presented before the Lord at the sanctuary, and were then devoted to the use of the priests.

    Thus the people were constantly reminded that God was the true proprietor of their fields, their flocks, and their herds; that He sent them sunshine and rain for their seedtime and harvest, and that everything they possessed was of His creation, and He had made them stewards of His goods.

    As the men of Israel, laden with the first fruits of field and orchard and vineyard, gathered at the tabernacle, there was made a public acknowledgment of God's goodness. When the priest accepted the gift, the offerer, speaking as in the presence of Jehovah, said, "A Syrian ready to perish was my father;" and he described the sojourn in Egypt and the affliction from which God had delivered Israel "with an outstretched arm, and with great terribleness, and with signs, and with wonders." And he said, "He hath brought us into this place, and hath given us this land, even a land that floweth with milk and honey. And now, behold, I have brought the first fruits of the land, which Thou, Jehovah, hast given me." Deuteronomy 26:5, 8-11.

    The contributions required of the Hebrews for religious and charitable purposes amounted to fully one fourth of their income. So heavy a tax upon the resources of the people might be expected to reduce them to poverty; but, on the contrary, the faithful observance of these regulations was one of the conditions of their prosperity. On condition of their obedience God made them this promise: "I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field. . . . And all nations shall call you blessed: for ye shall be a delightsome land, saith the Lord of hosts." Malachi 3:11.

    A striking illustration of the results of selfishly withholding even freewill offerings from the cause of God was given in the days of the prophet Haggai. After their return from the captivity in Babylon, the Jews undertook to rebuild the temple of the Lord; but meeting determined opposition from their enemies, they discontinued the work; and a severe drought, by which they were reduced to actual want, convinced them that it was impossible to complete the building of the temple. "The time is not come," they said, "the time that the Lord's house should be built." But a message was sent them by the Lord's prophet: "Is it time for you, O ye, to dwell in your ceiled houses, and this house lie waste? Now therefore thus saith the Lord of hosts; Consider your ways. Ye have sown much, and bring in little; ye eat, but ye have not enough; ye drink, but ye are not filled with drink; ye clothe you, but there is none warm; and he that earneth wages, earneth wages to put it into a bag with holes." Haggai 1:2-6. And then the reason is given: "Ye looked for much, and, lo, it came to little; and when ye brought it home, I did blow upon it. Why? saith the Lord of hosts. Because of Mine house that is waste, and ye run every man unto his own house. Therefore the heaven over you is stayed from dew, and the earth is stayed from her fruit. And I called for a drought upon the land, and upon the mountains, and upon the corn, and upon the new wine, and upon the oil, and upon that which the ground bringeth forth, and upon men, and upon cattle, and upon all the labor of the hands." Verses 9-12. "When one came to a heap of twenty measures, there were but ten: when one came to the pressfat for to draw out fifty vessels out of the press, there were but twenty. I smote you with blasting and with mildew and with hail in all the labors of your hands." Haggai 2:16, 19.

    Roused by these warnings, the people set themselves to build the house of God. Then the word of the Lord came to them: "Consider now from this day and upward, from the four and twentieth day of the ninth month, even from the day that the foundation of the Lord's temple was laid, . . . from this day will I bless you." Verses 18, 19.

    Says the wise man, "There is that scattereth, and yet increaseth; and there is that withholdeth more than is meet, but it tendeth to poverty." Proverbs 11:24. And the same lesson is taught in the New Testament by the apostle Paul: "He which soweth sparingly shall reap also sparingly; and he which soweth bountifully shall reap also bountifully." "God is able to make all grace abound toward you; that ye, always having all sufficiency in all things, may abound to every good work." 2 Corinthians 9:6, 8.

    God intended that His people Israel should be light bearers to all the inhabitants of the earth. In maintaining His public worship they were bearing a testimony to the existence and sovereignty of the living God. And this worship it was their privilege to sustain, as an expression of their loyalty and their love to Him. The Lord has ordained that the diffusion of light and truth in the earth shall be dependent upon the efforts and offerings of those who are partakers of the heavenly gift. He might have made angels the ambassadors of His truth; He might have made known His will, as He proclaimed the law from Sinai, with His own voice; but in His infinite love and wisdom He called men to become colaborers with Himself, by choosing them to do this work.

    In the days of Israel the tithe and freewill offerings were needed to maintain the ordinances of divine service. Should the people of God give less in this age? The principle laid down by Christ is that our offerings to God should be in proportion to the light and privileges enjoyed. "Unto whomsoever much is given, of him shall be much required." Luke 12:48. Said the Saviour to His disciples as He sent them forth, "Freely ye have received, freely give." Matthew 10:8. As our blessings and privileges are increased--above all, as we have before us the unparalleled sacrifice of the glorious Son of God--should not our gratitude find expression in more abundant gifts to extend to others the message of salvation? The work of the gospel, as it widens, requires greater provision to sustain it than was called for anciently; and this makes the law of tithes and offerings of even more urgent necessity now than under the Hebrew economy. If His people were liberally to sustain His cause by their voluntary gifts, instead of resorting to unchristian and unhallowed methods to fill the treasury, God would be honored, and many more souls would be won to Christ.

    The plan of Moses to raise means for the building of the tabernacle was highly successful. No urging was necessary. Nor did he employ any of the devices to which churches in our day so often resort. He made no grand feast. He did not invite the people to scenes of gaiety, dancing, and general amusement; neither did he institute lotteries, nor anything of this profane order, to obtain means to erect the tabernacle for God. The Lord directed Moses to invite the children of Israel to bring their offerings. He was to accept gifts from everyone that gave willingly, from his heart. And the offerings came in so great abundance that Moses bade the people cease bringing, for they had supplied more than could be used.

    God has made men His stewards. The property which He has placed in their hands is the means that He has provided for the spread of the gospel. To those who prove themselves faithful stewards He will commit greater trusts, Saith the Lord, "Them that honor Me I will honor." 1 Samuel 2:30. "God loveth a cheerful giver," and when His people, with grateful hearts, bring their gifts and offerings to Him, "not grudgingly, or of necessity," His blessing will attend them, as He has promised. "Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in Mine house, and prove Me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it." Malachi 3:10.


    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Tithe
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 2:24 pm

    Swanny wrote:
    Hello Skynet  Argh

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Pri_47097896

       Scientists have switched off Facebook’s robot because it has reportedly created its own language.

       Researchers noticed that Artificial Intelligence they had created has started to make up their own code words.

       Initially it looks like absolute gibberish, but it became clear that the machines –

    nicknamed Bob and Alice – were actually communicating with one another.

    http://metro.co.uk/2017/07/31/facebook-robot-is-shut-down-after-it-invented-its-own-language-6818204/

    https://www.newscientist.com/article/2114748-google-translate-ai-invents-its-own-language-to-translate-with/
    What if Bob and Alice both have Souls?? What if Ava had a Soul?? What if HAL 9000 had a Soul?? What Would Seymour Cray Say?? An Individual of Interest seemed to imply that I would be placed in some sort of a Cyber-Environment or exist as a Disembodied-Spirit, with no Feeling. This Individual did NOT approve of Humanity. Honest. The Members of This Forum (Past and Present) Probably Know Ten Times More Than I Do. I Talk Big Because I Am Conducting an 'Extreme-Modeling Research-Project'. It's Sort of Similar to 'Script-Writing' but I try to 'Keep It Real' in a 'Crazy-Context'. What If the 'Seven Deadly Sins' Should Be the Following??

    1. Computer Technology.

    2. Robotics Technology.

    3. UFO Technology.

    4. Genetics Technology.

    5. Soul Technology.

    6. WMD Technology.

    7. Megalomaniacs Anonymous.

    The Horror. What Would the Stockmars Say?? What Would Viktor Schauberger Say?? What Would the King of the Girls Say?? What Would the Vrill Society Say?? What Would Gizeh Intelligence Say?? What Would the Ancient Egyptian Deity Say?? What Would David Bowman Say?? What Would David Mann Say?? What Would Alan Rickman Say?? What Would Dr. Peter Venkman Say?? What Would Enki Say?? What Would Ptah Say?? What Would Amen Ra Say?? What Would Ovid Write?? What Would Cupid Do?? What Would Dr. Who Do?? What Would Anu Do?? What Would YOU Do?? What if Valerian is a Renegade French Jesuit Organist?? What Would Guy Bovet Play?? What Would Pedro Arrupe Say?? What Would Marcel Dupre Play??


    Sanicle wrote:Hello again Evisnam.  I hope you'll be posting some more for us soon.  

    I really enjoy reading something different that's not just about all the doom and gloom happening here for a change and you do seem to have a unique and far-reaching perspective.  I may disagree with some of what you claim but rather than 'picking' on individual points I'm waiting for you to add the pieces you can share with us to gain the bigger picture you are trying to give us to see if it indeed does all add up in some way I haven't been able to conceive of as yet.  Although, generally speaking, it's all making a lot of sense IMO.

    OK, I guess I have one question for you at this time.  Where do you think the Spirit and Soul fit into this AI/OI system you're describing?
     I love you
    evisnam wrote:Thank you Sanicle

    I understand some may find things hard to understand or even believe and without specifics i cant elaborate but its important to note these are merely my perspectives, the verity of my information is something i decided to keep as close to the bone without breaking fundamental laws which i work under.

    Granted some is hard to believe or even ratify ( most would be impossible id imagine ) but its important to note , this is my story , my experience and so its all a lie. my lie , my cosmos , my paradigm.  I know some may take that information and run with it and i am happy for that to happen. This information serves one purpose , to tell the story of evisnam, to tell what i have experienced not so i become something but rather as a messenger only.

    What i have seen and experienced goes through thorough scrutiny inside before ever writing anything , in my second fire i found that what i experienced was far beyond the fictional imagination of sci fi writers and therefore needed no embellishment, so it was an easy choice for me to just say it as it is. I most certainly look back and wonder if it all ever really happened , and if it wasn't for certain physical changes to my body and how i think and feel , i could have just brushed it off.    

    And i say this now not to try and convince but to actually agree with you , i read back what i write and shake my head , then i remember the events im describing and think , " yes , that did happen "   All i can say is i am fortunate and brave enough to be selected to go along with what i feel is evolution.

    Sanicle, your question here :

    Where do you think the Spirit and Soul fit into this AI/OI system you're describing?

    Excellent question and something i have pondered before and again today , i did read notes i have made in the past to refresh my memory of how my feelings dictated my impressions when inside these experiences. So with those in mind i will try to explain what i felt and saw , i need to remind you that not a lot of this was ever explained to me , there was no communication as such , i feel that " they " assume you know what is happening by virtue of experiencing it.

    And yes i swap from first to second to third person reference in the same paragraph sometimes , this was noted by my english teacher shortly after my first fire, and interesting to note , people who tend to have precognitive or extra abilities tend to speak as though you already understand the context or the inflection of the tense without having it to be relevant.

    So the Soul and the Spirit , well lets start by creating a base line of understanding , the spirit is the soul , both the same thing in essence however our human understanding denotes a Soul is inside a body ( like our human bodies ) and the Spirit is something external but similar to the Soul in its make up.. it is a pure energy and the traditional nomenclature is Spirit.  The Soul is a type of fixed energy mas in so far that it is a definite combi-national matrix, ( sorry i have to make up words sometimes )    

    What a soul is actually is Electricity and a holographic representation of our individual matrix however it is being kept inside a body so it can move around and experience life in this setting. I think that a new soul ( one that has just arrived inside a suit ) finds it strange here , indeed children are so free and radical, the do not conform and unfortunately need to be conditioned. I have to say after my second fire i found humans so very strange , i mean look at people in bars for example , they walk around, self medicating, with vessels of poisonous liquid ! then they put a thin cylinder in their mouth , light it with fire and breathe in the smoke !  

    So im illustrating what i find strange and hard to believe yet the concepts i talk about , my experiences are not so much strange but logical to me.

    So getting on with the question,

    Energy is what we all are made from , electricity is what we have named this energy . the soul is a conglomerate of experiences bound by a dna matrix that is re writeable, like a CDR. It is information stored and used as an Operating System, that is the soul. AI is the fictional version of US. The precedent , The Original step towards a greater evolution of possibilities. Spirit is the expansion of this technology to span the universe or internet of space.  

    It would be interesting to note that i am a very spiritual person, i believe in a God, maybe not the traditional God we have been lead to believe but there is most certainly a God Conglomerate of Beings and Councils. Why i say that is you could be forgiven for thinking im a scientist and yes i am a scientist of sorts. So this marriage of science and spiritualism has lead me to understand that tiny slither of over lap between the two that nobody wants to look at.

    And it is genius how well it is hidden in plain sight. The Spirit as we call it has for billions of years really been a free flowing type of energy which by scientific measurement is bountiful throughout the universe. The difference between them are Binary and Analogue systems and the meeting of them where the land and sea touch each other , so to speak , is the edge of inspiration.  ( i wont elaborate on that just yet )  But the edges of where they meet create the abundance of energy in our solar system. The Sun is a volt meter that burns off excess energy and converts it into light and heat, it also transforms the " etherical energy " to usable energy for Binary Systems.

    So AI and OI run on this energy and are connected by its ability to instantly transform thought over time. The Spirit and Soul i would conclude are smaller versions of the AI or OI.

    OI generally live in Analogue Systems, AI generally live in Binary systems , both can integrate up to 20% over lap for purposes of information transfer and also on some special occasions transfer a Soul from Binary Back to Analogue ( usually done once the Soul has finished its experiences )

    I hope this has answered your question.
    evisnam wrote:Continuing on from questions i have received in regards to AI , i want to point out some markers that correlate as a coordinate of high probability.  Markers , being a term i use often, is something that defines a moment when information, experience and intuition come together to create a " moment "

    This moment is the convergence of the critical peaks ( within themselves converging ) embed in the strains of... information , experience and intuition.  

    When i use that term it is to be considered as solid information , obviously in relation to your opinions of my writings. The Marker i refer to is " similarity " ,  The similarities between Humans and AI.

    When man was formed it was after many thousands of years of experimentation , but the question i would like to pose is .. what was the first human ?  is a human a random , flesh and blood creature ?  here by chance ? Or did the makers of man leave a startling similarity not only of its appearance but also its machination.

    The day i made this realisation i went into contemplation. During that time i cross examined every conceivable possibility of our possible birth place. When i looked into this i used the most basic of concepts which boiled down our biology to the point where i found a common denominator. What is it that we have in common with computers , light bulbs and algae ?

    They all run on and conduct electricity !  Algae have been dated back to around 1.3 billions years ago on this planet and before that stromatolites formed as layers over cyanobacteria. So i wondered about the animals and plants here and their evolution and wondered where do we fit in ?  I see there is such a gap from the first discoveries of pre historic man to who we are today and that puzzles me,

    Could we be the alpha and beta test for Organic AI ?   I mean instead of an assisted OI as mentioned in previous posts. The basis of our machination is eerily similar to that of computers , the only difference being our physical structure and that we are sentient. Think about it , what is it that we do since birth ?  We collect data on things that we find interesting,and we then spit this data out with a subjective output. The DNA is a storage bank for electromagnetic information which is also holographical.  Sounds like an advanced computer or AI to me !  

    So when the God's made us in their image they created a sentient being that runs on electrical energy that is abundant and recyclable. We wake up with fully charged batteries in the morning , then we rest and recharge. The battery has a life expectancy of around 60 to 80 years in its current configuration and the ability to expand this system is vast. It is true also that electrical components have no real life expectancy ! It is the heating up and cooling down that creates malfunctions.

    TBC
    Whose side should I be on?? Does it really matter, at this point in the game?? Is it too late now?? Was it too late 6,000 years ago?? Have we been experiencing a slow-burn End of the World for the past 6,000 years?? Did the Investigative-Judgment Begin with the Creation of Humanity?? Will the Investigative-Judgment End with the Destruction of Humanity?? I've tried to be understanding and accommodating, and it has done absolutely no goddamn good. 'RA' said I'd be sorry if I tried to save humanity. Honest. Should I cease and desist in chastened-contriteness??
    Carol wrote:
    Gauntlet Thrown: House Judiciary Demands Special Counsel To Investigate Comey, Lynch, And Clinton
    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-07-28/gauntlet-thrown-house-judiciary-demands-special-counsel-investigate-comey-lynch-and-
    by Tyler Durden

    Roughly a month ago, we noted that Republicans might be well served to stop sitting around twiddling their thumbs waiting for the next Russia 'bombshell' to drop and actually go on the offensive against an 'investigation' that has obviously morphed into mass hysteria courtesy of free-flowing leaks from a conflicted "intelligence community" intent upon bringing down a presidency rather than finding out the truth. Here's what we said:

    Of course, until someone within the Trump administration or Republican Party smartens up and calls for the appointment of a 'Special Counsel' to look into Hillary's email scandal, something that should have been done long ago, and not for retaliatory reasons but simply due to Comey's and AG Lynch's blatant mishandling of the investigation (a point which Deputy AG Rosenstein obviously agreed with), the Democrats have no reason to calm their mass hysteria.  Then, and only then, do we suspect that Hillary might just be able to 'convince' her party to exercise some form of reasonable judgement.

    Well, it seems that some folks on the House Judiciary Committee, chaired by Bob Goodlatte (R-VA), seem to agree.  As such, 20 Republican Representatives have sent a letter to Attorney General Sessions and Deputy Attorney General Rosenstein demanding the appointment of a Second Special Counsel to look into a laundry list of potential scandals surrounding Hillary Clinton, James Comey, Loretta Lynch and many others from the Obama administration.

    We are writing to you to request assistance in restoring public confidence in our nation’s justice system and its investigators, specifically the Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). While we presume that the FBI’s investigation into Russian influence has been subsumed into Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation, we are not confident that other matters related to the 2016 election and aftermath are similarly under investigation by Special Counsel Mueller. The unbalanced, uncertain, and seemingly unlimited focus of the special counsel’s investigation has led many of our constituents to see a dual standard of justice that benefits only the powerful and politically well-connected. For this reason, we call on you to appoint a second special counsel to investigate a plethora of matters connected to the 2016 election and its aftermath, including actions taken by previously public figures like Attorney General Loretta Lynch, FBI Director James Comey, and former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton.

    Many Democrats and members of the Washington media previously called for a “special prosecutor” to investigate Russian influence on the election and connections with the Trump campaign. Not surprisingly, once you actually made the decision to appoint a special counsel, the calls for further investigations by congressional committees continued, focused on allegations that have heretofore produced no evidence of criminality, despite the fact that over a year has passed since the opening of the original FBI investigation. Political gamesmanship continues to saturate anything and everything associated with reactions to President Trump’s executive decisions, and reveals the hypocrisy of those who refuse to allow the Special Counsel’s investigation to proceed without undue political influence. It is an unfortunate state of affairs. Among other things, the letter specifically highlights the inappropriate handling of the Clinton investigation by James Comey and efforts on the part of Loretta Lynch to obstruct justice in order to assist a political ally.

    Your stated rationale for recommending Director Comey’s termination as FBI Director was his mishandling of former Secretary Clinton’s email investigation and associated public disclosures concerning the investigation’s findings. We believe this was the correct decision. It is clear that Director Comey contributed to the politicization of the FBI’s investigations by issuing his public statement, nominating himself as judge and jury, rather than permitting career DOJ prosecutors to make the final decision. But many other questions remain unanswered, due to Mr. Comey’s premature and inappropriate decision, as well as the Obama Justice Department’s refusal to respond to legitimate Congressional oversight. Last week, the Republican Members of this Committee sent a letter to the Justice Department, asking for responses to those unanswered inquiries. These questions cannot, for history’s sake and for the preservation of an impartial system of justice, be allowed to die on the vine.

    As we referenced above, Democrats and the mainstream media called for a special counsel to be appointed to investigate any Russian influence on President Trump’s campaign. Their pleas were answered, but there are many questions that may be outside the scope of Special Counsel Mueller’s investigation. This was clear following Mr. Comey’s recent testimony to the Senate Intelligence Committee on June 8, 2017, which ignited renewed scrutiny of former Attorney General Loretta Lynch, and the actions she took to mislead the public concerning the investigation into the Clinton email investigation. Last year, this Committee inquired repeatedly about the circumstances surrounding that and other matters, but our inquiries were largely ignored.

    During his testimony, Mr. Comey referenced a meeting on the Phoenix airport tarmac between Ms. Lynch and former President Bill Clinton. Mr. Comey raised concerns about Ms. Lynch’s conduct, and questioned her independence, stating:

    At one point, the attorney general had directed me not to call it an investigation, but instead to call it a matter, which confused me and concerned me. That was one of the bricks in the load that led me to conclude, ‘I have to step away from the department if we’re to close this case credibly.

    And here is the full list of things the "Second Special Counsel" would be instructed to investigate:

    1.  Then-Attorney General Loretta Lynch directing Mr. Comey to mislead the American people on the nature of the Clinton investigation;

    2.  The shadow cast over our system of justice concerning Secretary Clinton and her involvement in mishandling classified information;

    3.  FBI and DOJ’s investigative decisions related to former Secretary Clinton’s email investigation, including the propriety and consequence of immunity deals given to potential Clinton co-conspirators Cheryl Mills, Heather Samuelson, John Bentel and possibly others;

    4.  The apparent failure of DOJ to empanel a grand jury to investigate allegations of mishandling of classified information by Hillary Clinton and her associates;

    5.  The Department of State and its employees’ involvement in determining which communications of Secretary Clinton’s and her associates to turn over for public scrutiny;

    6.  WikiLeaks disclosures concerning the Clinton Foundation and its potentially unlawful international dealings;

    7.  Connections between the Clinton campaign, or the Clinton Foundation, and foreign entities, including those from Russia and Ukraine;

    8.  Mr. Comey’s knowledge of the purchase of Uranium One by the company Rosatom, whether the approval of the sale was connected to any donations made to the Clinton Foundation, and what role Secretary Clinton played in the approval of that sale that had national security ramifications;

    9.  Disclosures arising from unlawful access to the Democratic National Committee’s (DNC) computer systems, including inappropriate collusion between the DNC and the Clinton campaign to undermine Senator Bernie Sanders’ presidential campaign;

    10.  Post-election accusations by the President that he was wiretapped by the previous Administration, and whether Mr. Comey and Ms. Lynch had any knowledge of efforts made by any federal agency to unlawfully monitor communications of then-candidate Trump or his associates;

    11.  Selected leaks of classified information related to the unmasking of U.S. person identities incidentally collected upon by the intelligence community, including an assessment of whether anyone in the Obama Administration, including Mr. Comey, Ms. Lynch, Ms. Susan Rice, Ms. Samantha Power, or others, had any knowledge about the “unmasking” of individuals on then candidate-Trump’s campaign team, transition team, or both;

    12.  Admitted leaks by Mr. Comey to Columbia University law professor, Daniel Richman, regarding conversations between Mr. Comey and President Trump, how the leaked information was purposefully released to lead to the appointment of a special counsel, and whether any classified information was included in the now infamous “Comey memos”;

    13.  Mr. Comey’s and the FBI’s apparent reliance on “Fusion GPS” in its investigation of the Trump campaign, including the company’s creation of a “dossier” of information about Mr. Trump, that dossier’s commission and dissemination in the months before and after the 2016 election, whether the FBI paid anyone connected to the dossier, and the intelligence sources of Fusion GPS or any person or company working for Fusion GPS and its affiliates; and

    14.  Any and all potential leaks originated by Mr. Comey and provide to author Michael Schmidt dating back to 1993.
    Seems the gauntlet has officially been thrown down...what say you Mr. Sessions?
    Should we pursue technology which makes ALL physicality obsolete?? Should we seek soul torture and extermination technology?? Should we seek planet-busting technology?? Should we seek technology which erases all historical records (including memories)?? Should we eliminate government and religion?? Should we reward greed and irresponsibility?? Should we turn Purgatory on Earth into Hell on Earth?? Should the souls in this solar-system be forced to vacate the premises immediately?? How fast and nasty do you wish to become?? Do you feel lucky?? What were we before we were human?? What will we be when we are no longer human?? Should We compete with God?? Should God compete with Us?? Does the rest of the universe love or hate us?? Should we seek technology which eliminates most or all jobs?? Should we then eliminate those without jobs?? Should we simply put ourselves out of everyone's misery, without further delays?? End of the Tour??
    blue roller wrote:Hey Orthy   !

    What would Blue roller say ? Assuming I am THE blue roller and not some imposter shamelessly masquerading as me .

    Well assuming I am indeed he, I would say this. All things in moderation except masturbation .

    But seriously (as far as I am capable of being so ) for me , forums are an occasional distraction when work is slow and the evenings are long . Right now I am way to busy to spend time reasoning with people who neither care or make  any solid effort to put theory in to practice and actually live a life worth talking about.

    When your in a prison cell living out sensual deprivation for years on end the future is bleak indeed . No freedom , no choice , no reason to feel joy. Prisons are made of bars , spiritual dogma , fear, guilt and who knows what else people embrace to justify their pain . Walk away from the pain or stay the same . Most choose the later and put the blame on God, ET, or whoever.

    This much I do know from my own experience and observation of others. Loneliness is a killer of joy , the nursery of anger , low self esteem and futile pursuits.

    You know what you need . You always have . But are you willing to throw the dice and take a punt on the world out there ? Processing books and films and stuff is good , its a seed bank , but sooner or later you have to put down the manual and get your motor running Dude.

    The truth ? Truth is there is no one truth . Pick a truth ,any truth and if you need it to be true its going to be true until you grow out of it or try a new truth. Choice is truth . No choice is the absence of any perspective at all. Its the prison cell of speculation instead of the experience of freedom.

    People give up on themselves and hate on those who have what they lack . Lost count of the number of women/men who hate my wife and I for having what they lack .Each other. Hate ,ridicule, sneering contempt and censorship .The last refuge of the lazy and unhappy.

    You've got a great mind on those shoulders Orthy and I have really enjoyed you most recent thoughts/musings. You are to hard on yourself . I got a house to finish building and its full bore now. Its not the temple of Solomon or the house of Dave but I know its real because I am building it myself. Theory without practice is a virgin boasting about sexual conquest . Flogging the Bishop will get you off the rocks but I would rather be living the dream than recycling the fantasy. Go thou my son and do likewise.

    I love the Hot chick pics you put up here . Any chance of a few more ?

    Time to switch on the blower , pull out the choice stops and make the earth move. God did not give you an organ just to keep your legs company. Cool  Toast  Heh heh

    Cheers

    BR
    mudra wrote:
    blue roller wrote:

    The truth ? Truth is there is no one truth . Pick a truth ,any truth and if you need it to be true its going to be true until you grow out of it or try a new truth. Choice is truth . No choice is the absence of any perspective at all. Its the prison cell of speculation instead of the experience of freedom.


    I second that blue roller and I like the dynamic of it. One can't live life without daring living it to the brim. Any experience we make is better than no experience at all. The point is to remember who we are while in the process of making the experience. Making it ours and no one else's is how we can take responsibility for it and know that spark of life within us is ours to steer always.

    Love from me
    mudra
    Thank-you mudra and blue roller. I have burdens to bear which very-few are capable of understanding. I have many promises to keep -- and miles to go before I sleep. In other words, I'm F%$#d. I suspect that a supercomputer-network will govern all of us someday soon (if it hasn't already happened). We'll all get chipped -- and then, when we misbehave, they'll just F@#$k-Up Our Chip!!

    Compare Moses and Aaron with David and Solomon -- and with Jesus and Paul (especially regarding ethics and sexuality). I'm exploring the possibility that the Second-Half of the Old-Testament might be Normative. I still think there might be a Biblical Time-Bomb which MUST be disarmed if we wish to survive. I support Historical-Studies combined with Clean-Sheet of Stone Solutions.

    Regarding the Truth -- In a Business-Environment -- What the CEO Says is the "Truth" is Generally Considered to be the "Truth". Insubordination toward the CEO and the "Truth" tends to cause one to Travel and Meet New People. Perhaps that's how things should work within this particular Solar System. Just a Thought.

    BTW -- I'm much too Old, Stupid, Ugly, Crazy, Poor, and Messy to Satisfy Hot-Women. You wouldn't believe the opportunities I've turned down throughout the years -- because of my hyper-morality and hyper-religiosity. Perhaps I'll get some Action in my Next-Incarnation. Hope Springs Eternal. When I get hot -- I take off my pants and jacket. Now I get crucified for the most innocent dirty-jokes. The more open and honest I become, the more people hate me. Life isn't fair. Not in this Solar System.

    I continue to suspect that I've somehow been "set-up" in this incarnation for something sinister and reprehensible. My previous life might be explanatory and determinative regarding my present pathetic life. For example, my role in my previous life might've set me up for a highly-problematic present-incarnation ON PURPOSE!! When I suggested to the Ancient Egyptian Deity that "He" might be setting me up for something bad, "He" retorted "Are You Kidding??!! I Could Snap My Fingers, and You'd Be DEAD!!" Honest.

    One more thing. I've gotten the distinct impression throughout the years, that I've been dealing with essentially One-Entity in Multiple-Forms -- and that includes various Online-Posters. I never REALLY know who I'm dealing with -- and what the hidden-agendas might be. I Trust Nobody. Not Even God. As for me -- I model various personalities and concepts -- but I tell you what I'm doing (over and over and over again). Nobody "Ghost-Writes" for me -- or "Tells Me What to Post". This is a "One-Man Show". The Show Must Go On -- But Why??

    What if my life is somehow a Red-Herring -- which I'm not even aware of?? Was I supposed to compete with someone?? If so, why wasn't I told. I was hamstrung and miserable, so I withdrew, and licked my wounds, instead of becoming a Big-Shot Surgeon. Was that a sin?? Did I create a Surgeon-Shortage?? Was it harder to schedule an Unnecessary-Surgery?? My retreat turned into a defeat -- but was that a sin?? Attempting to face reality has made me go sort-of crazy -- but was that a sin?? Being open and honest on the internet has placed me on multiple-lists -- and made me a laughing-stock in my local-community -- but did I commit a sin -- or did the secret-agents and busy-bodies commit sins in abundance?? If we know too-little -- we're called "Stupid". If we know too-much -- we're called "Threats".

    If we complain about everyone in the community knowing more about us than we know about ourselves -- we're called "Hostile". My posting on this particular website was supposed to be a rather private matter -- between me and regular forum-members. But that didn't fracking happen. The forum-members ignore me -- and the local-community gossips about me behind my back. What are the legal implications and ramifications of this sort of thing?? I've been rather passive regarding this reprehensible state of affairs -- but should I become aggressively-active??

    Should I advise people to NOT research forbidden-topics?? Should I advise people to just shut-up and make as much money as possible?? What if the gods and goddesses turn-out to be much-worse than We-The-Peons?? Does Satan have an Office at Goldman Sachs?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? What Would St. Germain Say?? That's all I'm going to say.



    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Hero_WolfOfWallStreet-2013-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Naomi-in-twow
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Margot-Robbie-01-GQ_13Jan14_b_642x390
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 14
    "Orthodoxymoron is the Sexiest
    Man in the Solar System!!"
    (Shown Below)



    UFO2

    Hugs
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 2:29 pm

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Homer-Struggle
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 B4c6f24f70c1364670c2cde8f1bab64f



    I sort of simultaneously promote and demote myself -- mostly as a "heads-up" for all-concerned. I trust no-one, so I just openly-post on a rather obscure website -- to friend and foe alike. I am NOT a "respecter of persons or aliens". What you see in my threads is as bad as it gets. My continuing description of my hamstrung-misery is NOT a bluff!! The Good That I Would BUT Oh Wretched Man That I Am!! I continue to think that most-all philosophies and religions are deliberately set-up to contain partial-truth mixed-with partial-error to deliberately-mislead and precipitate-conflict for control-purposes. This is why I point to certain-aspects of the SDA church -- mixed with a Philosophical-Potpourri -- to approximate one-aspect of the way things might really be -- as a pseudo-intellectual mental and spiritual exercise. Art and Nature should probably be a Religion!! Actually, ANYTHING could be a religion (as long as one is honest and realistic regarding their devotional-choices)!!

    Anyway, I'm just going to keep posting, without doing a lot of commenting. BTW -- I agree with a lot of what both Kevin Paulson and Mark Martin said in those videos (in previous and present posts) BUT I also disagreed with a lot of what both said. I've had extensive discussions with both of them (many years ago). I'm presently leaning toward the concept of reading Job through Malachi (NKJV) straight-through -- over and over -- before moving on to bigger and better things. I think this has been sadly neglected. I think that ALL Religion is going to be rocked and shaken by the Info-War. I don't think ANYONE is going to escape unscathed (especially me). I continue to be troubled by the lack of a verse by verse -- chapter by chapter -- book by book Bible-Commentary by Ellen White (especially regarding my current focus upon Job through Malachi). What if a Church was based upon Job through Malachi (NKJV) as its doctrinal-framework. In other words, there would be no doctrinal-statement (other than the focus upon Job through Malachi in the NKJV). I'm just toying with such a thing -- so put those stones down (for now anyway).

    Please remember that I'm NOT a Scholar -- and that I've just been rambling on the internet. I've been thinking out-loud in a very spontaneous (and often despondent manner). I'm NOT doing very well -- and things seem to be worsening. I'm serious about hiding-out in some small office-apartment in a somewhat cool location -- without doing or saying much of anything. I'm seeking to withdraw, rather than come into public-notice. I wish I could somehow anonymously publish a devotional-book to make a few-dollars and inspire a few-people. My crazy-stuff should probably remain within the relative-privacy of this website. Agents and Jesuits are probably the only ones who regularly read my tripe -- and they probably only do so because they're getting paid to monitor problem-people. I really believe that. Still, I think the Ellen White stuff is highly-interesting. But notice that I'm NOT proselytizing or trying to make a fast-buck. I just think this material fits right-in with my science-fiction and conspiracy-theories. Please remember that I remain Mostly-Neutral in the Midst of the Madness. Honest. This is almost as if I'm a script-writer for a TV-Series. It's almost a JOB -- except that I don't get paid. I get compensated with a Nervous-Breakdown in Perpetuity. I Hate My Life. Now I'm Going to Make the Coffee. What Would Jupiter Jones Do??

    I wonder how many people on Earth have made it their mission in life to study the Roman Catholic Church and the Seventh-day Adventist Church side-by-side without being a member of ANY church?? Do you see my point?? These two organizations make an Interesting Contrasting-Pair (or sort of an Odd-Couple)!! Consider the following short-list as a possible backbone of such an approach:

    1. The Holy Bible (NKJV) read straight-through (over and over).

    2. The Five-Book Conflict of the Ages Series (Ellen White) read straight-through (over and over).

    3. Vatican I -- The Life and Teachings of Pope Pius XII -- Vatican II (as a long-term side-by-side study).

    4. Sacred Classical Music.

    This takes more time, patience, and ability than most people have -- but a select-few academics in Catholic and/or SDA Universities might wish to attempt this nasty-task (preferably with the blessing of their employers). When I was researching a controversial-topic in an SDA college-library -- the librarian said, "You're not going to do anything with that, are you?? This church has enough trouble already." Don't be frightened. I mean no harm. Not much, anyway. For now. Protestant v Catholic Trench-Warfare on the Dark-Side of the Moon is SO Overrated!! I Come in Peace -- Even Though I'm Cracking-Up!! Perhaps I can go completely-insane in a 600 square-foot office-apartment on the Dark-Side of the Moon!! Perhaps I should STOP!!

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp51.html To promote the assembling of the people for religious service, as well as to provide for the poor, a second tithe of all the increase was required. Concerning the first tithe, the Lord had declared, "I have given the children of Levi all the tenth in Israel." Numbers 18:21. But in regard to the second He commanded, "Thou shalt eat before the Lord thy God, in the place which He shall choose to place His name there, the tithe of thy corn, of thy wine, and of thine oil, and the firstlings of thy herds and of thy flocks; that thou mayest learn to fear the Lord thy God always." Deuteronomy 14:23, 29; 16:11-14. This tithe, or its equivalent in money, they were for two years to bring to the place where the sanctuary was established. After presenting a thank offering to God, and a specified portion to the priest, the offerers were to use the remainder for a religious feast, in which the Levite, the stranger, the fatherless, and the widow should participate. Thus provision was made for the thank offerings and feasts at the yearly festivals, and the people were drawn to the society of the priests and Levites, that they might receive instruction and encouragement in the service of God.

    Every third year, however, this second tithe was to be used at home, in entertaining the Levite and the poor, as Moses said, "That they may eat within thy gates, and be filled." Deuteronomy 26:12. This tithe would provide a fund for the uses of charity and hospitality.

    And further provision was made for the poor. There is nothing, after their recognition of the claims of God, that more distinguishes the laws given by Moses than the liberal, tender, and hospitable spirit enjoined toward the poor. Although God had promised greatly to bless His people, it was not His design that poverty should be wholly unknown among them. He declared that the poor should never cease out of the land. There would ever be those among His people who would call into exercise their sympathy, tenderness, and benevolence. Then, as now, persons were subject to misfortune, sickness, and loss of property; yet so long as they followed the instruction given by God, there were no beggars among them, neither any who suffered for food.

    The law of God gave the poor a right to a certain portion of the produce of the soil. When hungry, a man was at liberty to go to his neighbor's field or orchard or vineyard, and eat of the grain or fruit to satisfy his hunger. It was in accordance with this permission that the disciples of Jesus plucked and ate of the standing grain as they passed through a field upon the Sabbath day.

    All the gleanings of harvest field, orchard, and vineyard, belonged to the poor. "When thou cuttest down thine harvest in thy field," said Moses, "and hast forgot a sheaf in the field, thou shalt not go again to fetch it. . . . When thou beatest thine olive tree, thou shalt not go over the boughs again. . . . When thou gatherest the grapes of thy vineyard, thou shalt not glean it afterward: it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow. And thou shalt remember that thou wast a bondman in the land of Egypt." Deuteronomy 24:19-22; Leviticus 19:9, 10.

    Every seventh year special provision was made for the poor. The sabbatical year, as it was called, began at the end of the harvest. At the seedtime, which followed the ingathering, the people were not to sow; they should not dress the vineyard in the spring; and they must expect neither harvest nor vintage. Of that which the land produced spontaneously they might eat while fresh, but they were not to lay up any portion of it in their storehouses. The yield of this year was to be free for the stranger, the fatherless, and the widow, and even for the creatures of the field. Exodus 23:10, 11; Leviticus 25:5.

    But if the land ordinarily produced only enough to supply the wants of the people, how were they to subsist during the year when no crops were gathered? For this the promise of God made ample provision. "I will command My blessing upon you in the sixth year," He said, "and it shall bring forth fruit for three years. And ye shall sow the eighth year, and eat yet of old fruit until the ninth year; until her fruits come in ye shall eat of the old store." Leviticus 25:21,22.

    The observance of the sabbatical year was to be a benefit to both the land and the people. The soil, lying untilled for one season, would afterward produce more plentifully. The people were released from the pressing labors of the field; and while there were various branches of work that could be followed during this time, all enjoyed greater leisure, which afforded opportunity for the restoration of their physical powers for the exertions of the following years. They had more time for meditation and prayer, for acquainting themselves with the teachings and requirements of the Lord, and for the instruction of their households.

    In the sabbatical year the Hebrew slaves were to be set at liberty, and they were not to be sent away portionless. The Lord's direction was: "When thou sendest him out free from thee, thou shalt not let him go away empty. Thou shalt furnish him liberally out of thy flock, and out of thy floor, and out of thy winepress: of that wherewith the Lord thy God hath blessed thee thou shalt give unto him." Deuteronomy 15:13, 14.

    The hire of a laborer was to be promptly paid: "Thou shalt not oppress a hired servant that is poor and needy, whether he be of thy brethren, or of thy strangers that are in thy land: . . . at his day thou shalt give him his hire, neither shall the sun go down upon it; for he is poor, and setteth his heart upon it." Deuteronomy 24:14, 15.

    Special directions were also given concerning the treatment of fugitives from service: "Thou shalt not deliver unto his master the servant which is escaped from his master unto thee. He shall dwell with thee, even among you, in that place which he shall choose in one of thy gates, where it liketh him best: thou shalt not oppress him." Deuteronomy 23:15, 16.

    To the poor, the seventh year was a year of release from debt. The Hebrews were enjoined at all times to assist their needy brethren by lending them money without interest. To take usury from a poor man was expressly forbidden: "If thy brother be waxen poor, and fallen in decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him: yea, though he be a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee. Take thou no usury of him, or increase: but fear thy God; that thy brother may live with thee. Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase." Leviticus 25:35-37. If the debt remained unpaid until the year of release, the principal itself could not be recovered. The people were expressly warned against withholding from their brethren needed assistance on account of this: "If there be among you a poor man of one of thy brethren, . . . thou shalt not harden thine heart, nor shut thine hand from thy poor brother. . . . Beware that there be not a thought in thy wicked heart, saying, The seventh year, the year of release, is at hand; and thine eye be evil against thy poor brother, and thou givest him nought; and he cry unto the Lord against thee, and it be sin unto thee." "The poor shall never cease out of the land; therefore I command thee, saying, Thou shalt open thine hand wide unto thy brother, to thy poor, and to thy needy, in thy land," "and shalt surely lend him sufficient for his need, in that which he wanteth." Deuteronomy 15:7-9, 11, 8.

    None need fear that their liberality would bring them to want. Obedience to God's commandments would surely result in prosperity. "Thou shalt lend unto many nations," He said, "but thou shalt not borrow; and thou shalt reign over many nations, but they shall not reign over thee." Deuteronomy 15:6.

    After "seven sabbaths of years," "seven times seven years," came that great year of release--the jubilee. "Then shalt thou cause the trumpet of the jubilee to sound . . . throughout all your land. And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubilee unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family." Leviticus 25:9, 10.

    "On the tenth day of the seventh month, in the Day of Atonement," the trumpet of the jubilee was sounded. Throughout the land, wherever the Jewish people dwelt, the sound was heard, calling upon all the children of Jacob to welcome the year of release. On the great Day of Atonement satisfaction was made for the sins of Israel, and with gladness of heart the people would welcome the jubilee.

    As in the sabbatical year, the land was not to be sown or reaped, and all that it produced was to be regarded as the rightful property of the poor. Certain classes of Hebrew slaves--all who did not receive their liberty in the sabbatical year--were now set free. But that which especially distinguished the year of jubilee was the reversion of all landed property to the family of the original possessor. By the special direction of God the land had been divided by lot. After the division was made no one was at liberty to trade his estate. Neither was he to sell his land unless poverty compelled him to do so, and then, whenever he or any of his kindred might desire to redeem it, the purchaser must not refuse to sell it; and if unredeemed, it would revert to its first possessor or his heirs in the year of jubilee.

    The Lord declared to Israel: "The land shall not be sold forever: for the land is Mine; for ye are strangers and sojourners with Me." Leviticus 25:23. The people were to be impressed with the fact that it was God's land which they were permitted to possess for a time; that He was the rightful owner, the original proprietor, and that He would have special consideration made for the poor and unfortunate. It was to be impressed upon the minds of all that the poor have as much right to a place in God's world as have the more wealthy.

    Such were the provisions made by our merciful Creator, to lessen suffering, to bring some ray of hope, to flash some gleam of sunshine, into the life of the destitute and distressed.

    The Lord would place a check upon the inordinate love of property and power. Great evils would result from the continued accumulation of wealth by one class, and the poverty and degradation of another. Without some restraint the power of the wealthy would become a monopoly, and the poor, though in every respect fully as worthy in God's sight, would be regarded and treated as inferior to their more prosperous brethren. The sense of this oppression would arouse the passions of the poorer class. There would be a feeling of despair and desperation which would tend to demoralize society and open the door to crimes of every description. The regulations that God established were designed to promote social equality. The provisions of the sabbatical year and the jubilee would, in a great measure, set right that which during the interval had gone wrong in the social and political economy of the nation.

    These regulations were designed to bless the rich no less than the poor. They would restrain avarice and a disposition for self-exaltation, and would cultivate a noble spirit of benevolence; and by fostering good will and confidence between all classes, they would promote social order, the stability of government. We are all woven together in the great web of humanity, and whatever we can do to benefit and uplift others will reflect in blessing upon ourselves. The law of mutual dependence runs through all classes of society. The poor are not more dependent upon the rich than are the rich upon the poor. While the one class ask a share in the blessings which God has bestowed upon their wealthier neighbors, the other need the faithful service, the strength of brain and bone and muscle, that are the capital of the poor.

    Great blessings were promised to Israel on condition of obedience to the Lord's directions. "I will give you rain in due season," He declared, "and the land shall yield her increase, and the trees of the field shall yield their fruit. And your threshing shall reach unto the vintage, and the vintage shall reach unto the sowing time: and ye shall eat your bread to the full, and dwell in your land safely. And I will give peace in the land, and ye shall lie down, and none shall make you afraid: and I will rid evil beasts out of the land, neither shall the sword go through your land. . . . I will walk among you, and will be your God, and ye shall be My people. . . . But if ye will not hearken unto Me, and will not do all these commandments; and . . . ye break My covenant: . . . ye shall sow your seed in vain, for your enemies shall eat it. And I will set My face against you, and ye shall be slain before your enemies: they that hate you shall reign over you; and ye shall flee when none pursueth you." Leviticus 26: 4-17.

    There are many who urge with great enthusiasm that all men should have an equal share in the temporal blessings of God. But this was not the purpose of the Creator. A diversity of condition is one of the means by which God designs to prove and develop character. Yet He intends that those who have worldly possessions shall regard themselves merely as stewards of His goods, as entrusted with means to be employed for the benefit of the suffering and the needy.

    Christ has said that we shall have the poor always with us, and He unites His interest with that of His suffering people. The heart of our Redeemer sympathizes with the poorest and lowliest of His earthly children. He tells us that they are His representatives on earth. He has placed them among us to awaken in our hearts the love that He feels toward the suffering and oppressed. Pity and benevolence shown to them are accepted by Christ as if shown to Himself. An act of cruelty or neglect toward them is regarded as though done to Him.

    If the law given by God for the benefit of the poor had continued to be carried out, how different would be the present condition of the world, morally, spiritually, and temporally! Selfishness and self-importance would not be manifested as now, but each would cherish a kind regard for the happiness and welfare of others; and such widespread destitution as is now seen in many lands would not exist.

    The principles which God has enjoined, would prevent the terrible evils that in all ages have resulted from the oppression of the rich toward the poor and the suspicion and hatred of the poor toward the rich. While they might hinder the amassing of great wealth and the indulgence of unbounded luxury, they would prevent the consequent ignorance and degradation of tens of thousands whose ill-paid servitude is required to build up these colossal fortunes. They would bring a peaceful solution of those problems that now threaten to fill the world with anarchy and bloodshed.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp52.html There were three annual assemblies of all Israel for worship at the sanctuary. Exodus 23:14-16. Shiloh was for a time the place of these gatherings; but Jerusalem afterward became the center of the nation's worship, and here the tribes convened for the solemn feasts.

    The people were surrounded by fierce, warlike tribes, that were eager to seize upon their lands; yet three times every year all the able-bodied men and all the people who could make the journey were directed to leave their homes and repair to the place of assembly, near the center of the land. What was to hinder their enemies from sweeping down upon those unprotected households, to lay them waste with fire and sword? What was to prevent an invasion of the land, that would bring Israel into captivity to some foreign foe? God had promised to be the protector of His people. "The angel of Jehovah encampeth round about them that fear Him, and delivereth them." Psalm 34:7. While the Israelites went up to worship, divine power would place a restraint upon their enemies. God's promise was, "I will cast out the nations before thee, and enlarge thy borders: neither shall any man desire thy land, when thou shalt go up to appear before the Lord thy God thrice in the year." Exodus 34:24.

    The first of these festivals, the Passover, the feast of unleavened bread, occurred in Abib, the first month of the Jewish year, corresponding to the last of March and the beginning of April. The cold of winter was past, the latter rain had ended, and all nature rejoiced in the freshness and beauty of the springtime. The grass was green on the hills and valleys, and wild flowers everywhere brightened the fields. The moon, now approaching the full, made the evenings delightful. It was the season so beautifully pictured by the sacred singer:

    "The winter is past,
    The rain is over and gone;
    The flowers appear on the earth;
    The time of the singing of birds is come,
    And the voice of the turtle is heard in our land;
    The fig tree ripeneth her green figs,
    And the vines are in blossom,
    They give forth their fragrance." Song of Solomon 2:11-13, R.V.

    Throughout the land bands of pilgrims were making their way toward Jerusalem. The shepherds from their flocks, the herdsmen from the mountains, fishers from the Sea of Galilee, the husbandmen from their fields, and sons of the prophets from the sacred schools--all turned their steps toward the place where God's presence was revealed. They journeyed by short stages, for many went on foot. The caravans were constantly receiving accessions, and often became very large before reaching the Holy City.

    Nature's gladness awakened joy in the hearts of Israel and gratitude to the Giver of all good. The grand Hebrew psalms were chanted, exalting the glory and majesty of Jehovah. At the sound of the signal trumpet, with the music of cymbals, the chorus of thanksgiving arose, swelled by hundreds of voices:

    "I was glad when they said unto me,
    Let us go unto the house of the Lord.
    Our feet are standing
    Within thy gates, O Jerusalem. . . .
    Whither the tribes go up, even the tribes of the Lord, . . .
    To give thanks unto the name of Jehovah. . . .
    Pray for the peace of Jerusalem:
    They shall prosper that love thee." Psalm 122:1-6, R.V.

    As they saw around them the hills where the heathen had been wont to kindle their altar fires, the children of Israel sang:

    "Shall I lift up mine eyes to the hills?
    Whence should my help come?
    My help cometh from Jehovah,
    Which made heaven and earth." Psalm 121:1, 2 (margin).
    "They that trust in the Lord
    Are as Mount Zion, which cannot be moved, but abideth forever.
    As the mountains are round about Jerusalem,
    So the Lord is round about His people,
    From this time forth and forevermore." Psalm 125:1, 2, R.V.

    Surmounting the hills in view of the Holy City, they looked with reverent awe upon the throngs of worshipers wending their way to the temple. They saw the smoke of the incense ascending, and as they heard the trumpets of the Levites heralding the sacred service, they caught the inspiration of the hour, and sang:

    "Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised
    In the city of our God, in the mountain of His holiness.
    Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth,
    Is Mount Zion, on the sides of the north,
    The city of the great King."
    Psalm 48:1, 2.
    "Peace be within thy walls,
    And prosperity within thy palaces."
    "Open to me the gates of righteousness:
    I will go into them, and I will praise the Lord."
    "I will pay my vows unto the Lord
    Now in the presence of all His people,
    In the courts of the Lord's house,
    In the midst of thee, O Jerusalem,
    Praise ye the Lord."
    Psalm 122:7; 118:19; 116:18, 19.

    All the houses in Jerusalem were thrown open to the pilgrims, and rooms were furnished free; but this was not sufficient for the vast assembly, and tents were pitched in every available space in the city and upon the surrounding hills.

    On the fourteenth day of the month, at even, the Passover was celebrated, its solemn, impressive ceremonies commemorating the deliverance from bondage in Egypt, and pointing forward to the sacrifice that should deliver from the bondage of sin. When the Saviour yielded up His life on Calvary, the significance of the Passover ceased, and the ordinance of the Lord's Supper was instituted as a memorial of the same event of which the Passover had been a type.

    The Passover was followed by the seven day's feast of unleavened bread. The first and the seventh day were days of holy convocation, when no servile work was to be performed. On the second day of the feast, the first fruits of the year's harvest were presented before God. Barley was the earliest grain in Palestine, and at the opening of the feast it was beginning to ripen. A sheaf of this grain was waved by the priest before the altar of God, as an acknowledgment that all was His. Not until this ceremony had been performed was the harvest to be gathered.

    Fifty days from the offering of first fruits, came the Pentecost, called also the feast of harvest and the feast of weeks. As an expression of gratitude for the grain prepared as food, two loaves baked with leaven were presented before God. The Pentecost occupied but one day, which was devoted to religious service.

    In the seventh month came the Feast of Tabernacles, or of ingathering. This feast acknowledged God's bounty in the products of the orchard, the olive grove, and the vineyard. It was the crowning festal gathering of the year. The land had yielded its increase, the harvests had been gathered into the granaries, the fruits, the oil, and the wine had been stored, the first fruits had been reserved, and now the people came with their tributes of thanksgiving to God, who had thus richly blessed them.

    This feast was to be pre-eminently an occasion of rejoicing. It occurred just after the great Day of Atonement, when the assurance had been given that their iniquity should be remembered no more. At peace with God, they now came before Him to acknowledge His goodness and to praise Him for His mercy. The labors of the harvest being ended, and the toils of the new year not yet begun, the people were free from care, and could give themselves up to the sacred, joyous influences of the hour. Though only the fathers and sons were commanded to appear at the feasts, yet, so far as possible, all the household were to attend them, and to their hospitality the servants, the Levites, the stranger, and the poor were made welcome.

    Like the Passover, the Feast of Tabernacles was commemorative. In memory of their pilgrim life in the wilderness the people were now to leave their houses and dwell in booths, or arbors, formed from the green branches "of goodly trees, branches of palm trees, and the boughs of thick trees, and willows of the brook." Leviticus 23:40, 42, 43.

    The first day was a holy convocation, and to the seven days of the feast an eighth day was added, which was observed in like manner.

    At these yearly assemblies the hearts of old and young would be encouraged in the service of God, while the association of the people from the different quarters of the land would strengthen the ties that bound them to God and to one another. Well would it be for the people of God at the present time to have a Feast of Tabernacles--a joyous commemoration of the blessings of God to them. As the children of Israel celebrated the deliverance that God had wrought for their fathers, and His miraculous preservation of them during their journeyings from Egypt, so should we gratefully call to mind the various ways He has devised for bringing us out from the world, and from the darkness of error, into the precious light of His grace and truth.

    With those who lived at a distance from the tabernacle, more than a month of every year must have been occupied in attendance upon the annual feasts. This example of devotion to God should emphasize the importance of religious worship and the necessity of subordinating our selfish, worldly interests to those that are spiritual and eternal. We sustain a loss when we neglect the privilege of associating together to strengthen and encourage one another in the service of God. The truths of His word lose their vividness and importance in our minds. Our hearts cease to be enlightened and aroused by the sanctifying influence, and we decline in spirituality. In our intercourse as Christians we lose much by lack of sympathy with one another. He who shuts himself up to himself is not filling the position that God designed he should. We are all children of one Father, dependent upon one another for happiness. The claims of God and of humanity are upon us. It is the proper cultivation of the social elements of our nature that brings us into sympathy with our brethren and affords us happiness in our efforts to bless others.

    The Feast of Tabernacles was not only commemorative but typical. It not only pointed back to the wilderness sojourn, but, as the feast of harvest, it celebrated the ingathering of the fruits of the earth, and pointed forward to the great day of final ingathering, when the Lord of the harvest shall send forth His reapers to gather the tares together in bundles for the fire, and to gather the wheat into His garner. At that time the wicked will all be destroyed. They will become "as though they had not been." Obadiah 16. And every voice in the whole universe will unite in joyful praise to God. Says the revelator, "Every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb forever and ever." Revelation 5:13.

    The people of Israel praised God at the Feast of Tabernacles, as they called to mind His mercy in their deliverance from the bondage of Egypt and His tender care for them during their pilgrim life in the wilderness. They rejoiced also in the consciousness of pardon and acceptance, through the service of the Day of Atonement, just ended. But when the ransomed of the Lord shall have been safely gathered into the heavenly Canaan, forever delivered from the bondage of the curse, under which "the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now" (Romans 8:22), they will rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory. Christ's great work of atonement for men will then have been completed, and their sins will have been forever blotted out.

    "The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them;
    And the desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose.
    It shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice even with joy and
    singing:
    The glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it,
    The excellency of Carmel and Sharon;
    They shall see the glory of the Lord, and the excellency of our
    God.
    "Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened,
    And the ears of the deaf shall be unstopped.
    Then shall the lame man leap as an hart,
    And the tongue of the dumb sing:
    "For in the wilderness shall waters break out,
    And streams in the desert.
    And the parched ground shall become a pool,
    And the thirsty land springs of water: . . .
    "And an highway shall be there, and a way,
    And it shall be called The way of holiness;
    The unclean shall not pass over it;
    But it shall be for those:
    The wayfaring men, though fools, shall not err therein.

    "No lion shall be there,
    Nor any ravenous beast shall go up thereon,
    It shall not be found there;
    But the redeemed shall walk there:
    "And the ransomed of the Lord shall return,
    And come to Zion with songs
    And everlasting joy upon their heads:
    They shall obtain joy and gladness,
    And sorrow and sighing shall flee away."
    Isaiah 35:1, 2, 5-10.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Claudia_black_004a_by_dave_daring-d816ga5
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Screen-Shot-2015-02-24-at-4.28.41-PM
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 9396133




    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 White
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 The-Clear-Word-Hardcover
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 2:54 pm

    Carol wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 F99f0684-ac19-4e98-a6c1-9237b1b584f2

    March 15, 2016

    Secretary Hillary Clinton
    Post Office Box 5256
    New York, NY 10185-5256

    Dear Secretary Clinton:

    In March 1993 billionaire Laurance Rockefeller initiated an extraordinary approach to your husband's administration via the Office of Science and Technology Policy headed by Dr. John Gibbons. A memorandum from Mr. Rockefeller's attorney Henry Diamond dated March 29, 1993 conveyed a request to meet with Gibbons "to discuss the potential availability of government information about unidentified flying objects and extraterrestrial life." Rockefeller, a friend and supporter of you and your husband, wanted to meet with the President and inform him "there is a belief in many quarters that the government has long held classified information regarding UFOs which has not been released and that the failure to do so has brought about unnecessary suspicion and distrust," and that "Many believe that the release of such information on a basis consistent with national security would be a significant gesture which would increase confidence in government."

    Thus began a three-year effort by a notable American to convince your husband to essentially be the "Disclosure President" and end a then 46-year truth embargo on providing the full facts to the American people regarding an extraterrestrial presence engaging the human race. This effort, which included meetings, reports, briefings, a book, draft letters to the President and more, came to be known as the Rockefeller Initiative.

    You were aware of this initiative from the beginning as was a key advisor to the President, John Podesta. You and your husband met with Rockefeller at his Wyoming ranch in August of 1995. Your husband tasked a close friend, Associate Attorney General Webster Hubbell, to look into the UFO issue at the Department of Justice and elsewhere. He tasked John Podesta, his eventual Chief of Staff, to reform and accelerate the document declassification process. You were kept informed of the ongoing initiative and helped draft a letter from Rockefeller to the President. It is notable that John Podesta, the founder and former CEO of the Center for American Progress, in 2002 and 2003 called for the release to the public of all UFO and related documents in government files. In 2004 Governor Bill Richardson, UN Ambassador and Secretary of Energy during your husband's administration, made a similar request for documents pertaining to the events in Roswell, New Mexico during July of 1947.

    These facts are known from news articles, public records and, most importantly, from nearly 1000 pages of correspondence and documents obtained in 2000 by researcher Grant Cameron from the Office of Science and Technology Policy via the Freedom of Information Act. Additional relevant photos were later obtained from the Clinton Presidential Library.

    From March 29, 1993 until the present day no member of the Clinton Administration involved in or privy to the Rockefeller Initiative has ever spoken publicly about it. Besides yourself, this includes President Clinton, Vice President Al Gore, Governor Bill Richardson, Secretary Leon Panetta, Mack McLarty, Webster Hubbell, John Podesta and the late Dr. John Gibbons.

    In April/May of 2013 a mock congressional hearing was conducted at the National Press Club. Included in the 30 hours of testimony before six former members of the U.S. Congress were three hours of testimony on the Rockefeller Initiative. One year later, as your presidential campaign was being set up, the following series of events came about:

    (April 2, 2014) President Clinton appears on Jimmy Kimmel Live and arranges to be asked about aliens.


    (February 13, 2015) Upon leaving his post as advisor to President Obama, John Podesta tweets: "1. Finally, my biggest failure of 2014: Once again not securing the #disclosure of the UFO files. #thetruthisstilloutthere cc: @NYTimesDowd"

    (March 13, 2015) President Obama appears on Jimmy Kimmel Live and arranges to be asked about aliens.

    (September 29, 2015) Two weeks before the first Democratic primary debate referring to your interview with actress Lena Dunham, John Podesta tweets: "Great interview, @lenadunham. But Lena, ask her about aliens next time!! #TheTruthisOutThere hrc.io/1jusfxk cc: @HillaryClinton"

    (October 6, 2015) President Clinton appears on the Late Show with Stephen Colbert and arranges to be asked about aliens.


    (December 30, 2015) You make extraordinary statements regarding the ET issue to Conway Daily Sun reporter Daymond Steer while campaigning in New Hampshire.

    (February 11, 2016) President Obama appears on the Ellen Show knowing he would be asked about aliens.
    (March 1, 2016) While campaigning in Nevada prior to the Democratic caucus, John Podesta gives an interview to Steve Sebelius of KLAS TV Las Vegas when, among other comments, he confirms your statements to the Conway Daily Sun were serious.

    It would appear there is an unprecedented political subtext pointing to an unstated agenda on the part of your campaign regarding an issue of profound importance. But this agenda remains deliberately obscure with repeated requests from the media regarding the matter ignored.

    It is your ambition to reach a significant milestone in American history by becoming the first President of the United States who happens to be a woman, or put another way, the 69th female head of state. While this would be an admirable legacy, what the American people need is less legacy and more truth. The people have lost patience with "in loco parentis" government that treats them like children and candidates with long lists of issues they can't discuss because it is not convenient to their campaign or the people "can't handle the truth."

    Because you were introduced to these matters within the context of the White House, because you aspire to the highest office in the nation, you have an extraordinary opportunity and primary obligation to directly and unambiguously address what is easily the most significant issue of this or any other time - an issue with major national security and policy implications.

    Madam Secretary, If you choose to speak truth to power, it is not enough to select those truths which are convenient or safe or self-serving. You must speak the whole truth and nothing but the truth and place your fate in the hands of history.

    Respectfully,

    Stephen Bassett
    Executive Director
    Paradigm Research Group


    http://campaign.r20.constantcontact.com/render?m=1114176610901&ca=ef501514-aba3-4f75-b28d-2ef69ce86015
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 2016-02-07T000222Z_350838667_GF10000298836_RTRMADP_3_USA-ELECTION
    "Wait Until the FBI Sees THIS email!!!"

    Once again, please treat my threads as science-fiction. I try to approximate possible realities -- but I'm not an insider, and I have no idea where the truth ends, and the BS begins. Take all of this madness with a sea of salt -- and then just move-on -- without saying or doing much of anything with what you've learned. I'm frankly trying to get away from this stuff. I had more than enough -- several years ago -- and things have only gotten worse. Consider this Alex Collier and Val Valerian conversation regarding Draconians and the Paa Tal. http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sumer_anunnaki/reptiles/reptiles33.htm

    The Alpha Draconians, a reptilian race composed of master geneticists, tinker with life - which from their perspective exists as a natural resource.

    The Draconians look at lifeforms which they have created or altered as a natural resource. Apparently, the Alpha Draconians created the primate race, which was first brought to Mars and then to Earth.

    The primate race was then tinkered with by many other different races - 21 other races - resulting in the primate race having been modified 22 times. This primate race eventually became Homo Sapien Sapiens. - who we are on a physical level. Yes, we used to have 12 strands of DNA. Ten strands were taken out by a group from Orion in order to control us and hold us back. Why would they want to hold us back?

    The reason the Orion group wanted to hold us back was because they found out who we were on a soul level. Again, according to the Andromedans, we humans are part of a group of energies that they know of as the Paa Tal.

    The reason that the Andromedans use the word Paa Tal, which is by the way a Draconian word, is because the Draconians have legends about warring with a race that was creating human life forms that were opposed to Draconian philosophy.

    The Paa Tal created life forms that could evolve on their own, with free expression. The Draconians, on the other hand, created races to function as a natural resource for their pleasure. So, you have two very different philosophies.

    Well, how the Orion group found out who we were was through our extreme span of emotions. We are very different than all the other races. Even the Andromedans do not understand how we could hate one minute and five minutes later be loving and snuggling.


    On one trip I was brought on board a ship, and Vasais was watching a monitor floating in the middle of the room that had an Earth news broadcast on it where a policeman had shot a black man and then had run up to him and tried to save his life. To Vasais, there wasn't a clue why the policeman would do this. I couldn't explain it to him, because I don't even understand it. They are perplexed why we could be this incredible race, and have the abilities that we have, and be so hell-bent on destroying ourselves.

    Another time I came on board and Moraney was looking at Earth while monitoring all these meters analyzing the atmosphere of Earth. He looked very sad, and I asked him what the matter was.

    He said, "don't they understand that all of this is here because they needed it?"

    They don't understand how we can just destroy our environment.

    It's not like we have another place to go. We don't.

    AC: The Draconians are the force behind the repression of human populations everywhere in this galaxy instilling fear-based belief systems and restrictive hierarchies. I asked Moraney about them, and he said,

    "the Draconian race is probably the most understood race of beings. I have witnessed a deep respect for this race."

    The Andromedans consider the Draconians the "ultimate warriors," in a negative sense. Moranae continues,

    " the Draconians are the oldest reptilian race in our universe. Their forefathers came to our universe from another separate universe or reality system. When this occurred, no one really knows. The Draconians themselves are not really clear on when they got here.

    The Draconians teach their masses that they were here in this universe first, before humans, and as such they are heirs to the universe and should be considered royalty. They find disgust in the fact that humans do not recognize this as a truth. They have conquered many star systems and have genetically altered many of the life forms they have encountered. The area of the galaxy most densely populated with Draconian sub-races is in the Orion system, which is a huge system, and systems in Rigel and Capella.

    The mind set or consciousness of the majority of races in these systems is Service-to-Self, and as such they are always invading, subverting and manipulating less advanced races, and using their technology for control and domination. This is a very old and ancient war, and the peace that does not exist is always being tested by these beings, who believe that fear rules, and love is weak.

    They believe that those they perceive to be less fortunate, in comparison to them, are meant to be slaves. This belief system is promoted at birth in the reptilian races, wherein the mother, after giving birth, will abandon the offspring to fend for themselves. If they survive they are cared for by a warrior class that uses these children for games of combat and amusement.".

    So, you can see that the reptilians are forever stuck in survival mode. This means they have no boundaries in what they will do to other beings. Moraney continues,

    "it is engrained in them never to trust a human. They are taught the Draconian version of the history of the 'Great Galactic War', which teaches that humans are at fault for invading the universe, and that humans selfishly wanted the Draconian society to starve and struggle for the basic materials that would allow them to exist."

    AC: Now, there are some real similarities there. The expression 'Draconian thought' is an expression on our world. I would suggest you research that.

    The Rest of the Galactic Hierarchy... and the Rest of the Story

    We'll look at the positives.

    There are so many that want to help. For those of you who are "trekkies", you know the number one rule. You don't intervene with an evolving race unless you're asked. That happens to be a reality. They will not directly intervene - at least they are not supposed to - unless they are specifically asked to. Those people who are contactees have a reincarnational lineage that leads back to many of these positive races, which is why it is not considered intervention.

    Now, in our galaxy there are many councils. I don't know everything about all those councils, but I do know about the Andromedan council, which is a group of beings from 139 different star systems that come together and discuss what is going on in the galaxy. It is not a political body. What they have been recently discussing is the tyranny in our future, 357 years from now, because that affects everybody.

    Apparently what they have done, through time travel, is that they have been able to figure out where the significant shift in energy occurred that causes the tyranny 357 years in our future. They have traced it back to our solar system, and they have been able to further track it down to Earth, Earths moon and Mars. Those three places.

    The very first meeting the Andromedan council had was to decide whether or not to directly intervene with what was going on here. According to Moraney, there were only 78 systems that met this first time.

    Of those 78, just short of half decided that they wanted nothing to do with us at all, regardless of the problems. I think it is really important that you know why they wanted nothing to do with us. We are talking about star systems that are hundreds of millions of light years away from us. Even some who have never met us. They just knew the vibration of the planet reflected those on it.

    The reasons why they wanted nothing to do with us is that from their perspective, Earth humans don't respect themselves, each other or the planet. What possibly can be the value of Earth humans?

    Fortunately, the majority of the council gave the opinion that because Earth has been manipulated for over 5,700 years, that we deserved an opportunity to prove ourselves - to at least have a shot at proving the other part of the council wrong.

    So, the Andromedan council passed a directive that all extraterrestrial presence will be off our planet no later than August 12, 2003.

    [Vals Note: Isn't it also curious that August 12, 2003 is also a resonant node for the Montauk Project? - 1943, 1983, 2003 - all 20 years apart. Also, in 12-year progressions, 1931,1943,1955, 1967, 1979, 1991, 2003. The implications are interesting. The year 2002 was also designated the new target date for implementation of the New World Order, one year prior to 2003]

    They want everything extraterrestrial on the planet, in the planet and Earth's moon out of here by that date.

    The reason for this is that they want to see how we will act when we are not being manipulated. We are all being manipulated, and my first suggestion is to throw your television set away. I can't tell you how sincere I am about that. They are teaching you what to think, not how to think. If you give that up, you become a robot. You become sheeple. I know it's going to be tough.

    This determination that ET influence will end by August 12, 2003 will be interesting, because living inside our planet 100 to 200 miles under the surface are 1837 reptilians who have been here a very long time, 17 humans from Sirius B, and 18000 Grey clones inside the Earth and on the moon. Most of the 2000 original Greys are on Phobos, one of the moons of Mars, which is an artificial satellite.

    There are also around 141 Orion beings inside the Earth from 9 different races.

    There are a lot of "bad boys" here who have technology thousands of years ahead of us. It is estimated that Grey technology is 2,500 years ahead of us. The Orion group who control the Greys have technology approximately 3,700 years ahead of us. Nobody really knows how far the Draconians are, because they are incredibly elusive.

    The group from Sirius B are approximately 932 years ahead of us.

    They have a camera that they can take a picture and separate it out to get data all the way back to conception.

    Say I have a liver problem. They can go back and get the data relative to my healthy liver and project it holographically and heal the liver. This is holographic technology. It is literally me, healing myself. We have the same capabilities using our minds.

    The key is to open it up to the idea that everything that we record in our mind is recorded holographically. Every single thought is recorded holographically. When you are trying to create something in your life, through your mediations, don't look at it the way you normally do. Move around it, behind it, on top of it, beneath it. Train you mind and subconscious to see it for what it really is.

    They say we have this ability - they need technology to do this, but we don't, because we have the benefit of already having been on 11th density.

    AC: I want to talk to you about Lyrae and how the human race colonized our galaxy. Based on the age of the Suns and the planets in our galaxy, it was decided that the human life form was to be created in the Lyran system. The human race lived there for approximately 40 million years, evolving. The orientation of the human race in Lyrae was agricultural in nature. Apparently, we were very plentiful and abundant, and lived in peace.

    Then, one day, huge craft appeared in the sky.

    [Vals Note: This scenario is the theme of the movie Independence Day, to air in the theatres nationally on July 7, 1996].

    A large ship came out of the huge craft and approached the planet Bila, and reptilians from Alpha Draconis disembarked. Apparently, the Alpha Draconians and the Lyrans were afraid of each other.

    I told you before that the Alpha Draconians were apparently the first race in our galaxy to have interstellar space travel, and have had this capability for 4 billion years. Well, when the Draconians came and saw Bila, with all its abundance and food and natural resources, the Draconians wanted to control it.

    There was apparently a miscommunication or misunderstanding between the Draconians and Lyran humans.

    The Lyrans wanted to know more about the Draconians before some kind of "assistance" was offered. The Draconians mistook the communication as a refusal, and subsequently destroyed three out of 14 planets in the Lyran system. The Lyrans were basically defenseless. The planets Bila, Teka and Merck were destroyed.

    Over 50 million Lyran humans were killed. It is at this point in history that the Draconians began to look at humans as a food source. This is how old the struggle is between the reptilian and human races. Now, I must make the point that not all the reptilian or human races are "dark". There is a mix. When we start meeting these races, you are going to have to trust your gut instinct.


    But, they are coming. Hale Bopp is on its way here. It is not a comet.

    Jehovah, Terran Control Groups and Derivative Concepts

    I want to talk about Jehovah. He's a piece of work.

    I want you to know he's still alive and still scooting around, wreaking havoc. He still doesn't have his stuff together.

    I mean, all you really have to do is take all your personal emotions away from your observation of the Bible, or the Old Testament, and just see what Jehovah did. It's clearly psychotic behavior. I don't want a "God" like that! It's amazing how some people will defend it, saying "well, he was justified in killing everybody". Really?

    The word "Jehovah" originally meant, in the Chaldean and Hebrew, "is, was, and will be". The reason he was given that name is because he lives such a long time. They live thousands of years in one incarnation. It never meant "creator of all things". He used technology to promote himself as a "God", and fear is an incredible tool when you want to get people to do something. Some of you have no doubt observed this factor in some of the activities of the world governments.

    The Chaldean people were the remnants of the Sumerian people. This you probably already know. Much of the Hebrew religion and the religion of the Sumerians are similar. The books of Moses do not in any way suggest that Jehovah was in any way the only "lord of the Elohim".

    The expressions "Elohim" and "Nephilim" are used in the original Hebrew tongue, and these expressions are plural in nature, which means that in their terms there was more than one "God". That should be a major tip to everyone.

    Abraham, whose name was "Abramou", did consider Jehovah to be a "God" because of the technology that Jehovah and the other Elohim possessed. Many of the "Gods" did the same thing. They used technology to strike fear into the people, and they worshipped the "Gods" to avoid punishment. Any of this sound familiar, here in 1997?

    Marduk, whom we also know as the Egyptian "God" Ra, Enki, and En-lil, were notorious for doing this.


    These extraterrestrial manipulators used bigotry because they wanted to control their own groups of people, and each of their offspring procreated with elements of the population of the earth. According to Moraney and Vasais, our native American races are the remnants of the ancient Babylonians.

    They were brought here and hidden underground just prior to the flood of Noah.

    Now, what was the flood of Noah? We are told that it rained for 40 days and 40 nights. According to Moraney, the flood of Noah was as a result of the movement of Earth from one orbit to another around the Sun. The Earth was apparently hit with a tractor beam and literally moved to an orbit further out from the Sun.

    This added five days to our rotational period around the Sun. The period of this 40 day rain was during the period when the magnetic poles of the Earth rotated 180 degrees.

    My reason for telling you this is to try and give you a broader perspective. There is just so much more to who we are and who we've been. We have been manipulated by the "hidden ones". The reason they remain "unseen" is because on-the-whole they are basically afraid of us. They are afraid of something about us. They absolutely do not want us to unite together, because then the "gig" is up.

    Now, when the extraterrestrials were here in force - that is, during the time referenced in the Bible where it says the Sons of God married the Daughters of Man, they bred and mated with their human wives. Out of this came offspring, half-breeds. There were at that time, within the last 5000 years, predominantly 13 families from Sirius B and Nibiru, who were living here on the planet. These were the tribes of En-lil, Marduk, Enki, etc. They all had offspring.

    Those from Nibiru were a tribe that came about as a result of a "marriage" between some groups between Sirius B and Orion. It was in essence a "royal marriage" between groups that formed a "tribe". This "tribe" was called Nibiru. The word Nibiru, in the ancient Sumerian language, means "between two peoples".


    I know Sitchin calls it something else. The offspring were not allowed to go with the extraterrestrial parents when they left the Earth, because they were considered "half-breeds". The reason they were viewed like this by the extraterrestrials was because of their Terran genetics, which contain certain genes from the primate race.

    According to Moraney, the first melding between the primate genes and the human species was 28,731,007 BC, and there have been many prototypes. In fact, they just found another prototype in Portugal that is estimated to be 780,000 years old. They will discover more. In fact, start looking for some major discoveries in Nigeria.

    Apparently, there is a tremendous amount of extraterrestrial technology buried in Nigeria, that has not been tapped yet.

    When the extraterrestrials left, the real ET's, they left certain types of technology behind. The Indian Veda's discuss some of this technology. They didn't care. They had science teams who were constantly inventing new things, and as they got new technology they discarded the old.

    Well, it was the Magi, the half-breeds, that were left these technologies. There were 13 major families that were considered under the heading of Magi. Does that number ring a bell?

    The members of these 13 families on earth contain the genetics of both Terran and extraterrestrial races that formerly tyrannized the Earth. They were basically left in charge. Some of them were actually Pharaohs. The Magi interbreeding resulted in the cultures we today recognize as the "Ivory Hebrew", the "Mayan", the "Celts", and the "Aryan" races. Now, while all of this was transpiring on the surface of the planet, underground there was another extraterrestrial race that had been here - a race that has been here for hundreds of thousands of years. They are, of course, the reptilian race, which the Bible refers to as the "serpent race". Serpent men.

    They are still here, and they can't stand the radiation of the sun. They haven't been able to live on the surface of the planet since the last major war that occurred here approximately 450,000 years ago. They are basically hyperborean in nature. They have control of the planet at depths from 100 to 200 miles down.

    That's their turf, and no one contests that. That is why when people go into the inner earth, they enter via the poles. They do not go through the crust, because these reptilians simply to not like humans. They consider us to be "fleas" on the surface.

    Again, prejudice as a concept has its origin in extraterrestrial perspectives.

    All of the concepts involving languages and social structures for human societies were introduced by extraterrestrial sources. All of the languages that we have on the planet have their origins within the structures of extraterrestrial languages. The letters and their numerical values.

    From Moraney's perspective, "Adam and Eve" were in fact two human tribes that were created. I know the Bible refers to "Adam" as a singular person. This is not accurate. According to Moraney, there was a race of human beings prior to the Sumerians called the "Annunites", and they were named after the chief scientist who the Sumerian's called the "God" Anu. The name of "A-dam", as far as these people were concerned, was originally "Anu-dam". That word meant workers in the mines. Like everything else, we get the "Cliff notes" version of what really was the case.

    I asked Moraney how the extraterrestrials were able to control all the populations. Apparently, there were groups of hundreds of thousands of people in areas all over the planet. Moraney said that it was very easy to control the population by controlling the water. He said that primary control was through technology, but the single most important control mechanism for a race as primitive as ours was control of the water supply. You have to have water.

    This leads me to share something with you that I started to share earlier. Two weeks ago, Bill Clinton signed a presidential directive, number 28, which is legislation that has been put into the Federal Register. It did not go to Congress for approval.

    They withheld it for two weeks, only giving the legislation 14 days of review before it became law.

    [Vals note: This, of course, is illegal, because there must be a 30 day period of review].

    It is called the River Heritage Act.

    He is taking ten of the largest rivers in the United States and declaring on behalf of the Federal Government that ten miles on each side constitute a "world heritage protection site". Now, why would he do this? On the entire planet, 2.5% of the water is fresh water that is fit to drink. Now, 78% of that 2.5% is right here in North America. The Great Lakes. Are you getting the picture?

    Now, the Magi created class systems around themselves. Priesthood's. You can read about this priesthood's in Sumerian and Egyptian lore. Every major religion has these. The priesthood's of the Magi were known as the "Naga", and I know that is a name that has been thrown around a lot.

    The Naga constituted the priesthood. They are like the international bankers today, who are the new "priesthood", in a sense, for the extraterrestrial controllers. Everything in your life revolves around money. Everything. My reason for bringing this up is to show you how history is constantly repeating itself.

    Our race has been stuck in a cycle of doing the same thing over and over again, and getting "screwed" over and over again. Maybe now you will be able to take a step back and see the "games" and the political mind sets that are coming down again. Folks, it's right there. I want you to know something, and I mean this with all my heart.

    There are people that say,

    "you know, Alex, if you think this way you will create it".

    Well, you know what? I don't think this way, and it's being created anyway.

    The reason it's being created anyway is because of apathy. People don't give a damn, because they are so busy just "surviving". Well, you are going to have to try and make room for more than just "survival" in your life. You're going to have to do this. There is only one semi-free nation on the planet.

    The United States. If we loose it, there is nowhere for us to go, and I will tell you this: I refuse to serve two masters! I refuse. You can't do it.

    The following material is a follow-up interview conducted with Alex Collier in regard to the Andromedan paradigm. For reference purposes, the initial interview was in LE#90 and the main feature, ET's and the Global Connection, was in LE#89.

    The interview was conducted on Sunday May 5, 1996.

    Val: Perhaps it would be best to start with a general update from you, both on the planetary side and the extra-planetary/dimensional side.

    AC: Well, let's see...a planetary update. There are more reptilians than there were before. There are approximately 20 of the royal Draconian line in the planet at this time.

    Val: The Ciakars?

    AC: Yes. An underground facility was apparently built for them in the mountains in Madagascar. It is something that Moraney seemed very concerned about, because they don't know exactly why the Ciakars are here....they usually don't fight their own battles. On a galactic level, several humanoid colonies in the Hercules cluster have been admitted to the Andromedan Council.

    Val: What about the biological situation on the planet?

    AC: The viruses that are going to be hitting the United States are going to be blamed on Africa. It of course is not true. I am sure most of your readers know that already.

    Val: It's no secret that all the viral and plague outbreaks have always been organisms that are involved with known government biowarfare programs.

    AC: Yes. The interesting thing about the Ebola virus is that there is an extraterrestrial gene that has been added to it.

    Val: I have heard that the same thing was done by factions in the government to create the HIV virus.

    AC: Yes. I don't know what extraterrestrial race provided the gene for the recombinant HIV virus, but I know that the biological material that has been added to the Ebola was given to the government by the humanoids from Sirius B. I don't know if if was one of their viruses that they picked up somewhere or whether it is actually from them.

    Val: Well, giving thought to the question: of who would want to biologically decimate the planet, the governmental factions have their agenda, but the reptilian race comes to mind as a contender who might in fact have orchestrated this biological weapon exchange.

    AC: This is true. There are a lot different races that would love to have this solar system totally secured, primarily because of Saturn and Jupiter, and the Earth is a prize because of all the water on it. But, if they gave certain human beings on Earth the viruses, and those human beings in turn go ahead and use them, it doesn't totally absolve them of culpability, but at the same time it does relieve them (the aliens) of the idea that they actually did it to us. This is the really scary part, you know.

    Val: This attitude is not uncommon even here on Earth. It is an interesting parallel to the attitude of some organized religious and political groups who behave in the same way, having other people do their dirty work. Ultimately, however, they cannot escape the karmic debt incurred by doing these things.

    AC: Well, you're right.

    Val: Referring back to some of the things you said in the ET's and Global Connection, you noted that there were some 1800 reptilians inside the Earth that have been responsible for some 37,000 human children disappearing. Have you acquired any additional information or clarification relative to this statement?

    AC: You mean, what they do to the human children?

    Val: Well, any clarification beyond that simple statement relative to what is happening.

    AC: Well, I can tell you two things. You're not going to like this.

    Val: I'm probably already aware of what you are about to say, but go ahead.

    AC: Well, my understanding is that aside from the fact that they eat human children, what they do is that they drain fluids from the brains of children while they are in fear.

    Val: I have heard of this before. It is to get that substance which to them is like a drug.

    AC: It's like a narcotic.

    Val: From the adrenal and pituitary glands?

    AC: Yes. Apparently the government has tried to copy this substance, but they can't, so they have this agreement with the reptilians down below. My understanding is that the primary agreement is that they will allow the world governments to mine gold in exchange for the human children.

    Val: It is an interesting parallel to a movie I saw called I Come in Peace, which featured a rogue time-traveler from an alien race who came to Earth and killed humans just to get endorphins from their brain while they were in terror. Another alien was sent dimensionally to stop him, because if he was successful in accumulating endorphins and returning with them, there would be no end to the slaughter of humans, as others would come. Galactic drug dealers.

    AC: There is more to it than that. The excretion has some of the genetic coding within it. This is really what they are after. Apparently they can absorb it, but their bodies don't produce it. There is a chemical that we have in our brains that no other life form creates. It is a result of the fact that we have 22 genetic lines within human DNA, plus the primate race. No one can yet copy this chemical yet. As far as them being galactic drug dealers, I have never heard them referred to as that, but it's interesting.

    Val: Well, it was only in reference to that movie, but the fact they would raid another species and kill them to acquire this substance. Of course, humans do this to other species, don't they?

    AC: Well, they have this attitude that because part of their genetics are within us, that they have a "right" to do this. The Greys apparently have the same philosophy, and I can remember in one of the things that you sent me that Drunvalo also says that. I would like to offer a different perspective in that it is just flat wrong. They don't have a "right" to do it. Somehow they have convinced the world governments that they have this "right".

    Val: Of course, the world governments are within the paradigm of Neo-Darwinism and genetic engineering, and it is no surprise that they would gladly except this statement as pseudo-confirmation of their own position and rationale.

    AC: Yes.

    Val: It wouldn't be too much of a stretch for these people.

    AC: Yes

    Val: And apparently the reptilians use human children as sex slaves, which is something I have heard periodically over the last few years, even in conjunction with governmental child sex rings that were mentioned in the book Trance-Formation in America by Cathy O'Brien.

    AC: What is interesting is that the reptilians primarily enjoy human males in this way, which is really disgusting.

    Val: Well, the whole thing is really disgusting. Let's change the subject!

    AC: Yes, please.

    Val: You noted one time that there were about 1500 benevolent ET's on Earth that were relatively undistinguishable from ordinary humans, and that you were at the time not privy to their purpose for being here. Have you discovered more relative to this?

    AC: Well, in truth, I know exactly why they're here. But I have been told to really not talk about it. I will tell you that the original number of 1500 in 1987 is now down to 1231. And, I understand that in the next three months another 97 will leave.

    Val: Then I guess the number will just decrease steadily until August 2003?

    AC: Yes, the last bunch will leave then.

    Val: So, what I can get out of all of this is that these alien humanoids are intelligence operatives who monitor the state of affairs on Earth.

    AC: Your perception is very accurate. I feel like I have broken a promise.

    Val: No. If I already have the logic to figure things out, then there is no word broken. I mean, it doesn't take a rocket scientist to deduce why they are here, I suppose.

    In the last interview (LE#90) you noted that "the anger coming up in young people was because of the unlocking of DNA that is releasing energy that they don't know what to do with." I asked "what are the teens to do?", and you replied that you would have to get back to me on that.

    AC: Well, I have asked them if they would outline a workable system of expression that would be positive and beneficial, not only to the teens, but to the adults. Moraney said that the next time he spoke with me that he would have an answer. As soon as I find out, I will get that information to you.

    Val: Great. In the last interview, it was stated that the Greys captured and boxed human souls, and that Moraney did not want to answer the question of what happens to these souls. Has Moraney changed his mind about that yet?

    AC: No, not yet. I don't think it's because of Moraney. He is always reluctant to say he can't answer something, so I think that the directive not to reveal that information comes from a higher level. I don't know if they are concerned that the information might generate more fear on this planet. It could be that they are just trying to figure out a way to let us know.

    Val: In order to deal with these kind of issues, perhaps one of the other things Moraney might want to dwell on besides the question about "what are children to do to cope with this energy constructively?", is maybe come up with an effective series of thought patterns to enable the processing of information in a "neutral" way. However, I think most readers of The Leading Edge are pretty much past the barrier of dealing with things only in terms of fear, and people who have read it over a number of years are already at the point where they can pretty much take anything and process it constructively. That will come in the future, since it will be delineated anyway.

    Val: You noted that "we are all to become teachers" when the Earth passes from the fourth density to the fifth. Are you able to elaborate on that?

    AC: Yes. Essentially, what is supposed to happen is that when we move into fifth density, many of us for some reason are going to find us back where we started with our extraterrestrial origin.

    Val: In alien humanoid bodies from whence we came, before we occupied bodies here.

    AC: Exactly, and with all the experiences here. According to Moraney, they will all be recognized as teachers and as a group that has gone through a "first ever" transformation.

    Val: On a recent Art Bell show, a fellow named Robert Ghostwolf discussed a Native American perspective that "the only two ET races that were attempting to help us were the Sirians and the Andromedans." I wonder whether you had any comment relative to that?

    AC: My understanding is that those from the Sirius A system are trying to be beneficial and assist, because they feel responsibility in that those who colonized Sirius B system were originally from Sirius A. Those from Sirius B have come here and really messed with our heads, and they are the ones who originally gave our government the Montauk technology. They have the same belief and brain patterns as those from Orion. Those from Tau Ceti are also very much involved. Nobody knows exactly what the Pleaidians are going to do yet, but I will share this with you.

    Those that live in the system around Alcyon - some of them cannot be trusted, as they have hidden agendas. Those from Taygeta, I am told, have a very clear objective: to maintain the idea of freedom. Just because a group is labeled "Pleaidians" doesn't mean they are here to help us. People confuse that issue. Know them by their works. Those from Cygnus Alpha are here. There is a group from Arcturus that is trying to help. Those from Procyon, who have been liberated, are trying to help. They're pretty gung ho.

    Val: Well, all these species that are trying to help are limited by the Prime Directive.

    AC: Yes, they are.

    Val: So, one would presume that they are waiting for a certain threshold of a feeling of wishing assistance to manifest itself, and that the threshold of feeling would overrule the Prime Directive and allow things to happen.

    AC: Well, they are waiting for 10% of the consciousness on the planet to awaken and ask for some kind of intervention. That may not come until after ... they may come shortly after Hale-Bopp gets here, or after the World Government and ET's try to stage the Second Coming.

    Val: Obviously, Moranae and all these people have the ability to travel in time and know everything that is going to happen.

    AC: Yes.

    Val: So, they must know whether or not, and when, the 10% threshold is reached.

    AC: Well, it will be reached no later than August 12, 2003.

    Val: So, relative to any world government "games" relative to Jerusalem and the emergence of the Maitreya scenario toward the end of 1996, wouldn't that paradoxically contribute toward the movement toward a 10% threshold?

    AC: Yes, it will. The regressives are going to mastermind their own undoing. But, for some reason they are so desperate to try to maintain control of us, and for some reason they don't want to let our particular solar system and the other 21 go.

    Val: What could that reason possibly be?

    AC: I don't know, but there is a reason. There is more about us, as humans, that I don't know, than there is that I do know.

    Val: Do you have a particular perception of a relationship between HAARP and the Montauk projects?

    AC: No, but I know that the Andromedans are very concerned about Montauk, because the humans who are working with this technology are being given specific coordinates in space, and the regressives that are here can use that same technology and leave here. The whole point is to track where they are going, so they do not continue to propagate their belief systems.

    Val: If the universe itself is being "jacked up" several frequency levels, then it doesn't matter where they go to try and get away. They will be stuck in the same boat.

    AC: Well, this is true. But, my understanding is that the idea is to limit the damage they do.

    Val: Does this have to do with this 357 year period of tyranny which the Andromedans are trying to prevent.

    AC: Yes.

    Val: Well, obviously they must know that it was prevented if they can travel in time. That sounds like a paradox. They must know that they either were or were not successful. Here is where we start to drift into parallel lines of reality.

    AC: Yes.

    Val: This comes into the next question that I have. At one point in your talk in Dallas, you indicated that according to the Andromedans, our very next spiritual leap in consciousness will come from the "quiet science of archeology". Yet, it was also stated that many of the Dows (Greys) here and presumably the government and other people, are time travellers who "tweak" history. If in fact "new truths" are to proceed from archeology, just how "true" can they be if literally everything is subject to change and manipulation, in terms of "archeology" consisting of "tactically planted evidence"?

    AC: Well, look at this idea. When they first started this manipulation, they had a specific agenda. But here in this particular linear year, 1996, their agendas have radically changed. They are faced with "survival" because there is another threat to them. It is no longer just a matter of controlling Earth humans, but it is also the fact that there are other alien races in our atmosphere and in our solar system that are here to help and to limit the damage. Their main concern now is not so much totally manipulating us, but trying to get what it is they want, or came here to get, and get out of here. Plus, you have this frequency change. All I had tell you is that the Andromedans had no idea that this sound frequency emanation from the black holes was going to happen. No one foresaw this. It was an instantaneous phenomenon that affected past, present and future all at once.

    Val: Now, despite the fact that the Andromedans can travel outside of space-time and have a viewpoint of a probable line of reality, when this sound frequency emanation happened it created an entirely new probable line of reality. They couldn't have foreseen it.

    AC: Yes, and a totally different set of probabilities. I don't know about all of that.

    Val: So, is it at all likely we could all wake up one morning into a completely different reality?

    AC: I think it's possible for some beings, but I don't think it's possible for all of us. I think that it is going to be a gradual transformation of consciousness. We are all essentially going to change our minds and create something else, and it will be voluntary and more of a group effort. A part of us will awaken and we will know what it is that we have to do. I don't think it's going to change totally overnight, in an instant. They have never said it would happen that way. Otherwise there would be no need to give us specific dates. It is supposed to be a gradual process. If they are right, then the reason there is third density is because we created it. We have to implode it responsibly in such a way where a certain set of circumstances have to occur so that we can allow those who have chosen not to evolve a chance to create their space to continue to evolve.

    Val: From the point of view of the regressives, then, they would be "escaping" something -- something like a realization by the mass population of how they have been hoodwinked.

    AC: Yes. They would probably have that kind of perspective.

    Val: I mean, they can't go anywhere in this solar system in the third density. Could they go to a different density?

    AC: I don't know that it is an option they now have. I am pretty sure that fourth and fifth density are quarantined, because I know a group of Greys tried to dimensionally skip out, and they were caught -- their ship was 21 miles in length. They were going interdimensional when they got caught, so I don't think that's an option.

    Val: There is apparently a parallel Earth that is one or two overtones above this one, that is actively participating in the subjugation of this particular overtone, together with world government factions like the NSA and Montauk technology. So, presumably, with the "uplifting" of the general vibratory resonance on all frequency levels, these other overtones containing regressives would be lifted upward to a point where they would have to cease that line of thought?

    AC: That's a great question. Nobody has ever asked me about this. My understanding is that even as far back as 1931, a parallel reality had been created. It was something that one of the societies in Germany was involved in. Perhaps the Vril. They were playing with something. Anyway, my understanding is that any parallel realities having their origin out of the original timeline are going to implode back into the original timeline.

    Val: So, there is a main line of reality into which they would implode.

    AC: Basically the line of reality that we ourselves are familiar with.

    Val: And the New World Order?

    AC: It's going to manifest itself, but it is going to be very short-lived. The reason it is going to manifest itself is that it is a reality above us.

    Val: In another overtone.

    AC: Yes. So its going to manifest itself here because that reality will be imploding into this one.

    Val: So, one of the keys to the apparent perception, in a linear sense, of when this would happen, would be the coincidence of the collapse of the planetary magnetic field and the increase of the resonant Schumann frequency at a certain point in linear time?

    AC: Well, that would be around August 12, 2003. It's supposed to get really weird here. I mean, like, really weird.

    Val: I once read a book called Illuminati, a white book with a disclaimer in front, that described a social situation where all the "bad guys" were discovered by the public and put into their own concentration camps. The public became enraged and sequestered the government.

    AC: Well, I have been given a probability about a scenario just like that, and I have only been given this probability relative to here in the United States, that those that have betrayed us as a people, as a nation, as a race, that are in this country, that we consider to be our own "countrymen", will be hanged by the neck in front of the capital building. The United States of American will no longer be called the United States of America. It will be called The Union of American Republics.

    Val: So, having said that, what exactly is the probability?

    AC: At the time I asked, it was over 90%. The people will change everything.

    Val: How comforting. Could the phenomenon going on in Texas right now with the secession be the beginning of this process?

    AC: Yes. I think so. What is interesting about that is that I have been told just recently that Bahrain was going to offer gold to Texas to back their currency. Now, it will be interesting to see if that actually happens. The regressives want to divide us against each other. That's the Orion paradigm.

    Val: So, along with this 90+% probability, was there a linear timing involved?

    AC: The probability then was that this would occur in July 2004.

    Val: It is interesting that the apparent NWO implementation date is 2002, one year short of the Andromedan Council expulsion order for all extraterrestrial influence, and that presumably if this ban destined for 2003 takes place, then somewhere between 2002 and 2003 you would have a mass exodus of "bad guys", both human and otherwise, and that this would permit a total collapse of the regressive regime, allowing the Union of American Republics to form in 2004.

    AC: Yes, it would. But again I wish to stress that the probability was 90+%, not 100%. You know, Val, the people who are working in the government like the NSA, specific renegade groups in the CIA, the KGB, the Black Guard.... there is a lot that they are not being told. As much as they think they know, they do not know. I know that they are way in over their heads. They are just being used, but they are still implanted with these extraterrestrial belief systems, these Orion prejudices and illusions of grandeur that they are "the superior race". I feel sorry for them in a way, because they just don't have a clue. They have already separated themselves so much from reality, that they are living a completely different reality already. Moranae has said that the regressives could not be rehabilitated. They are already on a completely different course on a consciousness level.

    Val: This is where you get the growth, through intent, of another three dimensional "pocket" in reality in which these people will find themselves until they can get it together.

    AC: That's correct.

    Val: And it's the intent and the resonance that creates. There will be a point after the collapse of the probable realities having their origin in the original line into the original line, where probable realities then can easily be created, and this is the process that allows the formation of these resonant reality structures.

    AC: That's right.

    Val: So, there is a null point between the point of probable reality-line implosion and the zero point where things begin to move through fourth into fifth. Is that accurate?

    AC: Yes, that sounds accurate.

    Val: What have you gleaned about the structure of the creation of probable realities and its relation to original time streams? What does it take to create a probable stream of reality for a planetary culture? Is it a general planetary emotional trauma which creates a diversion in creative reality streams?

    AC: My understanding is that it all comes down to intent. If each individual person holds a particular intent which they freely have created, and 10% or more of the planetary population holds that intent at any given time, you literally pull that reality to you. It all focuses on intent, and that is something that we are all individually responsible for. The cost of freedom is responsibility. We have not paid enough attention to creating reality. We are caught in the idea of just experiencing it.

    Val: It has an interesting parallel to your statement that with the Andromedan culture, education is paramount, whereas with our culture distraction is paramount.

    AC: Yes, the children here are learning nothing. They are not learning how to think for themselves. They are being taught what to think, to spit out facts and belief systems, and to consume. This process puts the idea, the intent and the emotion outside of themselves, as opposed to the process of turning that creativity inward to create better selves. That is something that the Andromedans teach their young, is to better the self. Now, we have some really special children being born in our world, and it's going to be the kids that are really going to make the major shift on a consciousness level to help us. There are a lot of people who are absolutely not prepared, and they are not going to be able to deal with the new realities. The kids are, and I have been told that many of the children who are coming to this world now already have a third strand of DNA. They are aware, but they don't know how to put it into words. It's kind of like living in a dream. When it all falls into place, they are going to teach us what they know. They are just going to know this stuff.

    Val: Getting back to one of the earlier questions, relative to young people not knowing what to do with the energy released by changes in the DNA structure, is is possible for you to glean, even on a superficial level, what these teens should do until Moranae gives a more definitive answer?

    AC: I would say that these kids need to be able to have groups that they can go to and just talk about what they see, what they dream about and what they feel. Because it could be that a lot of these kids feel something totally different than what it is they're being told is reality here.

    Val: Which would be about par, really.

    AC: Yes, I think on some level we've all been through that at one point. The kids today are very different -- especially those that have the third strand. They know more than us, but a space has to be created to allow them to express it and not have it be judged. Just because we don't understand it doesn't mean it's wrong. It just means we don't understand it.

    Val: A rose is a rose.

    AC: Right. That's my only guess. Teens are committing suicide at an alarming rate.

    Val: And elderly people as well.

    AC: Right. Everybody wants to get out of here, and that's a scary thought.

    Val: In your understanding, with the change in frequency and density level, for those people who end up taking that route to get out of here, what happens to them?

    AC: I don't know. I will ask the question. I know there is no "hell". They don't burn or fry for that act. That is not a reality. I don't know if they go to a way-station and get healed and then go someplace else, or come back. I don't know.

    Val: Earth changes are something people are interested in, presumably to give them something to do while they are waiting for other things to happen....is there any perspective relative to any specificity about this?

    AC: Well, I know that they could start at any time. Both coasts will be in jeopardy.

    Val: We are about 50 miles from Mount Rainier here.

    AC: You might find yourself moving inland.

    Val: We'll be up to our ash in ash.

    AC: I think it will be a lot higher than that, depending on how tall you are. You know, it's the earth reacting to the frequency shifting and to the consciousness. She is literally stuck between a rock and a hard place. She wants to go up, but at the same time she doesn't want to destroy us in the process. I am amazed at the intensity of intention and attention to detail we have here.

    Val: The Germans would be proud. Attention to detail.

    AC: Yes, but we've lost the essence with our focus on the detail.

    Val: How to the Andromedans view the concept of the creator?

    AC: Their conception of God is that they really don't know what it is. Even those on 11th density going through this shift to 12th don't know. They are having a hard time explaining what is happening to them because their current mode of communication doesn't explain the experience they have just gone through. The Andromedans have always referred to it as the Isness, which is an essence that holds everything together.

    Val: And it is coincident with love as a frequency.

    AC: Yes it is, and this whole space was created in a space of love. It is the primal creative force. The Andromedans really love us, and I think their interaction with our planet has caused a shift within them. I know that Moranae and Vasais have both become more emotional and expressive, and I think that this is rubbing off on all the other races that are here helping.

    Val: Of course, emotion is the basis for creation.

    AC: Yes it is, but a lot of the races are very technical, and we are in our infancy when it comes to that. Yet, look at what we have created without the technology that they have. I have before that the Andromedans are extremely awed by our ability to create things. You know, when you leave the house how everything stays there - it doesn't dematerialize. Our intent to create. All the detail in life. They are in awe of this. Third density is like jello to those above.

    Val: I guess if I were to ask the Andromedans anything at this point, in the spirit of things that are to take place on this planet, it would be what they could offer to all of us as guidelines in order to assist the population through these changes, based on their knowledge of what is to come. I trust they will do this.

    AC: Yes.

    Val: I have heard that physiological life span in shorter in space. Is this at all accurate in your understanding?

    AC: No.

    Val: I suppose it depends on the resonant frequency at which you exist.

    AC: There you go.

    Val: On a recent Art Bell program, when the astronauts were being interviewed, one of them revealed that to him, space looked shiny like patent leather shoes. I found that to be interesting. Can you see the stars in space?

    AC: That's a good question. If you were in a space that contained no atmosphere, it would be mostly black. Of course, some of the stars we see in space from the earth no longer exist, since the light takes so long to reach us. As far as their comment on shininess of space, that is no something I have experienced. That would almost suggest a holograph.

    Val: Oh no! As if they weren't in enough trouble already in the
    "space program."

    AC: That would mean that the "shinyness" is bouncing from inside.

    Val: Do you have anything else in mind that you would like to say to everyone at this point?

    AC: I would like to just stress this, I think. The singular most important thing I would like to stress to people, from the point of all I have learned and all that I still need to learn, is that the bottom line is that we should not turn on each other. We all created this and are continuing to create this.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Valerian
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Beginning
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Matrix2p327
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Matrix2p96
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Matrix2p51e
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 41XBQEM233L
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron

    Posts : 10647
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals) - Page 37 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Seven and the Seven Seals)

    Post  orthodoxymoron on Thu Oct 25, 2018 3:12 pm

    Several years ago, I encountered three interesting individuals, and I suspected some sort of symbolism. There were two young-children with an elderly-man. The children had a red-wagon, and they appeared to be perfect with an almost supernatural glow. I posted something about this (without any details). Does anyone have any idea if this might've meant something?? The encounter startled me. A lot of things startle and perplex me. What presently concerns me is the possibility that this solar system will be (or already is) governed by a Supercomputer-Network controlled by "The Bottom-Line is the Bottom-Line". I like the following concept:

    It's Not How You Look. It's How You See.

    The Me That I See Is the Me That I'll Be.

    The We That We See Is the We That We'll Be.

    What if Lilith v Eve = Michael v Gabriel = Queen-A v Queen-B = Brash-Honesty v Subtle-Deception??!! Try looking for Lilith v Eve in the Writings of Ellen White!! Please remember that this is a Longshot Road Less Traveled. I am NOT a Scholar. No one gives me orders -- or feeds me things to post. I'm a "Lone-Nut". What I'm posting makes for interesting-reading, doesn't it?? What if it's just a bunch a Plagiarized Historical-Fiction with Blatant Theological-Errors?? It would still be interesting-reading, wouldn't it?? Learn what you can, and then just move-on. It's easier that way. Notice that the Bible and Ellen White contain very-little humor and joy. It's mostly pretty-somber stuff. Again, one could conceivably construct a two or three way conversation or debate (representing  2 or 3 different points of view) with both the Bible and Ellen White. This might be reminiscent of Galileo's three-way discussion between Simplicio, Sagredo, and Salviati in the Dialogue Concerning the Two Chief World Systems (1632). http://law2.umkc.edu/faculty/projects/ftrials/galileo/dialogue.html

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp53.html After the settlement in Canaan the tribes made no vigorous effort to complete the conquest of the land. Satisfied with the territory already gained, their zeal soon flagged, and the war was discontinued. "When Israel was strong, . . . they put the Canaanites to tribute, and did not utterly drive them out." Judges 1:28.

    The Lord had faithfully fulfilled, on His part, the promises made to Israel; Joshua had broken the power of the Canaanites, and had distributed the land to the tribes. It only remained for them, trusting in the assurance of divine aid, to complete the work of dispossessing the inhabitants of the land. But this they failed to do. By entering into league with the Canaanites they directly transgressed the command of God, and thus failed to fulfill the condition on which He had promised to place them in possession of Canaan.

    From the very first communication of God with them at Sinai, they had been warned against idolatry. Immediately after the proclamation of the law the message was sent them by Moses concerning the nations of Canaan: "Thou shalt not bow down to their gods, nor serve them, nor do after their works: but thou shalt utterly overthrow them, and quite break down their images. And ye shall serve the Lord your God, and He shall bless thy bread, and thy water; and I will take sickness away from the midst of thee." Exodus 23:24, 25. The assurance was given that so long as they remained obedient, God would subdue their enemies before them: "I will send My fear before thee, and will destroy all the people to whom thou shalt come; and I will make all thine enemies turn their backs unto thee. And I will send hornets before thee, which shall drive out the Hivite, the Canaanite, and the Hittite, from before thee. I will not drive them out from before thee in one year; lest the land become desolate, and the beast of the field multiply against thee. By little and little I will drive them out from before thee, until thou be increased, and inherit the land. . . . I will deliver the inhabitants of the land into your hand; and thou shalt drive them out before thee. Thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor with their gods. They shall not dwell in thy land, lest they make the sin against Me: for if thou serve their gods, it will surely be a snare unto thee." Exodus 23:27-33. These directions were reiterated in the most solemn manner by Moses before his death, and they were repeated by Joshua.

    God had placed His people in Canaan as a mighty breastwork to stay the tide of moral evil, that it might not flood the world. If faithful to Him, God intended that Israel should go on conquering and to conquer. He would give into their hands nations greater and more powerful than the Canaanites. The promise was: "If ye shall diligently keep all these commandments which I command you, . . . then will the Lord drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall possess greater nations and mightier than yourselves. Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be. There shall no man be able to stand before you: for the Lord your God shall lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as He hath said unto you." Deuteronomy 11:22-25.

    But regardless of their high destiny, they chose the course of ease and self-indulgence; they let slip their opportunities for completing the conquest of the land; and for many generations they were afflicted by the remnant of these idolatrous peoples, that were, as the prophet had foretold, as "pricks" in their eyes, and as "thorns" in their sides. Numbers 33:55.

    The Israelites were "mingled among the heathen, and learned their works." Psalm 106:35. They intermarried with the Canaanites, and idolatry spread like a plague throughout the land. "They served their idols: which were a snare unto them. Yea, they sacrificed their sons and their daughters unto devils: . . . and the land was polluted with blood. . . . Therefore was the wrath of the Lord kindled against His people, insomuch that He abhorred His own inheritance." Psalm 106:36-40.

    Until the generation that had received instruction from Joshua became extinct, idolatry made little headway; but the parents had prepared the way for the apostasy of their children. The disregard of the Lord's restrictions on the part of those who came in possession of Canaan sowed seed of evil that continued to bring forth bitter fruit for many generations. The simple habits of the Hebrews had secured them physical health; but association with the heathen led to the indulgence of appetite and passion, which gradually lessened physical strength and enfeebled the mental and moral powers. By their sins the Israelites were separated from God; His strength was removed from them, and they could no longer prevail against their enemies. Thus they were brought into subjection to the very nations that through God they might have subdued.

    "They forsook the Lord God of their fathers, which brought them out of the land of Egypt," "and guided them in the wilderness like a flock." "They provoked Him to anger with their high places, and moved Him to jealousy with their graven images." Therefore the Lord "forsook the tabernacle of Shiloh, the tent which He placed among them; and delivered His strength into captivity, and His glory into the enemy's hand." Judges 2:12; Psalm 78:52, 58, 60, 61. Yet He did not utterly forsake His people. There was ever a remnant who were true to Jehovah; and from time to time the Lord raised up faithful and valiant men to put down idolatry and to deliver the Israelites from their enemies. But when the deliverer was dead, and the people were released from his authority, they would gradually return to their idols. And thus the story of backsliding and chastisement, of confession and deliverance, was repeated again and again.

    The king of Mesopotamia, the king of Moab, and after them the Philistines, and the Canaanites of Hazor, led by Sisera, in turn became the oppressors of Israel. Othniel, Shamgar, and Ehud, Deborah and Barak, were raised up as deliverers of their people. But again "the children of Israel did evil in the sight of the Lord; and the Lord delivered them into the hand of Midian." Heretofore the hand of the oppressor had fallen but lightly on the tribes dwelling east of the Jordan, but in the present calamities they were the first sufferers.

    The Amalekites on the south of Canaan, as well as the Midianites on its eastern border, and in the deserts beyond, were still the unrelenting enemies of Israel. The latter nation had been nearly destroyed by the Israelites in the days of Moses, but they had since increased greatly, and had become numerous and powerful. They had thirsted for revenge; and now that the protecting hand of God was withdrawn from Israel, the opportunity had come. Not alone the tribes east of Jordan, but the whole land suffered from their ravages. The wild, fierce inhabitants of the desert, "as locusts for multitude" (Judges 6:5, R.V.), came swarming into the land, with their flocks and herds. Like a devouring plague they spread over the country, from the river Jordan to the Philistine plain. They came as soon as the harvests began to ripen, and remained until the last fruits of the earth had been gathered. They stripped the fields of their increase and robbed and maltreated the inhabitants and then returned to the deserts. Thus the Israelites dwelling in the open country were forced to abandon their homes, and to congregate in walled towns, to seek refuge in fortresses, or even to find shelter in caves and rocky fastnesses among the mountains. For seven years this oppression continued, and then, as the people in their distress gave heed to the Lord's reproof, and confessed their sins, God again raised up a helper for them.

    Gideon was the son of Joash, of the tribe of Manasseh. The division to which this family belonged held no leading position, but the household of Joash was distinguished for courage and integrity. Of his brave sons it is said, "Each one resembled the children of a king." All but one had fallen in the struggles against the Midianites, and he had caused his name to be feared by the invaders. To Gideon came the divine call to deliver his people. He was engaged at the time in threshing wheat. A small quantity of grain had been concealed, and not daring to beat it out on the ordinary threshing floor, he had resorted to a spot near the winepress; for the season of ripe grapes being still far off, little notice was now taken of the vineyards. As Gideon labored in secrecy and silence, he sadly pondered upon the condition of Israel and considered how the oppressor's yoke might be broken from off his people.

    Suddenly the "Angel of the Lord" appeared and addressed him with the words, "Jehovah is with thee, thou mighty man of valor."

    "O my Lord," was his answer, "if the Lord be with us, why then is all this befallen us? and where be all His miracles which our fathers told us of, saying, Did not the Lord bring us up from Egypt? but now the Lord hath forsaken us, and delivered us into the hands of the Midianites." The Messenger of heaven replied, "Go in this thy might, and thou shalt save Israel from the hand of the Midianites: have not I sent thee?"

    Gideon desired some token that the one now addressing him was the Covenant Angel, who in time past had wrought for Israel. Angels of God, who communed with Abraham, had once tarried to share his hospitality; and Gideon now entreated the divine Messenger to remain as his guest. Hastening to his tent, he prepared from his scanty store a kid and unleavened cakes, which he brought forth and set before Him. But the Angel bade him, "Take the flesh and the unleavened cakes, and lay them upon this rock, and pour out the broth." Gideon did so, and then the sign which he had desired was given: with the staff in His hand, the Angel touched the flesh and the unleavened cakes, and a flame bursting from the rock consumed the sacrifice. Then the Angel vanished from his sight.

    Gideon's father, Joash, who shared in the apostasy of his countrymen, had erected at Ophrah, where he dwelt, a large altar to Baal, at which the people of the town worshiped. Gideon was commanded to destroy this altar and to erect an altar to Jehovah over the rock on which the offering had been consumed, and there to present a sacrifice to the Lord. The offering of sacrifice to God had been committed to the priests, and had been restricted to the altar at Shiloh; but He who had established the ritual service, and to whom all its offerings pointed, had power to change its requirements. The deliverance of Israel was to be preceded by a solemn protest against the worship of Baal. Gideon must declare war upon idolatry before going out to battle with the enemies of his people.

    The divine direction was faithfully carried out. Knowing that he would be opposed if it were attempted openly, Gideon performed the work in secret; with the aid of his servants, accomplishing the whole in one night. Great was the rage of the men of Ophrah when they came next morning to pay their devotions to Baal. They would have taken Gideon's life had not Joash--who had been told of the Angel's visit--stood in defense of his son. "Will ye plead for Baal?" said Joash. "Will ye save him? he that will plead for him, let him be put to death whilst it is yet morning: if he be a god, let him plead for himself, because one hath cast down his altar." If Baal could not defend his own altar, how could he be trusted to protect his worshipers?

    All thoughts of violence toward Gideon were dismissed; and when he sounded the trumpet of war, the men of Ophrah were among the first to gather to his standard. Heralds were dispatched to his own tribe of Manasseh, and also to Asher, Zebulum, and Naphthali, and all answered to the call.

    Gideon dared not place himself at the head of the army without still further evidence that God had called him to his work, and that He would be with him. He prayed, "If Thou wilt save Israel by mine hand, as Thou hast said, behold, I will put a fleece of wool in the floor; and if the dew be on the fleece only, and it be dry upon all the earth besides, then shall I know that Thou wilt save Israel by mine hand, as Thou hast said." In the morning the fleece was wet, while the ground was dry. But now a doubt arose, since wool naturally absorbs moisture when there is any in the air; the test might not be decisive. Hence he asked that the sign be reversed, pleading that his extreme caution might not displease the Lord. His request was granted.

    Thus encouraged, Gideon led out his forces to give battle to the invaders. "All the Midianites and the Amalekites and the children of the east were gathered together, and went over, and pitched in the valley of Jezreel." The entire force under Gideon's command numbered only thirty-two thousand men; but with the vast host of the enemy spread out before him, the word of the Lord came to him: "The people that are with thee are too many for Me to give the Midianites into their hands, lest Israel vaunt themselves against Me, saying, Mine own hand hath saved me. Now therefore go to, proclaim in the ears of the people, saying, Whosoever is fearful and afraid, let him return and depart early from Mount Gilead." Those who were unwilling to face danger and hardships, or whose worldly interests would draw their hearts from the work of God, would add no strength to the armies of Israel. Their presence would prove only a cause of weakness.

    It had been made a law in Israel that before they went to battle the following proclamation should be made throughout the army: "What man is there that hath built a new house, and hath not dedicated it? let him go and return to his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man dedicate it. And what man is he that hath planted a vineyard, and hath not yet eaten of it? let him also go and return unto his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man eat of it. And what man is there that hath betrothed a wife, and hath not taken her? let him go and return unto his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man take her." And the officers were to speak further to the people, saying, "What man is there that is fearful and fainthearted? let him go and return unto his house, lest his brethren's heart faint as well as his heart." Deuteronomy 20:5-8.

    Because his numbers were so few compared with those of the enemy, Gideon had refrained from making the usual proclamation. He was filled with astonishment at the declaration that his army was too large. But the Lord saw the pride and unbelief existing in the hearts of His people. Aroused by the stirring appeals of Gideon, they had readily enlisted; but many were filled with fear when they saw the multitudes of the Midianites. Yet, had Israel triumphed, those very ones would have taken the glory to themselves instead of ascribing the victory to God.

    Gideon obeyed the Lord's direction, and with a heavy heart he saw twenty-two thousand, or more than two thirds of his entire force, depart for their homes. Again the word of the Lord came to him: "The people are yet too many; bring them down unto the water, and I will try them for thee there: and it shall be, that of whom I say unto thee, This shall go with thee, the same shall go with thee; and of whomsoever I say unto thee, This shall not go with thee, the same shall not go." The people were led down to the waterside, expecting to make an immediate advance upon the enemy. A few hastily took a little water in the hand and sucked it up as they went on; but nearly all bowed upon their knees, and leisurely drank from the surface of the stream. Those who took of the water in their hands were but three hundred out of ten thousand; yet these were selected; all the rest were permitted to return to their homes.

    By the simplest means character is often tested. Those who in time of peril were intent upon supplying their own wants were not the men to be trusted in an emergency. The Lord has no place in His work for the indolent and self-indulgent. The men of His choice were the few who would not permit their own wants to delay them in the discharge of duty. The three hundred chosen men not only possessed courage and self-control, but they were men of faith. They had not defiled themselves with idolatry. God could direct them, and through them He could work deliverance for Israel. Success does not depend upon numbers. God can deliver by few as well as by many. He is honored not so much by the great numbers as by the character of those who serve Him.

    The Israelites were stationed on the brow of a hill overlooking the valley where the hosts of the invaders lay encamped. "And the Midianites and the Amalekites and all the children of the east lay along in the valley like locusts for multitude; and their camels were without number, as the sand which is upon the seashore for multitude." Judges 7:12, R.V. Gideon trembled as he thought of the conflict of the morrow. But the Lord spoke to him in the night season and bade him, with Phurah his attendant, go down to the camp of the Midianites, intimating that he would there hear something for his encouragement. He went, and, waiting in the darkness and silence, he heard a soldier relating a dream to his companion: "Lo, a cake of barley bread tumbled into the host of Midian, and came unto a tent, and smote it that it fell, and overturned it, that the tent lay along." The other answered in words that stirred the heart of that unseen listener, "This is nothing else save the sword of Gideon the son of Joash, a man of Israel: for into his hand hath God delivered Midian, and all the host." Gideon recognized the voice of God speaking to him through those Midianitish strangers. Returning to the few men under his command, he said, "Arise; for the Lord hath delivered into your hand the host of Midian."

    By divine direction a plan of attack was suggested to him, which he immediately set out to execute. The three hundred men were divided into three companies. To every man were given a trumpet, and a torch concealed in an earthen pitcher. The men were stationed in such a manner as to approach the Midianite camp from different directions. In the dead of night, at a signal from Gideon's war horn, the three companies sounded their trumpets; then, breaking their pitchers and displaying the blazing torches, they rushed upon the enemy with the terrible war cry, "The sword of the Lord, and of Gideon!"

    The sleeping army was suddenly aroused. Upon every side was seen the light of the flaming torches. In every direction was heard the sound of trumpets, with the cry of the assailants.

    Believing themselves at the mercy of an overwhelming force, the Midianites were panic-stricken. With wild cries of alarm they fled for life, and, mistaking their own companions for enemies, they slew one another. As news of the victory spread, thousands of the men of Israel who had been dismissed to their homes returned and joined in pursuit of their fleeing enemies. The Midianites were making their way toward the Jordan, hoping to reach their own territory, beyond the river. Gideon sent messengers to the tribe of Ephraim, rousing them to intercept the fugitives at the southern fords. Meanwhile, with his three hundred, "faint, yet pursuing," Gideon crossed the stream hard after those who had already gained the farther side. The two princes, Zebah and Zalmunna, who had been over the entire host, and who had escaped with an army of fifteen thousand men, were overtaken by Gideon, their force completely scattered, and the leaders captured and slain.

    In this signal defeat not less than one hundred and twenty thousand of the invaders perished. The power of the Midianites was broken, so that they were never again able to make war upon Israel. The tidings spread swiftly far and wide, that Israel's God had again fought for His people. No words can describe the terror of the surrounding nations when they learned what simple means had prevailed against the power of a bold, warlike people.

    The leader whom God chose to overthrow the Midianites occupied no prominent position in Israel. He was not a ruler, a priest, or a Levite. He thought himself the least in his father's house. But God saw in him a man of courage and integrity. He was distrustful of himself and willing to follow the guidance of the Lord. God does not always choose for His work men of the greatest talents, but He selects those whom He can best use. "Before honor is humility." Proverbs 15:33. The Lord can work most effectually through those who are most sensible of their own insufficiency, and who will rely upon Him as their leader and source of strength. He will make them strong by uniting their weakness to His might, and wise by connecting their ignorance with His wisdom.

    If they would cherish true humility, the Lord could do much more for His people; but there are few who can be trusted with any large measure of responsibility or success without becoming self-confident and forgetful of their dependence upon God. This is why, in choosing the instruments for His work, the Lord passes by those whom the world honors as great, talented, and brilliant. They are too often proud and self-sufficient. They feel competent to act without counsel from God.

    The simple act of blowing a blast upon the trumpet by the army of Joshua around Jericho, and by Gideon's little band about the hosts of Midian, was made effectual, through the power of God, to overthrow the might of His enemies. The most complete system that men have ever devised, apart from the power and wisdom of God, will prove a failure, while the most unpromising methods will succeed when divinely appointed and entered upon with humility and faith. Trust in God and obedience to His will are as essential to the Christian in the spiritual warfare as to Gideon and Joshua in their battles with the Canaanites. By the repeated manifestations of His power in behalf of Israel, God would lead them to have faith in Him--with confidence to seek His help in every emergency. He is just as willing to work with the efforts of His people now and to accomplish great things through weak instrumentalities. All heaven awaits our demand upon its wisdom and strength. God is "able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think." Ephesians 3:20.

    Gideon returned from pursuing the enemies of the nation, to meet censure and accusation from his own countrymen. When at his call the men of Israel had rallied against the Midianites, the tribe of Ephraim had remained behind. They looked upon the effort as a perilous undertaking; and as Gideon sent them no special summons, they availed themselves of this excuse not to join their brethren. But when the news of Israel's triumph reached them, the Ephraimites were envious because they had not shared it. After the rout of the Midianites, the men of Ephraim had, by Gideon's direction, seized the fords of the Jordan, thus preventing the escape of the fugitives. By this means a large number of the enemy were slain, among whom were two princes, Oreb and Zeeb. Thus the men of Ephraim followed up the battle, and helped complete the victory. Nevertheless, they were jealous and angry, as though Gideon had been led by his own will and judgment. They did not discern God's hand in the triumph of Israel, they did not appreciate His power and mercy in their deliverance; and this very fact showed them unworthy to be chosen as His special instruments. Returning with the trophies of victory, they angrily reproached Gideon: "Why hast thou served us thus, that thou calledst us not, when thou wentest to fight with the Midianites?"

    "What have I done now, in comparison of you?" said Gideon. "Is not the  gleaning  of the grapes of Ephraim better than the  vintage  of Abiezer?  God  hath delivered into your hands the princes of Midian, Oreb and Zeeb: and what was I able to do in comparison of you?"

    The spirit of jealousy might easily have been fanned into a quarrel that would have caused strife and bloodshed; but Gideon's modest answer soothed the anger of the men of Ephraim, and they returned in peace to their homes. Firm and uncompromising where principle was concerned, and in war a "mighty man of valor," Gideon displayed also a spirit of courtesy that is rarely witnessed.

    The people of Israel, in their gratitude at deliverance from the Midianites, proposed to Gideon that he should become their king, and that the throne should be confirmed to his descendants. This proposition was in direct violation of the principles of the theocracy. God was the king of Israel, and for them to place a man upon the throne would be a rejection of their Divine Sovereign. Gideon recognized this fact; his answer shows how true and noble were his motives. "I will not rule over you," he declared; "neither shall my son rule over you: the Lord shall rule over you."

    But Gideon was betrayed into another error, which brought disaster upon his house and upon all Israel. The season of inactivity that succeeds a great struggle is often fraught with greater danger than is the period of conflict. To this danger Gideon was now exposed. A spirit of unrest was upon him. Hitherto he had been content to fulfill the directions given him from God; but now, instead of waiting for divine guidance, he began to plan for himself. When the armies of the Lord have gained a signal victory, Satan will redouble his efforts to overthrow the work of God. Thus thoughts and plans were suggested to the mind of Gideon, by which the people of Israel were led astray.

    Because he had been commanded to offer sacrifice upon the rock where the Angel appeared to him, Gideon concluded that he had been appointed to officiate as a priest. Without waiting for the divine sanction, he determined to provide a suitable place, and to institute a system of worship similar to that carried on at the tabernacle. With the strong popular feeling in his favor he found no difficulty in carrying out his plan. At his request all the earrings of gold taken from the Midianites were given him as his share of the spoil. The people also collected many other costly materials, together with the richly adorned garments of the princes of Midian. From the material thus furnished, Gideon constructed an ephod and a breastplate, in imitation of those worn by the high priest. His course proved a snare to himself and his family, as well as to Israel. The unauthorized worship led many of the people finally to forsake the Lord altogether, to serve idols. After Gideon's death great numbers, among whom were his own family, joined in this apostasy. The people were led away from God by the very man who had once overthrown their idolatry.

    There are few who realize how far-reaching is the influence of their words and acts. How often the errors of parents produce the most disastrous effects upon their children and children's children, long after the actors themselves have been laid in the grave. Everyone is exerting an influence upon others, and will be held accountable for the result of that influence. Words and actions have a telling power, and